diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 550a53ae4..1ba738c2a 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,2628 +1,3001 @@ -Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -EXO front intro b4pp הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 # Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)

* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)

* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)

* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. -EXO 1 intro cj55 ​ וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, because the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land, but instead, choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. -EXO 1 1 851f ​writing-background ​ 1 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy ​וּ⁠בֵית֖⁠וֹ 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים… בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 1 1 e65z ​translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל… יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **​Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 1 5 fv84 translate-numbers ​שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy in number “70 in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 1 6 sh42 ​grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֤מָת 1 Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 1 6 g5qg ​ וְ⁠כָל־אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 all his brothers **All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother” -EXO 1 6 8g2k ​figs-possession אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 1 7 9uwr ​figs-metonymy וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 7 2ccy ​figs-doublet פָּר֧וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ 1 All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 1 7 uo65 ​ פָּר֧וּ… וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ… וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28; ​9:1, 7; and especially Genesis 35:11, where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel. -EXO 1 7 nk2l figs-metaphor ​פָּר֧וּ 1 were fruitful The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 1 7 r2f1 figs-activepassive וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 the land was filled with them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they filled the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 1 7 3tcv ​figs-idiom בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 1 7 piq4 writing-participants ​אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 with them Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 8 6y05 writing-newevent ​וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 1 8 470t writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 ​The story begins with the new king. Your language may have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 8 04cx figs-metonymy ​לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 9 tf59 ​writing-participants ​וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 He said to his people “And the king said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 9 aku3 ​figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Here, **behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession ​עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 his people The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 1 9 t7s1 ​עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2. -EXO 1 9 jik8 מִמֶּֽ⁠נּוּ 1 Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are” -EXO 1 9 njuf figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 1 10 hiq4 figs-exclusive ​נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה… שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ… בָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 let us The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 1 10 8wvb grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ​פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙ 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 1 10 jc1h ​ וְ⁠עָלָ֥ה מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 leave the land “and he leaves Egypt” -EXO 1 10 ni77 figs-quotemarks הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 1 11 y2mi ​ ​שָׂרֵ֣י 1 taskmasters Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. -EXO 1 11 o926 ​ מִסִּ֔ים 1 Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews” -EXO 1 11 l9lj ​לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠סִבְלֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 to oppress them with hard labor “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians” -EXO 1 11 pkz4 ​translate-unknown ​עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 store cities These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 1 11 dy34 ​figs-possession ​עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 1 12 c1fy ​grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְ⁠כֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ 1 This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 1 12 pdfk figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יָּקֻ֕צוּ 1 “And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 13 j1q6 ​figs-abstractnouns וַ⁠יַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ 1 made…work rigorously Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 1 14 mx6v figs-metaphor ​וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ 1 made their lives bitter The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 1 14 jre2 figs-abstractnouns בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה 1 **Slavery** is an abstract noun modified by **hard**. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 1 14 cuq7 ​translate-unknown ​בְּ⁠חֹ֨מֶר֙ 1 mortar This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 1 14 h5dx ​translate-unknown וּ⁠בִ⁠לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 1 14 gzq7 ​ ​אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ׃ 1 All their required work was hard “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md) -EXO 1 14 5nzx ​writing-participants וַ⁠יְמָרְר֨וּ…בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 14 acj5 ​writing-participants חַיֵּי⁠הֶ֜ם…עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔⁠ם…עָבְד֥וּ 1 These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 15 yoaj ​writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 1 15 hhw1 ​ ​לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת 1 midwives **Midwives** were women who helped a pregnant woman give birth to a baby. -EXO 1 15 h8f8 translate-names ​שִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה 1 Shiphrah…Puah These are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 1 15 h59t writing-participants ​שִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה 1 The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use your language’s way to introduce new characters in a story.​ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 16 4wwz ​ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 In the UST, **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md), because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off. -EXO 1 16 yovg figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 1 16 5lke ​figs-youdual בְּ⁠יַלֶּדְ⁠כֶן֙…וּ⁠רְאִיתֶ֖ן…וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן 1 The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]]) -EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָ⁠אָבְנָ֑יִם 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 16 nms7 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ​אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַ⁠הֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָ⁠חָֽיָה 1 ​These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 1 17 gy7k grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠תִּירֶ֤אןָ 1 Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 1 18 y9g5 ​ ​לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֔ת 1 midwives These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). -EXO 1 18 00l4 figs-quotemarks מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 1 18 y73k ​figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ן מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 1 18 q1sy מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠תְּחַיֶּ֖יןָ אֶת־הַ⁠יְלָדִֽים 1 Why have you done this, and let the baby boys live? Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?” -EXO 1 18 8onv ​figs-youdual עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן 1 This **you** is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]]) -EXO 1 19 7t6z figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ 1 This is a direct quote of the midwives’ response. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 1 19 9gqe grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ⁠נָּשִׁ֛ים הַ⁠מִּצְרִיֹּ֖ת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת כִּֽי־חָי֣וֹת הֵ֔נָּה בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם תָּב֧וֹא אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ן הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֖דֶת וְ⁠יָלָֽדוּ 1 The midwives give a reason, **the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women**, and then they expand on that reason, **for they are lively** (or energetic), with the result that **before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth.**  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 1 19 0ppa figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֤רְןָ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙ 1 It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 1 19 2ivn הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹת֙ 1 These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). -EXO 1 20 eh25 ​ ​לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת 1 midwives These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). -EXO 1 20 h133 figs-doublet וַ⁠יִּ֧רֶב הָ⁠עָ֛ם וַ⁠יַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ מְאֹֽד 1 The people increased in numbers These words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 1 20 0wpb ​grammar-connect-logic-result ​וַ⁠יֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֑ת 1 This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 1 21 3q9e ​grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽ⁠מְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 1 21 pbve ​grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים 1 This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families “households” -EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 1 22 a6b2 figs-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְ⁠כָל־עַמּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 1 22 stag figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]]) -EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter


### Covenant
God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.


### Moses’ heritage
In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Identification of participants
- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Ironic situations
- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.


- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. -EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent ​וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 1 40u9 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 2 2 s49k ט֣וֹב 1 Alternative translations: “pleasing,” “fine,” or “healthy” (UST) -EXO 2 2 q4c0 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶא…וַֽ⁠תִּצְפְּנֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 2 2 00k4 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה 1 3 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 2 3 t2gj translate-unknown תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא 1 papyrus basket This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 3 tn3y figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 sealed it with bitumen and pitch You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 2 3 wpb6 translate-unknown וַ⁠תַּחְמְרָ֥⁠ה 1 sealed This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 3 ym3k translate-unknown בַ⁠חֵמָ֖ר 1 bitumen This is a sticky black paste made from petroleum. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 3 v825 translate-unknown וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּ֑פֶת 1 pitch This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from petroleum. Therefore, **pitch** would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 3 y8gq translate-unknown בַּ⁠סּ֖וּף 1 reeds These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 4 av8b וַ⁠תֵּתַצַּ֥ב אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 at a distance This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language. -EXO 2 4 9m7y figs-abstractnouns מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 2 4 4d7n figs-kinship אֲחֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she is older. If your languages uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
-EXO 2 4 z1cy grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠דֵעָ֕ה מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 2 5 1vls figs-go וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד 1 **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 5 y26h writing-participants וַ⁠תֵּ֤רֶד בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Along with choosing come or go as mentioned in the previous note, you may need to mark her introduction in a particular way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 5 3van writing-participants וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 These women are introduced here as new participants; however they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 5 im0d figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **Hand** is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 2 5 bi7s וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֥י⁠הָ 1 her attendants These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her. -EXO 2 5 am7g writing-participants וַ⁠תִּקָּחֶֽ⁠הָ 1 It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 6 g9n6 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 Behold The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּחְמֹ֣ל עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 2 6 jg0d figs-quotemarks מִ⁠יַּלְדֵ֥י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים זֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 7 3zvu figs-quotemarks וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 7 x5ja וְ⁠קָרָ֤אתִי לָ⁠ךְ֙ אִשָּׁ֣ה מֵינֶ֔קֶת מִ֖ן הָ⁠עִבְרִיֹּ֑ת 1 This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here. -EXO 2 7 psb2 figs-possession אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֮…בַּת־פַּרְעֹה֒ 1 These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 7 d7aj מֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק 1 nurse **To nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast. -EXO 2 7 tqq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠תֵינִ֥ק לָ֖⁠ךְ אֶת־הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 2 8 ab1m figs-go לֵ֑כִי…וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 8 2456 figs-quotemarks לֵ֑כִי 1 This is a direct quote. Pharaoh’s daughter commands the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 8 lyyj figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה…אֵ֥ם הַ⁠יָּֽלֶד 1 These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 9 lmko figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 9 u554 writing-participants לָ֣⁠הּ 1 The child’s mother is reintroduced as a participant. Alternative translation: “to the baby’s mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 9 xp5x figs-quotemarks הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ⁠יֶּ֤לֶד הַ⁠זֶּה֙ וְ⁠הֵינִקִ֣⁠הוּ לִ֔⁠י וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֶתֵּ֣ן אֶת־שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 9 mogg שְׂכָרֵ֑⁠ךְ 1 This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby. -EXO 2 9 hqsa figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקַּ֧ח…וַ⁠תְּנִיקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 2 10 zj8h grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִגְדַּ֣ל הַ⁠יֶּ֗לֶד וַ⁠תְּבִאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 she brought him An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 2 10 ta4r figs-possession לְ⁠בַת־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 10 j7n1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן 1 he became her son “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter” -EXO 2 10 h7to grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠בֵ֑ן וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -EXO 2 10 nh2m מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 Because I drew him from the water Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’” -EXO 2 10 ityq figs-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽ⁠הוּ 1 This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 2 10 yax4 translate-names מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 drew him **Moses** - (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 2 11 tyol grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 2 11 p7gx writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י׀ בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 2 11 917y figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 striking a Hebrew “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew” -EXO 2 12 m9bn figs-merism וַ⁠יִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָ⁠כֹ֔ה 1 He looked this way and that way These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 2 13 qn45 figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ 1 He went out See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 13 83e6 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 2 13 rgn1 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 1 behold Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 2 13 i4d6 לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע 1 the one who was in the wrong Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight” -EXO 2 13 duob figs-quotemarks לָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 14 qb2n figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 Who made you a leader and judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 2 14 afne figs-quotemarks מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 14 k6s5 figs-irony הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 Are you planning to kill me as you killed that Egyptian? The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] -EXO 2 14 7qmk figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י 1 The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 2 14 d2ja הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר 1 “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me” -EXO 2 14 lyqh figs-aside אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) -EXO 2 14 vfw5 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 2 15 yutr וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַ⁠הֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST -EXO 2 15 l5rc figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 2 15 otsl וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred. -EXO 2 16 shg5 writing-background וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 2 16 pjzc writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 16 sm8f figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 16 v5yk figs-possession וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 16 esdm translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 2 16 i2jh וַ⁠תִּדְלֶ֗נָה 1 drew water This means that they brought up water from a well. -EXO 2 16 g1e6 translate-unknown הָ֣⁠רְהָטִ֔ים 1 troughs These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 16 p3uo figs-possession צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן 1 There are two possessives here: 1) **their father** is the possessive of social relationship; 2) **the flock of … father** is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 17 k5yc figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 17 zksv writing-participants הָ⁠רֹעִ֖ים 1 These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 17 z17m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֤קָם 1 helped them Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 2 18 omzv figs-go וַ⁠תָּבֹ֕אנָה 1 The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use come or go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 18 7t7t translate-names רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 **Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 2 18 95f3 writing-participants רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 The priest of Midian was mentioned in [v. 16](../02/16.md) in a background statement but is a new participant starting here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 18 tiqh figs-possession אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 18 lukb figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִהַרְתֶּ֥ן בֹּ֖א הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 2 18 44at figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 19 r01g figs-quotemarks אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠רֹעִ֑ים וְ⁠גַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ וַ⁠יַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 19 3g80 אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses. -EXO 2 19 hvb4 ​figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 **Hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 2 19 6gvb figs-idiom ​דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 2 20 x73j figs-possession בְּנֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 20 x9yb figs-rquestion וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 Why did you leave the man? These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 2 20 p6xh figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַיּ֑⁠וֹ לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠יֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 20 mb8w writing-participants ל֖⁠וֹ 1 **Him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 2 20 hal8 figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 **Bread** is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 2 21 zvr1 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 Moses agreed to stay with the man “Moses agreed to live with Reuel” -EXO 2 21 y3q7 translate-names צִפֹּרָ֥ה 1 Zipporah **Zipporah** is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 2 21 4j8b figs-possession בִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 22 l3xg figs-quotemarks גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 22 n5b1 translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 Gershom This is Moses’ son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 2 22 f76m translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 His name, **Gershom**, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 2 22 q7d8 גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 resident in a foreign land “stranger in a foreign land” -EXO 2 23 fjkt writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephen’s sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 2 23 1kw0 writing-background וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יָּמִ֨ים הָֽ⁠רַבִּ֜ים הָ⁠הֵ֗ם 1 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 2 23 csg2 וַ⁠יֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 groaned They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply” -EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification וַ⁠תַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛⁠ם 1 their pleas went up to God The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God called to mind his covenant This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. -EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת־צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֤ג אֶת־הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל־הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים חֹרֵֽבָ⁠ה׃ 1 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 3 1 jv7b figs-possession צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ 1 This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 1 1p00 figs-possession חֹתְנ֖⁠וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠⁠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠לַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠סְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening. -EXO 3 2 x5ci ​ ​יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. -EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠סְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠סְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 3 2 3bvb figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 **Being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 3 fpww figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֥ה הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַ⁠סְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 4 ue8v writing-participants יְהוָ֖ה… אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 3 5 60ah figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 5 prv9 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּאכִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 set apart This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 6 sxk8 אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob” -EXO 3 6 3qwa figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 6 l5sy ​ אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 your father Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father. -EXO 3 6 lfbb ​grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md)) -EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 7 xoz0 figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 7 tpk0 figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 7 p3tx figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 **Faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו 1 taskmasters “his oppressors” -EXO 3 7 ofxt כִּ֥י 1 The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength. -EXO 3 7 mfn2 figs-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י⁠ו…מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them…their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 3 7 hkcj figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 7 ui28 figs-explicit מַכְאֹבָֽי⁠ו 1 It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 3 8 9ia8 grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ׀ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ מִן־הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִוא֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ אֶל־מְק֤וֹם הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי׃ 1 Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 8 xy36 figs-go וָ⁠אֵרֵ֞ד 1 God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 3 8 nahb figs-collectivenouns לְ⁠הַצִּיל֣⁠וֹ…וּֽ⁠לְ⁠הַעֲלֹת⁠וֹ֮ 1 Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 3 8 8afv figs-metaphor מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ⁠רְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 3 8 37fp figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 8 dtz9 ​זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of” -EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 9 a2kf grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה 1 This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 9 tp2v figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֛ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” ​(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 3 9 uup9 figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 the shouts of the people of Israel have come to me Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 3 9 gwou figs-abstractnouns רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ⁠לַּ֔חַץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִצְרַ֖יִם לֹחֲצִ֥ים אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 Here, **oppression** is an abstract noun which you could translate as a verb if you cannot use this form in your language. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 3 10 y4m1 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 **And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 10 spwh figs-quotemarks מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in [3:7](../03/07.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 11 y8cr figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt? Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 3 11 ax7w figs-quotemarks מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠כִ֥י אוֹצִ֛יא אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 12 ykp3 figs-quotemarks כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠זֶה־לְּ⁠ךָ֣ הָ⁠א֔וֹת כִּ֥י אָנֹכִ֖י שְׁלַחְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠הוֹצִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֤ אֶת־הָ⁠עָם֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים עַ֖ל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 12 xugf figs-youdual תַּֽעַבְדוּ⁠ן֙ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/​figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 13 8izv figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation containing two second-level quotes within it. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 13 lqms grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י לָ⁠הֶ֔ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אָֽמְרוּ־לִ֣⁠י מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go, say, say**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 3 13 jq42 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now” -EXO 3 13 0n81 figs-go בָא֮ 1 In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 3 13 m9uy figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 13 vfsk figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 13 bkei grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’” -EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live. -EXO 3 14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 I AM Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.” -EXO 3 14 t745 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages. -EXO 3 14 70ge figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 3 15 897b וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ע֨וֹד אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages. -EXO 3 15 7aoa figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 15 l962 figs-quotesinquotes יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁלָחַ֣⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם זֶה־שְּׁמִ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם וְ⁠זֶ֥ה זִכְרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 3 15 2klc figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 15 ixcb figs-merism לְ⁠דֹ֥ר דֹּֽר 1 The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 3 16 ec3v figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 General Information: This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 16 35pw figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 16 xqy9 אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 the God of your ancestors, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. -EXO 3 16 dvsz figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 16 efhh figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 16 fv77 figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 I have indeed observed you The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 16 55jm figs-activepassive הֶ⁠עָשׂ֥וּי 1 In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 3 16 4vgc figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֮ מֵ⁠עֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חִתִּ֔י וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י וְ⁠הַ⁠חִוִּ֖י וְ⁠הַ⁠יְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 3 17 eloj figs-quotemarks וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 3 17 r8mg figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 17 pwn5 figs-metaphor ​אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md) at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of” -EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy ​חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy ​וּ⁠דְבָֽשׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 18 cy2z figs-idiom וְ⁠שָׁמְע֖וּ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 18 j24k writing-participants לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ…אַתָּה֩ 1 They will listen to you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 3 18 9na8 figs-synecdoche לְ⁠קֹלֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 3 18 r74o figs-possession וְ⁠זִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 18 eep7 figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 General Information: If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 3 18 4eal translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy ​וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] -EXO 3 20 nuzx grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 3 20 yds5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙ 1 I will reach out with my hand and attack Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 20 dzsp figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 20 c9a3 מִצְרַ֔יִם…בְּ⁠קִרְבּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Here, **him** refers to Egypt as a collective. -EXO 3 20 6dw3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן 1 Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 3 20 ay53 writing-participants יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Here, **he** refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 3 20 awxs figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 21 btwc figs-idiom חֵ֥ן…בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 21 82wf figs-possession בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 21 s45u הָֽ⁠עָם־הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 “you” -EXO 3 21 uz3c figs-youdual תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 21 19sl figs-go תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ⁠ן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 3 21 89u7 figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א …רֵיקָֽם 1 The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not go empty-handed This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 3 22 w2av וּ⁠מִ⁠גָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔⁠הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. -EXO 3 22 474q figs-youdual וְ⁠שַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵי⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠עַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word starting in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md), the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/23.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 4 1 j4yg וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 if they do not believe Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” -EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔⁠י וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 1 neto figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 4 1 327j וְ⁠הֵן֙ 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.” -EXO 4 2 87dl writing-participants אֵלָ֛י⁠ו…וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 2 r3f9 figs-quotemarks מ⁠זה בְ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 2 p8sg figs-quotemarks מַטֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 3 jgir figs-quotemarks הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣⁠הוּ אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 take it by the tail “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail” -EXO 4 4 mqpc figs-quotemarks שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ וֶ⁠אֱחֹ֖ז בִּ⁠זְנָב֑⁠וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 4 4 m86n וַ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠מַטֶּ֖ה 1 became a staff “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff” -EXO 4 5 l4tn figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 5 m4fk figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 4 5 9iok writing-participants יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 5 oqi5 writing-participants אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑⁠ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. -EXO 4 6 0hre figs-quotemarks הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 6 ep52 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 behold This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 4 6 pw7g figs-simile כַּ⁠שָּֽׁלֶג 1 as white as snow The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 4 7 kv9r figs-quotemarks הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 7 prr9 figs-exclamations וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 4 8 q9qb figs-exclamations וְ⁠הָיָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 8 well figs-personification וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֣ת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֑וֹן וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְ⁠קֹ֖ל הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הָ⁠אַחֲרֽוֹן 1 Here the **sign**s are spoken of as if they had a **voice** with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 4 8 gxlg writing-participants יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…יִשְׁמְע֔וּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 8 lsb3 לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…וְ⁠הֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 pay attention “they do not acknowledge… then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept… then they will accept” -EXO 4 9 q82r writing-participants יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ…יִשְׁמְעוּ⁠ן֙ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 9 2hna figs-quotemarks וְ⁠הָי֥וּ לְ⁠דָ֖ם בַּ⁠יַּבָּֽשֶׁת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 10 aazp figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ⁠י֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּ֛ם מֵ⁠אָ֥ז דַּבֶּרְ⁠ךָ אֶל־עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ כִּ֧י כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן אָנֹֽכִי 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 10 t8i9 בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please” -EXO 4 10 w12a לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 have never been eloquent “I have never been an excellent speaker” -EXO 4 10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly. -EXO 4 10 pk0l figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִ⁠תְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִ⁠שִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 4 10 wsl4 figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 4 10 bv64 figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ⁠כְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 I am slow of speech and slow of tongue These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 11 xpgf figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the [next verse](…/04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 11 ks2m figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 Who is it who made man’s mouth? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 4 11 e1y6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 4 11 uq7j figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 Is it not I, Yahweh? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 12 5dxg figs-quotemarks תְּדַבֵּֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 13 zy9m figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑⁠י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 13 brer בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please” -EXO 4 13 s8nl שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ⁠יַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission. -EXO 4 13 8ta6 figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠יַד 1 This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 4 14 uy2v figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 4 14 ifax writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 14 zn40 figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 17](../04/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 14 okko figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠לֵּוִ֔י 1 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 4 14 e0js figs-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 His **brother** Aaron was three years older than Moses (see [Exodus 7:7](../07/07.md)), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) -EXO 4 14 y5ed figs-idiom דַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 In Hebrew, the word **speak** is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 4 14 8q64 הִנֵּה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here. -EXO 4 14 ettp figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 4 14 8kn8 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠שָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 4 14 ew4h figs-metonymy בְּ⁠לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 he will be glad in his heart Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 put the words to say into his mouth Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠עִם־פִּ֔י⁠הוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 15 v57x figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּ⁠ן 1 with his mouth These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְ⁠פֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 4 16 gn5v figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥⁠וֹ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 you will be to him like me, God The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 4 17 0h45 figs-quotemarks תַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖⁠וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠אֹתֹֽת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 17 6brk figs-explicit הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff,** he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [v. 2](../04/02.md), and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. [3](../04/03.md)–[4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])


-EXO 4 18 j2ix writing-participants יֶ֣תֶר 1 Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 18 cbop figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ 1 Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 4 18 b6mf figs-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗⁠וֹ 1 father-in-law This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) -EXO 4 18 wlit writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 18 7zke writing-participants ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 18 uvqk figs-quotemarks אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ⁠אָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣⁠י אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 18 67yz figs-metonymy אַחַ֣⁠י 1 “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖ה הַ⁠עוֹדָ֣⁠ם 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 4 18 yay3 figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 4 18 i807 figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 19 wwr8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ 1 The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 4 19 aosm figs-quotemarks לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽ⁠מְבַקְשִׁ֖ים אֶת־נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST. -EXO 4 20 fua6 writing-participants בָּנָ֗י⁠ו 1 Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 20 zi5m writing-participants וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 20 47k5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יָּ֖שָׁב אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 After the incident on the road in verses [24](../04/24.md)-[26](../04/26.md), Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md) which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s “towards” is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 4 20 768n figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. [17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 4 20 7e3s figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 4 21 lva8 figs-quotemarks בְּ⁠לֶכְתְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 21 oajf רְאֵ֗ה 1 Most translations and interpretations of the verb **see** take it to mean something like “see that you do.” -EXO 4 21 0gqf figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּֽפְתִים֙ אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֣מְתִּי בְ⁠יָדֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 21 kdsb figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 21 ovma grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק 1 Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 4 21 uvoh figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ אֲחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 21 uudz grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 4 22 ftde כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider. -EXO 4 22 zb2e figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 4 22 teyy figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 4 22 kud7 figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥⁠י 1 This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 22 1od0 figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥⁠י בְכֹרִ֖⁠י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 22 pt4n figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Israel is my son The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 4 22 8oc8 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 23 syar figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 23 0pc4 figs-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗י⁠ךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי וַ⁠תְּמָאֵ֖ן 1 The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 4 23 k7mh figs-metaphor בְּנִ⁠י֙ 1 you have refused to let him go Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See what you did at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 23 u825 figs-pronouns וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֵ֔⁠נִי…לְ⁠שַׁלְּח֑⁠וֹ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) -EXO 4 23 2g32 הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this” -EXO 4 23 re11 בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 I will certainly kill your son, your firstborn This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh. -EXO 4 23 ubcw figs-quotemarks בִּנְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּכֹרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ’ ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 24 sp6h writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 Yahweh met Moses and tried to kill him This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 4 24 p820 writing-participants וַ⁠יִּפְגְּשֵׁ֣⁠הוּ…הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, it is not clear who **him** refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 24 3xy0 writing-participants הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 25 m1la translate-names צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah This is the name of Moses’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 4 25 sftg writing-participants צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah is introduced here as a new participant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 25 a36h translate-unknown צֹ֗ר 1 flint knife This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 4 25 nkxn translate-unknown עָרְלַ֣ת 1 The**foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 4 25 l6sr figs-euphemism לְ⁠רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 to his feet It is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 4 25 3g3x figs-quotemarks כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 25 b2t3 figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ⁠י 1 you are a bridegroom to me by blood The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 26 ceqk grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 4 26 o4zt writing-participants וַ⁠יִּ֖רֶף 1 “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 26 4l5u writing-participants מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 As in [4:24](../04/24.md) this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 26 r8hj figs-quotations חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים 1 This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 4 26 abmg figs-quotemarks חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ⁠מּוּלֹֽת 1 It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision** and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 27 xk6b writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 Yahweh said to Aaron You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 4 27 qxpc writing-participants אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 **Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Some languages may mark this in some way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 27 221t figs-quotemarks לֵ֛ךְ לִ⁠קְרַ֥את מֹשֶׁ֖ה הַ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑רָ⁠ה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 27 wy4n figs-possession בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 at the mountain of God See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md), consult this this note: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/01/p27s]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 4 27 tfn2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 4 28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty. -EXO 4 28 b429 writing-participants שְׁלָח֑⁠וֹ…צִוָּֽ⁠הוּ 1 he had sent him to say The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses…Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 29 y8o3 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 in the sight of the people This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 30 x1v3 writing-participants הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 31 8n78 writing-participants הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” -EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 they bowed their heads Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### A slave’s work
The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let my people go”
This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### Titles
The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. -EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 5 1 7l1y writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Some languages may need to mark his reintroduction in a particular way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 5 1 3l2v figs-quotemarks כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 1 ckml figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 1 lu3i כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 5 1 u2vt וְ⁠יָחֹ֥גּוּ 1 festival for me This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking” -EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Why should I…let Israel go? The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 5 2 fq6i figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ לְ⁠שַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses). -EXO 5 2 wpff figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹל֔⁠וֹ 1 listen to his voice This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 5 2 6xjp וְ⁠גַ֥ם 1 This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely” -EXO 5 3 08ny writing-participants וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 5 3 3li7 figs-quotemarks אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֗ר וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ בַּ⁠דֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ⁠עִבְרִ֖ים 1 God of the Hebrews This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God. -EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י⁠נוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶ⁠חָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 5 4 cb7w figs-quotemarks לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠מַּֽעֲשָׂ֑י⁠ו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-rquestion לְכ֖וּ לְ⁠סִבְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 5 nqbe figs-aside וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) -EXO 5 5 todi הֵן 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. -EXO 5 5 c53k figs-youdual וְ⁠הִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 6 ar9m אֶת־הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים בָּ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת־שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,” -EXO 5 6 zd4m הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֣ים 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md), but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors” -EXO 5 6 8opu שֹׁטְרָ֖י⁠ו 1 **Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters. -EXO 5 6 dxih לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm. -EXO 5 7 k6io figs-youdual לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 7 1pw9 figs-quotemarks לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ⁠ן 1 Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 7 p9nx figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 you must no longer give This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 5 8 izkf figs-youdual תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 8 ro25 translate-unknown הַ⁠לְּבֵנִ֜ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened clay blocks for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 5 8 dlzx figs-idiom תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙ 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 5 8 vd10 figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ⁠אלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It is a quote of Moses and Aaron. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 9 5nz5 figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל־יִשְׁע֖וּ בְּ⁠דִבְרֵי־שָֽׁקֶר 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. Alternative translation: as UST or “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 5 10 ozzn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֨צְא֜וּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 5 10 x4bi נֹגְשֵׂ֤י 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md). See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]] -EXO 5 10 0nqn כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same quote form as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 5 10 4joe figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 5 10 7zfp grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛⁠נִּי 1 Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 I will no longer give you **You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 5 11 xe4i figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 you can find…your workload Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 11 w918 figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם…לָ⁠כֶם֙ 1 You yourselves must go The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 5 11 g5vb figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 your workload will not be reduced This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 5 11 ucrc figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ⁠עֲבֹדַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 12 s9dk figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 throughout all the land of Egypt This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 5 12 q7y7 translate-unknown קַ֖שׁ 1 stubble **Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 5 13 th6x וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 taskmasters **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md). -EXO 5 13 ikkf writing-participants וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגְשִׂ֖ים 1 The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 5 13 8ye4 figs-quotemarks כַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶם֙ דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠הְי֥וֹת הַ⁠תֶּֽבֶן 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 13 a5ja דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 **Day by day** means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task” -EXO 5 14 h4uo נֹגְשֵׂ֥י 1 **Taskmasters** are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md). -EXO 5 14 unbc figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּכּ֗וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 5 14 eq22 figs-rquestion מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 Why have you not produced all the bricks required of you…in the past? The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 5 14 767c figs-quotemarks מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם לִ⁠לְבֹּן֙ כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 14 oh6o figs-youdual כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 14 emq7 figs-synecdoche כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ⁠כֶ֤ם 1 cried out Here, **you** and **your** do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 5 14 liz8 figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 5 14 zklg גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites. -EXO 5 15 bk9h writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 5 15 thlj figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 5 15 en1t figs-quotemarks לָ֧⁠מָּה 1 This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the [next verse](../05/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 15 m2nz figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 5 16 yeql figs-activepassive תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters or Pharaoh the subject. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 5 16 qp5j figs-123person לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ…עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 5 16 hsa6 writing-participants אֹמְרִ֥ים 1 they are still telling us, ‘Make bricks!’ **They** refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 5 16 3xl3 figs-quotemarks וּ⁠לְבֵנִ֛ים…עֲשׂ֑וּ 1 **Make bricks** is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 16 m0go וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. -EXO 5 16 xrly figs-activepassive עֲבָדֶ֛י⁠ךָ מֻכִּ֖ים 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 5 16 ff2k figs-euphemism וְ⁠חָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 5 16 l7sn וְ⁠חָטָ֥את 1 “but it is the wrong-doing of” -EXO 5 17 2vso figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…אַתֶּ֣ם 1 These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 17 5t4m figs-exclamations נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים 1 Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 5 17 a8o2 figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 18 68ax figs-activepassive וְ⁠תֶ֖בֶן לֹא־יִנָּתֵ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 You can translate this in active voice if needed. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 5 18 z6wt figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶ֑ם…תִּתֵּֽנּוּ 1 This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 19 x6pp grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 5 19 i3ot figs-quotemarks לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ⁠לִּבְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 19 l9d2 figs-rpronouns אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 when they were told Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 5 19 603u וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠רָ֣ע לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said” -EXO 5 20 ve3z writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙ 1 palace A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 5 20 60cj writing-participants וַֽ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ֙…לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠צֵאתָ֖⁠ם 1 Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 5 21 jsbv figs-quotemarks יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו לָֽ⁠תֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠הָרְגֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron. -EXO 5 21 4lou figs-youdual עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 5 21 j3zp figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗⁠נוּ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 you have made us offensive The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 5 22 pm0l figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְ⁠הַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 5 23 ce6s figs-idiom עַמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. -EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand **Hand** is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 1 7wm5 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 1 4m4g figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְ⁠יָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠ם וּ⁠בְ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖⁠ם מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 6 1 sdon מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “from Egypt” -EXO 6 2 5m1a writing-newevent וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 6 2 kcty figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 3 l81y translate-transliterate בְּ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י 1 I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -EXO 6 3 m27p figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 I was not known to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 6 3 e36z וּ⁠שְׁמִ֣⁠י יְהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖עְתִּי לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them” -EXO 6 4 zxvc figs-quotations לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 6 4 gkkc figs-parallelism אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁר־גָּ֥רוּ בָֽ⁠הּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 6 5 l3yc נַאֲקַת֙ 1 groaning This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering. -EXO 6 5 0l2p וָ⁠אֶזְכֹּ֖ר אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י 1 **I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise” -EXO 6 6 rgh0 grammar-connect-logic-result לָ⁠כֵ֞ן 1 God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 6 6 yv14 לָ⁠כֵ֞ן אֱמֹ֥ר לִ⁠בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל 1 say to the Israelites This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites” -EXO 6 6 yg2d figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 6 we3z figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 **You** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 6 6 oqnw figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֨חַת֙ סִבְלֹ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 6 6 xyn4 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠זְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה 1 **Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to God’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 6 6 efx1 וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians” -EXO 6 7 o3lb figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם…וִֽ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֗ם…אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠כֶ֔ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 6 7 14ev figs-synecdoche מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת סִבְל֥וֹת מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 6 8 h9ho figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙…לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 6 8 g9ru translate-symaction נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י 1 I swore This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 6 8 i3vj מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה 1 This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land” -EXO 6 8 ipnm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 9 aalj grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠לֹ֤א שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה קָשָֽׁה 1 In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 6 9 0jc7 מִ⁠קֹּ֣צֶר ר֔וּחַ 1 Here, the people’s **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope” -EXO 6 10 tpw4 לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural. -EXO 6 11 pi7a figs-quotemarks בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 11 fxf2 figs-quotations וִֽ⁠ישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 6 12 rsag figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he **before the face of Yahweh** Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” -EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 6 12 4iul figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 6 12 k3br figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 6 13 9o6g וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ⁠ם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh” -EXO 6 14 hh3z writing-background אֵ֖לֶּה 1 Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 14 wv89 translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן… יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל… חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִ֔י… רְאוּבֵֽן 1 Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 15 c1ni translate-names שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ⁠יָמִ֤ין וְ⁠אֹ֨הַד֙ וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֔חַר וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל…שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar, and Shaul These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 16 k64h translate-names לֵוִי֙…גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ⁠קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִ֑י…לֵוִ֔י 1 Gershon…Merari These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 16 m36f translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 137 years old “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 6 17 alm8 translate-names גֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ⁠שִׁמְעִ֖י 1 Amram…Uzziel These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 18 gzm3 translate-names קְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְהָ֔ר וְ⁠חֶבְר֖וֹן וְ⁠עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל…קְהָ֔ת 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 18 qu41 translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 133 years old “one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 6 19 p5sz translate-names מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ⁠מוּשִׁ֑י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 20 ni1l translate-names עַמְרָ֜ם…יוֹכֶ֤בֶד…אַהֲרֹ֖ן…מֹשֶׁ֑ה…עַמְרָ֔ם 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 20 mh02 figs-kinship דֹּֽדָת⁠וֹ֙ 1 This word specifically means father’s sister. Some languages will have a term that is specific in this way, and translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) -EXO 6 20 ti6q translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת 1 137 years “one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 6 21 f3yr translate-names יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ⁠נֶ֖פֶג וְ⁠זִכְרִֽי׃ 1 Izhar…Korah…Zichri These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 22 n7cl translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְ⁠סִתְרִֽי 1 Uzziel…Mishael…Sithri These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 23 n1xh translate-names אַהֲרֹ֜ן…אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע…עַמִּינָדָ֛ב…נַחְשׁ֖וֹן…נָדָב֙…אֲבִיה֔וּא…אֶלְעָזָ֖ר…אִֽיתָמָֽר 1 Nadab…Ithamar These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 24 7oae translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ⁠אֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַ⁠אֲבִיאָסָ֑ף 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 24 i6o7 translate-names הַ⁠קָּרְחִֽי 1 This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 25 zvg2 translate-names וְ⁠אֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 Phinehas These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 26 dqm8 figs-quotemarks ⁠הֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 26 ft6y translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their groups of fighting men The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 6 27 o7xp grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ⁠הוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 6 28 xssl writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠י֨וֹם 1 This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 6 29 7s2n figs-quotemarks לֵּ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 Here, **saying** is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 29 vogm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 6 30 qvxf figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ⁠אֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖⁠י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” -EXO 6 30 18l8 figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracles
When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions.

### “Let my people go”
This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:
- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

-EXO 7 1 4vak figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” -EXO 7 1 dn1s figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 I have made you like a god This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/16/gn5v]]). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 1 z163 figs-metaphor וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/16/mnsp]]). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 2 l44v figs-kinship אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Aaron is older than Moses. Some languages will use a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) -EXO 7 2 hdwo figs-quotations וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 7 2 204o מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Egypt” -EXO 7 3 adsq figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 3 vtt1 figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י 1 many signs…many wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 7 4 ar0l figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶם֙ 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖⁠י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 4 0r0r figs-metonymy בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **On Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜⁠י אֶת־עַמִּ֤⁠י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people” -EXO 7 5 cg3n grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠יָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּ⁠נְטֹתִ֥⁠י אֶת־יָדִ֖⁠י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 5 dguc grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 7 5 8576 figs-quotemarks מִ⁠תּוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in [verse 1](../07/01.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 6 iii5 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 7 7 liir writing-background וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠אַֽהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֖⁠ם אֶל־פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 7 7 g7i5 translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 Aaron eighty-three years old “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 7 7 9ou3 figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 7 8 pwph writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea.  The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 7 8 p2kf לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. -EXO 7 9 b0jl figs-quotemarks כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 9 jt9z figs-quotations כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 When Pharaoh says to you, ‘Do a miracle,’ then you will say to Aaron, ‘Take your staff and throw it down before Pharaoh, so that it may become a snake.’ The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 7 9 ye9j figs-quotemarks תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 9 r0tp figs-quotemarks קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after **Pharaoh.** If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 9 p3xh לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. -EXO 7 9 ms5o figs-youdual אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֤ם…לָ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 7 9 6hfg figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 9 s5a9 קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠הַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְ⁠תַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 10 4q7r figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 10 3dkq עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants. -EXO 7 11 mqde לַֽ⁠חֲכָמִ֖ים וְ⁠לַֽ⁠מְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term. -EXO 7 12 u6np וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע 1 swallowed up “ate up” or “devoured” -EXO 7 12 m0kw grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 7 12 prnp figs-personification מַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 7 13 g42f figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were **strong**. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 13 2fve כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST. -EXO 7 14 d27r figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart is hard Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being heavy vs strong. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 14 qiyx writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 7 14 t79b figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to information that follows. -EXO 7 15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַ⁠מַּ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 when he goes out to the water There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation. -EXO 7 16 yqp7 וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 Say to him “Say to Pharaoh” -EXO 7 16 i4yt figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 16 uvxe figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ⁠עִבְרִים֙ 1 Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 7 16 d16q figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔⁠י וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻ֖⁠נִי בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה 1 This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 16 cwox וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated. -EXO 7 17 j1ev כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 strike the water This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 7 17 mywj figs-quotesinquotes בְּ⁠זֹ֣את 1 This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 17 jjm3 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this” -EXO 7 18 bsjn grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠בָאַ֣שׁ הַ⁠יְאֹ֑ר 1 **The river will stink** will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 7 18 nx0q grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִ⁠שְׁתּ֥וֹת מַ֖יִם מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 7 18 350i figs-rpronouns וְ⁠נִלְא֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 7 18 grwh figs-quotemarks מִן־הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 19 jima figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם וְ⁠הָ֤יָה דָם֙ בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 19 9o1q figs-quotemarks קַ֣ח מַטְּ⁠ךָ֣ וּ⁠נְטֵֽה־יָדְ⁠ךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וְ⁠יִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 7 19 ysi7 figs-merism עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣⁠ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵי⁠הֶ֣ם וְ⁠עַל־אַגְמֵי⁠הֶ֗ם וְ⁠עַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 7 19 wxp2 בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֣רֶץ 1 throughout all “in every part of” -EXO 7 19 msxp figs-possession וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵצִ֖ים וּ⁠בָ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 7 20 zy18 figs-explicit בַּ⁠יְאֹ֔ר 1 in the river The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 22 6njd translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 22 sbic כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears. -EXO 7 23 atdk figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖⁠וֹ גַּם־לָ⁠זֹֽאת 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 7 25 93t8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 7 25 5ma1 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 7 25 8aut translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:
In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. -EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 8 1 kure figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 8 2 s7y1 figs-ellipsis לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 8 2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out” -EXO 8 3 5zo6 figs-merism בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠עַל־מִטָּתֶ֑⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠בֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠עַמֶּ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠תַנּוּרֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְ⁠מִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 4 okok figs-quotemarks 1 Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 5 wll3 figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 5 ley6 figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 5 5myy figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים וְ⁠הַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 5 1qzz יָדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠מַטֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 8 5 z19q figs-merism עַל־הַ֨⁠נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַ⁠יְאֹרִ֖ים וְ⁠עַל־הָ⁠אֲגַמִּ֑ים 1 This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in [8:6](../08/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 6 wf3a figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ 1 It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 8 6 3t7n figs-explicit יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 8 6 j1w7 figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל מֵימֵ֣י 1 Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 8 6 drmg figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ 1 [Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 8 6 rxze figs-collectivenouns הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ 1 There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 8 6 j83d figs-metaphor וַ⁠תַּ֨עַל֙ הַ⁠צְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 8 7 5yzg translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 8 mhn3 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron” -EXO 8 8 nfe3 figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 8 8 pc7e figs-quotemarks הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 8 tx3t figs-quotations אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠יָסֵר֙ הַֽ⁠צְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖⁠נִּי וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, ‘Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 8 qku4 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וַ⁠אֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם וְ⁠יִזְבְּח֖וּ לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 8 9 bm7x figs-quotemarks הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ לְ⁠מָתַ֣י׀ אַעְתִּ֣יר לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔ לְ⁠הַכְרִית֙ הַֽ⁠צֲפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 9 khfd figs-irony הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ⁠י֒ 1 Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -EXO 8 9 g0lu figs-merism לְ⁠ךָ֗ וְ⁠לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֔…מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּתֶּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 10 g5e7 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֑ר 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 10 tvjo figs-quotemarks כִּ⁠דְבָ֣רְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 A direct quote begins here that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 10 ofw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md) after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 8 10 8120 figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 8 11 zwqo figs-merism מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠בָּ֣תֶּ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 11 ttyr figs-quotemarks רַ֥ק בַּ⁠יְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 “Yahweh had set” -EXO 8 12 nxyi writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 13 80ei figs-merism מִן־הַ⁠בָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַ⁠חֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠שָּׂדֹֽת 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were. -EXO 8 15 lv2n figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 he hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 8 15 b47h כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 just as Yahweh had said that he would do “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do” -EXO 8 16 7tgc writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 16 s5gh figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 16 xh9e figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 16 joxz נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠הַ֖ךְ 1 This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. -EXO 8 16 4kyj מַטְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 8 16 w5el translate-unknown לְ⁠כִנִּ֖ם 1 We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 17 8zno וַ⁠יֵּט֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md). -EXO 8 17 l784 יָד֤⁠וֹ בְ⁠מַטֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 8 17 nhgt translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם …כִנִּ֖ים 1 Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 17 grs3 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 8 17 grg5 figs-hyperbole כָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ …בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 8 18 9iqc translate-unknown הַ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֧ים בְּ⁠לָטֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 18 ii85 translate-unknown הַ⁠כִּנִּ֖ים …הַ⁠כִּנָּ֔ם 1 See how you translated this term in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 18 mnj5 figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 8 19 22be translate-unknown הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּים֙ 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 19 lk2k figs-synecdoche אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא 1 This is the finger of God The words “finger of God” represent the power of God. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 8 19 z1w2 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 8 19 rp3i writing-participants אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 It is possible that **them** refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 8 19 gjgg כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST. -EXO 8 20 j5n8 וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 stand in front of Pharaoh “and present yourself to Pharaoh” -EXO 8 20 frfn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 8 20 2g25 הִנֵּ֖ה 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” -EXO 8 20 uypa figs-quotations כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 8 20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Let my people go This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 8 20 a7l7 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 20 fgl3 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠יַֽעַבְדֻֽ⁠נִי 1 This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 8 21 hitq הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” -EXO 8 21 hwcl translate-collectivenouns הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 8 21 2g9v translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּ⁠ךָ֜ וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֧י⁠ךָ וּֽ⁠בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠בָתֶּ֖י⁠ךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְ⁠גַ֥ם הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] -EXO 8 22 mv8w grammar-connect-logic-result לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב 1 General Information: This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 8 22 apum translate-collectivenouns עָרֹ֑ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 8 22 85hp translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 22 refq grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 8 22 a28h אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land” -EXO 8 23 8fsp figs-abstractnouns פְדֻ֔ת 1 This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 8 23 tf4j translate-textvariants פְדֻ֔ת 1 Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -EXO 8 23 u4gs עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” -EXO 8 23 rg2c עַמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” -EXO 8 23 9c85 figs-quotemarks לְ⁠מָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָ⁠אֹ֥ת הַ⁠זֶּֽה׃ 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 24 gw3c figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 8 24 lk5s writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 24 ut0f translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 24 dg0k translate-go וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 8 24 97aq figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 24 nd6e figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 8 24 ngue figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י הֶ⁠עָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 8 25 e7l0 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א 1 This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -EXO 8 25 ciy5 figs-quotemarks לְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 25 gj2w figs-youdual לֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 Here, **your** is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 8 26 tvnj figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 26 9x8p תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause. -EXO 8 26 43cl figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח …אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ …נִזְבַּ֞ח …יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 8 26 i7dy figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽ⁠נוּ 1 will they not stone us? Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 8 27 ju3u figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְ⁠זָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔י⁠נוּ…אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 8 27 clc3 figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 28 p3pd figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠זְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַ⁠יהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָ⁠לֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽ⁠י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 28 qxes figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ …אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֙ …תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 8 28 mla2 אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ 1 “the Israelites” -EXO 8 28 hnud figs-idiom הַרְחֵ֥ק…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 8 29 kgkx figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ וְ⁠הַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ⁠סָ֣ר הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם לִ⁠זְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 29 3hwq הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this” -EXO 8 29 jirm translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֗ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 29 yvcl figs-123person מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה …פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you ... you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 8 29 la3z figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֥י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 29 bf85 figs-doublenegatives אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ⁠בִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 8 29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 But you must not deal deceitfully “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us” -EXO 8 30 49le writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ⁠עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 31 2ifs figs-merism מִ⁠פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵ⁠עֲבָדָ֣י⁠ו וּ⁠מֵ⁠עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֤ד פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses is not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. -EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 General Information: A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 9 1 38fo figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 1 0hcz figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠דִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 “the Israelites” -EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְ⁠עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽ⁠ם 1 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out” -EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 3 cjt9 figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 9 3 tn3z figs-youdual בְּ⁠מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 on your cattle While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽ⁠חֲמֹרִים֙ בַּ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] -EXO 9 3 2kqc figs-collectivenouns בַּ⁠בָּקָ֖ר …וּ⁠בַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 3 3ud8 figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 9 4 c9ob figs-possession מִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own… the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites ... the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 4 u60c figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 4 2310 דָּבָֽר 1 “animal” -EXO 9 4 xk5d מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel” -EXO 9 4 cbsz figs-quotemarks וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִ⁠כָּל־לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 5 vqz2 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד 1 fixed a time “And Yahweh made an appointed time” -EXO 9 5 7jof לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.
. -EXO 9 5 dh4h figs-quotemarks מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 5 pxb1 figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 9 6 1ztr figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה 1 It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 9 6 cx5i figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 All the cattle of Egypt died This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 9 6 iccg מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם…וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians owned … But from the livestock that the Israelites owned” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians ... But from the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 6 6ewa figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 6 i0bl figs-litotes וּ⁠מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 9 7 md84 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 behold **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen” -EXO 9 7 rtny figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ⁠מִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 9 7 kkuc figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 7 sfor figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **Israel** is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 7 j51j figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 his heart was stubborn Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 8 brm6 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 kiln A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 9 8 ik2i figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 8 luhg figs-youdual לָ⁠כֶם֙…חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 **You** and **your** refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 9 8 51op קְח֤וּ לָ⁠כֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Each of you fill both your hands with” -EXO 9 8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” -EXO 9 8 gk7f figs-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 8 gu1v הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יְמָ⁠ה 1 “toward the sky” -EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 9 d2v3 translate-unknown לִ⁠שְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 fine This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 9 jlh0 figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֜ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 9 eyc7 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 to break out on “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” -EXO 9 10 wdcn figs-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֗ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). -EXO 9 10 ufpn figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 10 xmbw הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). -EXO 9 10 jhzb translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 10 7q2q figs-gendernotations בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 10 iftm וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה 1 “and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). -EXO 9 11 jrc3 הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֗ים …בַּֽ⁠חֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם 1 See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md). -EXO 9 11 dxsx figs-metonymy לַ⁠עֲמֹ֛ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 11 k9uu figs-metaphor מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 11 lpmq translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֑ין…הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֔ין 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 12 p5m5 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 13 ifs8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 9 13 zsvl figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 13 zmrt figs-metonymy וְ⁠הִתְיַצֵּ֖ב לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 13 56cj figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 9 13 9ha6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 9 13 zi15 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 14 z68b grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Here, **For** means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 9 14 n6wq figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ⁠י֙ אֶֽל־לִבְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 on you yourself Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 9 15 9m72 grammar-connect-condition-contrary כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר וַ⁠תִּכָּחֵ֖ד מִן־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) -EXO 9 15 a3l8 figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔⁠י וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 reached out with my hand and attacked you Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 15 hgfx figs-metaphor וָ⁠אַ֥ךְ אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֛ וְ⁠אֶֽת־עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠דָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 16 7mjz grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם בַּ⁠עֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑⁠י וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 17 h3ed figs-metaphor עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 lifting yourself up against my people Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 17 sdav figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 9 17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh. -EXO 9 17 zfhb בְּ⁠עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 Here, **my people** are the Israelites. -EXO 9 18 fnd2 הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Listen! “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you” -EXO 9 18 716v כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 “at this time. There has never been anything like this” -EXO 9 19 5h0u figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠ךָ֖ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 19 eo52 וְ⁠יָרַ֧ד עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠בָּרָ֖ד 1 “the hail will come down on” -EXO 9 19 4329 figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָ⁠אָדָ֨ם 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 19 itlv וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. -EXO 9 19 f80e figs-explicit וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 The people and animals **will die** because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 9 19 5z5d figs-quotemarks וָ⁠מֵֽתוּ 1 Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 20 dp8j figs-explicit הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ 1 As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make explicit the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 9 20 p3nz הַ⁠יָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽ⁠עַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning” -EXO 9 21 6gcx וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל 1 Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 22 vtfl writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 9 22 zwvk יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 9 22 h9cr figs-gendernotations הָ⁠אָדָ֣ם 1 This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 22 r0g4 הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. -EXO 9 23 7538 מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 9 25 vnpj figs-merism מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 9 25 ft0o figs-gendernotations מֵ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 25 apbl בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. -EXO 9 27 fu9c writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 to summon A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 9 27 sh1x חָטָ֣אתִי 1 Some commentators suggest translating **sinned** more literally, that is “missed the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure, but instead, admitting that he misjudged. -EXO 9 27 joxy הַ⁠צַּדִּ֔יק…הָ⁠רְשָׁעִֽים 1 Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST. -EXO 9 27 6p2i וְ⁠עַמִּ֖⁠י 1 **My people** refers to the Egyptians. -EXO 9 28 r0cs figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לַ⁠עֲמֹֽד 1 This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 9 29 ajz3 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses said to him “And Moses said to Pharaoh” -EXO 9 29 b787 translate-symaction אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread my hands out to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 9 30 tn94 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 honor Yahweh God This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) -EXO 9 30 srx4 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 31 p1v8 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֥ה…וְ⁠הַ⁠פִּשְׁתָּ֖ה 1 flax **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 31 9xjc גִּבְעֹֽל 1 “was flowering” -EXO 9 32 jmq3 translate-unknown וְ⁠הַ⁠כֻּסֶּ֖מֶת 1 spelt **Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 33 fa2j translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖י⁠ו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread out his hands to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 9 34 ke5k figs-metaphor וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ 1 hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 34 nz0e וַ⁠יֹּ֣סֶף לַ⁠חֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.” -EXO 9 34 ooed וַ⁠יַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖⁠וֹ ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same” -EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-metaphor וַֽ⁠יֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 9 35 6cbh figs-metaphor כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. -EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs “I mocked Egypt” -EXO 10 3 2614 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 10 3 4b3a וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֔ים 1 It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 10 3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ⁠עָנֹ֖ת מִ⁠פָּנָ֑⁠י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 4 ge67 הִנְ⁠נִ֨י 1 listen **Behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware” -EXO 10 4 uwtp figs-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 5 zu5r figs-parallelism וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 hail These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 10 5 rdav וְ⁠כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “And it will cover the land from sight” -EXO 10 5 oj3i figs-collectivenouns וְ⁠כִסָּה֙…וְ⁠אָכַ֣ל…וְ⁠אָכַל֙ 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 6 ir5l figs-hyperbole עַל־הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 nothing ever seen This could either mean **on the earth** (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 10 6 4mno figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֥פֶן 1 [Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 10 7 xn8j figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ לְ⁠מוֹקֵ֔שׁ 1 How long will this man be a menace to us? Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 10 7 jqbh figs-gendernotations הָ֣⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 Here, **men** may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In [verse 10](../10/10.md) the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go, and in [verse 11](../10/11.md) he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 10 7 xdm5 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠טֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Do you not yet realize that Egypt is destroyed? Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 10 7 c6pr figs-activepassive כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 that Egypt is destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 10 8 8ukg figs-activepassive וַ⁠יּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 10 8 6733 מִ֥י וָ⁠מִ֖י 1 “Who all” -EXO 10 9 fnnl figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֑ךְ…נֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 **We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 10 10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 if I ever let you go and your little ones go **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go” -EXO 10 10 w8x4 רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 11 pkm4 הַ⁠גְּבָרִים֙ 1 Then Moses and Aaron were driven out from Pharaoh’s presence This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders” -EXO 10 11 vdjk figs-metonymy מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 12 kchn writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 10 12 7fa6 יָדְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 10 12 qikq figs-collectivenouns בָּֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 12 gzwa figs-collectivenouns וְ⁠יַ֖עַל …וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙ 1 Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 13 xqsz מַטֵּ⁠הוּ֮ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 10 13 vee8 ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙ 1 The wind blew from east to west. -EXO 10 13 85bf figs-collectivenouns הָ⁠אַרְבֶּֽה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 14 kuuu figs-collectivenouns הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֗ה …אַרְבֶּה֙ 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 15 b3h5 figs-collectivenouns וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס …וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל 1 so that it was darkened Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 15 2eo5 וַ⁠יְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md). -EXO 10 15 ill1 figs-parallelism וַ⁠יֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַ⁠בָּרָ֑ד וְ⁠לֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּ⁠עֵ֛ץ וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 10 16 ty9f figs-youdual אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 10 17 953e שָׂ֣א 1 “take away” -EXO 10 17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם…רַ֖ק 1 Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once ... only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request. -EXO 10 17 kd6d figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 this time Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 17 nn2b figs-explicit הַ⁠מָּ֥וֶת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 take this death away from me The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 10 18 p9hz וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left. -EXO 10 19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west” -EXO 10 19 mdp5 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 picked up the locusts “and it moved the locusts upwards” -EXO 10 19 2cpb figs-collectivenouns הָ֣⁠אַרְבֶּ֔ה …אַרְבֶּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 10 19 q8aj figs-collectivenouns וַ⁠יִּתְקָעֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 Here, the first **it** refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]] -EXO 10 20 dw1d figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 21 x6xk writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 10 21 utyz יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ⁠יָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 darkness that may be felt This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 22 z4ge יָד֖⁠וֹ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 10 22 vbzj translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 10 23 2cqx figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 23 7ud1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ …אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 10 23 qstu translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 10 24 4jkp figs-quotemarks לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 10 24 vp7b figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ … צֹאנְ⁠כֶ֥ם וּ⁠בְקַרְ⁠כֶ֖ם …טַפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם …עִמָּ⁠כֶֽם 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 10 25 hnt5 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ⁠עֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 25 bjy0 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַ⁠יהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God” -EXO 10 25 7gzr figs-exclusive בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ …וְ⁠עָשִׂ֖ינוּ …אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 10 26 k0pi figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜⁠נוּ …עִמָּ֗⁠נוּ …נִקַּ֔ח …אֱלֹהֵ֑י⁠נוּ וַ⁠אֲנַ֣חְנוּ …נֵדַ֗ע …נַּעֲבֹד֙ …בֹּאֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 10 26 v9uc figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 a hoof Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 10 26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)). -EXO 10 27 n588 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 27 mv8t וְ⁠לֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם 1 he would not let them go “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go” -EXO 10 28 4d1y figs-rpronouns הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 10 28 lcz2 figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Be careful about one thing Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 10 28 te45 figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔⁠י …פָנַ֖⁠י 1 you see my face Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 10 29 h1jf figs-idiom כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ 1 You yourself have spoken With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 10 29 rg18 figs-synecdoche פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes


Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.

It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

In the previous chapters, Moses did not ask Pharaoh’s permission for the Hebrew people to leave. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt. -EXO 11 1 6qgc figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 1 5ktt grammar-connect-time-sequential כְּ⁠שַׁ֨לְּח֔⁠וֹ…יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 11 1 iocd כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating. -EXO 11 1 i87h figs-youdual אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם…אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 he will let you go from here Each occurrence of the word **you** in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 11 2 2s6a figs-aside דַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) -EXO 11 2 t14c נָ֖א 1 Here, **now** conveys urgency, indicating that Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later). -EXO 11 2 nlsk בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 “so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening” -EXO 11 2 0w6r כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry. -EXO 11 2 4l0a וְ⁠יִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔⁠הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 [Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there. -EXO 11 2 jyqa figs-quotemarks זָהָֽב 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 3 hng9 figs-idiom חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under Gods judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 11 3 1et2 figs-idiom בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י עַבְדֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 11 3 12gp וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 [Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there. -EXO 11 4 sewb figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:8](../11/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 midnight This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 11 4 vyvr figs-quotemarks כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 5 hv8k בְּכוֹר֮ …מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר …בְּכ֣וֹר …בְּכ֥וֹר 1 All the firstborn … the firstborn of Pharaoh … the firstborn of the slave girl … the firstborn of the cattle The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring. -EXO 11 5 k42h figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 who sits on his throne This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 11 5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ⁠רֵחָ֑יִם 1 who is behind the handmill grinding it “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain” -EXO 11 6 hui7 figs-merism אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨⁠הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְ⁠כָמֹ֖⁠הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף 1 This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 11 7 b60a figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔⁠וֹ 1 This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 11 7 t61i figs-youdual תֵּֽדְע֔וּ⁠ן 1 Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 11 7 fl78 אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md). -EXO 11 7 wicm figs-quotemarks יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 After this phrase, the second-level direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 8 9zor translate-symaction וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 This does not mean to bow for worshiping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 11 8 l678 figs-explicit וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּֽחֲוּוּ־לִ֣⁠י 1 **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 11 8 4b8i figs-metaphor וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר־בְּ⁠רַגְלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, as his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי־כֵ֖ן אֵצֵ֑א 1 After that I will go out This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 11 8 awcj figs-quotemarks אֵצֵ֑א 1 After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 8 76oj figs-idiom בָּ⁠חֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 11 9 xk4l figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖⁠י בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 11 10 2cqt writing-endofstory וּ⁠מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּפְתִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠לֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
- v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
- v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
- v. 12-13: description of the plague
- v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
- v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread
The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation
The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage
In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural
In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 12 3 8rfd figs-youdual דַּבְּר֗וּ 1 The command here is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם לְ⁠חָדְשֵׁ֖י הַ⁠שָּׁנָֽה 1 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 12 3 nu6r figs-quotemarks לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר בֶּ⁠עָשֹׂ֖ר 1 After **saying**, a second level direct quotation begins which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. **Saying** is used to mark the beginning of a quote. Many times it can be omitted in translation if the target language does not use a similar structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 12 3 jjw0 וְ⁠יִקְח֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה לְ⁠בֵית־אָבֹ֖ת שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household” -EXO 12 3 d1f5 שֶׂ֥ה לַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “one lamb per house” -EXO 12 3 qzct שֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה 1 This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as whatever would be most familiar of sheep or goat—preferably a word that means a young sheep or goat. -EXO 12 4 xzn3 figs-explicit וְ⁠אִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַ⁠בַּיִת֮ מִ⁠הְיֹ֣ת מִ⁠שֶּׂה֒ 1 If the household is too small for a lamb This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 4 067d וּ⁠שְׁכֵנ֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠מִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת 1 This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size, or of the right size to split a lamb with. -EXO 12 4 fu2g figs-gendernotations אִ֚ישׁ 1 the man and his next door neighbor This refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 12 6 lz76 בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּֽיִם 1 twilight This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light. -EXO 12 7 cjt7 עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְ⁠עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַ⁠בָּ֣תִּ֔ים 1 on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the houses “on the sides and top of the way into the house” -EXO 12 8 uxn6 מְרֹרִ֖ים 1 bitter herbs These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste. -EXO 12 9 ny3a אַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ נָ֔א 1 Do not eat it raw “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked” -EXO 12 11 ks7d חֲגֻרִ֔ים 1 belt **Belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist. -EXO 12 11 nzw2 וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠חִפָּז֔וֹן 1 eat it hurriedly “And you must eat it quickly” -EXO 12 11 r789 figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 It is Yahweh’s Passover Here the word **it** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 12 13 3912 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָ⁠כֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 12 14 4wsd וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application. -EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה 1 **This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 “Surely” or “Indeed” -EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “he must be sent away” or (2) “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 15 88wc figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 15 eqzu grammar-collectivenouns מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 12 16 bzj6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 an assembly that is set apart to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 16 63ed translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙…וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 **First** and **seventh** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month ... and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 12 16 l7pj figs-activepassive כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 No work will be done on these days This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 16 qr65 figs-activepassive ה֥וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 That must be the only work that may be done by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 17 r3qj translate-unknown צִבְאוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 armed group by armed group The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 12 18 7oat translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 **First**, **fourteenth**, and **twenty-first** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen ... until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 12 18 l57q translate-ordinal בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙…עַ֠ד י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 12 18 m475 translate-hebrewmonths בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁ֡ן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֤וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 the fourteenth day in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 12 18 uss3 translate-hebrewmonths י֣וֹם הָ⁠אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לַ⁠חֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 the twenty-first day of the month This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 12 19 aej1 figs-activepassive שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 no yeast must be found in your houses This can be stated in active form. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “no one must be able to find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 19 vy72 figs-metaphor וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 must be cut off from the community of Israel The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “that person must be sent away” or (2) “that person will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “that person must be killed” See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 19 cwvs figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מֵ⁠עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. They can be expressed in active form. See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send that person away” or (2) “I will no longer consider that person to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 20 407n figs-quotemarks מַצּֽוֹת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands to Moses and Aaron for the Israelites ends (two levels). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 12 21 y9qt writing-newevent 1 summoned A new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 12 21 4hw6 figs-quotemarks וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:27](../12/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO 12 22 qwv1 translate-unknown אֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב 1 hyssop **Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 12 22 c1cf אֶל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְ⁠אֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֔ת 1 the top of the doorframe and the two doorposts “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). -EXO 12 22 vdlj figs-gendernotations לֹ֥א…אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 12 23 uu61 figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַ⁠פֶּ֔תַח 1 pass over your door Here the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 12 23 onpu עַל־הַ⁠מַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַ⁠מְּזוּזֹ֑ת 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). -EXO 12 24 v7z5 הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 this event These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. -EXO 12 24 bzm0 figs-youcrowd לְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 12 25 l8ls הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 this act of worship These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. -EXO 12 26 9bx1 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 This refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 12 26 odj0 figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 12 27 qft1 figs-quotemarks זֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּ֠סַח עַל־בָּתֵּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠נָגְפּ֥⁠וֹ אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 12 27 t779 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת־בָּתֵּ֣י⁠נוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 He set our households free This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 28 r5cj כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do” -EXO 12 29 rvg9 1 The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point. -EXO 12 29 zm1l figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔⁠וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר וְ⁠כֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 at midnight This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 12 29 uj6u בְּכוֹר֮…מִ⁠בְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle In theses usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md). -EXO 12 29 g9z1 עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 the firstborn of the person in prison “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison. -EXO 12 30 gt4w figs-doublenegatives כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃ 1 for there was not a house where there was not someone dead This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 12 31 j8k5 figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…כְּ⁠דַבֶּרְ⁠כֶֽם 1 Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 12 33 j5u4 figs-explicit כֻּלָּ֥⁠נוּ מֵתִֽים 1 We will all die The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 34 diw8 figs-activepassive מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛⁠ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּ⁠שִׂמְלֹתָ֖⁠ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽ⁠ם 1 Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shoulders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread- making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 36 679h figs-idiom אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ⁠עָ֛ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 12 37 n1ha translate-names מֵ⁠רַעְמְסֵ֖ס 1 Rameses **Rameses** was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 12 37 u81l translate-numbers כְּ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף 1 They numbered about 600,000 men “about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 12 39 pva6 figs-activepassive כִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֗יִם 1 they had been driven out of Egypt This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 40 qsi5 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 12 41 d8yh translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 12 41 xlf4 translate-unknown צִבְא֥וֹת 1 Yahweh’s armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 12 42 w6mj לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה שִׁמֻּרִ֛ים לְ⁠כָל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 all the Israelites throughout their people’s generations You could combine **for all the sons of Israel to observe for Yahweh throughout their generations** into one noun phrase as subject. Alternate translation: “for all the sons of Israel throughout their generations to observe for Yahweh” -EXO 12 43 zwac figs-quotemarks וְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:49](../12/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 12 44 n9wn וְ⁠כָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ 1 every Israelite’s slave “But any slave of an Israelite” -EXO 12 44 7fp2 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔⁠וֹ אָ֖ז 1 This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 12 44 70e8 figs-yousingular וּ⁠מַלְתָּ֣ה 1 Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -EXO 12 46 j242 figs-activepassive בְּ⁠בַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 The food must be eaten in one house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 46 iovj figs-youcrowd לֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 12 48 j7ob grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ⁠כִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ גֵּ֗ר וְ⁠עָ֣שָׂה פֶסַח֮ לַ⁠יהוָה֒ 1 This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner, the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 12 48 9dh9 figs-youcrowd אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 12 48 h7k9 figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר 1 all his male relatives must be circumcised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 48 n3fz grammar-connect-logic-goal הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣⁠וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְ⁠אָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַ⁠עֲשֹׂת֔⁠וֹ 1 The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ⁠אֶזְרַ֣ח הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְ⁠כָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶם הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 by their armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. -EXO 13 2 de3u figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨⁠י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר פֶּ֤טֶר כָּל־רֶ֨חֶם֙ בִּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּ⁠אָדָ֖ם וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֖⁠י הֽוּא 1 Set apart to me…every firstborn male This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 13 3 8jzb figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֗ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 16](../13/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 3 yjy5 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Yahweh’s strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 3 c6ee figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל חָמֵֽץ 1 No bread with yeast may be eaten This can be stated in active form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 13 4 y1f3 translate-hebrewmonths הָ⁠אָבִֽיב 1 the month of Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 13 4 76uy translate-names הָ⁠אָבִֽיב 1 **Aviv** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 13 5 x89s וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ…וְ⁠עָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 you must observe this act of worship When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md). -EXO 13 5 u37l figs-metaphor לַ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 5 6287 אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ 1 The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it. -EXO 13 6 vwy9 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 For seven days “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 13 6 mde6 translate-ordinal הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 13 7 n41m figs-activepassive מַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 Bread without yeast must be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 13 7 zm8p translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 13 7 le33 figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ 1 no bread with yeast may be seen among you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 13 7 c9kr figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר 1 No yeast may be seen with you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 13 7 dmv1 בְּ⁠כָל־גְּבֻלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 within any of your borders “inside any of the borders of your land” -EXO 13 8 qum9 figs-quotesinquotes בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔⁠י בְּ⁠צֵאתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 On that day you are to say to your children, ‘This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.’ The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 13 9 p21h figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָה֩ לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 13 9 s7zg figs-metaphor לְ⁠ךָ֨ לְ⁠א֜וֹת עַל־יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 a reminder for you on your hand Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor ⁠לְ⁠זִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 a reminder on your forehead Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 9 w5rm figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 10 rxel figs-merism מִ⁠יָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָ⁠ה 1 “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metaphor וְ⁠לַֽ⁠אֲבֹתֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 11 iqh5 וּ⁠נְתָנָ֖⁠הּ לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 when he gives the land to you “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you” -EXO 13 12 mqgs וְ⁠הַעֲבַרְתָּ֥ 1 This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine. -EXO 13 13 lwv5 figs-explicit בְ⁠שֶׂ֔ה…וַ⁠עֲרַפְתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Every firstborn of a donkey You may need to make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 13 13 0xw3 לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 “you do not ransom the donkey” -EXO 13 14 s8cm figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְ⁠ךָ֥ בִנְ⁠ךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר מַה־זֹּ֑את וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 When your son asks you later, ‘What does this mean?’ then you are to tell him The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 13 14 qr7q figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֗ד 1 strong hand Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 14 rcz7 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 15 fgvg figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ⁠שַׁלְּחֵ⁠נוּ֒ 1 This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were hard. Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 15 atxz figs-merism מִ⁠בְּכֹ֥ר אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠עַד־בְּכ֣וֹר בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent of the plague. Alternate translation: “whether he was a person or an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 13 16 bse4 figs-parallelism וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה לְ⁠אוֹת֙ עַל־יָ֣דְ⁠כָ֔ה וּ⁠לְ⁠טוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 become a reminder on your hands, and a reminder on your forehead This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 13:9](./09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 13 16 3kt7 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠חֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “with his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 17 92x6 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 This marks the transition from instruction to narrative. You should mark the resumption of the narrative in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 13 17 pum6 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ⁠לֹא־נָחָ֣⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים דֶּ֚רֶךְ אֶ֣רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים כִּ֥י קָר֖וֹב ה֑וּא 1 The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) -EXO 13 17 upop grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ⁠עָ֛ם בִּ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְ⁠שָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 13 17 5vck יִנָּחֵ֥ם 1 “turn back” -EXO 13 18 c4tw וַ⁠חֲמֻשִׁ֛ים 1 The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army” -EXO 13 19 cxyk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Jospeh’s bones. -EXO 13 19 dnlp פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛⁠י מִ⁠זֶּ֖ה אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this. -EXO 13 20 7v94 מִ⁠סֻּכֹּ֑ת וַ⁠יַּחֲנ֣וּ בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 “from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham” -EXO 13 20 xq5d translate-names בְ⁠אֵתָ֔ם 1 camped at Etham Etham was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 13 21 yi2p figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠יהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֨ם 1 Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 21 jnv8 בְּ⁠עַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙…בְּ⁠עַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ 1 pillar of cloud…pillar of fire “in a cloud in the shape of a column … in a fire in the shape of a column” -EXO 13 21 6pzk לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “to be light for them” -EXO 13 21 i7yl grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖שׁ לְ⁠הָאִ֣יר לָ⁠הֶ֑ם לָ⁠לֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָ⁠לָֽיְלָה 1 They could travel by either day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])


-EXO 13 22 iiuj עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְ⁠עַמּ֥וּד הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה 1 “the pillar of cloud by day or the pillar of fire by night” -EXO 13 22 qxks figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠עָֽם 1 Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”
Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Pharaoh’s chariots
These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) -EXO 14 2 5f0c figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֮ 1 This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 14 2 mb4e translate-names פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 14 2 74vg figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְ⁠יַחֲנוּ֙ לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠יָּ֑ם לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 14 2 c9r8 figs-youdual תַחֲנ֖וּ 1 You are to camp Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִ⁠בְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 14 3 tz6j figs-personification סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 The wilderness has closed in on them Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 14 4 dv62 figs-metaphor וְ⁠חִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 I will harden Pharaoh’s heart This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 14 4 tw2m וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 he will pursue them “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites” -EXO 14 4 d5x1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 I will get honor If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 14 4 dms1 figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן 1 So the Israelites camped as they were instructed This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּד֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 When the king of Egypt was told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled “had run away” -EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠⁠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַ⁠עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 5 wljw אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 “against the Israelites” -EXO 14 5 v236 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us. They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 14 5 2juz figs-quotemarks מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ⁠עָבְדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 14 5 9075 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 7 ry11 translate-numbers וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת רֶ֨כֶב֙ בָּח֔וּר 1 He took six hundred chosen chariots “He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 14 7 74cg וְ⁠שָׁלִשִׁ֖ם 1 The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men” -EXO 14 8 a1r1 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 14 8 3bki בְּ⁠יָ֥ד רָמָֽה 1 “boldly” or “defiantly” -EXO 14 9 929n כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠פָרָשָׁ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠חֵיל֑⁠וֹ 1 It is unclear exactly what the groupings here are. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his foot soldiers” -EXO 14 9 q0jo ⁠יַּשִּׂ֤יגוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ חֹנִ֣ים 1 “the Israelites as they were camping” -EXO 14 9 sb7x translate-names פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת…בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Baal Zephon These are places on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 14 10 s1xa figs-synecdoche וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה הִקְרִ֑יב 1 When Pharaoh came close Here, **Pharaoh** represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 14 10 vyp9 וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 “and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back” -EXO 14 10 qcy1 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 they were terrified **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising. -EXO 14 11 vzw5 figs-rquestion הַֽ⁠מִ⁠בְּלִ֤י אֵין־קְבָרִים֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם לְקַחְתָּ֖⁠נוּ לָ⁠מ֣וּת בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 Is it because there were no graves in Egypt, that you have taken us away to die in the wilderness? The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 14 11 x4n2 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֖⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Why have you treated us like this, bringing us out of Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 14 12 itb2 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹא־זֶ֣ה הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבַּ֨רְנוּ אֵלֶ֤י⁠ךָ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 Is this not what we told you in Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 14 12 ix25 figs-quotations בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר חֲדַ֥ל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ וְ⁠נַֽעַבְדָ֣ה אֶת־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 We said to you, ‘Leave us alone, so we can work for the Egyptians.’ The portion following **saying** can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 14 13 phy1 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠רְאוּ֙ אֶת־יְשׁוּעַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “and see that Yahweh will save you, he will do that for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 14 13 5j05 figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ⁠עָם֮ 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 14](../14/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 14 13 rrd4 לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ⁠רְאֹתָ֥⁠ם ע֖וֹד עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 provide for you This statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever” -EXO 14 14 vcdc figs-rpronouns יְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם 1 The form **Yahweh himself** is reflexive, emphasizing what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 14 14 0r44 תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּ⁠ן 1 Here, **silent** could mean “still.” The Israelites’ lack of action is in contrast to Yahweh’s fighting. It is not a total lack of motion or sound. Alternate translation: “you will not fight” -EXO 14 15 zsgk figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me? After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 18](../14/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 14 15 a727 figs-rquestion מַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me? Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 14 16 stla הָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ⁠ךָ֗ וּ⁠נְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 divide it in two See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**. -EXO 14 16 t3e4 וּ⁠בְקָעֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 divide it in two “and divide the sea into two parts” -EXO 14 17 z5ub וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִ֤י 1 Be aware **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do” -EXO 14 17 qd3l figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 14 17 asz9 וְ⁠יָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 so they will go after them “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites” -EXO 14 17 hjyh figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּ⁠פַרְעֹה֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־חֵיל֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 14 17 5bbz figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 so they will go after them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 18 ytnm figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י 1 so they will go after them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 18 cji1 figs-ellipsis בְּ⁠הִכָּבְדִ֣⁠י בְּ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה בְּ⁠רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠פָרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 14 19 hsih figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 so they will go after them Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 19 ysv9 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so they will go after them This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 20 jyz2 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so one side did not come near the other This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 20 c4u5 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַ⁠יָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 so one side did not come near the other “and the cloud became dark and light all night” -EXO 14 21 qbzp וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֮ עַל־הַ⁠יָּם֒ 1 east wind See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 14 21 dfx5 בְּ⁠ר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים 1 east wind An **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west. -EXO 14 21 f9zh figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 the waters were divided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 24 iz9t translate-unknown בְּ⁠אַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת הַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians This is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 14 24 1ljq מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם…מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians “the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians” -EXO 14 25 qdp8 figs-quotemarks אָנ֨וּסָה֙ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֣י יְהוָ֔ה נִלְחָ֥ם לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Their chariot wheels were clogged This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 14 25 qzkw figs-metonymy מִ⁠פְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their chariot wheels were clogged Here, **the face of Israel** means the presence of Israel. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 26 dfg1 figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 14 26 p5ds figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם וְ⁠יָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו׃ 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 14 26 pw8g נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 14 26 d46y writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־פָּרָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots, and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 14 27 wn3q וַ⁠יֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜⁠וֹ עַל־הַ⁠יָּ֗ם 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 14 27 1klz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 14 28 o9qo figs-litotes לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 14 30 zvbe grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יָּֽם 1 on the seashore “on the land along the edge of the sea” -EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠יָּ֣ד הַ⁠גְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b  “you overthrow those who rise up against you…”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C': 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B': 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A': 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent
In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) -EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” -EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 1 cr5u figs-genericnoun ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 the horse and its rider This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -EXO 15 1 ex3p וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 rider Here, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling. -EXO 15 2 pb23 figs-metonymy עָזִּ֤⁠י…יָ֔הּ 1 Yahweh is my strength Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 2 vk6l figs-metonymy וְ⁠זִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ 1 song Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 2 kbv7 figs-metonymy וַֽ⁠יְהִי־לִ֖⁠י לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 he has become my salvation Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 2 rgtu figs-parallelism זֶ֤ה אֵלִ⁠י֙ וְ⁠אַנְוֵ֔⁠הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖⁠י וַ⁠אֲרֹמְמֶֽ⁠נְהוּ 1 he has become my salvation These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 3 p1d5 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is a warrior Moses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 4 pc8d figs-parallelism מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם וּ⁠מִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖י⁠ו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְ⁠יַם־סֽוּף 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaoh’s army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 4 p8w6 figs-metaphor מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠חֵיל֖⁠וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaoh’s chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 5 5dlx figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑⁠מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 5 nqe4 figs-simile יָרְד֥וּ בִ⁠מְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן 1 they went down into the depths like a stone Just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 15 6 5es4 figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּ⁠כֹּ֑חַ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 6 p1u6 figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ⁠ךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 your right hand, Yahweh, has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 7 i2x4 figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 those who rose up against you These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּ⁠בְ⁠רֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or "Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 15 7 nd3t figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 those who rose up against you Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath “your wrath” or “your fury” -EXO 15 7 glq7 figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 7 a5x7 figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ׃ 1 it consumed them like stubble Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 7 guap figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖⁠מוֹ כַּ⁠קַּֽשׁ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 15 8 ic8v figs-personification וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 8 qg9g figs-activepassive וּ⁠בְ⁠ר֤וּחַ אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים 1 By the blast of your nostrils This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 15 8 467e figs-parallelism נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils These lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּ⁠לֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣⁠מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” -EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖⁠מוֹ יָדִֽ⁠י 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ⁠רוּחֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ⁠עוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּ⁠מַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤⁠כָה בָּֽ⁠אֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 15 11 pp57 figs-rquestion מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖⁠כָה נֶאְדָּ֣ר בַּ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ נוֹרָ֥א תְהִלֹּ֖ת עֹ֥שֵׂה פֶֽלֶא 1 Who is like you,…doing miracles? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 15 12 cid8 figs-metonymy יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 with your right hand The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 12 bkg2 figs-metaphor נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 You reached out with your right hand Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God reached out with his hand. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 12 g7bv figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖⁠מוֹ אָֽרֶץ 1 the earth swallowed them Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 13 cvea figs-parallelism נָחִ֥יתָ בְ⁠חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַם־ז֣וּ גָּאָ֑לְתָּ נֵהַ֥לְתָּ בְ⁠עָזְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 the earth swallowed them These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 14 qlpy figs-parallelism 1 tremble Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 14 zi1m יִרְגָּז֑וּ⁠ן 1 tremble This means to shake because you are afraid. -EXO 15 14 uqf7 figs-personification חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **terror** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 15 qyix figs-personification אֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖⁠מוֹ רָ֑עַד 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia Moses speaks of **trembling** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 16 nk67 figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power God’s arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 15 17 n5i5 figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ 1 You will bring them Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 15 17 u26j figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ 1 You will bring them Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר 1 plant them on the mountain Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 17 p7kb בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 the mountain of your inheritance This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan. -EXO 15 17 ie26 figs-metaphor בְּ⁠הַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 of your inheritance Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 17 ytz3 figs-metonymy כּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי⁠ךָ׃ 1 that your hands have built The phrase **your hands** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 18 4t2l יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ⁠עֹלָ֥ם וָ⁠עֶֽד 1 that your hands have built “Yahweh reigns forever and ever” -EXO 15 20 g7s6 translate-names מִרְיָ֨ם 1 Miriam…Aaron Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 15 20 gam2 translate-unknown הַ⁠תֹּ֖ף …בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים 1 tambourine This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 15 20 4f9k figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠הָ בְּ⁠תֻפִּ֖ים וּ⁠בִ⁠מְחֹלֹֽת 1 tambourine Here, **all** may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 15 21 f6m3 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 15 21 hvu1 figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ⁠רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַ⁠יָּֽם 1 The horse and his rider he has thrown into the sea Miriam sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 22 iw9n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Moses led Israel The word **Israel** represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 15 22 c7pe translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 wilderness of Shur We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָ⁠ה 1 Marah We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 15 24 n64m וַ⁠יִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָ⁠עָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 complained to Moses and said **Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses” -EXO 15 26 l2hx figs-123person לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 15 26 86p8 figs-metonymy לְ⁠ק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּשָׁ֤ר בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 do what is right in his eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 26 4e63 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְ⁠מִצְוֺתָ֔י⁠ו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַ⁠מַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְ⁠מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ⁠ה 1 Elim This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 15 27 ark9 translate-numbers 1 twelve “twelve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaints
After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Prohibition against storing food
The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Sabbath
This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Bread as food
Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Chronology
[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

### Ark of the covenant
Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 16 1 gw67 translate-names סִ֔ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 16 1 h44x translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 16 1 u2aq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 16 2 h938 figs-hyperbole וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 The whole community of Israelites complained Here, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 16 2 nx6f וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ 1 complained “And … were angry and spoke” -EXO 16 3 nwy6 figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 If only we had died This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְ⁠יַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָ⁠כֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 16 4 yew5 בְּ⁠תוֹרָתִ֖⁠י 1 my law “in my instruction” -EXO 16 5 p1f6 וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְ⁠הֵכִ֖ינוּ 1 It will come about on the sixth day, that they “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare” -EXO 16 5 cl74 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֔י 1 on the sixth day “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 16 5 t5il מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice two times -EXO 16 7 zb21 figs-rquestion וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו עָלֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 Who are we for you to complain against us? Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 16 8 pn4e figs-rquestion וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה 1 Who are Aaron and I? Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 16 8 vdr8 figs-explicit וְ⁠נַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה לֹא־עָלֵ֥י⁠נוּ תְלֻנֹּתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כִּ֥י עַל־יְהוָֽה 1 Your complaints are not against us; they are against Yahweh The people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahweh’s servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 16 9 7jpf figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן אֱמֹ֗ר אֶֽל־כָּל־עֲדַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל קִרְב֖וּ 1 Your complaints are not against us; they are against Yahweh There are two layers of quotes here. You may want to translate one or the other as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “And Moses told Aaron to tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel, “Approach” or “And Moses told Aaron, “Tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel to approach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 16 10 q4ax וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahweh’s glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -EXO 16 10 b6rp וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that the people saw something interesting. -EXO 16 13 aas8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 It came about…that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -EXO 16 13 eu1x translate-unknown הַ⁠שְּׂלָ֔ו 1 quails These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 16 14 k5lb translate-unknown כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 16 14 jern figs-simile כַּ⁠כְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 16 16 gotf אִ֖ישׁ לְ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 omer “according to how much each will eat” -EXO 16 16 fqp9 translate-bvolume עֹ֣מֶר 1 omer 2 liters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -EXO 16 16 mnwy עֹ֣מֶר לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אָהֳל֖⁠וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ 1 omer “take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherer’s tent” -EXO 16 20 itjo וַ⁠יָּ֥רֻם תּוֹלָעִ֖ים 1 omer “and it decayed with worms” -EXO 16 21 jd5t אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִ֣י אָכְל֑⁠וֹ 1 omer “everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed” -EXO 16 22 nrx8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 16 22 xk6x translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֗י 1 on the sixth day “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 16 22 zj1u מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice “two times as much” -EXO 16 22 f4j9 לֶ֨חֶם֙ 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. -EXO 16 23 wc4a שַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 a solemn rest “is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh” -EXO 16 24 y4d9 וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ 1 did not become foul “And it did not smell rotten” -EXO 16 25 pr1p כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 today is a day reserved as a Sabbath to honor Yahweh “today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working” -EXO 16 26 jv77 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֛י 1 but the seventh day “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 16 27 qf14 וְ⁠לֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ 1 they found none “but they did not find any manna” -EXO 16 28 e1vx figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 How long will you refuse to keep my commandments and my laws? God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 16 28 q41d figs-youcrowd מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם 1 General Information: Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 16 28 vnq7 לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 to keep my commandments and my laws “to obey my commandments and my laws” -EXO 16 29 p22l figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֒ 1 Yahweh has given you the Sabbath Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 16 29 dt58 translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 sixth day…two days…seventh day “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 16 29 y8wf לֶ֣חֶם 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. -EXO 16 29 5i2z יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread “for 2 days” -EXO 16 31 r1a5 translate-unknown כְּ⁠זֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 coriander seed **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 16 31 vrl4 כְּ⁠צַפִּיחִ֥ת 1 wafers **Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers. -EXO 16 33 7lup figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 1 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant** which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠עֵדֻ֖ת 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -EXO 16 36 a9uh translate-fraction וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָ⁠אֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])


### Naming
As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. -EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠⁠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 wilderness of Sin A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִ֔ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּ⁠ן֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּ⁠ן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם לְ⁠הָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנַ֥⁠י וְ⁠אֶת־מִקְנַ֖⁠י בַּ⁠צָּמָֽא 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 17 6 nspc figs-metonymy לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? Here, **before your face** means “in front of”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 17 7 x5an translate-names מַסָּ֖ה 1 Massah **Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 7 hw7y translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ 1 Meribah **Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 7 m55e אִם־אָֽיִן 1 Meribah In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case. -EXO 17 8 nyt1 writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Rephidim A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

-EXO 17 8 hi3u grammar-collectivenouns עֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Rephidim **Amalek** and **Israel** are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 17 8 srdq writing-participants עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Rephidim **Amalek** or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 17 8 rv14 translate-names בִּ⁠רְפִידִֽם 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 9 iktn translate-names יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 Rephidim This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 9 0oi0 writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 Rephidim **Joshua** is a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. He is a major character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 17 10 ca3g figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָֽמַר־ל⁠וֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה לְ⁠הִלָּחֵ֖ם בַּ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 So Joshua fought Amalek **Joshua** represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “And, as Moses instructed, Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 17 10 wy51 translate-names וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 Hur Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 10 itcx writing-participants וְ⁠ח֔וּר 1 Hur **Hur** is a new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 17 11 x5ex figs-synecdoche וְ⁠גָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְ⁠גָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק 1 Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to win The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-metonymy וִ⁠ידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 12 js2p מִ⁠זֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠זֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד 1 hands became heavy “one on one side, and one on the other” -EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְ⁠פִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 14 n42j figs-metonymy מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase is used to represent all people everywhere. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽ⁠י 1 Amalek **Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” -EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: 1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? 2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? 3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” -EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek” -EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leadership lessons
Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])


## Possible translation difficulties
### Order of events
The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).

### Verse 11
[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

### God and Yahweh
For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

### Kinship: Father-in-law
Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])


### Participant reference
Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). -EXO 18 1 nl86 figs-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law This refers to the father of the wife of Moses. Some languages may have a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s. Note also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) -EXO 18 2 zw6h וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah. -EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ 1 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 18 3 khs1 וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro…took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons. -EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 5 203e וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו 1 where he was camped “with his sons” -EXO 18 7 s5p2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק־ל֔⁠וֹ 1 bowed down, and kissed him These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 18 8 rkq2 figs-metonymy עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 for Israel’s sake The word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 8 a1ra figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠תְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַ⁠ם 1 all the hardships that had come to them Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh **Because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did” -EXO 18 11 ljj6 אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bring judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 13 4plh writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 18 13 ano2 translate-symaction וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁפֹּ֣ט 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָ⁠עָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh “all day” -EXO 18 14 bax5 figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 What is this that you are doing with the people? Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠כָל־הָ⁠עָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone, and all the people position themselves next to you from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ⁠בַדֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 14 tiqs figs-explicit נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 you sit alone The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out “You will surely make yourself very tired” -EXO 18 18 h91b figs-metaphor כָבֵ֤ד מִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 This burden is too heavy for you Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 19 pug7 אִיעָ֣צְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 you advice “I will guide you” or “I will instruct you” -EXO 18 19 v8i9 figs-metaphor וִ⁠יהִ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 God will be with you Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 19 w4r8 figs-metaphor וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 you bring their disputes to him Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 20 w3vf figs-metaphor וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ 1 You must show them the way to walk Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 21 p5ap וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה 1 Furthermore, you must choose “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out” -EXO 18 21 n936 figs-metaphor וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 21 8vv7 writing-pronouns וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is placing the good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 18 22 y5n2 figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 22 vnvh וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you This is a command. Alternate translation: “Make your work less” or “Lessen your work” -EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 23 wyq4 וְ⁠יָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד 1 endure “then you will not wear yourself out” -EXO 18 23 bt5p ⁠גַם֙ כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 endure Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony” -EXO 18 25 n2ws figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 heads over the people Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 25 tb18 figs-explicit אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙ 1 capable men What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 18 26 abx4 וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” -EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 26 ve8h הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases “easy case” -EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “A kingdom of priests”
The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Revealing the Law
The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])


### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people
Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. -EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-hebrewmonths בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month…on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names מֵ⁠רְפִידִ֗ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 19 3 kgev figs-parallelism תֹאמַר֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְ⁠תַגֵּ֖יד לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 19 4 z9i6 figs-you אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 You have seen The word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 19 4 l1do figs-quotemarks 1 You have seen A second-level direct quotation begins with this verse and continues until the middle of [verse 6](../19/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 19 4 b7ph figs-metaphor וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים 1 I carried you on eagles’ wings God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 5 th35 1 obediently listen to my voice Obediently can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “listen to my voice and obey me” -EXO 19 5 c767 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י 1 my voice God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” or “to my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 5 fh8e וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑⁠י 1 keep my covenant “and do what my covenant requires you to do” -EXO 19 5 ifv6 סְגֻלָּה֙ 1 special possession “treasure” -EXO 19 6 gm9s figs-metaphor לִ֛⁠י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 a kingdom of priests God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “my kingdom of people who are like priests” or “my kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 7 c5tq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים 1 set before them all these words The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. Alternate translation: “And he told them all these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 7 8t24 figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 set before them all these words **Face** means the person. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 7 zqk1 כָּל־הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 all these words that Yahweh had commanded him “all that Yahweh had commanded him” -EXO 19 8 ljf5 figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 Moses came to report Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report the words of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 19 8 rwx6 figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people’s words **Words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 9 ih2h figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָ⁠עָ֖ם 1 the people’s words **Words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 10 ie7y וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתָּ֥⁠ם 1 you must set them apart to me This may mean instruct the people, or it may mean Moses will have a role as well. Alternate translation: “and tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “and help them to purify themselves for me” -EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready **Before the eyes** means “so they can see.” Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 12 d48p וְ⁠הִגְבַּלְתָּ֤ 1 set boundaries The **boundary** was either a mark or some kind of barrier. -EXO 19 12 hhv5 figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 set boundaries A second-level direct quotation begins with **watch**. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in [verse 13](../19/13.md) before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 19 12 xct0 הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּ⁠הָ֖ר וּ⁠נְגֹ֣עַ בְּ⁠קָצֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 set boundaries Here, the negative command is implied from the **watch yourselves** command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge” -EXO 19 12 kis1 figs-activepassive ל־הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּ⁠הָ֖ר מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת׃ 1 Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to death This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 19 13 l9ak figs-metonymy בּ֜⁠וֹ 1 such a person Here, **hand** is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 13 k35k figs-activepassive סָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 he must certainly be stoned or shot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 19 13 vw19 יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 shot This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot. -EXO 19 13 7ufy figs-go יַעֲל֥וּ 1 shot If you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so perhaps it would be best to say “come up,” however the people will be the ones moving so maybe it should be “go up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 19 15 bw2p figs-euphemism אַֽל־תִּגְּשׁ֖וּ אֶל־אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This is a polite way of talking about sexual relations. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 19 15 z0aq אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This word means both “woman” and “wife.” Context dictates the correct translation. Since wife would make it a narrower command, **woman** was chosen here. -EXO 19 18 m1b5 יָרַ֥ד …יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh descended “Yahweh came down” -EXO 19 18 a8p7 figs-simile כְּ⁠עֶ֣שֶׁן הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֔ן 1 like the smoke of a furnace This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 19 19 m8ae הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְ⁠חָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד 1 grew louder and louder “continued to become louder and louder” -EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy בְ⁠קֽוֹל 1 in a voice The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 20 zx5p figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֧רֶד…וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל 1 in a voice You may need to consider your language’s rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ 1 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 21 oht2 figs-euphemism וְ⁠נָפַ֥ל 1 not to break through **Fall** is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 19 22 pq8j figs-metaphor יִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 not to break through Yahweh’s anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 23 3duo figs-quotesinquotes בָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר הַגְבֵּ֥ל אֶת־הָ⁠הָ֖ר וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 not to break through This quoted command could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “us to set boundaries on the mountain to keep it separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 19 24 w8lx לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד 1 get down “go down” -EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ 1 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 24 p1yq figs-metaphor יִפְרָץ־בָּֽ⁠ם 1 break through the barrier Yahweh’s anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant
Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])


### Form of you
The singular form of you is used in the commandments, however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if you language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 20 2 qg71 figs-metaphor מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 3 r9h3 לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽ⁠יַ 1 You must have no other gods before me “You must not worship any other gods besides me” -EXO 20 4 rkn1 וְ⁠כָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה 1 nor the likeness “nor anything looking like something” -EXO 20 5 ka3i writing-pronouns לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 You must not bow down to them or worship them The word **them** refers to carved figures or idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 20 5 s2ia translate-ordinal ל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation “to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 20 5 hx93 figs-ellipsis ל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠עַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation “Generation” is implied by **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 20 6 u9nc figs-abstractnouns חֶ֖סֶד 1 I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me The abstract noun **faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 20 6 oyh7 figs-ellipsis 1 to the third and the fourth generation “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. However, this may not be the case, therefore two notes following deal with either possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 20 6 k52w לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation “to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations” -EXO 20 6 19bm figs-hyperbole לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Option 1: This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 20 6 yw38 figs-metonymy לַ⁠אֲלָפִ֑ים לְ⁠אֹהֲבַ֖⁠י 1 to thousands of those who love me Option 2: The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to innumerable people who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 20 7 o96b תִשָּׂ֛א …יִשָּׂ֥א 1 take the name of Yahweh your God To **lift up**, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name, or making a claim to him, or attempting to manipulate him, or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term. -EXO 20 7 t3k2 לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 take the name of Yahweh your God “You must not use the name of Yahweh your God” -EXO 20 7 gcz2 לַ⁠שָּׁ֑וְא …לַ⁠שָּֽׁוְא 1 in vain “carelessly” or “without proper respect” -EXO 20 7 sl6g figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙ 1 I will not hold guiltless This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 20 8 kwn7 לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 set it apart “to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me” -EXO 20 9 sad1 מְלַאכְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 do all your work “your occupation” or “your livelihood” -EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy בִּ⁠שְׁעָרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 20 11 vw1f translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 on the seventh day “on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 20 14 wyv9 לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 You must not commit adultery “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse” -EXO 20 16 zix8 לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְ⁠רֵעֲ⁠ךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 must not give false testimony “You must not speak a false report against your neighbor” -EXO 20 17 vt9t לֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד 1 must not covet “You must not strongly want to have” or “You must not want to take” -EXO 20 18 nm52 הָ⁠הָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן 1 the mountain smoking “the smoky mountain” -EXO 20 18 lmt5 וַ⁠יָּנֻ֔עוּ 1 they trembled “they shook with fear” -EXO 20 18 h53m וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽ⁠רָחֹֽק 1 stood far off “stood far away” -EXO 20 20 slb8 וּ⁠בַ⁠עֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin “so that you will honor him and not sin” -EXO 20 20 hocw figs-metaphor תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛⁠וֹ עַל־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Here, **fear** is spoken of as something that could be on their faces. It may mean they would have such a fear that their attitude could be seen on their faces. Alternate translation: “reverence for him will show on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 21 lts1 וּ⁠מֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ 1 Moses approached “and Moses went closer to” -EXO 20 22 ayom figs-quotemarks אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 Moses approached A second-level direct quotation begins here that continues until the [end of the chapter](../20/26.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 20 23 qm44 אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 gods of silver or gods of gold “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold” -EXO 20 24 pf1i מִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮ 1 earthen altar An altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay. -EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 20 24 zmc4 figs-activepassive אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔⁠י 1 cause my name to be honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 20 26 qm1b figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְ⁠מַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑⁠י 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 20 26 e28y figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps This could be stated in an active manner. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 20 26 h2qd עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 your nakedness “your private parts” -EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes

This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.

## Structure:
- 1: Introduction
- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves
- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves
- 12-17: Capital crimes
- 18-36: Liability laws
- 18-27: Regarding human violence
- 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals

## Translation issues in this chapter

### Hypothetical situations
Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).


### Passive construction
Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].


### Daughters sold as servants
The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.

### Ransom payment
In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. -EXO 21 1 xxf4 1 you must set before them Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters. -EXO 21 1 hhf7 תָּשִׂ֖ים 1 you must set before them “you must give” or “you must tell” -EXO 21 1 ddql figs-metonymy לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 you must set before them Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 21 2 di5z 1 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 21 2 wj0e grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י תִקְנֶה֙ עֶ֣בֶד עִבְרִ֔י 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction to chapter 21](../21/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 21 3 ln3r figs-explicit אִם־בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ יֵצֵ֑א 1 If he came by himself, he must go free by himself What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 3 pfn3 בְּ⁠גַפּ֥⁠וֹ …בְּ⁠גַפּ֣⁠וֹ 1 by himself “alone” or “without a wife” -EXO 21 3 e467 אִם־בַּ֤עַל אִשָּׁה֙ ה֔וּא 1 if he is married “if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man” -EXO 21 5 yj8x אָמֹ֤ר יֹאמַר֙ 1 plainly says “makes a statement” -EXO 21 5 jqh4 לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א חָפְשִֽׁי 1 I will not go out free “I do not want my master to set me free” -EXO 21 6 vnjk figs-metonymy הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 bore his ear through The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. Texts other than the standard Hebrew text support this reading. See [Exodus 22:8-9](../22/08.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 21 6 z8x1 וְ⁠רָצַ֨ע … אֶת־אָזְנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 bore his ear through “will put a hole in his ear” -EXO 21 6 xpd3 בַּ⁠מַּרְצֵ֔עַ 1 awl a pointed tool used to make a hole -EXO 21 6 k6ev לְ⁠עֹלָֽם 1 for life “until the end of his life” or “until he dies” -EXO 21 8 lpqh 1 has designated This verse is the first of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. -EXO 21 8 p8se יְעָדָ֖⁠הּ 1 has designated “has chosen” -EXO 21 8 t2zf figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶפְדָּ֑⁠הּ 1 he must let her be bought back This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 8 h7f7 בְּ⁠בִגְד⁠וֹ־בָֽ⁠הּ 1 he has treated her deceitfully “since he has deceived her” -EXO 21 9 h9ni 1 he has treated her deceitfully This verse is the second of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. -EXO 21 9 w99z לִ⁠בְנ֖⁠וֹ יִֽיעָדֶ֑⁠נָּה 1 designates her as a wife for his son “he decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife” -EXO 21 9 suz0 כְּ⁠מִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַ⁠בָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽ⁠הּ 1 designates her as a wife for his son “he must do to her according to the manner that daughters are customarily treated” -EXO 21 10 i0xh 1 designates her as a wife for his son This verse and the next are the third of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. -EXO 21 10 rxk4 figs-doublenegatives שְׁאֵרָ֛⁠הּ כְּסוּתָ֥⁠הּ וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ לֹ֥א יִגְרָֽע 1 he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 21 10 np9b figs-euphemism וְ⁠עֹנָתָ֖⁠הּ 1 or her marital rights This term only occurs here in the Bible. It probably means things that a husband must do for his wife. Most commentators believe it specifically means having sexual relations with her, possibly so that she can bear children. Alternate translation: “or her right to intimacy” or “or her childbearing rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 21 12 gks4 מַכֵּ֥ה אִ֛ישׁ 1 strikes a man “Whoever attacks a man” -EXO 21 12 su6b figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that person must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 13 h4ka וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א צָדָ֔ה 1 did not do it with premeditation “but if he did not plan to do it” or “but if he did not do it on purpose” -EXO 21 13 gme9 figs-explicit וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י לְ⁠ךָ֙ מָק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָנ֖וּס שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 I will fix a place to where he can flee The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 14 st5h בְ⁠עָרְמָ֑ה 1 according to a cunning plan “after thinking carefully about it” -EXO 21 14 abx6 תִּקָּחֶ֖⁠נּוּ 1 must take him The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor. -EXO 21 14 293e לָ⁠מֽוּת 1 must take him “to execute him” -EXO 21 15 y3hd figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 15 qh2j מ֥וֹת 1 must surely “must certainly” -EXO 21 16 iu81 figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that kidnapper must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 17 h8qf figs-activepassive וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 17 kvbc וּ⁠מְקַלֵּ֥ל 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death The word translated **acts contemptuously** means the opposite of “honor” (as in the commandment to honor one’s parents). Alternate translation: “Whoever acts dishonorably towards” -EXO 21 19 c7rv יָק֞וּם 1 he recovers “he gets better” -EXO 21 19 54rb וְ⁠נִקָּ֣ה 1 he recovers “then … is innocent” -EXO 21 19 xg6c figs-explicit שִׁבְתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 the loss of his time This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “for the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 19 ws14 וְ⁠רַפֹּ֥א יְרַפֵּֽא 1 pay for his complete recovery “and for his medical costs” or “and for his costs for healing” -EXO 21 20 te41 תַּ֣חַת יָד֑⁠וֹ 1 as a result of the blow “because of the injury” or “because his master hit him” -EXO 21 20 h4eg figs-activepassive נָקֹ֖ם יִנָּקֵֽם 1 that man must surely be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 21 r65u figs-explicit כִּ֥י כַסְפּ֖⁠וֹ הֽוּא 1 for he will have suffered the loss of the servant A common view is that the loss of the valuable property, the slave, is itself a punishment. It may be that the master loses the slave for a time and also has to pay for his healing, or it may be that the slave dies after a few days. You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” or “because he has already lost his servant’s work for a time and had to pay for his healing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 22 a6av וְ⁠יָצְא֣וּ יְלָדֶ֔י⁠הָ וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִהְיֶ֖ה אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries It is not clear in the passage what happens to the child. The text is simply as in the ULT. Some have taken it to mean that the child dies because of premature birth and the **serious injury** only relates to the woman. In this case, a fine is imposed for the loss of the child. However, the text could also mean that the child is born at least mostly safely. A fine is still imposed because of the great danger to the two lives. Then the next few verses give consequences for any injury either to mother or child. -EXO 21 22 w4p3 אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries “hurt” -EXO 21 22 cn4h figs-activepassive עָנ֣וֹשׁ יֵעָנֵ֗שׁ 1 the guilty man must surely be fined This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 22 v5ye בִּ⁠פְלִלִֽים 1 as the judges determine “what the judges decide” -EXO 21 23 2utf figs-explicit וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ה נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ 1 as the judges determine This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “you must take the killer’s life for the murdered person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 24 c5bq figs-explicit עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן 1 an eye for an eye This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “the striker’s eye for the injured person’s eye” (and etc throughout this and the next verse) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 26 i8cg אִ֜ישׁ 1 If a man Here, **man** refers to the owner of a slave. -EXO 21 26 bmc1 תַּ֥חַת 1 in compensation “as payment for” -EXO 21 28 sp6w יִגַּ֨ח שׁ֥וֹר 1 an ox gores “an ox injures with its horns” -EXO 21 28 qk3u figs-activepassive סָק֨וֹל יִסָּקֵ֜ל הַ⁠שּׁ֗וֹר 1 the ox must surely be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 28 q2gv figs-activepassive וְ⁠לֹ֤א יֵאָכֵל֙ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ 1 its flesh must not be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 29 3h5d figs-activepassive וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙ 1 its owner also must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and someone warned its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 29 x2y0 figs-explicit וְ⁠הוּעַ֤ד בִּ⁠בְעָלָי⁠ו֙ 1 its owner also must be put to death The content of the warning could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and its owner was warned that it gores” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 29 nzn1 figs-activepassive וְ⁠גַם־בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו יוּמָֽת 1 its owner also must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 30 t5rs figs-explicit אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 If a payment is required for his life The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the ox’s owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead person’s family, that is one option. Another is that the judges will impose it. One of these can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 30 5a0v figs-activepassive אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑י⁠ו…יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 If a payment is required for his life These statements can be made active rather than passive. However, you must make a decision regarding who is imposing the ransom, or use an unspecified pronoun if that is possible in your language (this second option would not make sense in English). Alternate translation: “If the judges impose a ransom on him … they impose on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 31 kg25 יִגָּ֖ח …יִגָּ֑ח 1 has gored “it injures with its horns … it injures with its horns” -EXO 21 31 to8k writing-pronouns לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 has gored Here, **him** probably refers to the ox’s owner. Alternate translation: “to the owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 21 32 qzv3 translate-bmoney 1 thirty shekels of silver A shekel weighed eleven grams. Alternate translation: “330 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -EXO 21 32 qy0g figs-explicit אִם־עֶ֛בֶד יִגַּ֥ח הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר 1 thirty shekels of silver Because they are to kill the ox, the slave must have died. You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “If an ox kills a male servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 32 wm9a figs-activepassive וְ⁠הַ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר יִסָּקֵֽל 1 the ox must be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 33 fd4p יִפְתַּ֨ח…בּ֗וֹר 1 opens a pit “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground” -EXO 21 34 b48a figs-explicit כֶּ֖סֶף יָשִׁ֣יב לִ⁠בְעָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 repay the loss The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “he must pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 34 ip1n יְשַׁלֵּ֔ם 1 repay the loss “must make restitution” -EXO 21 34 j8qz figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠מֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽ⁠וֹ 1 will become his The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 35 z9ug וְ⁠חָצ֣וּ אֶת־כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 divide its price “and divide the money” or “and divide the money they receive” -EXO 21 36 fkx2 figs-activepassive א֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע 1 if it was known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 36 v64b נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִ⁠תְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 a habit of goring in time past “had gored other animals before” -EXO 21 36 ix8h figs-explicit ⁠לֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 its owner has not kept it in This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hit other animals. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 36 dcv2 figs-explicit שַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שּׁ֔וֹר 1 he must surely pay ox for ox The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes

## Translation issues in this chapter

### Hypothetical situations
Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).


### Passive construction
Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]. -EXO 22 1 syx5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 22 1 onm0 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּ⁠טְבָח֖⁠וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑⁠וֹ 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 22 1 bc03 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה …וְ⁠אַרְבַּע 1 General Information: 5 … 4 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive אִם־בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 If a thief is found This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 2 e98x בַּ⁠מַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת 1 breaking in “while using force to come into a house” -EXO 22 2 gt5f figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֻכָּ֣ה וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 if he is struck so that he dies This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 2 fq57 אֵ֥ין ל֖⁠וֹ דָּמִֽים 1 no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account “no one will be guilty of murdering him” -EXO 22 3 vym5 אִם־זָרְחָ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 if the sun has risen before he breaks in “if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise” -EXO 22 3 c5yl figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֖ר בִּ⁠גְנֵבָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 he must be sold for his theft This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 4 k926 figs-activepassive אִֽם־הִמָּצֵא֩ תִמָּצֵ֨א בְ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ הַ⁠גְּנֵבָ֗ה…חַיִּ֑ים 1 If the stolen animal is found alive in his possession This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 4 g5kg שְׁנַ֖יִם יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 pay back double The meaning of **compensate double** is not entirely clear. Most interpretations follow the UST, that is, two animals total must be given, the stolen one and one more. Some interpret double to mean the thief must pay two animals for every animal that he took, so three total. It would be best to leave double as ambiguous as possible. Alternate translation: “he must compensate twice what he stole” -EXO 22 5 j24t יַבְעֶר…וּ⁠בִעֵ֖ר 1 If a man grazes his livestock “causes to eat plants … and it eats plants” -EXO 22 5 nlxc grammar-collectivenouns בְּעִיר֔וֹ 1 If a man grazes his livestock **Livestock** is a collective singular noun that could refer to cows, goats, sheep, or basically any domesticated animals. In some languages you will need to translate it as a plural. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 22 5 jrb3 יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 he must make restitution “he must pay back the owner of that field” -EXO 22 6 x6aj figs-activepassive כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֨א אֵ֜שׁ וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ וְ⁠נֶאֱכַ֣ל 1 If a fire breaks out and spreads in thorns **Breaks out** and **consumes** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns and it consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 6 i4ma וּ⁠מָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ 1 spreads in thorns “and moves along the ground through dry plants” -EXO 22 6 u1pa translate-unknown גָּדִ֔ישׁ 1 stacked grain This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. Alternate translation: “bundled grain” or “harvested grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 22 6 r2cf translate-unknown הַ⁠קָּמָ֖ה 1 standing grain This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “the grain still in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 22 7 jw3v לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֔ר 1 for safe keeping “to watch over it” or “to keep it safe” -EXO 22 7 na9h figs-activepassive וְ⁠גֻנַּ֖ב 1 if it is stolen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 7 x2sh figs-activepassive אִם־יִמָּצֵ֥א הַ⁠גַּנָּ֖ב 1 if the thief is found This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 8 lwg5 1 come before the judges to see whether “come before the judges so that they can find out if” -EXO 22 8 c812 figs-metonymy הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 come before the judges to see whether The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [next verse](../22/09.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 22 8 f774 figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֛ח יָד֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 has put his own hand on his neighbor’s property This is an idiom. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) revisit -EXO 22 9 p7ab דְּבַר…דְּבַר 1 “dispute” -EXO 22 9 fgz1 כִּי־ה֣וּא זֶ֔ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges “This is mine” or “This is my missing property” -EXO 22 9 m31k figs-metonymy הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים …אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [previous verse](../22/08.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 22 10 9rut figs-activepassive נִשְׁבַּ֥ר אוֹ־נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 10 hzow נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges This means something more like a wild animal takes the ox or sheep away (to eat) than someone stealing it. See [verse 12](../22/12.md) for cases where the animal is stolen while in another’s care. -EXO 22 11 gl7t figs-activepassive שְׁבֻעַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה תִּהְיֶה֙ בֵּ֣ין שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם… וְ⁠לָקַ֥ח בְּעָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 an oath to Yahweh must be taken by them both Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh … and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 12 yw3w figs-activepassive וְ⁠אִם־גָּנֹ֥ב יִגָּנֵ֖ב מֵ⁠עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 But if it was stolen from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 13 b313 figs-activepassive אִם־טָרֹ֥ף יִטָּרֵ֖ף 1 If an animal was torn in pieces This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 14 h8yw שַׁלֵּ֥ם יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 must surely make restitution “must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal” -EXO 22 14 wu3u figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ר אוֹ־מֵ֑ת 1 must surely make restitution These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 15 g3zw figs-activepassive אִם־שָׂכִ֣יר 1 if the animal was hired This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 15 r792 figs-explicit בָּ֖א בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 it will be paid for by its hiring fee The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 22 15 f9w9 בִּ⁠שְׂכָרֽ⁠וֹ 1 hiring fee “for its rental fee” or “for the money paid to rent the animal” -EXO 22 16 a8s8 וְ⁠כִֽי־יְפַתֶּ֣ה אִ֗ישׁ בְּתוּלָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged “a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him” -EXO 22 16 th2m לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 not engaged “not promised to be married” -EXO 22 16 g24h figs-euphemism וְ⁠שָׁכַ֣ב 1 if he lies with her Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 22 16 x33y מָהֹ֛ר יִמְהָרֶ֥⁠נָּה 1 bride wealth The **bride price** was money paid to the family to compensate for the loss of their daughter. -EXO 22 17 y2xz writing-pronouns ל֑⁠וֹ…יִשְׁקֹ֔ל 1 him, he These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 22 19 y3qy figs-euphemism כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 Whoever lies with an animal This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 22 19 b807 figs-activepassive כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever lies with an animal **Be put to death** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute whoever lies with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 20 n4nh figs-activepassive יָֽחֳרָ֑ם …לְ⁠בַדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh must be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “alone, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 21 kr35 לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה 1 wrong a foreigner “You must not mistreat a foreigner” or “You must not cheat a foreigner” -EXO 22 21 eoa5 figs-explicit כִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 wrong a foreigner The Israelites are called to remember their previous condition, that they lived as foreign guests in Egypt. They came first to avoid the famine in Jacob and Joseph’s time and were dependent on the Egyptian hospitality. Later they were wronged and oppressed and they are not to do that to those who sojourn with them. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for you were wronged and oppressed as sojourners in the land of Egypt” or “for you also depended on hospitality while you lived as sojourners in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 22 22 djh3 figs-doublenegatives כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּ⁠ן׃ 1 You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 22 22 v3i8 אַלְמָנָ֥ה 1 widow “woman whose husband has died” -EXO 22 22 l2ih וְ⁠יָת֖וֹם 1 fatherless child “or child with no parents” -EXO 22 24 zszz figs-idiom וְ⁠חָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔⁠י 1 fatherless child This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּ⁠חָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 22 25 v5je כְּ⁠נֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 a moneylender “like one who lends money” -EXO 22 25 g3ry לֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּ⁠ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו נֶֽשֶׁךְ 1 charge him interest “you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan” -EXO 22 27 wi2m כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠הּ 1 only covering “is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm” -EXO 22 27 x7zb figs-rquestion בַּ⁠מֶּ֣ה יִשְׁכָּ֔ב 1 What else can he sleep in? This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 22 28 eel2 אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֹ֣א תְקַלֵּ֑ל 1 You must not blaspheme me, God “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God” -EXO 22 28 tdj6 וְ⁠נָשִׂ֥יא בְ⁠עַמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר 1 nor curse a ruler “and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler” -EXO 22 29 p8nk figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר 1 You must not hold back offerings This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 22 30 j345 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֤ת 1 For seven days This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 22 30 m4wq translate-ordinal בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֖י 1 the eighth day This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “on day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Celebrations of feasts and festivals
The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them. -EXO 23 1 we1y 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 1 y1a3 1 dishonest witness This is the same as a lying or false witness. -EXO 23 2 nqz9 1 nor may you bear witness “and you also must not speak” -EXO 23 2 z6ej figs-metaphor 1 siding with the crowd This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked over and stood with that group. Alternate translation: “doing what the crowd wants” or “agreeing with the majority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 23 2 tnv2 1 pervert justice do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling -EXO 23 4 faf4 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 6 gr9g 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 6 z2al 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters” -EXO 23 6 vh76 1 lawsuit Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides. -EXO 23 7 mf4w 1 I will not acquit the wicked “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say of wicked people that they are innocent” -EXO 23 8 gh3v figs-personification 1 bribe blinds…perverts Here a “bribe” is described as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “bribe discredits…undermines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 23 9 mzu9 1 the life of a foreigner “the kind of life a stranger lives in a foreign land” -EXO 23 10 usn5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 10 rt7h 1 its produce “the food its plants produce” -EXO 23 11 vr1l 1 unplowed uncultivated, untilled -EXO 23 11 b5q6 1 fallow in its natural state, not used for to grow food -EXO 23 11 s4wv figs-explicit 1 so that the poor among your people may eat The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 23 12 v36j 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 12 ij92 1 your ox and your donkey “your work animals” -EXO 23 12 gpu1 figs-activepassive 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “any foreigner may rest and regain his strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 23 13 ldn8 1 Pay attention to “Do” or “Obey” -EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy 1 mention the names of other gods This represents praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 14 kp1j 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths 1 Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 23 15 tx1v figs-doublenegatives 1 not appear before me empty-handed Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 23 16 tnz1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 16 z4k4 1 You must observe “You must honor” or “You must celebrate” -EXO 23 16 pnx4 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. -EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-explicit 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here to “appear” means to gather for worship. Alternate translation: “All the men must gather to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 23 18 rqs4 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 18 qgx1 1 fat from the sacrifices The fat was burned as an offering to Yahweh and was never eaten. -EXO 23 19 h3gs 1 the choicest firstfruits “the best and first produce of the harvest” -EXO 23 19 u7bk 1 You must not boil a young goat in its mother’s milk This was a magical fertility practice among the Canaanites, which the Israelites were not permitted to participate in. -EXO 23 20 e5sr 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 21 pm7x 1 Be attentive to him “Listen to him” -EXO 23 21 p5y3 1 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon “If you provoke him, he will not pardon” -EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy 1 My name is on him Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here “voice” represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 22 y9bm figs-parallelism 1 an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 23 23 ap6k 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 24 a1d5 figs-explicit 1 You must not…do as they do The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not…live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 23 25 t3ir figs-merism 1 he will bless your bread and water This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 23 25 ydl4 figs-123person 1 he will bless…I will remove Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 23 26 i9uj 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 26 q4gz figs-doublenegatives 1 No woman will be barren or will miscarry her young in your land This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 23 26 i1r9 1 miscarry to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly -EXO 23 28 cg7i 1 hornets a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain -EXO 23 29 i9aq 1 or the land would become abandoned “because no one would be living in the land” -EXO 23 30 zyl3 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. -EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ covenant
The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### God’s holiness
Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 24 1 nm3t translate-numbers 1 seventy of Israel’s elders “70 of Israel’s elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom 1 with one voice This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 24 4 h7gg 1 foot of the mountain “base of the mountain” or “bottom of the mountain” -EXO 24 6 l5ia 1 Moses took half of the blood and put it into basins Moses collected half of the blood in basins in order to splash it on the people in [Exodus 24:8](../24/08.md). This would confirm the people’s participation in the covenant between the people of Israel and God. -EXO 24 6 f7dh 1 he sprinkled the other half onto the altar Here the altar represents God. This would confirm God’s participation in the covenant between God and the people of Israel. -EXO 24 7 axt9 figs-activepassive 1 We will be obedient This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 24 8 h9ff figs-explicit 1 Then Moses took the blood This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Then Moses took the blood that was in the bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 24 9 uz7y translate-names 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 24 10 ic4s figs-personification 1 Under his feet This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 24 10 je5k 1 a pavement made of sapphire stone “a pavement made of blue stones called sapphires” -EXO 24 10 q8sn 1 pavement a hard surface for walking or riding -EXO 24 10 pm87 translate-unknown 1 sapphire stone This is a gemstone that is blue in color. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 24 10 zd6u figs-simile 1 as clear as the sky itself This is a simile. Alternate translation: “as clear as the sky is when there are no clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 24 11 jds6 figs-metonymy 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 24 12 dx4f figs-explicit 1 tablets of stone and the law and commandments God had written the law and commandments on the tablets of stone. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “two stone slabs on which I have written all the laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 24 13 gv5e 1 with his assistant Joshua “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him” -EXO 24 14 qiy4 1 wait for us “wait for Joshua and me” -EXO 24 14 uc7r translate-names 1 Hur Hur was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of God’s presence. Alternate translation: “The brilliant light showing God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers 1 forty days and forty nights “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 25 2 k78q figs-you 1 You must receive The word **you** refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 3 s2ls 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 4 c1qn 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. -EXO 25 4 c958 1 scarlet bright red -EXO 25 6 i6gp translate-unknown 1 spices dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 7 mg4f translate-unknown 1 onyx a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 7 aks5 figs-activepassive 1 precious stones to be set This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “precious stones for someone to set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 7 c3hk 1 precious stones “valuable gems” or “treasured gems” -EXO 25 8 d3vm 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 9 w4sc 1 tabernacle Here this word means the same thing as the word “sanctuary” in verse 8. -EXO 25 9 c9qe figs-you 1 You must make it Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 9 m1np figs-you 1 show you in the plans “show you in the design” or “show you in the pattern.” Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 10 n7j1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 10 cs23 translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…almost 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 25 12 e59p 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 12 wbq8 1 cast four rings of gold Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden. -EXO 25 14 f2kz 1 in order to carry the ark “so that you can carry the ark” -EXO 25 15 k67p 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 17 c675 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. -EXO 25 17 ast8 translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 25 18 hfw6 1 hammered gold “beaten gold” -EXO 25 19 rgn8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 19 j38e 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 25 19 b4l9 figs-activepassive 1 They must be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 21 lm1p figs-you 1 You must put Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 22 hl6e 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak to Moses. -EXO 25 22 zu9u figs-you 1 It is at the ark that I will meet with you “I will meet with you at the ark.” In 25:22 the word **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 25 22 wq9w 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 25 23 b11v 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 23 t312 translate-bdistance 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits…1 cubit…1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters…46 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 25 25 b6j8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 25 awi7 1 one handbreadth wide a measurement of 7 to 8 centimeters -EXO 25 25 bit8 1 frame for it “frame for the table” -EXO 25 26 y64j 1 feet were “legs are” -EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-activepassive 1 The rings must be attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must attach the rings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 27 q5w8 1 in order to carry “so you can carry” -EXO 25 28 d7jz 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive 1 so that the table may be carried with them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may use them to pour out drink offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 30 uth7 1 bread of the presence This bread represented the presence of God. -EXO 25 31 kc3q 1 hammered gold “beaten gold.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). -EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive 1 The lampstand is to be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 31 fq45 figs-activepassive 1 Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers are to be all made of one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers all of one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 33 nag2 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). -EXO 25 33 i7bh 1 almond blossoms white or pink flowers that have five petals -EXO 25 34 ji3x 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). -EXO 25 35 lg8l 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). -EXO 25 35 n5ed figs-activepassive 1 made as one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must make them as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 36 z9wy 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). -EXO 25 37 m2i7 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 25 37 dfn6 1 for them to give light from it “so they shine light from it” -EXO 25 38 l5w8 figs-activepassive 1 The tongs and their trays must be made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the tongs and their trays of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight 1 one talent A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 25 39 ff8n 1 its accessories the tongs and the trays -EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive 1 you are being shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -EXO 26 1 hen6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)). -EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 26 1 iww4 1 curtains These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. -EXO 26 1 xvs7 1 scarlet wool wool dyed a deep red color -EXO 26 1 n2vm 1 craftsman a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand -EXO 26 2 dkr6 translate-bdistance 1 twenty-eight cubits…four cubits “28 cubits…4 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 26 3 ba6w figs-activepassive 1 Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Sew five curtains together to make one set, and sew the other five curtains together to make another set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 4 ghz8 1 one set “one set of five curtains” -EXO 26 4 zxx4 1 the second set “the second set of five curtains” -EXO 26 6 sns4 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together. -EXO 26 7 k2mi 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 26 7 t7t3 translate-numbers 1 eleven “11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers 1 thirty…four “30…4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 26 8 v7i1 translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 26 10 j8yn 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 26 10 etf7 1 loops See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:4](./04.md). -EXO 26 11 cq36 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md). -EXO 26 12 x5p7 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 26 13 k4ci translate-bdistance 1 cubit A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 26 14 kii8 1 a covering of ram skins dyed red, and another covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). -EXO 26 14 yz3v 1 dyed red “colored red” -EXO 26 15 p38r 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 26 15 y85l 1 frames This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood. -EXO 26 16 k4b7 translate-numbers 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits “10 cubits…1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 26 19 s45x 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 26 19 c9id 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. -EXO 26 19 mm1h 1 pedestals The silver bases kept the wooden board off the ground. -EXO 26 19 lg39 figs-activepassive 1 There must be two bases This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Put two bases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 21 gag1 figs-explicit 1 and so on This means that what was said about the first two boards should be done for the rest of the boards. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the boards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 26 22 nw4c 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 26 24 k1ec figs-activepassive 1 These frames must be separate at the bottom, but joined at the top This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Separate these frames at the bottom, but join them at the top” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 25 p2wu 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). -EXO 26 25 q8xh 1 in all “total” -EXO 26 25 yr6d figs-explicit 1 and so on This means that what was said about the first two frames should be done for the rest of the frames. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 26 26 c95e 1 General Information: Yahweh continue to tell Moses how the tabernacle was to be built. -EXO 26 26 fc8p 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. -EXO 26 27 rn67 1 the back side of the tabernacle to the west The front was on the east side of the tabernacle. -EXO 26 29 x8ny 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle must be constructed. -EXO 26 29 ji1j 1 for them to serve as holders for the crossbars “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars” -EXO 26 29 nq3m 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). -EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive 1 you were shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 31 yqi6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle is to be constructed. -EXO 26 31 uc7w figs-you 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 26 33 p2yq 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md). -EXO 26 33 d3gm figs-explicit 1 you must bring in the ark of the testimony The ark of the testimony is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “you must bring in the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 26 33 jc47 figs-activepassive 1 The curtain is to separate the holy place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The curtain will separate the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 34 v7t1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 26 34 mli8 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 26 34 b9m2 1 on the ark of the testimony “on the chest that contains the commandments” -EXO 26 35 lv9e figs-explicit 1 The table must be on the north side This is the table that holds the bread that represents the presence of God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Place the table for the bread of God’s presence on the north side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 36 h3s1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how to construct the tabernacle. -EXO 26 36 p5wf 1 a hanging This was a large curtain made of cloth. -EXO 26 36 rr16 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). -EXO 26 36 f6td 1 fine twined linen “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. -EXO 26 36 r2fy 1 an embroiderer “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” -EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -EXO 27 1 hj65 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)). -EXO 27 1 qj4j translate-bdistance 1 five cubits long and five cubits wide “2.2 meters long on each side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 1 hbg9 translate-bdistance 1 The altar must be square and three cubits high “The altar must be square and 1.3 meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 1 s8qy translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 2 lr23 1 You must make extensions of its four corners shaped like ox horns “You must make projections that look like ox horns on its four corners” -EXO 27 2 lek3 figs-activepassive 1 The horns will be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make the horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 27 2 y4r2 1 must cover them “must cover the altar and horns” -EXO 27 3 qn79 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 27 3 m4wm 1 basins bowls -EXO 27 3 z5ax 1 firepans These were pans that held hot coals from the altar. -EXO 27 3 j5zt 1 utensils These were any instrument, vessel, or tool that served a useful purpose. -EXO 27 4 fp9m 1 You must make a grate for the altar, a network of bronze “You must make a bronze grate for the altar” -EXO 27 4 hsq3 1 grate a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning -EXO 27 5 v6n4 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people need to do. -EXO 27 5 c5em figs-explicit 1 You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 27 5 xc2t 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). -EXO 27 6 wki4 figs-explicit 1 You must make poles for the altar These poles were used for carrying the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must make poles for carrying the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 27 7 fb3t 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people should do. -EXO 27 7 b3yx figs-activepassive 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must put the poles into the rings and place them on each side of the altar to carry it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 27 8 xj8e 1 planks a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board -EXO 27 8 t5ey figs-activepassive 1 you were shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown to you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 27 9 y45x figs-activepassive 1 There must be hangings…courtyard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must place hangings…courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 27 9 id4k 1 hangings of fine twined linen A “hanging” was a large curtain made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md) -EXO 27 9 v748 1 fine twined linen “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread -EXO 27 9 ce9a translate-bdistance 1 one hundred cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “44 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 10 sfg8 figs-activepassive 1 There must also be hooks…posts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must also attach hooks…posts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 27 10 k7rb 1 posts a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support -EXO 27 11 n95e 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 27 11 gjg5 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9](./09.md). -EXO 27 11 x52h 1 there must be hangings This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make hangings” -EXO 27 11 nr77 1 with twenty posts, twenty bronze bases, hooks attached to the posts, and silver rods See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:10](./10.md). -EXO 27 12 p4u4 1 there must be a curtain This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make a curtain” -EXO 27 12 elw4 1 There must be ten posts This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make ten posts” -EXO 27 13 w2sg 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Make the courtyard fifty cubits long” -EXO 27 14 mzn5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 27 14 vy7r 1 The hangings These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 27 14 z8n2 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). -EXO 27 14 gz7s 1 bases These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). -EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance 1 fifteen cubits about seven meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 27 16 wv46 1 The courtyard gate must be a curtain twenty cubits long This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make a curtain twenty cubits long to be the courtyard gate” -EXO 27 16 h4tw figs-activepassive 1 The curtain must be made…fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must make the curtain…fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer” or “Embroiderers must make the curtain…fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 27 16 kn9u 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. -EXO 27 16 g5wi 1 an embroiderer a person who sews designs into cloth -EXO 27 17 wal2 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 27 18 wt7n translate-bdistance 1 one hundred cubits “100 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 27 18 j1zp 1 fine twined linen hangings “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 27 19 w5n8 figs-activepassive 1 all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard must be made of bronze This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “make all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 27 19 bs7c 1 tent pegs sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground -EXO 27 20 wn9n 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 27 21 ge7v 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. -EXO 27 21 p7ru 1 ark of testimony This is the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. -EXO 27 21 vr7m 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute “I require that the people do this as a lasting statute” -EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy garments
Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -EXO 28 1 bsm1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)). -EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you 1 Call to yourself Here “yourself” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 28 2 tv9h figs-you 1 You must make Here **you** refers to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 28 2 t5gy figs-activepassive 1 garments that are set apart to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “garments that you will set apart to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 4 re79 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 4 tr5e 1 a coat of woven work “a coat with a design woven into it” -EXO 28 4 dz5h 1 turban a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. -EXO 28 4 k184 1 sash a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest -EXO 28 6 yu8u 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 6 u3rx 1 fine-twined linen “finely-twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 28 6 k3bj 1 skillful craftsman a person who can make beautiful objects by hand -EXO 28 8 w523 figs-activepassive 1 it must be made of one piece This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must make it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown 1 onyx stones These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 10 at1b 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 11 dv8k 1 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet “In the same way a person engraves on a seal” -EXO 28 11 x1xc 1 engraver a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal -EXO 28 11 cm3f 1 signet an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal -EXO 28 11 gh2r 1 settings pieces of metal that hold the stone onto the ephod -EXO 28 13 hpc7 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 13 pi4x 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). -EXO 28 14 e746 1 two braided chains of pure gold like cords “two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords” -EXO 28 15 ta6b 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 15 sf8e 1 the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod” -EXO 28 16 cny4 translate-bdistance 1 span A span is 22 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 28 17 spd4 1 General Information: Twelve kinds of stone are listed here. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. -EXO 28 17 qp4t translate-unknown 1 precious stones “valuable gems” or “treasured gems.” See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 17 n1ys translate-unknown 1 ruby…topaz…garnet These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 18 ga1v 1 emerald…diamond These are precious stones. -EXO 28 18 a5rr 1 sapphire This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in [Exodus 24:10](../24/10.md). -EXO 28 19 z17r 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst These are precious stones -EXO 28 20 ul2e translate-unknown 1 beryl…jasper These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 20 rgf6 translate-unknown 1 onyx This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 20 pw5h figs-activepassive 1 They must be mounted in gold settings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must mount them in gold settings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 21 d6fa 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 21 x4qn figs-activepassive 1 The stones must be arranged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must arrange the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 21 z8mw 1 signet ring A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). -EXO 28 22 m7yl 1 chains like cords, braided work of pure gold “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). -EXO 28 25 cd3a 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 25 d8y3 1 braided chains “chains braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). -EXO 28 25 a4lc figs-explicit 1 to the two settings These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “to the two settings that enclose the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 28 27 e385 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 27 vw1w 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). -EXO 28 28 se56 figs-activepassive 1 so that it might be attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may attach it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 28 wf9v figs-doublenegatives 1 the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 28 29 k21k 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 29 z1mz 1 he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md). -EXO 28 29 cc97 1 over his heart “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest” -EXO 28 30 f537 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. -EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-unknown 1 the Urim and the Thummim It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 31 jl1d 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 32 x42n 1 This must be the work of a weaver This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe” -EXO 28 32 rw96 1 a weaver “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread” -EXO 28 33 v7gy 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people do. -EXO 28 33 t9re translate-unknown 1 pomegranates A pomegranate is a round fruit with a red outer skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 34 kl55 1 a golden bell and a pomegranate This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. -EXO 28 35 de4m figs-activepassive 1 The robe is to be on Aaron when he serves This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear the robe when he serves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive 1 so that its sound can be heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 35 qtf9 figs-explicit 1 This is so that he does not die It is implied that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 28 36 e8qp 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 36 nd2q 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) -EXO 28 37 qka6 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 28 38 ee65 figs-activepassive 1 It must be on Aaron’s forehead This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear it on his forehead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 38 u19w figs-activepassive 1 The turban must be always on his forehead This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must always wear the turban on his forehead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 28 39 cp68 1 General Information: God continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 39 t5vj 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 28 39 yi1l 1 sash A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 28 39 i62z 1 the work of an embroiderer An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 28 40 sc7t 1 General Information: God continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 40 pfs2 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 28 40 v2tj 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. -EXO 28 41 xa75 figs-explicit 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother Aaron was the older brother of Moses. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Put these clothes on your older brother Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 28 42 vua7 1 General Information: God continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 28 42 vz62 1 undergarments These are underwear, clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. -EXO 28 43 s6n2 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). -EXO 28 43 r7y7 1 a permanent law “a law the will not end” -EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Consecrating priests
This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I will live among the Israelites”
As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. -EXO 29 1 d6gk 1 Now The word “now” marks a change in topic from garments for priests to consecrating priests. -EXO 29 1 z78h 1 you must do Here **you** refers to Moses. -EXO 29 1 ld5s 1 to set them apart “to set apart Aaron and his sons” -EXO 29 1 dq2c 1 serve me Here “me” refers to Yahweh. -EXO 29 1 cgl2 1 one young bull a male cow -EXO 29 2 ptm7 figs-activepassive 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also take wafers without yeast and rub them with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 2 r449 1 bread…cakes…wafers These are different kinds of food made from flour. -EXO 29 3 u713 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak to Moses -EXO 29 3 gm58 1 You must put them “You must put the bread, cake, and wafer” -EXO 29 3 cd6m figs-explicit 1 present them with the bull and the two rams Here “present” means to offer as a sacrifice. The full meaning of this can be translated clearly. Alternate translation: “offer them to me when you sacrifice the bull and the two rams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 4 a6rz 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). -EXO 29 5 va8b 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 5 f7u7 1 coat This was a coat with a design woven into it. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 29 5 pr4i 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). -EXO 29 6 ap2x 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 29 6 y59s 1 holy crown This crown is described in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md) as being engraved with the words “dedicated to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. -EXO 29 8 s53c 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 8 v46k 1 bring his sons “bring Aaron’s sons” -EXO 29 8 jtc7 1 coats These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 29 9 j3a8 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 29 9 bh2d 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md). -EXO 29 9 r1x4 1 The work of the priesthood “the duty of being priests” -EXO 29 9 ze9l figs-explicit 1 will belong to them The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 9 p7m9 1 permanent law “a law the will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). -EXO 29 10 r782 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 10 p996 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). -EXO 29 11 bf2m 1 You must kill the bull The bull offering was to be killed by Moses, not the priests, at the doorway, not inside the tent of meeting. -EXO 29 11 y6kp figs-explicit 1 kill the bull Since the following verses will tell what to do with the blood from the bull, use a term for “kill” that will imply a method similar to “slitting its throat and catch the blood in a bowl.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 12 uxh3 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 12 c2ud 1 the horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). -EXO 29 12 xdl5 1 the rest of the blood “the remaining blood” -EXO 29 13 x2c5 1 covers the inner parts “covers the organs” -EXO 29 13 nsg6 1 liver…kidneys These are organs in the body. -EXO 29 14 eza8 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung “But as for the remaining parts of the bull” -EXO 29 16 hd8i 1 You must kill the ram For these consecration sacrifices for the priests, it was Moses, not Aaron or his sons, who had to kill the animals. -EXO 29 17 w2nb 1 the inner parts “the organs.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). -EXO 29 18 s68x 1 on the altar Unlike the bull offering that was burned outside of the tent, the ram was to be burned on the inner altar. -EXO 29 19 x3iv 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 20 j6b1 figs-explicit 1 Then you must kill the ram The ram was killed by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by slitting its throat” or “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 21 saa8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 21 w1aa figs-activepassive 1 Aaron will then be set apart for me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “By doing this, you will dedicate Aaron to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 22 gj68 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 22 i3dc 1 inner parts…liver…kidney These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). -EXO 29 23 td8w 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md). -EXO 29 23 i7vx 1 that is before Yahweh “that you have placed before Yahweh” -EXO 29 24 wv9l 1 General Information: God continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 24 b9bj 1 You must put these Here “these” refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses. -EXO 29 25 wz3a figs-activepassive 1 it will be an offering made to me by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burn it as an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 26 acx5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 26 bf71 1 ram of dedication “ram that you dedicated” or “ram that you killed” -EXO 29 26 c21f 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication “the ram that you used to dedicate Aaron” -EXO 29 28 uc2d 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons “This is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people” -EXO 29 29 la34 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 29 qru8 figs-activepassive 1 The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him These garments belong to the priesthood and are not just Aaron’s personal clothing. Alternate translation: “Aaron must reserve the holy garments for his sons after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 29 i5vz figs-activepassive 1 They are to be anointed in them and ordained to me in them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must wear the holy garments when you anoint his sons and ordain them to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 30 pe79 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). -EXO 29 31 npz1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 31 l3xk 1 the ram for the installation of the priests “the ram you killed when you installed the priests” -EXO 29 31 u9kl figs-explicit 1 in a holy place This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This refers to a place within the courtyard. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 32 dp8h 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). -EXO 29 33 qk8i figs-activepassive 1 that were given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you sacrificed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 34 rhp7 figs-activepassive 1 It must not be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 34 lhi8 figs-activepassive 1 because it has been set apart to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because you have set it apart to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 35 c2si 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 35 g9pm 1 In this way, by following all that I have commanded you to do, you must treat Aaron and his sons “I have commanded you to treat Aaron and his sons this way” -EXO 29 37 pq5d 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me “Then the altar will be most holy” -EXO 29 37 qk5h 1 will be set apart to Yahweh “will also be very holy” -EXO 29 38 e4r9 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 38 sli9 1 You must regularly offer on the altar every day “You must daily offer on the altar” -EXO 29 40 rt1f 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction 1 a tenth…the fourth part “1/10…1/4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 29 40 bwg1 translate-bvolume 1 ephah An ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -EXO 29 40 vt6f translate-bvolume 1 hin A hin is 3.7 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -EXO 29 41 t1tt 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 41 hgt9 figs-activepassive 1 it will be an offering made to me by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 42 j8cg 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 29 42 h5r7 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). -EXO 29 43 f1t6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 29 45 zcs1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
The atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) -EXO 30 1 r1f4 1 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment. -EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you 1 You must make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 2 w56e figs-activepassive 1 Its horns must be made These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 3 d3uu 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 30 3 ddb2 1 the incense altar “an altar to burn incense” -EXO 30 4 qyg4 figs-activepassive 1 to be attached to it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which you will attach to the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 5 r61h 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 30 6 h33c figs-explicit 1 ark of the testimony The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 30 6 e52i 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 30 6 vg6k figs-you 1 where I will meet with you Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 7 l2rl 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 30 8 qm7i 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 9 ckf9 1 But you must offer Though the word **you** is addressed to Moses, the instruction is given specifically to Aaron and his descendants as to when and what they are to offer on the altar of incense. -EXO 30 10 ez2s 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 30 10 k6xk 1 horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). -EXO 30 10 san2 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you 1 When you take Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to just Moses or (2) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 12 k5p1 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only counted the Israelite men. -EXO 30 13 s69s figs-activepassive 1 Everyone who is counted This can be stated in active form. They counted only the men. Alternate translation: “Everyone you count” or “Every man you count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bmoney 1 half a shekel of silver “1/2 a shekel of silver.” Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “5.5 grams of silver” or “six grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 30 13 nfp6 1 according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. -EXO 30 13 id6d translate-unknown 1 twenty gerahs “20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit that people used for measuring how much something very small weighed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 30 14 k4h9 figs-metaphor 1 from twenty years old and up Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 30 15 r7fd 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 30 15 rll6 1 the people Only the men made this offering. -EXO 30 15 e8xa translate-bmoney 1 the half shekel Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “the 5.5 grams of silver” or “the 6 grams of silver.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 30 16 z6tn 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives Possible meanings are (1) “It will remind the Israelites to make atonement for their lives” or (2) “It will remind the Israelites that they have made atonement for their lives.” -EXO 30 18 ye18 figs-you 1 You must also make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 18 v88y 1 bronze basin “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub” -EXO 30 18 bh82 1 a bronze stand This is what the basin would be put on. -EXO 30 18 iq8n 1 a basin for washing This phrase explains what the priests were to use the large bronze basin for. -EXO 30 18 m5li 1 the altar the altar of sacrifice -EXO 30 19 jq26 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 30 19 ivb1 1 water in it “water in the basin” -EXO 30 21 hp35 1 for Aaron and his descendants throughout their people’s generations “for Aaron and all the generations of his descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 22 p8n6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 30 23 m9g7 translate-unknown 1 spices dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 23 zq43 translate-numbers 1 five hundred shekels…250 shekels “500 shekels…two hundred and fifty shekels.” A shekel is about 11 grams. Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “5.7 kilograms…11.4 kilograms” or “six kilograms…three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 30 23 xga2 translate-unknown 1 cinnamon…cane These are sweet spices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 24 p9jh translate-unknown 1 cassia This is a sweet spice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 30 24 n38f translate-bweight 1 the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 30 24 dv89 translate-bvolume 1 one hin Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “3.7 liters” or “four liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 30 25 juf3 1 with these ingredients “with these items” -EXO 30 25 k3s5 1 the work of a perfumer Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. -EXO 30 25 yv9l 1 a perfumer a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils -EXO 30 26 f7k5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 30 26 u241 figs-you 1 You must anoint Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 26 d4id figs-explicit 1 ark of the testimony The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 30 28 v5mk 1 the altar for burnt offerings “the altar on which offering were burnt” -EXO 30 29 a9hr 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 30 29 np7g 1 set them apart This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](./26.md). -EXO 30 31 k4s7 1 throughout your people’s generations “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 30 32 w4dt 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what Moses must tell the people. -EXO 30 32 rlk4 figs-activepassive 1 It must not be applied to people’s skin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not put the anointing oil that is dedicated to Yahweh on a person’s skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 32 v3br 1 with the same formula “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items” -EXO 30 33 pa53 figs-metaphor 1 that person must be cut off from his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 34 r3j2 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what to do. Yahweh gives the commands only to Moses: all instances of **you** are singular. However, the words “blended by a perfumer” might mean that Moses could have the perfumer take the spices, blend them, grind them, and give them to Moses so Moses could put part of the mixture in front of the ark, as in UST. -EXO 30 35 as9y figs-activepassive 1 Make it into the form of incense, blended by a perfumer The phrase with “blended” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make it into the form of incense that a perfumer has blended” or “A perfumer must blend it into a kind of incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 35 y8yj 1 blended by a perfumer Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). -EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you 1 You will grind it “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 36 t8y9 figs-you 1 You will regard Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 37 z4p5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 30 37 dq6c 1 you must not make any The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel. -EXO 30 37 yv1y 1 with the same formula “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md). -EXO 30 37 wh25 1 It must be most holy to you “You must consider it to be most holy” -EXO 30 38 xn6v 1 perfume This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body. -EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor 1 must be cut off from his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:33](../30/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath
As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) -EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-metonymy 1 I have called by name God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 31 3 ayb9 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his Spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s Spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my Spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 31 3 r6i5 figs-abstractnouns 1 for all kinds of craftsmanship The abstract noun “craftsmanship” can be translated as “making crafts” or “making things.” Alternate translation: “for making all kinds of crafts” or “so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 31 6 qk4r 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 31 6 jh61 translate-names 1 Oholiab…Ahisamak These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 31 6 wcq7 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well” -EXO 31 7 jc78 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). -EXO 31 7 m58b figs-explicit 1 ark of the testimony The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 31 7 z5s4 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 31 8 h84n 1 incense altar “altar to burn incense.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md). -EXO 31 9 cvl7 1 altar for burnt offerings “altar on which offering were burnt.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:28](../30/28.md). -EXO 31 10 hn88 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 31 11 z1u2 1 These craftsmen “These people who are skilled in making beautiful things” -EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 31 13 gw13 1 throughout your people’s generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 31 13 h75a figs-metaphor 1 who sets you apart for himself God speaks of choosing people to be his as setting them apart for himself. Alternate translation: “who has chosen you to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 31 14 g83p figs-activepassive 1 for it must be treated by you as holy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you must treat it as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 14 mv4l figs-metaphor 1 Everyone who defiles it God speaks of treating the Sabbath with disrespect as defiling it. Alternate translation: “Everyone who treats the Sabbath with disrespect” or “Everyone who does not obey the laws about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive 1 must surely be put to death “must surely be killed.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 14 fz1g figs-metaphor 1 must surely be cut off from his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “Yahweh will no longer consider him to be one of his people” (2) “you must surely send him away” or (3) “you must surely kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers 1 but the seventh day “but day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 31 16 iv7a 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell the people of Israel. -EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 31 16 n7q2 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). -EXO 31 16 yef8 1 lasting covenant “a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). -EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive 1 written on by his own hand This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idolatry
The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 1 k2i1 1 Come, make us an idol The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. -EXO 32 1 mrb5 1 go before us “lead us” or “be our leader” -EXO 32 2 p86s 1 bring them to me The word “them” refers to the golden rings. -EXO 32 3 ckg2 1 All the people This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Moses’ God as their God. -EXO 32 4 uf9e 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf. -EXO 32 5 ztx4 figs-explicit 1 When Aaron saw this You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 6 as6u 1 to carouse in wild celebration “to have a wild party.” The people likely behaved in sexually immoral ways at the party. -EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “have stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 9 bh7c figs-metaphor 1 I have seen this people Here Yahweh compares knowing the people to seeing them. Alternate translation: “I know this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 9 ffe2 figs-metaphor 1 a stiff-necked people Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had stiff necks. Alternate translation: “a stubborn people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 10 fmk3 1 Now then The word “now” is used here to mark a break in what Yahweh was telling Moses. Here Yahweh tells what he will do to the people. -EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-metaphor 1 My anger will burn hot against them Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a fire that could burn hot. Alternate translation: “My anger towards them will be terrible” or “I am extremely angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 10 vc2u figs-you 1 from you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 32 11 h62e figs-metaphor 1 why does your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand? Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand.” or “Do not be so angry with your people…a mighty hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 32 11 t2cv figs-doublet 1 great power…mighty hand These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 32 11 ph43 figs-metonymy 1 a mighty hand Here the word “hand” refers to the things Yahweh did. Alternate translation: “and the powerful things you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 12 k26p 1 General Information: Moses continues to reason with God not to destroy Israel. -EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 32 12 kzh7 1 face of the earth “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth” -EXO 32 12 fns1 1 Turn from your burning anger “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry” -EXO 32 12 p1df figs-metaphor 1 your burning anger Moses speaks of God’s anger as if it were a fire that was burning. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 13 t9sa 1 Call to mind Abraham “Remember Abraham” or “Think about Abraham” -EXO 32 13 p8jq 1 you swore “you made an oath” or “you solemnly promised” -EXO 32 13 q1g1 figs-metaphor 1 They will inherit it forever God speaks about them possessing the land as if they would inherit it. Alternate translation: “They will possess it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 15 cx7z 1 tablets of the covenant decrees These are the two stone slabs on which God had engraved his commandments. -EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-parallelism 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two phrases share similar meanings. The second explains how the tablets were “God’s own work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 32 17 cua3 figs-explicit 1 he said to Moses It is assumed that Joshua met Moses while Moses was going back to the camp. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 19 hr2j 1 the tablets “the two stone slabs that Yahweh had written on” -EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotations 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people do to him, that he have brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 32 21 np73 figs-metaphor 1 you have brought such a great sin on them Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to sin so terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-metaphor 1 Do not let your anger burn hot Aaron spoke of Moses’ anger as if it were a fire that could burn. “Do not be so angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-metaphor 1 they are set on doing evil Being determined to do evil is spoken of as being set on evil. Alternate translation: “they are determined to do what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 23 zn68 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word “this” before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. -EXO 32 24 yq7s figs-quotations 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 32 24 b3l5 1 I threw it into the fire, and out came this calf Instead of taking ownership for making the calf, Aaron claims the calf came out of the fire supernaturally. -EXO 32 25 ck1f 1 were running wild “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves” -EXO 32 26 jis7 figs-quotations 1 Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses stood at the entrance to the camp and said that whoever was on Yahweh’s side should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-metaphor 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being on Yahweh’s side. Alternate translation: “Whoever is loyal to Yahweh” or “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 27 xsl3 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance “go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” -EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers 1 three thousand of the people “3000 of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 32 29 jzp1 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This probably means “You have been chosen to serve Yahweh” or “You have become Yahweh’s servants.” -EXO 32 29 c6fg figs-explicit 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 30 r5fn 1 You have committed a very great sin They worshiped an idol. -EXO 32 30 yi3e figs-metaphor 1 Perhaps I can make atonement for your sin Moses spoke of persuading God to forgive the people as if he could make atonement for their sin. Alternate translation: “Perhaps I can persuade Yahweh to forgive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy 1 blot me out of the book The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 32 ahb3 figs-explicit 1 the book that you have written What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 33 igb4 figs-metonymy 1 that person I will blot out of my book The phrase “that person” represents “that person’s name.” Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 33 qwk9 1 my book This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md). -EXO 32 34 xn8p 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them. -EXO 32 35 ddg6 1 Yahweh sent a plague on the people This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick” -EXO 32 35 wv1v 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf” -EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant
While the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) -EXO 33 1 p8xp 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger. -EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 3 y347 1 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of” -EXO 33 3 ck4m figs-metonymy 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 3 a4ct figs-metonymy 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 3 ah5t 1 a stubborn people “people who refuse to change” -EXO 33 4 cf7g 1 jewelry beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings with jewels in them -EXO 33 5 rzr5 1 a stubborn people “people who refuse to change.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:3](../33/03.md). -EXO 33 9 yt4f figs-metaphor 1 the pillar of cloud The cloud had the shape of a pillar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:22](../13/22.md). Alternate translation: “the cloud shaped like a pillar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 9 vam7 figs-explicit 1 would come down Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions, is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 11 ika8 1 young man Joshua was old enough to be a soldier, but he was much younger than Moses -EXO 33 12 unz8 1 See “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “I have evaluated you and approve” or “I am pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 13 e6vv figs-idiom 1 Now if I have found favor in your eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 13 zi7j 1 show me your ways Possible meanings: (1) “show me what you are going to do in the future” or (2) “show me how people can do what pleases you.” -EXO 33 14 gh8q figs-metonymy 1 My own presence will go God’s presence represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 14 hl15 figs-you 1 go with you…give you The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 33 14 hc5n 1 I will give you rest “I will let you rest” -EXO 33 16 d36k 1 For otherwise “For if your presence does not go with us” -EXO 33 16 tu8e figs-activepassive 1 how will it be known This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: how will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 33 16 cgl8 figs-rquestion 1 how will it be known…people? Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in God’s sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know…people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 33 16 u82a 1 Will it not only be if “Will it not only be known if” -EXO 33 17 aln2 figs-you 1 General Information: When Yahweh uses the word **you** in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 33 17 ln7y figs-idiom 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 33 17 u2nv figs-idiom 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 33 19 sx1a figs-metonymy 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 33 21 s4iy 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.” -EXO 33 23 fmu8 1 you will see my back This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses. -EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive 1 but my face will not be seen This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”
This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) -EXO 34 1 s1kv 1 tablets of stone “flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md) -EXO 34 3 fk8z 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 3 x3rx 1 No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.” -EXO 34 5 sp7f 1 stood with Moses there “stood with Moses on the mountain” -EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, “name” would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 34 6 e1k3 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness “always showing covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness” -EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md). Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 34 7 q7z8 figs-123person 1 But he will Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 34 7 x397 figs-123person 1 he will by no means clear the guilty Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I will by no means clear the guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 34 7 ts1b 1 will by no means clear the guilty “will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people” -EXO 34 7 px85 figs-metaphor 1 He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers’ sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 7 c3tb figs-metonymy 1 their children The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 9 mh3a figs-idiom 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 9 hw66 figs-doublet 1 our iniquity and our sin The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 34 9 n6e5 figs-metaphor 1 take us as your inheritance Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 10 zdq6 figs-you 1 your people Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 34 10 bj1a figs-idiom 1 it is a fearful thing that I am doing with you A fearful thing is a thing that causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear God when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “what I do for you will cause people to fear me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 34 10 s7uz figs-you 1 I am doing with you Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 34 12 b459 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Here he tells him what Moses and the people must do. -EXO 34 12 lxz8 figs-metaphor 1 they will become a trap among you People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a trap. Alternate translation: “they will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 14 vmx2 figs-metonymy 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous The word “Jealous” here means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, always guard my honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 14 s5sd figs-metonymy 1 whose name is Jealous, The word “name” here represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, who am always jealous” or “I, Yahweh, am always jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 15 f1e3 1 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how his people are to behave towards outsiders. -EXO 34 15 gtd8 figs-metaphor 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods God speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. Alternate translation: “for they worship other gods” or “because they worship other gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 15 bj2i figs-explicit 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 34 18 s1rr 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 34 18 u5be translate-numbers 1 seven days “7 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 34 18 i5ck translate-hebrewmonths 1 in the month of Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated “Aviv” in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 34 19 ly7d 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 34 20 yz8x 1 buy back Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh. -EXO 34 20 u2p5 figs-metonymy 1 No one may appear before me empty-handed God speaks of the offering as if the person was to carry it in his hands. Alternate translation: “No one may come to me without an offering” or “Everyone who comes to me must bring me an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 21 w9ed 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 34 21 swm8 1 Even at plowing time and in harvest “Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops” -EXO 34 22 d13l 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. The word “Ingathering” means when they harvest their crop. -EXO 34 23 zh58 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. -EXO 34 25 zx2v 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 34 25 e8v2 figs-explicit 1 the blood of my sacrifice The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 34 25 k2f7 figs-explicit 1 with any yeast The fact that any yeast would be in bread can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with bread that has yeast in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 34 28 mm6l 1 Moses was there “Moses was on the mountain” -EXO 34 28 j9t4 translate-numbers 1 forty days “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 34 28 wt1c 1 for forty days and nights “for forty days, both day and night” -EXO 34 28 yun2 1 He wrote “Moses wrote” -EXO 34 29 d9zk 1 had become radiant “had started to shine” -EXO 34 31 jfb4 1 came up to him “approached him” or “went to him.” They did not go up the mountain. -EXO 34 32 kt23 figs-metaphor 1 all the commands that Yahweh had given him Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 34 fzm1 1 he would remove “Moses would remove” -EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive 1 what he was commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifice
All of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) -EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal 1 the seventh day “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 35 2 zij9 figs-activepassive 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 4 jdb8 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). -EXO 35 5 h5c8 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). -EXO 35 5 n2c8 1 Take an offering for Yahweh “Take up a collection for Yahweh” -EXO 35 5 y2x6 figs-synecdoche 1 all of you who have a willing heart Here “heart” refers to the person bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “everyone who is willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 6 r12v 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). -EXO 35 7 nmv4 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). -EXO 35 7 l5bq 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). -EXO 35 8 ikm4 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). -EXO 35 9 f1dd 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). -EXO 35 10 c31r 1 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what God commanded them to do. -EXO 35 10 dc4b 1 Every skilled man “Every man with a skill” -EXO 35 11 j5t7 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). -EXO 35 11 syn4 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md). -EXO 35 12 rj7s 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 35 13 x3tl 1 They brought “The people of Israel brought” -EXO 35 13 l641 1 bread of the presence This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). -EXO 35 16 h116 1 bronze grate This is a frame of crossed bronze bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated “grate” in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). -EXO 35 17 h8zl 1 hangings These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 35 17 x54f 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). -EXO 35 17 xtm8 1 bases These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). -EXO 35 18 n44r 1 tent pegs sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 35 19 x1pc 1 finely-woven garments This was clothing made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). -EXO 35 20 w6rg figs-metonymy 1 all the tribes of Israel This refers to the people in the tribes. Alternate translation: “the people from all the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 35 21 b9wk figs-synecdoche 1 whose heart stirred him up Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 21 be9z figs-synecdoche 1 whom his spirit made willing Here “spirit” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “who was willing” or “who wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche 1 all who had a willing heart Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “everyone who was willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 22 wwp2 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments These are different kinds of jewelry. -EXO 35 23 s3ky 1 Everyone who had…brought them For 35:23 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 25 ebm5 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). -EXO 35 26 k1gy figs-synecdoche 1 whose hearts stirred them up Here “hearts” refers to the women. The hearts of the women who responded to God are spoken of as if they were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 27 f13n 1 The leaders brought…breastpiece For 35:27 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). -EXO 35 28 h3a1 1 they brought spices…fragrant incense For 35:28 see how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md) -EXO 35 29 li5z figs-synecdoche 1 whose heart was willing Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “who was willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 35 30 z1e2 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) -EXO 35 31 gse9 figs-metaphor 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit God’s Spirit who gave Bezalel the ability to work is spoken of here as if he was something that filled up Bezalel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 31 zd74 1 filled Bezalel…craftsmanship See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md) -EXO 35 32 r7e3 1 to make artistic designs…bronze See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md) -EXO 35 33 fj6f 1 also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md) -EXO 35 34 a1r8 1 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people. -EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-synecdoche 1 He has put it in his heart to teach Here “heart” refers to Bezalel. The ability to teach is spoken of as if it something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “He gave Bezalel the ability to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor 1 filled them with skill Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 35 35 me14 1 engravers a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal -EXO 35 35 u7tf 1 embroiderers people who sew designs into cloth -EXO 35 35 r8zk 1 craftsmen people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand -EXO 35 35 cw3x 1 weavers a person who creates cloth using thread -EXO 35 35 a6c3 1 artistic designers a person who creates beauty with materials -EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tent of meeting
The tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) -EXO 36 1 ubk2 1 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people. -EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 36 1 tl5b translate-names 1 Oholiab This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 36 1 tr3p figs-metaphor 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability Here skill and ability are spoken of as if they are something that Yahweh can place inside a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 36 1 mdi4 1 according to all that Yahweh has commanded “just as Yahweh has commanded” -EXO 36 2 tgn2 translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 36 2 wq6q translate-names 1 Oholiab This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 36 2 tda7 figs-synecdoche 1 in whose mind Yahweh had given skill Here “mind” refers to the person who was made skillful by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to whom Yahweh had given skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 2 yuq8 figs-synecdoche 1 whose heart stirred within him Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 36 5 tni7 figs-quotations 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 36 5 pd95 1 The craftsmen told Moses “The men working on the sanctuary told Moses” -EXO 36 8 kw33 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). -EXO 36 8 l7ub 1 ten curtains made from fine linen These curtains are sheets of cloth woven and sewed together so that they can hang to form a wall or tent. -EXO 36 8 s2hu translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 36 9 p2mr 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:2](../26/02.md). -EXO 36 10 z6sq 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:3](../26/03.md). -EXO 36 11 yw91 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:4](../26/04.md). -EXO 36 11 qh6e 1 He made Here “he” refers to Bezalel, but it includes all the men working on the sanctuary. -EXO 36 11 y7vq 1 loops of blue loops of blue cloth -EXO 36 11 i4ba 1 curtain These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). -EXO 36 12 k1qq 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:5](../26/05.md). -EXO 36 13 z2zi 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). -EXO 36 13 j75x translate-numbers 1 fifty gold clasps “50 gold clasps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 36 14 m2ac 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:7](../26/07.md). -EXO 36 14 us17 translate-numbers 1 made eleven “made 11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 36 15 fa6i 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:8](../26/08.md). -EXO 36 15 ret8 translate-numbers 1 thirty cubits “30 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 36 16 wwj6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:9](../26/09.md). -EXO 36 17 qt9b 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:10](../26/10.md). -EXO 36 17 jm1l translate-numbers 1 fifty loops “50 loops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 36 18 mq1j 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md). -EXO 36 18 a7mn translate-numbers 1 fifty bronze clasps “50 bronze clasps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 36 19 p3ke 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md). -EXO 36 20 t739 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md). -EXO 36 21 prx5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:16](../26/16.md). -EXO 36 21 gci3 translate-bdistance 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits “10 cubits…1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 36 22 l8yx 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:17](../26/17.md). -EXO 36 22 vq4m 1 two wooden pegs for joining A wooden peg is a small piece of wood sticking out beyond the end of the board so it can be secured. -EXO 36 23 ev65 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:18](../26/18.md). -EXO 36 24 ln2x 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). -EXO 36 24 u5ue translate-numbers 1 forty silver bases “40 silver bases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 36 24 yx4b translate-numbers 1 twenty frames “20 frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 36 25 w2wz 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:20](../26/20.md). -EXO 36 26 gbm9 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). -EXO 36 26 b9dy 1 and so on There will be two bases under each and every frame. -EXO 36 27 a7js 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:22](../26/22.md). -EXO 36 27 m6ue 1 on the west on the side that is on the west -EXO 36 28 hw9c 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:23](../26/23.md). -EXO 36 28 ma1f 1 for the back corners for the corners at the rear of the tabernacle -EXO 36 29 u396 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:24](../26/24.md). -EXO 36 30 mu5n 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:25](../26/25.md). -EXO 36 30 zls4 translate-numbers 1 sixteen bases in all “16 bases in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 36 30 r252 1 and so on There will be two bases under each and every frame. -EXO 36 31 cf2p 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). -EXO 36 32 p4wd 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:27](../26/27.md). -EXO 36 32 tc6s 1 to the west on the west side -EXO 36 33 h94y 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:28](../26/28.md). -EXO 36 33 lk9f 1 from end to end from one side of the tabernacle to the other side -EXO 36 34 i17v 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:29](../26/29.md). -EXO 36 35 pfc5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:31](../26/31.md). -EXO 36 36 hg2q 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md). -EXO 36 37 r5ya 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). -EXO 36 37 vv61 1 He made Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made” -EXO 36 37 neu2 1 a hanging a curtain -EXO 36 38 pr67 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md). -EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The ark of the covenant
The ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) -EXO 37 1 byr3 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md). -EXO 37 1 xz1t translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 37 1 ps6e translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 37 2 kb3s 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md). -EXO 37 3 pb6v 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md). -EXO 37 3 ut8d figs-metaphor 1 its four feet These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 37 4 nr8y 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:13](../25/13.md). -EXO 37 4 n9kr 1 He made Though “he” refers to Bezalel, “he” may include all of the workers who assisted him. -EXO 37 5 v9j7 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:14](../25/14.md). -EXO 37 6 liw8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 37 6 ba8a translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…one and a half cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 37 7 nhi3 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). -EXO 37 8 g96y 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:19](../25/19.md). -EXO 37 8 y13s figs-activepassive 1 They were made as one piece This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made them as one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 9 e6na 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:20](../25/20.md). -EXO 37 9 r7nm figs-personification 1 The cherubim spread out their wings upward and overshadowed Bezalel placed the statues of the cherubim as if they were real cherubim which were spreading their wings and overshadowing the atonement lid. Alternate translation: “They placed the winged creatures so that their wings touched each other and spread out over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -EXO 37 9 zsq1 1 The cherubim faced one another and looked toward “The faces of the cherubim were towards each other, and they looked toward” -EXO 37 10 ktf8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:23](../25/23.md). -EXO 37 10 fnt3 translate-bdistance 1 two cubits…one cubit…one and a half cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits…1 cubit…1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters…46 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 37 11 l2kv 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:24](../25/24.md). -EXO 37 12 i1ba 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:25](../25/25.md). -EXO 37 12 j4iq translate-bdistance 1 handbreadth This was the width of a man’s hand with fingers spread out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 37 13 b56c 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:26](../25/26.md). -EXO 37 13 k69z figs-metaphor 1 the four feet These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 37 14 tc3u 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:27](../25/27.md). -EXO 37 14 b3ma figs-activepassive 1 The rings were attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel attached the rings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 15 zkr8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:28](../25/28.md). -EXO 37 16 h598 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:29](../25/29.md). -EXO 37 16 ui2r figs-explicit 1 dishes, spoons, the bowls, and pitchers to be used to pour out the offerings It is only the bowls and pitchers that are used to pour out the offerings. Alternate translation: “plates and cups, and also the jars and bowls which the priests will use for pouring out the offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 37 17 edx6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md). -EXO 37 17 wp6l 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 37 17 s977 figs-activepassive 1 Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers were all made of one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 18 kuh2 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:32](../25/32.md). -EXO 37 19 g1y9 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:33](../25/33.md). -EXO 37 19 j6vz figs-activepassive 1 three cups made like almond blossoms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he made the 3 cups look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 19 cbe6 1 almond blossoms An almond blossom is a white or pink flower with five petals that grows on an almond tree. -EXO 37 20 nl54 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:34](../25/34.md). -EXO 37 20 bx63 figs-activepassive 1 there were four cups made like almond blossoms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there were 4 cups which Bezalel made to look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 21 x1u5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:35](../25/35.md). -EXO 37 21 v3c2 figs-activepassive 1 made as one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which he made as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 22 ks9z 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:36](../25/36.md). -EXO 37 23 b2jq 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md). -EXO 37 23 r4y1 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 37 23 njx7 1 tongs This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects. -EXO 37 24 uz5h 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md). -EXO 37 24 arz1 translate-bweight 1 one talent “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 37 25 el8w 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:1-2](../30/01.md). -EXO 37 25 li9d 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 37 25 c8mg translate-bdistance 1 cubit A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 37 25 xq8k figs-activepassive 1 Its horns were made as one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 26 ep66 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md). -EXO 37 27 zez2 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md). -EXO 37 27 d2v9 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 37 27 p89d figs-activepassive 1 to be attached to it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they attached to the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 37 28 hw37 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md). -EXO 37 29 c992 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). -EXO 37 29 z685 1 fragrant incense See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). -EXO 37 29 akg9 1 the work of a perfumer A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils. -EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The altar
The altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### Materials
The list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 38 1 r81c 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md). -EXO 38 1 gk19 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 38 1 g5ex translate-bdistance 1 cubits One cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 38 2 g71x 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). -EXO 38 2 se9l figs-activepassive 1 The horns were made of one piece This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 3 v73t 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md). -EXO 38 4 rx7v 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md) and [Exodus 27:5](../27/05.md). -EXO 38 4 nb1q 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 38 4 g5rb figs-activepassive 1 to be placed under the ledge This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they placed under the ledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 5 kp6w 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). -EXO 38 6 l258 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:6](../27/06.md). -EXO 38 6 ihi9 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 38 7 ys63 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:7-8](../27/07.md). -EXO 38 7 wa8g 1 planks a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board -EXO 38 8 tqi9 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 38 8 e6gd 1 large bronze basin with a bronze stand The stand supported the bronze basin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:18](../30/18.md). -EXO 38 8 mdx9 figs-explicit 1 He made the basin out of mirrors The bronze came from the mirrors. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “The bronze for the basin came from the mirrors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 38 8 e1wq 1 mirrors A mirror is a piece of polished metal or glass that reflects an image. -EXO 38 9 clk6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md). -EXO 38 9 j2nq 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 38 9 i24a translate-numbers 1 one hundred “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 9 su7e translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 38 10 nz6q 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). -EXO 38 10 x9jn translate-numbers 1 twenty “20” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 11 mp6n 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md). -EXO 38 11 kl3h translate-numbers 1 one hundred…twenty “100…20” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 11 xl4c translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 38 12 g5iz 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md). -EXO 38 12 vuw5 translate-numbers 1 fifty…ten “50…10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 13 iju3 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md). -EXO 38 13 fw1k translate-numbers 1 fifty “50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 13 jl57 translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 38 14 n1xj 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md). -EXO 38 14 b85e translate-numbers 1 fifteen…three “15…3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 15 dlq7 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:15](../27/15.md). -EXO 38 16 s5zf figs-activepassive 1 All the hangings around the courtyard were made of fine linen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made all the hangings around the courtyard with fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 17 s5g5 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). -EXO 38 17 r7g6 figs-activepassive 1 The bases for the posts were made of bronze This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made the bases for the posts out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 17 va1m figs-activepassive 1 The hooks and rods for the posts were made of silver, and the covering for the tops of the posts was also made of silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the hooks, the rods for the posts, and the covering for the tops of the posts out of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 17 i3bf figs-activepassive 1 All the courtyard posts were covered with silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They covered the courtyard posts with silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 18 hmi5 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16](../27/16.md). -EXO 38 18 h4ki translate-numbers 1 twenty…five “20…5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 18 yf6z translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 38 18 trz5 figs-activepassive 1 The curtain was made of This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the curtain out of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 19 fjw4 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). -EXO 38 19 kqf3 translate-numbers 1 four “4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 19 a2ix figs-activepassive 1 The covering for their tops and its rods were made of silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the covering for the tops of the posts and their rods out of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 20 ye5c 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 38 20 p55d figs-activepassive 1 All the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard were made of bronze This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made all of the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 21 wqi5 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive 1 as it was taken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses instructed the Levites to write down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names 1 Ithamar This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur “Bezalel” and “uri” are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 38 22 i4ha 1 Yahweh had commanded Moses “everything that Yahweh told Moses to do” -EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 38 23 wvw4 1 an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer “as a skilled engraver and embroiderer” -EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive 1 All the gold that was used for the project This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the people used for the project” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-numbers 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “29 talents” or “about 960 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 24 tg3f translate-numbers 1 730 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “seven hundred and thirty shekels” or “about 8 kilograms.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 24 f6sq translate-bweight 1 measured by the standard of the sanctuary shekel There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-numbers 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents” or “about 330 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 25 gn9f translate-numbers 1 1,775 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” or “about 20 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 25 egg4 figs-activepassive 1 The silver given by the community This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The silver which the community gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 26 fyy5 translate-bweight 1 half a shekel A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “1/2 a shekel” or “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 38 26 ll8b 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census Every man who was 20 years old or older was included in the census and was required to give half a shekel. -EXO 38 26 c69c translate-numbers 1 twenty years old “20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 27 p7r5 translate-bweight 1 One hundred talents of silver were cast A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “The workers cast 100 talents of silver” or “The workers cast 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 38 27 n8z7 translate-numbers 1 One hundred talents “100 talents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 28 k2fi translate-numbers 1 1,775 shekels “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 38 28 ii3y translate-bmoney 1 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -EXO 38 28 nxf5 translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-numbers 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels “70 talents and two thousand four hundred shekels.” This would be about 2,300 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -EXO 38 30 zfk8 1 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. -EXO 38 30 rck7 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). -EXO 38 31 bvr9 1 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The holy clothing
The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) -EXO 39 1 s66r 1 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew shifts to making the priestly garments. -EXO 39 1 ys6l 1 they made The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen. -EXO 39 1 h8kg 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses “just as Yahweh told Moses to do” -EXO 39 2 b9mg 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md). -EXO 39 2 ain4 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 2 p5xy translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 39 4 c7lu 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:7](../28/07.md). -EXO 39 4 pq62 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 5 g75w 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). -EXO 39 5 wf2i figs-activepassive 1 it was made of one piece with the ephod, made of fine twined linen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they made it as one piece with the ephod with fine twisted linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 39 5 cc56 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md). -EXO 39 6 k7vw 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). -EXO 39 6 h1bz 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 6 naa8 1 signet This was an engraved stone that was used to stamp a design in a wax seal. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). -EXO 39 6 ajh3 translate-numbers 1 twelve sons “12 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 39 7 ize6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md). -EXO 39 7 d24m 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md). -EXO 39 8 mlf6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md). -EXO 39 8 gj9p 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 8 k7b6 1 He made “Bezalel made” or “Bezalel and the workers made” -EXO 39 9 lkt1 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md). -EXO 39 9 f4ms translate-bdistance 1 span A span is 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 39 10 xzb8 1 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 10 m54c 1 They set in it “The workers set in the breastpiece” -EXO 39 10 cmv1 translate-unknown 1 ruby, a topaz, and a garnet Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 39 11 qx96 translate-unknown 1 an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 39 12 kk8t translate-unknown 1 a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 39 13 l9wa translate-unknown 1 a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:20](../28/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 39 13 h3bw figs-activepassive 1 The stones were mounted in gold settings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They mounted the stones in gold settings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 39 14 z5va 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:21](../28/21.md). -EXO 39 14 a9bw 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 14 yby8 figs-activepassive 1 The stones were arranged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers arranged the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 39 15 byz8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:22](../28/22.md). -EXO 39 16 b8m6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:23-24](../28/23.md). -EXO 39 17 w2s4 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:24](../28/24.md). -EXO 39 17 v4i5 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 17 lc2x 1 two braided chains “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). -EXO 39 18 bw76 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:25](../28/25.md). -EXO 39 19 nd41 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:26](../28/26.md). -EXO 39 19 del5 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 20 w8wz 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:27](../28/27.md). -EXO 39 20 l1dz 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). -EXO 39 21 zu91 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:28](../28/28.md). -EXO 39 21 uq61 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 21 h1yb figs-activepassive 1 so that it might be attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they could attach it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 39 21 scn8 figs-doublenegatives 1 the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod The double negative can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 39 22 vdw1 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:31-32](../28/31.md). -EXO 39 22 n25q 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 22 p8nv translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 39 23 cyc1 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:32](../28/32.md). -EXO 39 24 eak6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:33](../28/33.md). -EXO 39 25 sx9b 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md). -EXO 39 25 f8t3 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments as commanded in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md). -EXO 39 25 x1ww 1 bells of pure gold These were tiny bells. -EXO 39 26 gtg5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md). -EXO 39 27 pz63 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:39](../28/39.md). -EXO 39 27 rp6p 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. -EXO 39 28 um4e 1 turban This is a head covering worn by men made of a long strip of cloth wound around the head. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). -EXO 39 28 jex8 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md). -EXO 39 28 c4pr figs-explicit 1 undergarments This is clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:42](../28/42.md). Alternate translation: “underwear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 39 29 hn5g 1 sash This is a long piece of cloth worn over the shoulder or around the waist. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md) -EXO 39 30 kq33 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md). -EXO 39 30 m6jj 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.. -EXO 39 30 d85k 1 holy crown This was an engraved crown made of pure gold. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md). -EXO 39 31 fml2 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:37](../28/37.md). -EXO 39 32 jh64 1 General Information: The Israelites finish making the things Yahweh commanded in [Exodus 35:4-9](../35/04.md) and [Exodus 35:10-12](../35/10.md). -EXO 39 32 z1z7 figs-doublet 1 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything The “tabernacle” and “tent of meeting” are the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people of Israel finished all of the work on the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 39 33 y9ym 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). -EXO 39 33 b3q3 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md). -EXO 39 34 z6r6 1 the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases in this in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). -EXO 39 35 i7d9 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). -EXO 39 36 lvq3 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses. -EXO 39 36 knn8 1 bread of the presence This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). -EXO 39 39 e755 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars that held wood while burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). -EXO 39 40 i8lm 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses. -EXO 39 40 m3x9 1 They brought “The people of Israel brought” -EXO 39 40 ajt4 1 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting These refer to the same place. -EXO 39 42 ct6k 1 Thus the people “And so the people” -EXO 39 43 t26m 1 behold The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows. -EXO 39 43 z79s 1 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it “They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them” -EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”
This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) -EXO 40 2 crr5 translate-hebrewmonths 1 the first day of the first month of the new year The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 40 3 iv52 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 40 3 l7fp 1 place the ark of the testimony in it “place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest” -EXO 40 3 psu3 1 shield the ark with the curtain “put the ark behind the curtain” -EXO 40 5 n4wx 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 40 5 a4xe 1 ark of the testimony This refers to the “sacred chest.” -EXO 40 8 zfl6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. -EXO 40 9 ce7i 1 all its furnishings “all the things that are a part of it” -EXO 40 12 yiq8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 40 12 j7ea 1 You are to bring Moses will do these things himself. -EXO 40 13 bs4j figs-activepassive 1 that are set apart to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 40 14 w7yw 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. -EXO 40 15 js17 1 throughout their people’s generations “through all the generations of their descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). -EXO 40 17 r6pc figs-activepassive 1 So the tabernacle was set up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 40 17 gzu5 translate-hebrewmonths 1 the first day of the first month This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 40:2](../40/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 40 17 wnh8 translate-ordinal 1 in the second year This is the second year after Yahweh brought his people out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 40 18 kk4n figs-explicit 1 Moses set up Moses was the leader. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 40 18 c6rm 1 posts a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support -EXO 40 21 l31p 1 He brought Moses was the leader. He had workers helping him. -EXO 40 21 n8r9 1 for it to shield “in front of” -EXO 40 24 sw1w figs-explicit 1 He put the lampstand into the tent of meeting Moses instructed his workers to move the lampstand. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Moses’ workmen set the lampstand inside the sacred tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 40 26 i5gg figs-explicit 1 in front of the curtain This curtain separated the holy place from the very holy place. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “in front of the curtain that separated the holy place from the very holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 40 31 bf9c figs-explicit 1 washed their hands and their feet from the basin They washed with water from the basin. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “washed their hands and their feet with water from the basin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 40 33 y62k וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו 1 In this way “And so” -EXO 40 34 ysd8 כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 Yahweh’s glory filled “Yahweh’s awesome presence filled” -EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַ⁠בֵּ֣ן הַ⁠יִּלּ֗וֹד הַ⁠יְאֹ֨רָ⁠ה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 was taken up from over - **saying, “You shall throw every new-born son into the river, but every daughter you shall let live.”** - A single level direct quote. While this particular instruction is very easy to rephrase as an indirect quote (in English), the use of **saying** in Hebrew suggests that this should be translated as a direct quotation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔⁠הוּ תְּחַיּֽוּ⁠ן 1 that it was lifted up - **you shall** - These are plural referring to all Pharaoh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) \ No newline at end of file +Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote VGLQuote OccurrenceNote vi_translate +EXO front intro b4pp הָ 1 "# Introduction to Exodus

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of Exodus

1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)

* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)

1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)

* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)

1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)

* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)

### What is the book of Exodus about?

Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.

The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the book of Exodus?

The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.

### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?

Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.

### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?

The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What was the Jewish Passover?

The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.

### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?

The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.

### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?

Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Thus says Yahweh

This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.

### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart

Between chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).

### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?

In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.

### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?

Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.

### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?

The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him." "Introduction to Exodus +Part 1: General Introduction +Outline of Exodus +1. 1. Y - sơ - ra - ên tại Ai Cập; chuẩn bị từ bỏ nô lệ +Gia phả thứ nhất ( 1: 1 – 6 ) +Y-sơ-ra-ên làm nô lệ tại Ai Cập ( 1: 7 – 22 ) +Lịch sử của Môi-se cho đến thời Xuất Hành ( 2: 1 – 4: 26 ) +Y-sơ-ra-ên chịu khổ tại Ai Cập ( 4: 27 – 6: 13 ) +Gia phả thứ hai ( 6: 14 – 27 ) +Môi-se và A-rôn đi đến Pha-ra-ôn ( 6: 28 – 7: 25 ) +Các tai vạ ( 8: 1 – 11: 10 ) +1. Chỉ dẫn cử hành Lễ Vượt Qua ( 12: 1 – 30 ) +2. Từ Ai Cập đến núi Si - na - i ( 12: 31 – 18: 27 ) +Lễ Vượt Qua; chuẩn bị rời Ai Cập; rời Ai Cập ( 12: 31 – 50, 13: 1 – 22 ) +Hành trình từ Ai Cập đến núi Sinai ( 14: 1 – 18: 27 ) +1. Núi Si - na - i và Luật Pháp ( 19 - 40 ) +Chuẩn bị cho giao ước ( 19: 1 – 25 ) +Mười Điều Răn ( 20: 1 – 17 ) +Giao ước được mô tả ( 20: 18 – 23: 33 ) +Dân sự đồng ý với giao ước; Môi-se trở về núi Si-nai ( 24: 1 – 18 ) +Thiết kế của đền tạm và những vật dụng trong đó; những gì được đòi hỏi nơi những người hầu việc trong đền tạm; chức năng của đền tạm ( 25: 1 – 31: 18 ) +Con bò con bằng vàng; Môi-se cầu nguyện cho dân sự ( 32: 1 – 33: 22 ) +Giao ước được mô tả lại ( 34: 1 – 35 ) +Đóng tàu và đồ đạc ( 35: 1 – 38: 31 ) cùng quần áo tế lễ ( 39: 1 – 43, 40: 1 – 33 ) +Đám mây ( 40: 34 – 38 ) +Sách Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký nói về điều gì? +Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký tiếp tục câu chuyện của quyển sách trước đó, Sáng thế ký. Phân nửa đầu tiên của Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký nói tới cách thức Đức Giê-hô-va khiến dòng dõi của Áp-ra-ham thành ra một dân tộc. Dân tộc này, sẽ được gọi là "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" , phải thuộc về Đức Giê-hô-va và thờ lạy Ngài. Nửa sau của Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký mô tả thể nào Đức Chúa Trời ban cho dân Israel luật pháp của Ngài qua Môi-se. Luật pháp Môi-se dạy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên cách vâng lời và thờ phượng Đức Giê-hô-va một cách đúng đắn. Sách Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký thuật lại thể nào dân Israel đã xây dựng đền tạm. Đền tạm là một cái lều, ở đó Đức Giê-hô-va sẽ ở giữa dân sự Ngài. Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đã thờ phượng và dâng sinh tế cho Đức Giê-hô-va tại đền tạm. Tựa đề của sách này nên được dịch như thế nào? +"" Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký "" có nghĩa là "" thoát ra "" hay "" khởi hành "" . Các dịch giả có thể dịch tựa đề này theo cách có thể truyền đạt đề tài một cách rõ ràng, chẳng hạn "" về việc dân Y - sơ - ra - ên rời khỏi xứ Ê - díp - tô "" hoặc "" cách dân Y - sơ - ra - ên rời khỏi xứ Ê - díp - tô "" . Ai đã viết sách Xuất Ai Cập Ký? +Các trước giả của cả Cựu Ước và Tân Ước trình bày Môi-se rất quan tâm đến việc viết sách Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký. Từ thời xa xưa, cả người Do Thái và Cơ Đốc nhân đều nghĩ rằng Môi-se đã viết Sáng Thế Ký, Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký, Lê-vi Ký, Dân Số Ký, và Phục Truyền Luật Lệ Ký. Tại sao Môi-se lại viết quá nhiều về việc Đức Chúa Trời giải cứu hay giải cứu dân Y-sơ-ra-ên? +Môi-se đã viết nhiều về việc Đức Chúa Trời giải cứu dân sự Ngài khỏi người Ai-cập để chứng minh rằng Yahweh là rất quyền năng. Ai Cập là quốc gia quyền năng nhất vào thời điểm đó, nhưng Đức Giê-hô-va vẫn có thể giải phóng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên khỏi người Ai Cập. Cũng vậy, bằng cách giải cứu dân Y-sơ-ra-ên, Đức Giê-hô-va đã chứng minh rằng Ngài đã chọn họ làm dân sự Ngài và họ nên thờ phượng Ngài. Sách Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký cho thấy sự ứng nghiệm các lời hứa đã ban cho Áp-ra-ham như thế nào? +Sách Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký cho thấy Đức Chúa Trời khởi sự làm ứng nghiệm lời hứa của Ngài với Áp-ra-ham. Trong Sáng thế ký, Đức Chúa Trời hứa với Áp-ra-ham rằng Ngài sẽ có nhiều con cháu và họ sẽ trở thành một dân lớn. Khi Đức Chúa Trời giải cứu dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ra khỏi Ai Cập, Ngài đưa họ đến núi Si-nai. Tại đó Ngài đã lập một giao ước với họ, và họ đã trở thành dân thuộc về Đức Giê-hô-va. Phần 2: NHỮNG KHÁI NIỆM TÔN GIÁO VÀ VĂN HÓA QUAN TRỌNG +Lễ Vượt Qua của người Do Thái là gì? +Lễ Vượt Qua của người Do Thái là một lễ hội tôn giáo. Đức Giê-hô-va đã ra lệnh cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải kỷ niệm lễ đó mỗi năm. Lễ Vượt Qua là một thời điểm để nhớ lại cách Đức Chúa Trời đã giải cứu Y-sơ-ra-ên khỏi Ai Cập. Bữa ăn lễ Vượt Qua đầu tiên được ăn vào buổi tối ngay trước khi họ rời Ai-cập. Luật pháp Môi - se là gì đối với dân Y - sơ - ra - ên? +Luật pháp Môi-se dạy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên về những điều Đức Giê-hô-va đòi hỏi họ làm như dân sự Ngài. Trong luật pháp, Đức Chúa Trời phán dạy dân sự phải sống thế nào để họ tôn kính Ngài. Ngài cũng dạy họ về nhu cầu của họ để dâng các con sinh tế. Đức Chúa Trời đòi hỏi những của lễ này để Ngài có thể tha thứ tội lỗi họ và tiếp tục sống giữa họ. Luật pháp cũng mô tả nhiệm vụ của các thầy tế lễ và cho biết cách xây dựng đền tạm. Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên phải là "" một nước thầy tế - lễ, cùng một dân - tộc thánh "" ( [ 19: 6 ] ) có nghĩa gì? +Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên là một dân thánh vì Đức Giê - hô - va tách họ ra khỏi mọi dân khác để thuộc về Ngài. Họ chỉ được tôn kính và thờ phượng một mình Ngài mà thôi. Điều này khiến họ khác biệt với tất cả các dân tộc khác trên thế giới. Các nước này thờ nhiều thần giả. Phần 3: NHỮNG VẤN ĐỀ QUAN TRỌNG VỀ DỊCH THUẬT +Yahweh phán như vầy +Cụm từ nầy được sử dụng nhiều lần trong Cựu Ước để giới thiệu bài diễn thuyết của Đức Giê-hô-va. Nhóm của bạn nên chọn một bản dịch tiêu chuẩn. Xem [ 4: Giới thiệu ] để biết thêm. Trái tim bướng bỉnh của Pha - ra - ôn +Giữa chương 4 và 14 có 18 trường hợp mà lòng của Pha - ra - ôn được miêu tả là mạnh ( 11x ) , nặng ( 6x ) , hoặc cứng ( 1x ) , và một trường hợp mà lòng của người Ê - díp - tô được miêu tả là mạnh. Đây là những ẩn dụ về tính ngoan cố, tức là không sẵn lòng vâng lời Đức Giê - hô - va hoặc ngay cả không muốn làm điều rõ ràng vì lợi ích tốt nhất của chính ông và người Ê - díp - tô. Nhiều nền văn hóa có những ẩn dụ tương tự, nhưng không phải tất cả đều dùng cùng một bộ phận cơ thể. Trong những trường hợp này, sáu lần có một sự mô tả trung lập rằng Pha-ra-ôn đã bướng bỉnh mà không nói ai đã làm cho ông như vậy ( [ 7: 13 ] , [ 7: 14 ] , [ 7: 22 ] , [ 8: 19 ] , [ 9: 7 ] , [ 9: 35 ] ) ; ba lần Pha-ra-ôn đã làm cho mình bướng bỉnh ( [ 8: 15 ] , [ 8: 32 ] , [ 9: 34 ] ) ; và mười lần Đức Giê-hô-va đã làm cho Pha-ra-ôn / người Ai Cập bướng bỉnh ( [ 4: 21 ] , [ 7: 3 ] , [ 9: 12 ] , [ 10: 1 ] , [ 10: 20 ] , [ 10: 27 ] , [ 11: 10 ] , [ 14: 4 ] , [ 14: 8 ] , [ 14: 17 ] ) +Trong những trường hợp này, sáu lần có một sự mô tả trung lập rằng Pha - ra - ôn ngang bướng mà không nói ai đã làm cho ông như vậy ( [ 7: 13 ] , [ 7: 14 ] , [ 7: 22 ] , [ 8: 19 ] , [ 9: 7 ] , [ 9: 35 ] ) ; ba lần Pha - ra - ôn tự làm cho mình ngang bướng ( [ 8: 15 ] , [ 8: 32 ] , [ 9: 34 ] ) ; và mười lần Đức Giê - hô - va làm cho Pha - ra - ôn / người Ê - díp - tô ngang bướng ( [ 4: 21 ] , [ 7: 3 ] , [ 9: 12 ] , [ 10: 1 ] , [ 10: 20 ] , [ 10: 27 ] , [ 11: 10 ] , [ +Tại sao những chi tiết về việc xây dựng đền tạm trong +Các chi tiết được lặp lại trong Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 35-40. Điều này cho thấy rằng dân sự phải cẩn thận làm chính xác như Đức Chúa Trời đã truyền. Có phải các biến cố theo thứ tự mà chúng thực sự xảy ra không? +Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Các dịch giả có lẽ cần nói rõ khi nào các biến cố xảy ra theo thứ tự khác thường. Đức Chúa Trời "" sống "" giữa dân Ngài có nghĩa gì? +Sách Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký trình bày Đức Chúa Trời sống trong đền tạm giữa dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Đức Chúa Trời ở khắp mọi nơi, nhưng Ngài sống giữa vòng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên theo một cách đặc biệt. God dwelling led with the israelites because they belonged to him. Ngài hứa dẫn dắt và ban phước cho họ. Đổi lại, dân sự phải thờ phượng và tôn vinh Ngài." +EXO 1 intro cj55 וַ 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Israel’s growth

Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, because the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### End of the famine

It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land, but instead, choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”

This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. "Exodus 01 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +This chapter is Intento Form a Smooth Transition from the Last Chapter of the Book of Genesis. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Sự tăng trưởng của Y-sơ-ra-ên +Y-sơ-ra-ên tăng trưởng về số lượng. Điều này nằm trong sự ứng nghiệm giao ước Đức Chúa Trời đã lập với Áp-ra-ham. Điều này cũng khiến người Ê - díp - tô rất quan tâm đến việc sẽ có nhiều người Y - sơ - ra - ên hơn người Ê - díp - tô, vì họ không thể tự bảo vệ mình trước một số đông người như thế. Pha - ra - ôn cũng tìm cách giết tất cả các bé trai để chúng không trở thành những chiến sĩ chiến đấu chống lại ông. Chấm dứt nạn đói kém +Rõ ràng là một thời gian đã trôi qua kể từ khi bắt đầu nạn đói kém đã đưa dân Y-sơ-ra-ên vào Ai Cập. Đức Giê-hô-va dường như đang trừng phạt dân Hê-bơ-rơ vì không trở về đất hứa, mà thay vào đó, Ngài chọn ở lại Ai Cập. Không có nỗ lực trở về nào được ghi lại là đã được thực hiện. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +"" Hết thảy dòng - dõi của Gia - cốp được 70 người "" +Con số này bao gồm cả con và cháu của Gia-cốp. Điều này có thể gây hoang mang, nhưng điều quan trọng cần nhớ là Gia - cốp chỉ có 12 con trai." +EXO 1 1 851f 1 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Các câu 1-7 là thông tin nền cho câu chuyện. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách sắp xếp thông tin cơ bản, hãy xem xét cách sử dụng những câu này. +EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" nhà "" ám chỉ tất cả những người sống chung với nhau, thường là một gia đình đông đảo có các tôi tớ. Bản dịch khác: "" Và người nhà mình """ +EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) "Từ ngữ được dịch là "" vào "" cũng có thể được dịch là "" vào "" . Sử dụng bất cứ hình thức nào là tự nhiên nhất trong ngôn ngữ của bạn." +EXO 1 1 e65z יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל… יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 ** """ Giacốp "" và "" Israel "" là hai cái tên dành cho cùng một người." +EXO 1 5 fv84 translate-numbers 1 seventy in number “70 in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 70 người """ +EXO 1 6 sh42 וַ 1 đều qua đời Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) Gia-cốp và các con trai ông đã trải qua quãng đời còn lại của họ trong Ai Cập và qua đời tại đó. +EXO 1 6 g5qg וְ 1 all his brothers **All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother” """ Hết thảy anh em mình "" bao gồm mười anh và một em trai. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có những từ khác nhau, bạn có thể nói "" mười anh em người và em người "" ." +EXO 1 6 8g2k אֶחָ֔י 1 anh em của ông This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một ví dụ về tính chiếm hữu trong quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 1 7 9uwr וּ 1 Người Y-sơ-ra-ên This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đây là lần đầu tiên trong nhiều lần trong sách này "" con cái Y-sơ-ra-ên "" đề cập đến dân tộc hay dân tộc Y-sơ-ra-ên. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 1 7 2ccy פָּר֧וּ וַֽ 1 sinh sản thêm nhiều dân số gia tăng đông đúc và trở nên rất mạnh mẽ All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) "Tất cả các động từ này đều có nghĩa tương tự và được sử dụng cùng nhau để nhấn mạnh rằng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên trở nên rất đông đúc. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không có nhiều từ có nghĩa tương tự, bạn có thể sử dụng ít từ hơn và diễn đạt sự nhấn mạnh theo một cách khác. Bản dịch khác: "" Nhân lên và trở nên cực kỳ nhiều """ +EXO 1 7 uo65 פָּר֧וּ… וַ 1 "Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28; " "Hãy so sánh bản dịch của bạn về "" kết quả … và sinh sản … và đất đã được lấp đầy "" ở đây với Sáng Thế Ký 1: 28; Kavunksơ-9: 1, 7; và đặc biệt là Sáng Thế Ký 35: 11, ở đây Đức Chúa Trời đổi tên Gia-cốp để được gọi là Israel." +EXO 1 7 nk2l figs-metaphor 1 were fruitful The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Sự ra đời của con cái dân Y - sơ - ra - ên được nói đến như thể chúng là cây sanh bông trái. Một bản dịch khác: "" Có nhiều con "" hoặc "" sinh nhiều con """ +EXO 1 7 r2f1 figs-activepassive וַ 1 the land was filled with them khắp xứ đâu cũng có họ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they filled the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Họ làm đầy đất """ +EXO 1 7 3tcv בִּ 1 Here the same word is used twice to emphasize how many the Israelite people had become. If your language does not repeat words like this, express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “with much power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Ở đây, cùng một từ được sử dụng hai lần để nhấn mạnh việc dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đã trở thành bao nhiêu người. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không lặp lại những từ như thế, hãy diễn đạt sự nhấn mạnh theo cách khác. Một bản dịch khác: "" Với nhiều quyền lực """ +EXO 1 7 piq4 writing-participants 1 with them Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Ở đây, "" họ "" ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 1 8 6y05 writing-newevent 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Câu này giới thiệu một sự kiện mới trong câu chuyện. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn đánh dấu điều này bằng những đặc điểm thảo luận cụ thể, hãy áp dụng chúng ở đây. +EXO 1 8 470t writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 Phục truyền câu chuyện bắt đầu với vị vua mới. Ngôn ngữ của bạn có thể có một cách cụ thể để giới thiệu những sự kiện mới hoặc nhân vật mới trong một câu chuyện. +EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַ 1 arose over Egypt lên ngôi cai trị Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" Ai Cập "" ám chỉ nơi chốn và dân sự của Ai Cập. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và một vị vua mới bắt đầu cai trị Ai Cập và đất nước Ai Cập """ +EXO 1 8 04cx figs-metonymy 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" Giô-sép "" đề cập đến cả con người Giô-sép và mọi việc lành mà ông đã làm cho Ai Cập. Xem bài The Ust." +EXO 1 9 tf59 1 He said to his people “And the king said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Và vua nói rằng """ +EXO 1 9 aku3 הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Kìa Here, **behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) "Ở đây, "" nầy "" thu hút sự chú ý đặc biệt đến những gì sắp được nói ra. Hãy dùng cách thu hút sự chú ý của người khác, là điều tự nhiên trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Hãy lắng nghe """ +EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession 1 his people The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Dân chúng được nói đến như thể họ thuộc về nhà vua. Đây là một ví dụ về tính chiếm hữu của mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 1 9 t7s1 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2. "Có một số điều mơ hồ về việc chính xác thì Pharaoh đang nói về ai. Đó có thể là: 1 ) Những người sống ở Ai Cập, người Ai Cập hoặc 2 ) một nhóm "" dân tộc của ông "" như các cố vấn, tướng lĩnh, quý tộc, hoặc bạn bè và gia đình của ông. Ngay cả nếu lựa chọn 1 có nghĩa là, rất có thể ông đã nói chuyện với một nhóm nhỏ hơn, như trong lựa chọn 2." +EXO 1 9 jik8 מִמֶּֽ 1 hơn chúng ta Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are” "Sử dụng một cách tự nhiên trong ngôn ngữ của bạn để so sánh các nhóm người không có quy mô cụ thể. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Nhiều hơn chúng ta """ +EXO 1 9 njuf figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Kìa Beginning from **behold** to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Bắt đầu từ "" nầy "" đến cuối [ câu 10 ] là một câu trích trực tiếp những gì vua ấy đã nói. Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để chỉ sự bắt đầu của lời trích dẫn." +EXO 1 10 hiq4 figs-exclusive 1 let us The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) "Từ "" chúng tôi "" bao hàm và chỉ về nhà vua và thần dân của ông ta, người Ai Cập." +EXO 1 10 8wvb grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) Vua đề nghị kết hợp hai sự kiện mang tính giả thuyết: 1. Thậm chí còn có nhiều người Do Thái hơn, 2. Có một trận chiến. Sau đó là một loạt hậu quả không mong muốn: 3. Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên kết hợp với kẻ thù, 4. Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên tấn công dân Ê - díp - tô, 5. Rời Ai Cập. Mặc dù hàng loạt hậu quả cũng mang tính chất giả thuyết, nhưng ngôn ngữ của vua cho thấy nếu 1 - 2 xảy ra thì 3 - 5 là chắc chắn. Sử dụng ngôn ngữ làm rõ rằng hai sự kiện đầu tiên là giả thuyết, và ba sự kiện tiếp theo là hậu quả có thể được dự đoán nếu hai sự kiện đầu tiên xảy ra. +EXO 1 10 jc1h וְ 1 leave the land và rời “and he leaves Egypt” """ Và người rời khỏi Ai Cập """ +EXO 1 10 ni77 figs-quotemarks הָ 1 xứ After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, phần trích dẫn trực tiếp những gì vua nói đến kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép ở cấp độ 1 hay bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ kết thúc một trích dẫn. +EXO 1 11 y2mi 1 taskmasters Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. Người Ê - díp - tô có phận sự bắt dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm việc khó nhọc. +EXO 1 11 o926 מִסִּ֔ים 1 những cai nô Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews” "Ở đây số nhiều có nghĩa là nhóm. Dịch thay thế: "" Đội làm việc """ +EXO 1 11 l9lj 1 to oppress them with hard labor “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians” """ Để bắt dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm việc khó nhọc cho người Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 1 11 pkz4 1 store cities These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Đây là những nơi mà các nhà lãnh đạo cất giữ lương thực và những thứ quan trọng khác để giữ họ an toàn. Một bản dịch khác: "" Những thành phố cất giữ mọi thứ để giữ chúng an toàn """ +EXO 1 11 dy34 1 "The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])" "Sở hữu là khách quan; lưu trữ hàng hóa là những gì xảy ra trong các thành phố." +EXO 1 12 c1fy וְ 1 Nhưng người Ai Cập càng áp bức dân Y-sơ-ra-ên thì dân số họ càng gia tăng và lan tràn ra This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Câu này bày tỏ một kết quả trái ngược với điều vua mong đợi. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách diễn đạt một điều gì đó xảy ra trái ngược với điều được mong đợi, hãy sử dụng cấu trúc đó. +EXO 1 12 pdfk figs-abstractnouns וַ 1 Vì vậy, người Ai Cập bắt đầu khiếp sợ “And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) """ Và họ sợ """ +EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִ 1 người Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là sự hiện diện của một người. Cụm từ này có nghĩa là người Ai Cập sợ sự tồn tại của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên trong xứ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Bất cứ khi nào họ thấy một người Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 1 13 j1q6 וַ 1 made…work rigorously Người Ai Cập bắt ... lao động Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Ở đây, "" Rigor "" là một danh từ được sử dụng để thay đổi động từ "" trở thành nô lệ "" . "" Rigor "" có thể đề cập đến việc công việc khó khăn như thế nào hoặc người Ai Cập đã đối xử tàn nhẫn với người Do Thái ra sao. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Và người Ai Cập đã bắt dân Israel phải làm việc cực nhọc "" hoặc "" và người Ai Cập đã bắt dân Israel phải làm việc cực nhọc """ +EXO 1 14 mx6v figs-metaphor 1 made their lives bitter The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Đời sống khó khăn của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên được nói đến như thể họ là thức ăn đắng khó ăn. +EXO 1 14 jre2 figs-abstractnouns בַּ 1 bằng sự phục dịch nặng nhọc **Slavery** is an abstract noun modified by **hard**. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) """ Chiếm hữu nô lệ "" là một danh từ trừu tượng được sửa đổi bởi từ "" khó "" . Bản dịch diễn ý: "" Bằng cách bắt họ làm việc cực nhọc như nô lệ """ +EXO 1 14 cuq7 1 mortar This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là một loại keo dán ướt hoặc bùn được đặt giữa những viên gạch hoặc đá để giữ chúng lại với nhau khi khô. +EXO 1 14 h5dx וּ 1 đúc gạch **Bricks** are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Gạch "" là những khối bùn, đất sét hình chữ nhật được dùng để xây dựng. Đất sét hoặc bùn đã được làm cứng hoặc dưới ánh nắng mặt trời hoặc bằng cách nung nóng nó lên nhiệt độ cao hơn theo những cách khác." +EXO 1 14 gzq7 1 All their required work was hard “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md) """ Người Ê-díp-tô bắt họ làm việc rất cực nhọc "" hay "" người Ê-díp-tô bắt họ làm việc rất cực nhọc "" hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều nầy trong [ câu 13 ]" +EXO 1 14 5nzx וַ 1 These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Các đại từ nầy đề cập tới người Ai Cập. +EXO 1 14 acj5 חַיֵּי 1 These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Những đại từ này đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 1 15 yoaj וַ 1 ra lệnh This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Câu này giới thiệu một sự kiện mới trong câu chuyện. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn đánh dấu điều này bằng những đặc điểm thảo luận cụ thể, hãy áp dụng chúng ở đây. +EXO 1 15 hhw1 1 midwives **Midwives** were women who helped a pregnant woman give birth to a baby. """ Bà mụ "" là những phụ nữ giúp đỡ một phụ nữ mang thai sinh con." +EXO 1 15 h8f8 translate-names 1 Shiphrah…Puah These are Hebrew women’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là những cái tên phụ nữ Do Thái. +EXO 1 15 h59t writing-participants 1 The midwives are introduced here as new participants in the story. Use your language’s way to introduce new characters in a story. Các bà đỡ được giới thiệu ở đây như những người tham gia mới trong câu chuyện. Sử dụng ngôn ngữ của bạn để giới thiệu các nhân vật mới trong một câu chuyện. +EXO 1 16 4wwz וַ 1 Ông ta bảo In the UST, **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md), because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off. "Trong Ust, "" và vua nói "" , được kết hợp với "" nói ra "" từ [ câu 15 ] , vì động từ dành cho "" nói "" được sử dụng hai lần trước khi ông nói. Điều nầy có thể là lạ lùng trong một số ngôn ngữ. Nếu không tự nhiên khi nói rằng nhà vua nói hoặc nói hai lần, bạn có thể bỏ đi một lần." +EXO 1 16 yovg figs-quotemarks בְּ 1 Khi mấy bà đỡ đẻ cho This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp những gì nhà vua đã nói. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 1 16 5lke בְּ 1 The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ "Vua đang phán với hai bà mụ, nên hình thức "" ngươi "" là số nhiều. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng các hình thức khác nhau của "" ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng một hình thức số nhiều hoặc số hai ở đây." +EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָ 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Phụ nữ ngồi trên chiếc ghế đẩu nhỏ này khi họ sinh con. Vì vậy, nó gắn liền với việc sinh con. Một bản dịch khác: "" Khi họ sinh con """ +EXO 1 16 nms7 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical 1 "Nêu lên hai nhận định này là những điều kiện giả định ( bắt đầu từ "" nếu "" ) với những chỉ dẫn về những gì các bà mụ nên làm trong mỗi tình huống ( bắt đầu từ "" sau đó "" ) ." +EXO 1 17 gy7k grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ 1 Nhưng ... kính sợ Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Dùng liên từ hay cấu trúc ngôn ngữ khác để diễn tả sự tương phản. +EXO 1 18 y9g5 1 midwives These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). Đây là những người phụ nữ đã giúp đỡ một người phụ nữ sinh con. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 1: 15 ] . +EXO 1 18 00l4 figs-quotemarks מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ 1 Sao mấy bà lại để cho ... sống This is a direct quote of the king’s question. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp câu hỏi của nhà vua. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hay bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ một trích dẫn. +EXO 1 18 y73k וַ 1 hỏi Sao mấy bà lại để cho ... sống This could be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and he asked them why they were letting the sons live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Điều này có thể được dịch là một lời trích dẫn gián tiếp. Dịch cách khác: "" Và Ngài hỏi họ tại sao họ để cho các con trai sống "" ." +EXO 1 18 q1sy מַדּ֥וּעַ עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן הַ 1 Why have you done this, and let the baby boys live? Sao mấy bà lại để cho ... sống Alternate translation: “Why have you not killed the baby boys?” "Một cách dịch khác là: "" Tại sao anh không giết những đứa bé trai? """ +EXO 1 18 8onv עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ן 1 mấy bà This **you** is plural. The king is speaking to the two midwives. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ """ Bạn "" này là số nhiều. Nhà vua đang nói chuyện với hai bà mụ. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng các hình thức khác nhau của "" ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều hoặc kép ở đây." +EXO 1 19 7t6z figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ 1 Phụ nữ Hê-bơ-rơ không như phụ nữ Ai Cập This is a direct quote of the midwives’ response. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là lời trích dẫn trực tiếp từ câu trả lời của bà đỡ. Nó có thể hữu ích cho người đọc của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 1 19 9gqe grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י לֹ֧א כַ 1 Phụ nữ Hê-bơ-rơ không như phụ nữ Ai Cập The midwives give a reason, **the Hebrew women are not like the Egyptian women**, and then they expand on that reason, **for they are lively** (or energetic), with the result that **before the midwife comes to them, they have given birth.**  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Các bà mụ đưa ra một lý do, "" những người đàn bà Hê-bơ-rơ không giống như những người đàn bà Ai-cập "" , và rồi họ mở rộng thêm về lý do đó, "" vì họ vốn sung sức "" ( hay đầy sinh lực ) , với kết quả là "" trước khi người nữ hộ sinh đến với họ, họ đã sinh con "" ." +EXO 1 19 0ppa figs-synecdoche וַ 1 Các bà mụ đáp lại It may not make sense in your language to say that multiple people said something, so you may need to translate it in the singular (see UST). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Nó có thể không có nghĩa trong ngôn ngữ của bạn để nói rằng nhiều người đã nói một cái gì đó, vì vậy bạn có thể cần phải dịch nó trong số ít ( xem UST ) . +EXO 1 19 2ivn הַֽ 1 Các bà mụ These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). Đây là những người phụ nữ đã giúp đỡ một người phụ nữ sinh con. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 1: 15 ] . +EXO 1 20 eh25 1 midwives These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). Đây là những người phụ nữ đã giúp đỡ một người phụ nữ sinh con. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 1: 15 ] . +EXO 1 20 h133 figs-doublet וַ 1 The people increased in numbers Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên cứ đông thêm và mạnh lên These words mean similar things and are used together to emphasize their numeric growth. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) Những từ này có nghĩa tương tự nhau và được dùng chung với nhau để nhấn mạnh sự tăng trưởng thuộc số của chúng. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không có nhiều từ có nghĩa như nhau, bạn có thể sử dụng ít từ hơn và diễn đạt sự nhấn mạnh theo một cách khác. +EXO 1 20 0wpb 1 This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Cụm từ này có liên hệ logic hơn với những lời tuyên bố trong câu 21. Nó mô tả kết quả của những bà mụ kính sợ Đức Chúa Trời bằng một lời tuyên bố chung chung. Có lẽ bạn cần sắp xếp lại hai vế 20 - 21 sao cho lý do ( vs 21 ) đứng trước kết quả chung và cụ thể. +EXO 1 21 3q9e וַ 1 This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Đây là lý do của những gì Đức Chúa Trời đã làm. Bạn có thể cần phải sắp xếp lại những điều 20 - 21 để lý do ( vs 21 ) đến trước cả những kết quả tổng quát và cụ thể. +EXO 1 21 pbve וַ 1 nên Ngài ban cho họ gia đình This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Điều này mô tả kết quả của những bà mụ kính sợ Chúa bằng một lời tuyên bố cụ thể. Bạn có thể phải sắp xếp lại hai từ vs 20 - 21 sao cho lý do ( vs 21 ) đứng trước kết quả chung và cụ thể. +EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families gia đình “households” """ Hộ gia đình """ +EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Lệnh này được ban ra để dìm chết các bé trai. Ý nghĩa đầy đủ của mệnh lệnh này có thể được làm sáng tỏ. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Bạn phải vứt bỏ mỗi bé trai mới sinh xuống sông để bé sẽ chết đuối "" hoặc "" Dìm chết mỗi bé trai xuống sông khi bé được sinh ra """ +EXO 1 22 a6b2 figs-quotations וַ 1 Pha-ra-ôn ra lệnh From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Từ "" ngươi sẽ "" đến cuối câu Kinh Thánh là một trích dẫn trực tiếp từ bài diễn văn của Pha-ra-ôn. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ dùng để chỉ một lời trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, có thể được dịch là một lời trích dẫn gián tiếp. Dịch cách khác: "" Và Pha - ra - ôn ra lệnh cho tất cả thần dân của ông ném tất cả bé trai xuống sông, nhưng để cho mọi bé gái được sống "" ." +EXO 1 22 stag figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔ 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ "Cách dùng của từ "" ngươi "" ở đây ám chỉ tất cả những người Ai Cập. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng dạng "" các ngươi "" khác nhau tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter


### Covenant
God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.


### Moses’ heritage
In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Identification of participants
- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.

### Ironic situations
- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.


- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. "Exodus 02 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Giao ước +Đức Chúa Trời bắt đầu liên hệ đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên dựa trên giao ước của Ngài với Áp-ra-ham, Y-sác và Gia-cốp. Di sản của Môi-se +Trong phần đầu của chương này, con gái Pha-ra-ôn công nhận Môi-se là một người Hê-bơ-rơ, nhưng trong phần cuối của chương này, dân Ma-đi-an tin rằng ông là một người Ai-cập. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +Nhận diện những người tham gia +- Môi-se là người tham gia duy nhất có tên trong phần lớn chương này. Sở dĩ như vậy là vì nhiều người tham gia đóng những vai rất phụ và vì phần này của câu chuyện đang tập trung vào cuộc đời của Môi-se. Những tình huống mỉa mai +- Trong khi Pharaoh cố gắng làm giảm bớt sức mạnh của người Israel bằng cách giết chết tất cả các bé trai của họ, Thiên Chúa đã dùng chính con gái của Pharaoh để cứu Moses. - Môi-se tin rằng ông phải là người giải cứu dân sự mình, nhưng họ lại khước từ ông. Cuối cùng, Moses đã đúng, nhưng Thiên Chúa vẫn chưa sai ông thực hiện nhiệm vụ đó." +EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent 1 Now "A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])" "Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây; điều đó có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn." +EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Đây là những thành viên mới. Họ không được nêu tên cho đến khi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 20 ] được nhận diện là Am - ram và Giô - kê - bết. Vì bây giờ tốt nhất là không nêu tên họ ra trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, nếu có thể được. +EXO 2 1 40u9 figs-idiom וַ 1 cưới This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Đây là một thành ngữ dành cho việc kết hôn. +EXO 2 2 s49k ט֣וֹב 1 khỏe mạnh Alternative translations: “pleasing,” “fine,” or “healthy” (UST) "Những cách dịch thay thế: "" làm vui lòng "" , "" tốt lành "" hoặc "" khỏe mạnh "" ( ust )" +EXO 2 2 q4c0 grammar-connect-logic-result וַ 1 Hiding the boy was a result of seeing that he was good. Alternative translation: “Since she saw … she hid him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Che giấu cậu bé là kết quả của việc thấy rằng mình là người tốt. Dịch thay thế: "" Kể từ khi cô nhìn thấy … cô đã giấu cậu bé """ +EXO 2 2 00k4 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה 1 ba 3 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 3 +EXO 2 3 t2gj translate-unknown תֵּ֣בַת גֹּ֔מֶא 1 papyrus basket một cái thúng cói This is a basket made from a tall grass that grows by the Nile River in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là một cái giỏ làm từ một loại cỏ cao mọc cạnh sông Nile ở Ai Cập. +EXO 2 3 tn3y figs-explicit וַ 1 sealed it with bitumen and pitch rồi trét kín nó bằng nhựa và hắc ín You could explicitly state that this was to keep out water. Alternate translation: “spread tar on it to keep water from getting into it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Bạn có thể khẳng định rõ ràng rằng đây là để ngăn nước tràn vào. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Trét hắc ín lên để ngăn nước tràn vào """ +EXO 2 3 wpb6 translate-unknown וַ 1 sealed rồi trét kín nó This means that she applied a waterproof coating. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Nghĩa là cô ấy đã bôi một lớp phủ chống thấm nước. +EXO 2 3 ym3k translate-unknown בַ 1 bitumen bằng nhựa This is a sticky black paste made from petroleum. It can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “with tar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Đây là bột nhão dính làm từ dầu mỏ. Nó có thể được sử dụng để ngăn nước bên ngoài. Thay vào đó là "" với hắc ín """ +EXO 2 3 v825 translate-unknown וּ 1 pitch và hắc ín This is a sticky brown or black paste that can be made from tree sap or from petroleum. Therefore, **pitch** would include not only bitumen but also plant-based resins. It too can be used to keep out water. Alternate translation: “and with tar” or “and with resin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Đây là một dính màu nâu hoặc đen có thể được làm từ nhựa cây hoặc dầu mỏ. Do đó, "" hắc ín "" sẽ bao gồm không chỉ nhựa bitum mà còn nhựa cây. Nó cũng có thể được sử dụng để ngăn nước bên ngoài. Một bản khác dịch là: "" và với hắc ín "" hoặc "" và với nhựa cây """ +EXO 2 3 y8gq translate-unknown בַּ 1 reeds giữa đám sậy These **reeds** were a type of tall grass that grew in flat, wet areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Những "" cây sậy "" này là một loại cỏ cao mọc ở những vùng đất bằng phẳng, ẩm ướt." +EXO 2 4 av8b וַ 1 at a distance Chị của nó đứng đằng xa This means she stood far enough away so that she would not be noticed, but close enough to see the ark. Use a word that expresses this sort of distance in your language. Điều này có nghĩa là cô ấy đứng đủ xa để không bị chú ý, nhưng đủ gần để nhìn thấy The Ark. Sử dụng một từ để diễn tả khoảng cách này trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 2 4 9m7y figs-abstractnouns מֵ 1 đằng xa This probably means somewhere in the reeds where she could see the basket, but no one would see her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Điều này có nghĩa là ở đâu đó trong đám lau sậy, nơi cô có thể nhìn thấy cái giỏ, nhưng sẽ không ai nhìn thấy cô. +EXO 2 4 4d7n figs-kinship אֲחֹת֖ 1 Chị của nó Here, the actions of **his sister** show that she is older. If your languages uses a different term for siblings based on their relative ages and/or the gender of the siblings use one that means “a boy’s older sister.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])
"Ở đây, hành động của "" em gái mình "" cho thấy cô bé đã lớn tuổi hơn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng một thuật ngữ khác nhau cho anh chị em dựa trên tuổi tương đối của họ và / hoặc giới tính của các anh chị em sử dụng một có nghĩa là "" chị gái của một cậu bé "" . Xem Ust." +EXO 2 4 z1cy grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ 1 để xem This is her purpose in being close by. Alternative translation: “in order to learn what would happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) "Đây là mục đích sống của cô ấy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Để biết điều gì sẽ xảy ra cho Ngài """ +EXO 2 5 1vls figs-go וַ 1 xuống ... dưới **Came down** may be literal or figurative, as important places are often considered to be in a higher place. This means she came from her home, probably Pharaoh’s palace. If a perspective is required for Pharaoh’s daughter, you may choose go or come as works best in your language. “Come” is better as the scene is at the river and she comes to the scene location. However, you also need to consider your language’s way of introducing new participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) """ Ngự xuống "" có thể hiểu theo nghĩa đen hoặc nghĩa bóng, vì những nơi quan trọng thường được xem là ở nơi cao hơn. Điều này có nghĩa là bà đến từ quê hương, có lẽ là cung điện của Pha - ra - ôn. Nếu con gái Pha - ra - ôn cần có cái nhìn khách quan, bạn có thể chọn đi hoặc đến nơi nào thuận lợi nhất trong ngôn ngữ của mình. "" Hãy đến "" sẽ tốt hơn khi cảnh quan là con sông và cô đến vị trí cảnh quan. Tuy nhiên, bạn cũng cần xem xét cách ngôn ngữ của bạn giới thiệu những người tham gia mới." +EXO 2 5 y26h writing-participants וַ 1 xuống ... dưới The **daughter of Pharaoh** is introduced here as a new participant. Along with choosing come or go as mentioned in the previous note, you may need to mark her introduction in a particular way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Con gái của Pha-ra-ôn "" được giới thiệu ở đây như là một người tham dự mới. Ngoài việc chọn đi hoặc đến như được đề cập trong phần ghi chú trước đó, bạn có thể cần đánh dấu lời giới thiệu của cô ấy theo một cách đặc biệt trong ngôn ngữ của bạn." +EXO 2 5 3van writing-participants וְ 1 các nàng hầu "These women are introduced here as new participants; however they are not mentioned again after this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])" "Những người phụ nữ này được giới thiệu ở đây như những người tham gia mới; tuy nhiên họ không được nhắc lại sau câu này." +EXO 2 5 im0d figs-metaphor עַל־יַ֣ד הַ 1 **Hand** is a metaphor for “side,” which in this case can be translated as the shore or bank (UST) of the river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) """ Tay "" là một ẩn dụ cho "" quả phụ, "" mà trong trường hợp này có thể được dịch là bờ hay bờ ( ust ) của dòng sông." +EXO 2 5 bi7s וְ 1 her attendants các nàng hầu These were the young women whose job it was to be with her and make sure nothing bad happened to her. Đây là những người phụ nữ trẻ có nhiệm vụ chăm sóc cô và đảm bảo không có gì xấu xảy ra với cô. +EXO 2 5 am7g writing-participants וַ 1 vớt lên It is not clear who is meant by **she** here, either Pharaoh’s daughter or the servant. It is likely that Pharaoh’s daughter stays the subject. Alternative translation: “and she took the ark from her slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Không rõ ai là "" nàng "" ở đây, hoặc là con gái của Pha-ra-ôn hoặc là tôi tớ. Rất có thể con gái của Pha - ra - ôn vẫn là đề tài. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và nàng đã lấy hòm của tôi tớ mình """ +EXO 2 6 g9n6 figs-exclamations וְ 1 Behold Kìa The word **behold** signals the surprising information that follows. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) "Từ "" kìa "" báo hiệu thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên sau đó. Xem Ust." +EXO 2 6 tyub grammar-connect-logic-result וַ 1 Cô cảm thương nó The text does not state exactly what caused her to have compassion on the baby. If a reason must be provided in your language it should be connected to either his crying (this is the better option) or that he was a “good” baby [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Đoạn văn không nói chính xác điều gì đã khiến cô có lòng trắc ẩn với em bé. Nếu phải đưa ra một lý do bằng ngôn ngữ của bạn thì lý do đó nên liên quan đến việc hoặc là em bé khóc ( đây là lựa chọn tốt hơn ) hoặc là em bé là một em bé "" tốt "" [ câu 2 ] ." +EXO 2 6 jg0d figs-quotemarks מִ 1 Đây hẳn là con của người Hê-bơ-rơ This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. It seems to have been said loud enough for the baby’s sister to hear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. Nó dường như đã được nói đủ lớn để chị của em bé nghe thấy. +EXO 2 7 3zvu figs-quotemarks וְ 1 một phụ nữ Hê-bơ-rơ để làm vú nuôi ... cho cô This is a direct quote of the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là lời trích dẫn trực tiếp từ chị của đứa bé. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một lời trích dẫn. +EXO 2 7 x5ja וְ 1 một phụ nữ Hê-bơ-rơ This is a suggestive question. The child’s sister is hopeful that Pharaoh’s daughter does not have a plan yet for the baby beyond saving his life. However, it is still a true question, for without Pharaoh’s daughter’s permission, the child’s sister will not be able to fetch the woman. If your language has a way of forming questions that are also suggestions, use it here. Đây là một câu hỏi gợi ý. Chị gái của đứa trẻ hy vọng rằng con gái của Pharaoh chưa có một kế hoạch nào cho đứa bé ngoài việc cứu sống nó. Tuy nhiên, đó vẫn là một câu hỏi đúng, vì nếu không có sự cho phép của con gái của Pharaoh, em gái của đứa trẻ sẽ không thể lấy được người phụ nữ. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách hình thành câu hỏi mà cũng là những gợi ý, hãy dùng nó ở đây. +EXO 2 7 psb2 figs-possession אֲחֹת 1 These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Chúng đều là sở hữu của các mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 7 d7aj מֵינֶ֔קֶת…וְ 1 nurse **To nurse** means to feed with milk from the breast. """ Cho bú "" có nghĩa là cho bú sữa từ vú." +EXO 2 7 tqq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ 1 để làm vú nuôi ... cho cô This is the purpose of the sister’s proposal. Alternative translation: “And she could nurse the infant for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) "Đây là mục đích của lời cầu hôn của người chị. Một cách dịch khác: "" Và chị ấy có thể cho con bú """ +EXO 2 8 ab1m figs-go לֵ֑כִי…וַ 1 The girl left Pharaoh’s daughter to go to the child’s mother. The girl was almost certainly on foot. Use verbs of motion that express this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Cô gái đã rời bỏ con gái của Pha-ra-ôn để đi đến cùng mẹ của đứa trẻ. Cô gái gần như chắc chắn đã đi bộ. Hãy dùng động từ để diễn tả điều này. +EXO 2 8 2456 figs-quotemarks לֵ֑כִי 1 Đi đi This is a direct quote. Pharaoh’s daughter commands the baby’s sister. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Con gái của Pharaoh ra lệnh cho em gái của đứa bé. Nó có thể hữu ích cho người đọc của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 2 8 lyyj figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֖ה…אֵ֥ם הַ 1 These are both the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Chúng đều là sở hữu của các mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 9 lmko figs-possession בַּת־פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là tính chiếm hữu của mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 9 u554 writing-participants לָ֣ 1 chị The child’s mother is reintroduced as a participant. Alternative translation: “to the baby’s mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Mẹ của đứa trẻ được giới thiệu lại như một người tham gia. Dịch thay thế: "" Cho mẹ của đứa bé """ +EXO 2 9 xp5x figs-quotemarks הֵילִ֜יכִי אֶת־הַ 1 Bà đem This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 2 9 mogg שְׂכָרֵ֑ 1 công This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s daughter would give to the mother in exchange for her service of nursing the baby. Điều này ám chỉ sự trả công mà con gái của Pha-ra-ôn sẽ dâng cho người mẹ để đổi lấy việc bà cho con bú. +EXO 2 9 hqsa figs-explicit וַ 1 The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Sự chấp nhận của người mẹ đối với thỏa thuận này được ngụ ý. Bạn có thể làm cho nó rõ ràng, như trong Ust. +EXO 2 10 zj8h grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ 1 she brought him Khi đứa trẻ đã khôn lớn thì chị dẫn nó An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) Một khoảng thời gian không xác định được chỉ định bởi điều này. Nó sẽ ở với mẹ ít nhất cho đến khi nó được cai sữa ( không còn uống sữa mẹ nữa ) . +EXO 2 10 ta4r figs-possession לְ 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là tính chiếm hữu của mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 10 j7n1 וַֽ 1 he became her son “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter” """ Và người được con nuôi của công chúa Pha - ra - ôn """ +EXO 2 10 h7to grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽ 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) "Những sự kiện này có khả năng xảy ra đồng thời, bởi vì hành động đặt tên cho anh ta có thể đã khiến anh ta trở thành "" như một đứa con trai của bà "" . Hãy xem xét việc sử dụng một liên từ không tạo nên một sự ngăn cách lớn giữa những sự kiện này." +EXO 2 10 nh2m מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַ 1 Because I drew him from the water là Môi-se và nói Vì Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’” "Các dịch giả có thể thêm vào một cước chú nói rằng: "" Tên Môi - se nghe giống như từ Hê - bơ - rơ có nghĩa là ' kéo dài ra ' . """ +EXO 2 10 ityq figs-quotations וַ 1 và nói Vì This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể được phát biểu gián tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. Dịch câu khác: "" Vì cô ấy nói cô ấy kéo anh ta lên khỏi mặt nước """ +EXO 2 10 yax4 translate-names מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 drew him là Môi-se **Moses** - (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Môi-se "" -" +EXO 2 11 tyol grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ 1 "A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])" "Một khoảng thời gian đáng kể đã trôi qua; những bản văn sau này nói rằng Môi-se đã 40 tuổi vào thời điểm này. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nhiều năm sau, khi Môi - se Lớn lên, ông đi ra ngoài """ +EXO 2 11 p7gx writing-newevent וַ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Điều này giới thiệu một sự kiện mới trong câu chuyện. Trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, hãy sử dụng một cụm từ biểu thị một sự kiện mới xảy ra sau khi khoảng thời gian quan trọng đã qua. +EXO 2 11 917y figs-go וַ 1 ông đi ra thăm "The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])" "Ust cung cấp một vị trí có thể rằng ông "" đi ra "" từ đó; nó cũng có thể chỉ đơn giản là ra từ khu vực Ai Cập hoặc đến khu vực làm việc hoặc các thành phố. Sử dụng đi hoặc đến nếu thích hợp trong ngôn ngữ của bạn." +EXO 2 11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 striking a Hebrew đánh “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew” """ Đánh một người Hê-bơ-rơ "" hay "" đánh một người Hê-bơ-rơ """ +EXO 2 12 m9bn figs-merism וַ 1 He looked this way and that way Ông nhìn quanh quất These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Hai hướng đối lập này có ý nghĩa kết hợp là "" mọi nơi "" . Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ngài nhìn quanh """ +EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-metonymy וַ 1 ông giết chết The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Ngữ cảnh cho thấy rõ rằng Môi-se đã đánh người Ai Cập đủ mạnh hoặc nhiều lần cho đến khi Môi-se giết chết ông ta. Hãy xem xét việc dùng một từ ám chỉ một đòn chí tử. +EXO 2 13 qn45 figs-go וַ 1 He went out ông đi ra See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 2: 11 ] . +EXO 2 13 83e6 translate-ordinal הַ 1 Hôm sau The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) "Số thứ tự ở đây có thể có nghĩa là "" ngày hôm sau "" ( ust ) hoặc chỉ đơn giản là vào một ngày nào đó sau những sự kiện của câu trước đó." +EXO 2 13 rgn1 figs-exclamations וְ 1 behold và kìa Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) "Ở đây, "" kìa "" cho thấy rằng Môise đã kinh ngạc bởi những gì ông đã nhìn thấy. Bạn có thể dùng một từ trong ngôn ngữ của mình để diễn đạt điều này." +EXO 2 13 i4d6 לָֽ 1 the one who was in the wrong người có lỗi Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight” "Dựa trên câu hỏi của Môise, điều này có nghĩa là người gây hấn hoặc người đàn ông tấn công người lân cận mình một cách sai trái. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Người gây sự đánh nhau """ +EXO 2 13 duob figs-quotemarks לָ֥ 1 Sao anh lại đánh bạn mình This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 2 14 qb2n figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ 1 Who made you a leader and judge over us? Ai đặt ông làm lãnh tụ và đoán xét chúng tôi The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Người này dùng câu hỏi này để quở trách Môi-se vì đã can thiệp vào cuộc chiến. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi không phải là lãnh đạo của chúng ta và không có quyền xét đoán chúng ta! """ +EXO 2 14 afne figs-quotemarks מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ 1 Ai đặt ông làm lãnh tụ và đoán xét chúng tôi Bộ ông định giết tôi như ông đã giết ... à This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 2 14 k6s5 figs-irony הַ 1 Are you planning to kill me as you killed that Egyptian? Bộ ông định giết tôi như ông đã giết ... à The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] "Người đàn ông dùng một câu hỏi ở đây để châm biếm. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Chúng tôi biết rằng hôm qua ông đã giết một người Ai Cập. Tốt hơn ông đừng giết tôi! "" +( Xem: [ [ [ RC: / / en / ta / man / translation / figs - response unkcies ] ]" +EXO 2 14 7qmk figs-rquestion הַ 1 Bộ ông định giết tôi như ông đã giết ... à The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Người đàn ông hỏi một câu hỏi nhằm mục đích đưa ra một lời tuyên bố. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ngươi nghĩ ngươi có thể giết ta mà không ai biết sao? +Chúng ta biết ngươi đã làm gì người Ai Cập """ +EXO 2 14 d2ja הַ 1 Bộ ông định giết tôi ... à “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me” """ Anh đang định giết tôi "" hay "" Anh đang dọa giết tôi """ +EXO 2 14 lyqh figs-aside אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַ 1 Việc mình làm hẳn đã bị lộ It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) Rất có thể đây là điều Môi-se đã nói với chính mình, nghĩa là, ông nghĩ điều đó với chính mình hơn là nói với những người đàn ông trước mặt mình. +EXO 2 14 vfw5 figs-quotations וַ 1 và nói Việc mình làm hẳn đã bị lộ It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Có thể rõ ràng hơn khi trình bày như một trích dẫn gián tiếp những gì rất có thể là một tư tưởng mà Môi-se đã có. Một cách dịch khác ( trích dẫn gián tiếp ) : "" Bởi vì ông nghĩ rằng mọi người đều biết ông đã làm gì """ +EXO 2 15 yutr וַ 1 ông ta bèn tìm cách giết Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST "Rất có thể Pha - ra - ôn đã giao việc này. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Và người tìm cách giết Môi - se "" ( lưu ý rằng dạng bị động này không có hiệu quả trong mọi ngôn ngữ ) ." +EXO 2 15 l5rc figs-metonymy מִ 1 His **face** means his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Mặt "" Ngài có nghĩa là sự hiện diện của Ngài." +EXO 2 15 otsl וַ 1 These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred. Đây là cùng một động từ. Có ba cách giải thích khả dĩ: 1. Môi-se sống ở Ma-đi-an. Một ngày nọ, ông ngồi bên giếng nước này. Đây có thể là giếng nước cho thị trấn nơi ông sống. 2. Môi-se sống ở Ma-đi-an. Nhà của ông ở bên giếng này. 3. Môi-se là một người lang thang. Ông đang ở Ma-đi-an và ngồi bên giếng nước này khi biến cố kế tiếp xảy ra. +EXO 2 16 shg5 writing-background וּ 1 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters Thầy tế lễ ở Ma-đi-an có bảy cô con gái This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Câu này là thông tin nền tảng. +EXO 2 16 pjzc writing-newevent וּ 1 Thầy tế lễ ở Ma-đi-an có bảy cô con gái This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) "Câu này được dùng để đánh dấu một sự chuyển tiếp. Tuy nhiên, mệnh đề cuối của câu trước đó ( "" và Ngài ngồi xuống bên giếng "" ) dường như có liên quan đến khung cảnh mới này nên có thể bạn muốn thực hiện sự chuyển tiếp của mình tại đó như đã được thực hiện tại Ust." +EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַ 1 bảy cô con gái Họ đến giếng The **daughters** are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Các "" con gái "" là những người tham gia mới. Hãy cho thấy điều đó một cách tự nhiên trong ngôn ngữ của bạn." +EXO 2 16 sm8f figs-go וַ 1 Họ đến giếng The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Viễn cảnh của câu chuyện được đặt ở cái giếng. Các cô con gái đến từ nơi khác đến cái giếng. Có lẽ họ đã đi bộ. Ở đây mỗi ngôn ngữ sẽ cần chọn từ thích hợp. +EXO 2 16 v5yk figs-possession וּ 1 Thầy tế lễ ở Ma-đi-an có bảy cô con gái This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là tính chiếm hữu của mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 16 esdm translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 bảy 7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) 7 +EXO 2 16 i2jh וַ 1 drew water múc nước This means that they brought up water from a well. Điều này có nghĩa là họ lấy nước từ một cái giếng. +EXO 2 16 g1e6 translate-unknown הָ֣ 1 troughs máng These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là những vật dụng chứa đựng dài, hẹp, để mở cho động vật ăn hoặc uống. +EXO 2 16 p3uo figs-possession צֹ֥אן אֲבִי 1 cho bầy gia súc của cha mình "There are two possessives here: 1) **their father** is the possessive of social relationship; 2) **the flock of … father** is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])" "Ở đây có hai vật sở hữu: 1 ) "" Cha của họ "" là vật sở hữu của mối quan hệ xã hội; 2 ) "" Bầy chiên của … Cha "" là vật sở hữu của quyền sở hữu." +EXO 2 17 k5yc figs-go וַ 1 đến A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Một nhóm người đến. Có thể họ đã đi xa trước khi đến và đuổi những người phụ nữ đó đi. +EXO 2 17 zksv writing-participants הָ 1 mấy gã chăn chiên These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Họ là những người tham gia mới, rất ngắn gọn. +EXO 2 17 z17m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ 1 helped them nhưng Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Hãy sử dụng một lối diễn đạt cho thấy những gì Môi-se đã làm là bất ngờ. +EXO 2 18 omzv figs-go וַ 1 các cô gái đi gặp The daughters came from the well to their father, probably on foot. You can use come or go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Hai cô con gái đi từ giếng đến chỗ bố, có lẽ là đi bộ. Bạn có thể sử dụng đến hoặc đi. +EXO 2 18 7t7t translate-names רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 là Rê-u-ên **Reuel**, a name or perhaps a title, is used of the man only here and in Numbers 10:29. He is otherwise called “Jethro.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Remanuel "" , một cái tên hoặc có lẽ là một tước hiệu, được sử dụng chỉ ở đây và trong Dan 10: 29. Ông còn được gọi là "" Jethro. """ +EXO 2 18 95f3 writing-participants רְעוּאֵ֖ל 1 là Rê-u-ên The priest of Midian was mentioned in [v. 16](../02/16.md) in a background statement but is a new participant starting here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Thầy tế lễ xứ Ma-đi-an được nói tới trong [ v. 16 ] trong một lời tuyên bố lai lịch nhưng là một người tham gia mới bắt đầu ở đây. +EXO 2 18 tiqh figs-possession אֲבִי 1 cha mình This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một sự chiếm hữu trong mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 18 lukb figs-quotations וַ 1 ông hỏi Sao hôm nay các con về nhà sớm vậy This is a direct quote. You could use an indirect quotation such as “and he asked how they were able to return so quickly that day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Bạn có thể sử dụng một trích dẫn gián tiếp chẳng hạn như "" và anh ta hỏi làm thế nào họ có thể trở lại nhanh như vậy trong ngày hôm đó "" ." +EXO 2 18 44at figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 về nhà Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) "Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Khi trở về """ +EXO 2 19 r01g figs-quotemarks אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖ 1 Một người Ai Cập đã cứu chúng con khỏi mấy gã chăn chiên This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 2 19 3g80 אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Một người Ai Cập Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses. Các con gái của Giê-trô cho rằng Môi-se là người Ai Cập. Khi bạn dịch nó, bạn cần phải rõ ràng rằng điều này đề cập đến Môi-se. +EXO 2 19 hvb4 מִ 1 khỏi **Hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Tay "" theo nghĩa bóng chỉ về quyền lực, sự kiểm soát hoặc hành động của những người chăn. Một cách dịch khác: "" Khỏi sức mạnh của "" hoặc "" Khỏi sự tổn hại của "" hoặc xem Ust." +EXO 2 19 6gvb figs-idiom 1 The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Từ ngữ được lặp đi lặp lại này diễn tả sự ngạc nhiên hoặc nhấn mạnh tầm quan trọng của hành động tử tế của Môi-se đối với phụ nữ. +EXO 2 20 x73j figs-possession בְּנֹתָ֖י 1 các con gái mình This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một sự chiếm hữu trong mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 20 x9yb figs-rquestion וְ 1 Why did you leave the man? Vậy người đó ở đâu Sao các con bỏ ... mà đi These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Những câu hỏi này là một lời quở trách nhẹ nhàng đối với các con gái vì đã không mời Môi-se vào nhà họ theo lòng hiếu khách bình thường của nền văn hóa đó. Một bản dịch khác: "" Các ngươi không nên bỏ mặc người này tại giếng nước! """ +EXO 2 20 p6xh figs-quotemarks וְ 1 Vậy người đó ở đâu Sao các con bỏ ... mà đi This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 2 20 mb8w writing-participants ל֖ 1 ông ta **Him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Ngài "" ám chỉ Môise." +EXO 2 20 hal8 figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 để ông ta dùng bữa **Bread** is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) """ Bánh mì "" được dùng để chỉ về thức ăn nói chung. Một cách dịch khác: "" thức ăn """ +EXO 2 21 zvr1 וַ 1 Moses agreed to stay with the man Môi-se đồng ý ở lại “Moses agreed to live with Reuel” """ Môi-se đồng ý chung sống với Remanuel """ +EXO 2 21 y3q7 translate-names צִפֹּרָ֥ה 1 Zipporah là Sê-phô-ra **Zipporah** is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Sê-phô-ra "" là con gái của Remanuel ( Giê-trô ) ." +EXO 2 21 4j8b figs-possession בִתּ֖ 1 con gái mình This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một sự chiếm hữu trong mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 2 22 l3xg figs-quotemarks גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ 1 Tôi là cư dân trong đất ngoại quốc Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Chỉ có phần này là trích dẫn. Như một khả năng để làm rõ, Ust bao gồm cả hai sự kiện nói chuyện như một trích dẫn. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 2 22 n5b1 translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 Gershom Ghẹt-sôn This is Moses’ son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là con trai của Moses. +EXO 2 22 f76m translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 Ghẹt-sôn His name, **Gershom**, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) "Tên của ông, "" Gershom "" , nghe hơi giống tiếng Hy-bá-lai có nghĩa là "" một người lạ ở đây "" . Bạn có thể xem xét cách dùng một cước chú để giải thích điều đó." +EXO 2 22 q7d8 גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּ 1 resident in a foreign land Tôi là cư dân trong đất ngoại quốc “stranger in a foreign land” """ Khách lạ kiều ngụ trong xứ lạ """ +EXO 2 23 fjkt writing-newevent וַ 1 Một thời gian dài sau đó This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephen’s sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) "Điều này giới thiệu một phần mới và một loạt các sự kiện. Một lượng lớn thời gian trôi qua. Theo bài giảng của Ê-tiên trong Cong 7: 30, Môi-se đã ở Ma-đi-an 40 năm. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Đây là điều đã xảy ra trong nhiều ngày Môi - se ở Ma - đi - an "" ." +EXO 2 23 1kw0 writing-background וַ 1 Một thời gian dài sau đó Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Các câu 23 - 25 tóm tắt những gì đã xảy ra ở Ai Cập, với dân Y - sơ - ra - ên và Đức Chúa Trời trong thời Môi - se bị lưu đày. Những câu này cung cấp thông tin cơ bản để hình thành bối cảnh. +EXO 2 23 csg2 וַ 1 groaned than van They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply” "Họ "" than - thở "" vì buồn rầu và đau khổ. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Thở dài """ +EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification וַ 1 their pleas went up to God và lời cầu xin của họ thấu đến The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Tiếng kêu khóc của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên được nói đến như thể họ là một người và có thể đi lên nơi Đức Chúa Trời ngự. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và tiếng kêu la của họ nổi lên """ +EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַ 1 God called to mind his covenant This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là cách nói theo phong tục rằng Đức Chúa Trời nghĩ về những gì Ngài đã hứa. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và Đức Chúa Trời nhớ lại """ +EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### God’s holiness

God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Yahweh

The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Participants

“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. "Exodus 03 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +Chương này ghi lại một trong những sự kiện quan trọng nhất trong lịch sử dân Y-sơ-ra-ên: Sự mặc khải về danh Yahweh tại bụi gai cháy. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +SỰ THÁNH KHIẾT CỦA ĐỨC CHÚA TRỜI +Đức Chúa Trời thánh khiết đến nỗi con người không thể nhìn xem Ngài mà không chết. Đây là lý do tại sao Môi - se che mắt mình lại. Đó cũng là lý do tại sao ông cởi giày ra. Đức Giê-hô-va +Danh Yahweh là thiêng liêng trong tôn giáo Hê-bơ-rơ. Đó là danh riêng của Đức Chúa Trời, mà Ngài đã tỏ ra cho Môi-se. Ấy là bởi danh nầy mà người ta nhận biết Ngài. Ðức Giê hô va có nghĩa là "" Ta là "" . Một số bản dịch sử dụng mọi chữ hoa để phân biệt, "" Ta là "" . Phải hết sức cẩn thận khi dịch cụm từ "" Ta là Đấng Ta là "" . Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác trong việc dịch thuật trong chương này +NHỮNG NGƯỜI THAM GIA +"" Thiên sứ của Đức Giê-hô-va "" , "" Giê-hô-va "" và "" Đức Chúa Trời "" đều xuất hiện để phán cùng Môi-se và tương tác với ông từ bụi gai cháy. Hơn nữa, Đức Chúa Trời phán rằng danh Ngài là "" Ta là "" . ( Xin xem chú thích ở trên về Đức Giê - hô - va và ta là ) . Giê-hô-va và Đức Chúa Trời là một trong khi có sự suy đoán về việc thiên sứ của Đức Giê-hô-va là ai." +EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּ 1 Bấy giờ Môi-se vẫn đang chăn This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Cụm từ nầy mang trọng tâm câu chuyện trở lại với người Mađian và Môise. +EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background וּ 1 Bấy giờ Môi-se vẫn đang chăn Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Câu 1 cung cấp bối cảnh trực tiếp, thiết lập bối cảnh cho sự tương tác của Môi-se với Đức Giê-hô-va. +EXO 3 1 jv7b figs-possession צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ 1 bầy của ... là Giê-trô This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một sở hữu chiếm hữu. +EXO 3 1 1p00 figs-possession חֹתְנ֖ 1 cha vợ mình This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một sự chiếm hữu trong mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 thầy tế lễ xứ Ma-đi-an This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một sự chiếm hữu trong mối quan hệ xã hội. Jethro là một thầy tế lễ phục vụ người Midianite. +EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַ 1 đến “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) """ Và Ngài đến tại """ +EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָ 1 núi của Thiên Chúa This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là sự kết hợp sở hữu. Ngọn núi này đã được liên kết với Đức Chúa Trời theo cách nào đó. Trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 3: 12 ] Đức Chúa Trời nói với Môi - se rằng Ngài và dân Y - sơ - ra - ên sẽ phụng sự Ngài trên núi này. Sau đó, lời hứa này được ứng nghiệm, và đó là nơi Đức Chúa Trời lập giao ước với dân Y - sơ - ra - ên và ban cho họ 10 điều răn. Vì thế, có lẽ sau này người ta gọi đó là núi của Đức Chúa Trời ( như Môi - se có lẽ đã viết sách này sau khi dân Y - sơ - ra - ên lang thang trong đồng vắng ) . Tuy nhiên, có thể núi này đã được liên kết với sự hiện diện hoặc sự thờ phượng của Đức Chúa Trời bằng cách nào đó trước khi Môi - se dẫn bầy chiên đến đó. +EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠ 1 một thiên sứ của Chúa Hằng Hữu hiện ra với ông This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening. Đây là bản tóm tắt những gì đã xảy ra. Những câu kế tiếp kể câu chuyện về điều này đã xảy ra như thế nào và Môi - se khám phá ra điều gì đang xảy ra. +EXO 3 2 x5ci 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. Đây là danh của Đức Chúa Trời mà Ngài đã mặc khải cho dân sự Ngài trong Cựu Ước. See the Translation ationword page about Yahweh concerning how to translation this. +EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ 1 behold và kìa bụi gai cháy nhưng bụi gai không tàn The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) "Từ ngữ "" nầy "" ở đây cho thấy rằng Môise đã nhìn thấy một việc rất khác với những gì ông mong đợi. Ông mong rằng bụi cây sẽ hoàn toàn bị lửa thiêu rụi. Hãy xem xét việc dùng thán từ trong ngôn ngữ của bạn để diễn tả rằng điều kế tiếp là một điều bất ngờ." +EXO 3 2 3bvb figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 tàn **Being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Bị tiêu hao "" có nghĩa là bị ăn thịt hoàn toàn cho đến khi qua đời. Trong trường hợp của lửa, đây là một hoán dụ cho việc đốt cháy hoàn toàn cho đến khi chết." +EXO 3 3 fpww figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְ 1 "This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])" "Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó không được xác định là Môi-se đã nói chuyện với ai; ông có thể đã ở một mình hoặc với một nhóm người chăn bầy hoặc gia đình của ông. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn." +EXO 3 4 ue8v writing-participants יְהוָ֖ה… אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Cả hai thuật ngữ này đều đề cập đến cùng một hữu thể vì danh của Đức Chúa Trời là Giê-hô-va. +EXO 3 5 60ah figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 3 5 prv9 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י הַ 1 set apart vì chỗ con đang đứng This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Đây là lý do Môi-se phải thôi không đến gần bụi gai đang cháy và cởi giày mình ra. Ngôn ngữ của bạn có thể cần phải đặt lý do lên trên mệnh lệnh, chẳng hạn như: "" Nơi các ngươi đang đứng là đất thánh, đừng đến gần đây. Hãy cởi giày ở chân ra "" ." +EXO 3 6 sxk8 אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י 1 the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob Ta là Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ con Thiên Chúa của Áp-ra-ham Thiên Chúa của Y-sác và Thiên Chúa của Gia-cốp All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob” "Tất cả những người này đều thờ phượng cùng một Đức Chúa Trời. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Đức Chúa Trời của tổ phụ ngươi, của Áp - ra - ham, của Y - sác và của Gia - cốp """ +EXO 3 6 3qwa figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י 1 Ta là Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ con Thiên Chúa của Áp-ra-ham Thiên Chúa của Y-sác và Thiên Chúa của Gia-cốp This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Đây là một trích dẫn trực tiếp. Ust tiếp tục trích dẫn từ câu 5 hơn là bao gồm một bổ sung "" ông đã nói. "" +Điều này có thể tự nhiên hơn trong một số ngôn ngữ. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn." +EXO 3 6 l5sy אָבִ֔י 1 your father tổ phụ con Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father. "Ý nghĩa có thể là ( 1 ) "" tổ tiên của bạn "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Cha của bạn "" . Nếu nó có nghĩa là "" tổ tiên của bạn "" , thì những cụm từ theo sau nó làm rõ "" cha của bạn "" ám chỉ ai: nó ám chỉ Áp - ra - ham, Y - sác và Gia - cốp. Nếu nó có nghĩa là "" cha của bạn "" , thì nó ám chỉ chính cha của Môi - se. Hầu hết mọi trường hợp, tốt nhất nên dịch là "" cha của bạn "" , tức là +Hầu hết mọi trường hợp, tốt nhất nên dịch nó là "" cha của các ngươi "" , tức là Amram, cha của Môi-se." +EXO 3 6 lfbb וַ 1 Khi ấy Môi-se che mặt mình lại vì ông sợ nhìn xem Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md)) "Lý do: "" Vì người sợ nhìn - xem Đức Chúa Trời "" kết quả: "" Môi - se liền giấu mặt mình đi "" một số ngôn ngữ có lẽ cần lý do trước khi kết quả ) ." +EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, một lời trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu được tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 10 ] . Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 3 7 xoz0 figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 Thật Ta đã nhìn thấy The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Việc lặp đi lặp lại từ "" thấy "" diễn tả cường độ, tính chắc chắn, hay sự sáng tỏ trong cái nhìn của Đức Giê-hô-va." +EXO 3 7 tpk0 figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖ 1 There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) "Có hai vật sở hữu ở đây. 1 ) "" Nỗi khổ của … con người "" : đây là một từ sở hữu liên quan đến sự kiện, trong đó con người là đối tượng của nỗi khổ. Họ bị đối xử tệ bạc như nô lệ. 2 ) "" Dân ta "" : Từ này khó hơn vì nó liên quan đến cả quyền sở hữu lẫn tính sở hữu trong mối quan hệ xã hội. Đức Chúa Trời xem dân Ngài là tài sản của Ngài, và Ngài cũng ở trong mối quan hệ với họ như là Đức Chúa Trời của họ vì họ là con cháu của Áp-ra-ham, dù lúc này có thể họ không biết Đức Chúa Trời là con cháu của họ." +EXO 3 7 p3tx figs-metonymy מִ 1 vì cớ bọn cai nô **Faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Mặt đối mặt "" ám chỉ toàn bộ con người hay sự hiện diện của ( các ) người đang áp bức dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu hình ảnh này được dùng trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể dịch ra. Nếu một hình ảnh tương tự được dùng, bạn có thể xem xét việc dùng nó. Nếu không phải thế, bạn có thể bỏ từ "" mặt "" và dịch nghĩa." +EXO 3 7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י 1 taskmasters bọn cai nô “his oppressors” """ Kẻ hà - hiếp """ +EXO 3 7 ofxt כִּ֥י 1 The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength. Mối liên kết có lẽ đang vận hành mô thức ở đây, làm tăng thêm sự diễn đạt tri thức của Đức Giê-hô-va. Bản dịch của bạn nên diễn đạt tri thức của Đức Giê-hô-va một cách chắc chắn hoặc mạnh mẽ. +EXO 3 7 mfn2 figs-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔י 1 These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them…their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Những đại từ này, "" Ngài "" và "" Ngài "" , đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên như một nhóm từ ở dạng số ít. Họ đồng ý với "" các dân "" như một danh từ tập thể trong [ 3: 6 ] . Một số ngôn ngữ có thể phải sử dụng đại từ số nhiều. Những ngôn ngữ khác có thể phải ghép giới tính của đại từ với giới tính của từ "" các dân "" trong ngôn ngữ của họ. Nếu cần, thay đổi "" Ngài "" thành "" họ "" hoặc thay đổi "" Ngài "" thành "" nàng "" hoặc "" nó "" ( tùy thuộc vào giới tính ngữ pháp của "" người "" . ) +Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Những kẻ áp bức họ … nỗi thống khổ của họ """ +EXO 3 7 hkcj figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽי 1 sự khốn khổ của họ This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) "Đây là một sự kiện - liên quan đến tính chiếm hữu nơi dân chúng ( như một nhóm: "" Ngài "" ) là đối tượng của sự thống khổ. Bản dịch của bạn nên diễn đạt rằng họ đang ở trong tình trạng đau khổ ( khổ não ) về tâm thần và tình cảm." +EXO 3 7 ui28 figs-explicit מַכְאֹבָֽי 1 sự khốn khổ của họ It is implied that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish) because they are treated badly as slaves. You may make this explicit. Alternate translation: “his anguish from his slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này ngụ ý rằng họ đau khổ về tinh thần và tình cảm sâu xa ( đau khổ ) vì bị đối xử tệ bạc như nô lệ. Bạn có thể nói rõ điều này. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nỗi đau khổ khi phải làm nô lệ """ +EXO 3 8 9ia8 grammar-connect-logic-result וָ 1 Ta đã ngự xuống Verse 8 contains God’s intended result from his acts of seeing and hearing, expressed in both verses 7 and 9. You may need to expressly mark this, for instance by introducing verse 8 with something like “therefore,” and verse 9 with something like “again, because.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Câu 8 chứa đựng kết quả ý định của Đức Chúa Trời từ những hành động thấy và nghe của Ngài, được bày tỏ trong cả hai câu 7 và 9. Bạn có thể cần đánh dấu rõ ràng điều này, ví dụ bằng cách mở đầu câu 8 với một số từ như "" vì vậy "" , và câu 9 với một số từ như "" vì "" ." +EXO 3 8 xy36 figs-go וָ 1 Ta đã ngự xuống God is figuratively expressing that he is descending from heaven to earth to intervene. God is always everywhere, but this means his special attention will be directed to this situation. Use whatever form of come or go is appropriate in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Đức Chúa Trời đang diễn đạt theo nghĩa bóng rằng Ngài đang ngự từ trời xuống đất để can thiệp. Đức Chúa Trời luôn luôn ở khắp mọi nơi, nhưng điều này có nghĩa là Ngài sẽ đặc biệt chú ý đến tình trạng này. Hãy dùng bất cứ hình thức đến hoặc đi nào trong ngôn ngữ của bạn để nói về điều này. +EXO 3 8 nahb figs-collectivenouns לְ 1 Here, **him** refers in the singular to the Israelites as a group. It is agreeing with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. See what you did in the [previous verse](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, "" Ngài "" đề cập trong số ít đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên như một nhóm. Nó đồng nhất với "" các dân "" như một danh từ tập thể trong [ 3: 6 ] . Một số ngôn ngữ có thể phải dùng đại từ số nhiều. Những ngôn ngữ khác có thể phải ghép giới tính của đại từ với giới tính ngữ pháp của từ "" người ta "" trong ngôn ngữ của họ. Hãy xem bạn đã làm gì trong [ câu trước ] ." +EXO 3 8 8afv figs-metaphor מִ 1 quyền lực của Someone’s **hand** is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) """ Bàn tay "" của ai đó là một ẩn dụ phổ biến về quyền lực và sự kiểm soát. Sử dụng một hình ảnh tương tự nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có." +EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִ 1 quyền lực của người Ai Cập This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) "Đây là một sự chiếm hữu nơi người Ai Cập là đối tượng của "" bàn tay "" , có nghĩa là quyền lực. Người Ai Cập đã sử dụng quyền lực và sự kiểm soát của họ để áp bức dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Sử dụng một cụm từ trong ngôn ngữ của bạn diễn tả ý tưởng của một nhóm người có quyền lực." +EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey** are in parallel with each other. Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) "Có nhiều cấp độ song song ở đây. Thứ nhất, những lời tuyên bố "" cho đến xứ tốt tươi và rộng rãi "" và "" cho đến xứ đượm sữa và mật "" là song song với nhau. Trong mỗi cấp độ đó, "" tốt tươi "" và "" rộng rãi "" song song với nhau và cũng "" sữa "" và "" mật "" song song với nhau. Mỗi cấp độ này có nghĩa là để củng cố và mở rộng lẫn nhau. Đây không phải là những thí dụ về sự song song đồng nghĩa, và mỗi phần của lời tuyên bố nên được dịch." +EXO 3 8 37fp figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ 1 sữa và mật "Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])" "Ở đây, "" sữa "" là một hoán dụ cho động vật nuôi và các sản phẩm thực phẩm thu được từ chúng; "" mật ong "" là một hoán dụ cho các thực phẩm thu được từ các cây trồng. Xem Ust và [ chú thích kế tiếp ] ( [ [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 03 / 08 / pxy8 ] )" +EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey một xứ đượm sữa và mật God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Đức Chúa Trời nói rằng đất tốt cho động vật và thực vật như thể sữa và mật từ những động vật và thực vật đó đang chảy qua đất. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translation it, if your language has metaphor that mean a land is good for produced health cattle and good plants, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translation the meaning. Xem Ust. +EXO 3 8 dtz9 1 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of” """ Đầy dẫy "" hay "" với sự dư dật """ +EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk sữa Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Vì sữa đến từ bò và dê, điều này đại diện cho thực phẩm do gia súc sản xuất. Bản dịch khác: "" Thức ăn từ gia súc """ +EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּ 1 honey và mật Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Vì mật ong được làm từ hoa, nên nó tượng trưng cho thực phẩm từ cây trồng. Bản dịch khác: "" Thực phẩm từ cây trồng """ +EXO 3 9 a2kf grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 Giờ đây This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Điều này có chức năng như một dấu hiệu thảo luận diễn đạt kết luận logic. "" Bởi vậy """ +EXO 3 9 tp2v figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֛ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” "Đây là một thuật ngữ có nghĩa là tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì diễn giả sắp nói. Nếu không có một cách tốt để dịch thuật này trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, thuật ngữ này có thể được bỏ ra khỏi bản dịch, hoặc bạn có thể sử dụng một bản dịch thay thế như "" chắc chắn "" . BẢN DIỄN Ý" +EXO 3 9 uup9 figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑ 1 the shouts of the people of Israel have come to me tiếng kêu la của Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Ở đây, "" tiếng kêu "" được nói đến như thể nó là một người có khả năng tự mình di chuyển. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Tôi đã nghe tiếng kêu khóc của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 3 9 gwou figs-abstractnouns רָאִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ 1 Ta đã thấy Here, **oppression** is an abstract noun which you could translate as a verb if you cannot use this form in your language. Alternate translation: “I have seen how the Egyptians are oppressing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Ở đây, "" sự áp bức "" là một danh từ trừu tượng mà bạn có thể dịch thành động từ nếu bạn không thể dùng dạng này trong ngôn ngữ của mình. Dịch thay thế: "" Tôi đã thấy người Ai Cập đàn áp họ như thế nào """ +EXO 3 10 y4m1 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 Vậy **And now** functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) """ Và bây giờ "" đóng vai trò như một dấu hiệu diễn đạt kết luận hợp lý. "" Bởi vậy """ +EXO 3 10 spwh figs-quotemarks מִ 1 ra khỏi xứ Ai Cập After this phrase, the direct quote of what the Yahweh said starting in [3:7](../03/07.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, phần trích dẫn trực tiếp những gì Đức Giêhôva đã phán bắt đầu ở [ 3: 7 ] kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để biểu thị kết thúc của lời trích dẫn. +EXO 3 11 y8cr figs-rquestion מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ 1 Who am I, that I should go to Pharaoh…Egypt? Con là ai mà con phải đến gặp Moses uses this question to tell God that he, Moses, is not the right person for the task. Alternate translation: See UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) Môi-se dùng câu hỏi này để nói với Đức Chúa Trời rằng ông, Môi-se, không phải là người thích hợp cho nhiệm vụ. CÁCH DỊCH THAY THẾ: XEM UST +EXO 3 11 ax7w figs-quotemarks מִ֣י אָנֹ֔כִי כִּ֥י אֵלֵ֖ךְ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה וְ 1 Con là ai mà con phải đến gặp This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 3 12 ykp3 figs-quotemarks כִּֽי־אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִמָּ֔ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 3 12 xugf figs-youdual תַּֽעַבְדוּ 1 các con sẽ thờ phượng If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/ "Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng nhiều hình thức khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 3 13 8izv figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ 1 Khi con đi gặp This is a direct quotation containing two second-level quotes within it. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một trích dẫn trực tiếp có chứa hai trích dẫn cấp hai trong đó. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với các dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 3 13 lqms grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֣י בָא֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ 1 Khi con đi gặp Moses presents God with a hypothetical situation here. The three events (**go, say, say**) are part of one hypothetical event. You should translate this in a way that makes it clear that this is a future, not-yet-real event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) "Môi-se trình bày Đức Chúa Trời với một tình huống giả định ở đây. Ba sự kiện ( chẳng hạn như "" hãy nói "" ) là một phần của một sự kiện giả thuyết. Bạn nên dịch câu này theo cách cho thấy rõ đây là một biến cố trong tương lai, nhưng chưa có thật." +EXO 3 13 jq42 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case, Moses uses it to introduce what he views as a probable future occurrence. Alternative translation: “Now” """ Kìa "" là một thuật ngữ có ý nói tới tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì người nói sắp sửa nói. Trong trường hợp này, Môi - se dùng từ này để giới thiệu những gì ông xem là có thể xảy ra trong tương lai. Một bản dịch khác: "" Bây giờ """ +EXO 3 13 0n81 figs-go בָא֮ 1 đi gặp In your language, use **go** or “come” as makes most sense for Moses’ hypothetical action of going from the mountain to where the Israelites are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) "Trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, hãy sử dụng từ "" đi "" hoặc "" đến "" là ý nghĩa nhất cho hành động giả định của Môi-se về việc đi từ núi đến nơi dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đang ở." +EXO 3 13 m9uy figs-quotesinquotes אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי 1 Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ anh chị em đã sai tôi đến với anh chị em This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that the God of their fathers has sent me to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Đây là câu trích cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn bên trong một trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, bạn cũng có thể chọn để dịch nó như một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Dịch thay thế: "" Đức Chúa Trời của tổ phụ họ đã sai tôi đến cùng họ """ +EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי 1 Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ anh chị em Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “The God of your ancestors” or “The God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" cha "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là "" tổ tiên "" . Dịch cách khác: "" Đức Chúa Trời của tổ tiên bạn "" hay "" Đức Chúa Trời mà tổ tiên bạn thờ phượng """ +EXO 3 13 vfsk figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn bên trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 3 13 bkei grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ 1 thì con phải trả lời họ thế nào Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Môi-se đang hỏi Đức Chúa Trời ông nên làm gì là kết quả của tình huống giả định mà ông trình bày. +EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” TA LÀ CHÚA HẰNG HỮU This is God’s response to Moses’s question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’” "Đây là đáp ứng của Đức Chúa Trời đối với thắc mắc của Môise về danh của Đức Chúa Trời. Điều này có thể được làm rõ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Đức Chúa Trời nói với Môi - se: ' Hãy nói với họ rằng Đức Chúa Trời nói danh Ngài là "" Ta là Đấng Hiện Hữu "" . Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Đức Chúa Trời phán với Môi - se: ' Hãy nói với họ rằng Đức Chúa Trời nói danh Ngài là ' Ta là Đấng Hiện Hữu ' "" ." +EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM TA LÀ CHÚA HẰNG HỮU "Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live." "Những ý nghĩa có thể là ( 1 ) toàn bộ câu này là tên của Đức Chúa Trời hoặc ( 2 ) Đức Chúa Trời không đang nói với tên của Ngài mà là một điều gì đó về chính Ngài. Bằng cách nói điều này, Đức Chúa Trời đang dạy rằng Ngài là đời đời; Ngài đã luôn luôn sống và sẽ luôn luôn sống." +EXO 3 14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 I AM Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.” "Những ngôn ngữ không có từ tương đương với động từ "" hiện hữu "" có thể cần phải dịch từ này là "" tôi sống "" hoặc "" tôi hiện hữu "" ." +EXO 3 14 t745 וַ 1 Thiên Chúa phán This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages. Đây vẫn là Đức Chúa Trời đang phán. Có lẽ bỏ qua điều này trong một số ngôn ngữ thì hợp lý hơn. +EXO 3 14 70ge figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥ 1 TA LÀ CHÚA HẰNG HỮU ... đã sai tôi đến với anh chị em This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Đây là câu trích cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn bên trong một trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, bạn cũng có thể chọn để dịch nó như một trích dẫn gián tiếp như trong Ust. +EXO 3 15 897b וַ 1 Thiên Chúa cũng phán As God is still speaking, it may make more sense to omit this in some languages. Như Đức Chúa Trời vẫn còn đang nói, có lẽ sẽ hợp lý hơn nếu bỏ qua điều này trong một số ngôn ngữ. +EXO 3 15 7aoa figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quotation begins that continues until [the end of chapter 3 at verse 22](../03/22.md). This quotation contains four levels as God tells Moses to tell the Israelite elders a specific message from God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một phần trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu được tiếp tục cho tới [ phần cuối chương 3 ở câu 22 ] . Phần trích dẫn nầy chứa đựng bốn cấp độ khi Đức Chúa Trời bảo Môise nói cho các trưởng lão Israel biết một sứ điệp cụ thể từ Đức Chúa Trời. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn khi dùng dấu mở đầu của lời trích dẫn cấp một hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng để chỉ sự bắt đầu của lời trích dẫn. +EXO 3 15 l962 figs-quotesinquotes יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ anh chị em Thiên Chúa của Áp-ra-ham Thiên Chúa của Y-sác và Thiên Chúa của Gia-cốp đã sai tôi đến gặp anh chị em This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. It may be possible to translate it as an indirect quotation, but you will need to be careful to correctly change the pronoun persons. Alternative translation: “You must tell the Israelites that Yahweh, the God of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, sent you to them. This is his name forever, and this is his memorial from generation to generation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Đây là câu trích cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu mở cấp hai hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. Có thể dịch nó là một trích dẫn gián tiếp, nhưng bạn sẽ cần phải cẩn thận để thay đổi chính xác đại từ nhân xưng. Dịch thay thế: "" Bạn phải nói với dân Y-sơ-ra-ên rằng Giê-hô-va, Đức Chúa Trời của tổ phụ họ, Đức Chúa Trời của Áp-ra-ham, Đức Chúa Trời của Y-sác, và Đức Chúa Trời của Gia-cốp, sai bạn đến với họ. Ấy đó là danh đời đời của Ngài, ấy sẽ là kỷ - niệm của Ngài trải qua các thế - hệ "" ." +EXO 3 15 2klc figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתֵי 1 Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ anh chị em Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" cha "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là "" tổ tiên "" . Dịch cách khác: "" Đức Chúa Trời của tổ tiên bạn "" hay "" Đức Chúa Trời mà tổ tiên bạn thờ phượng """ +EXO 3 15 ixcb figs-merism לְ 1 mà mọi thế hệ The repetition of **generation** means something like “to each and every generation,” which means for all people at all times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Sự lặp lại của "" thế hệ "" có nghĩa như "" cho mỗi và mọi thế hệ "" , có nghĩa là cho tất cả mọi người mọi lúc." +EXO 3 16 ec3v figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 General Information: Chúa Hằng Hữu This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It contains a third-level quotation that begins at “I have certainly” and also continues to the end of verse 17. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Điều này mở đầu cho lời trích dẫn ở mức độ thứ hai kéo dài cho đến cuối [ câu 17 ] . Nó chứa một lời trích dẫn cấp độ thứ ba bắt đầu từ "" Ta có "" và cũng tiếp tục cho đến cuối câu 17. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị để chỉ ra điều này bằng một dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. Dấu kết thúc cho cả hai trích dẫn cấp 2 và cấp 3 không nên xảy ra cho đến cuối câu 17." +EXO 3 16 35pw figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹֽתֵי 1 Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ anh chị em Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of your ancestors” or “the God whom your ancestors worshiped” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" cha "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là "" tổ tiên "" . Dịch cách khác: "" Đức Chúa Trời của tổ tiên bạn "" hay "" Đức Chúa Trời mà tổ tiên bạn thờ phượng """ +EXO 3 16 xqy9 אַבְרָהָ֛ם יִצְחָ֥ק וְ 1 the God of your ancestors, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob Áp-ra-ham của Y-sác và của Gia-cốp Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob were three of the Israelites’ ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. Áp-ra-ham, Y-sác và Gia-cốp là ba trong số các tổ phụ của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Họ thờ phượng cùng một Đức Chúa Trời. +EXO 3 16 dvsz figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 Thật Ta đã dõi theo This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 17](../03/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that is within a quotation. The closing marks for both the second-level and third-level quotations should not occur until the end of verse 17. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Điều này mở đầu một câu trích cấp ba kéo dài cho đến cuối [ câu 17 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng một dấu ngoặc kép cấp 3 mở đầu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn nằm trong một trích dẫn. Dấu đóng cửa cho cả hai trích dẫn cấp 2 và cấp 3 không nên xảy ra cho đến cuối câu 17. +EXO 3 16 efhh figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 Thật Ta đã dõi theo The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Từ Hê - bơ - rơ có nghĩa là "" tham dự "" , được thăm viếng hoặc quan sát được lặp lại ở đây để nhấn mạnh. Từ này thường có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời sắp đến để hành động. Hãy dịch cụm từ này theo cách truyền đạt sự quan sát chăm chú, tập trung của Đức Chúa Trời." +EXO 3 16 fv77 figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 I have indeed observed you các con The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Chữ "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của từ "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 3 16 55jm figs-activepassive הֶ 1 nhìn thấy điều đã xảy đến In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Trong một số ngôn ngữ, bạn có thể không dịch được từ này ở dạng bị động. Cách dịch khác: Xem Ust. +EXO 3 16 4vgc figs-metonymy בְּ 1 ở Ai Cập The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Nhóm từ "" ở Ai Cập "" là một hoán dụ cho những kẻ áp bức Ai Cập. Bản dịch khác: "" Bởi người Ai Cập """ +EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְ 1 đem các con ra khỏi cảnh đàn áp ở Ai Cập This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Đây là một trích dẫn cấp 4. Nó nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với ba cấp độ bên ngoài. Ngoài ra, nó có thể được dịch là một trích dẫn gián tiếp, xem Ust. +EXO 3 17 eloj figs-quotemarks וּ 1 và mật If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Nếu bạn đang sử dụng các trích dẫn trực tiếp, ở cuối câu này, bạn nên có ba điểm kết thúc. Trong tiếng Anh, nó trông giống như ' "" ( không có khoảng trống ) ." +EXO 3 17 r8mg figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 đem ... ra Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Bất kể địa thế địa lý thế nào, "" nuôi nấng "" chủ yếu không có nghĩa đen. Thay vì thế, nó có nghĩa là đưa dân Y - sơ - ra - ên vào tình trạng tốt hơn. Đức Chúa Trời hứa sẽ đưa họ từ địa vị thấp hèn làm nô lệ đến một nơi mà họ sẽ làm chủ một xứ tốt đẹp." +EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּ 1 sữa và mật "Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])" "Ở đây, "" sữa "" là một hoán dụ cho động vật nuôi và các sản phẩm thực phẩm thu được từ chúng; "" mật ong "" là một hoán dụ cho các thực phẩm thu được từ các cây trồng. Xem Ust và [ chú thích kế tiếp ] ( [ [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 03 / 08 / pwn5 ] )" +EXO 3 17 pwn5 figs-metaphor 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md) at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói rằng đất tốt cho động vật và thực vật như thể sữa và mật từ những động vật và thực vật đó đang chảy qua đất. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 3: 8 ] tại [ [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 03 / 08 / pxy8 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Một đất rất tốt để chăn nuôi gia súc và trồng trọt "" hoặc "" Một đất có sữa và mật chảy """ +EXO 3 17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with đượm “full of” or “with an abundance of” """ Đầy dẫy "" hay "" với sự dư dật """ +EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Vì sữa đến từ bò và dê, điều này đại diện cho thực phẩm do gia súc sản xuất. Bản dịch khác: "" Thức ăn từ gia súc """ +EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Vì mật ong được làm từ hoa, nên nó tượng trưng cho thực phẩm từ cây trồng. Bản dịch khác: "" Thực phẩm từ cây trồng """ +EXO 3 18 cy2z figs-idiom וְ 1 Họ sẽ nghe **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) """ Nghe "" thường có nghĩa là "" nghe và làm / vâng lời "" . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Chú ý """ +EXO 3 18 j24k writing-participants לְ 1 They will listen to you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Chữ "" ngươi "" ám chỉ đến Môi-se." +EXO 3 18 9na8 figs-synecdoche לְ 1 con This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Cụm từ nầy có nghĩa là các trưởng lão sẽ lắng nghe sứ điệp mà Môise đem đến từ Đức Chúa Trời. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Cho sứ điệp của bạn "" hoặc "" Cho sứ điệp của tôi mà bạn nói với họ """ +EXO 3 18 r74o figs-possession וְ 1 và các trưởng lão Y-sơ-ra-ên This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) "Đây là một sự chiếm hữu trong mối quan hệ xã hội. Dịch thay thế: "" Trưởng lão có trách nhiệm với dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 3 18 eep7 figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 Y-sơ-ra-ên **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) """ Y-sơ-ra-ên "" là một danh từ tập thể nói đến toàn thể dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên "" hay "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Ai Cập Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" Ai Cập "" đề cập đến dân tộc Ai Cập. Bản dịch khác: "" Của người Ai Cập """ +EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַ 1 General Information: và con phải nói If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng nhiều hình thức khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔י 1 "These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])" "Những trường hợp về "" chúng ta "" này là riêng biệt; chúng bao gồm Môi-se, các trưởng lão, và tất cả dân Y-sơ-ra-ên, nhưng loại trừ vua Ai Cập. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có sự khác biệt này, hãy xác nhận rằng bạn đã dùng đúng cách." +EXO 3 18 4eal translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 ba “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 3 """ +EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy 1 unless his hand is forced "The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] " "Chữ "" tay "" là hoán dụ cho quyền lực của chủ tay. Có thể có nghĩa là ( 1 ) "" chỉ khi người đó thấy rằng mình không có quyền lực để làm bất cứ điều gì khác "" , nơi mà "" bàn tay "" thuộc về Pha - ra - ôn; nơi mà "" bàn tay "" thuộc về Đức Giê - hô - va; ( 2 ) "" chỉ khi nào ta bắt người đó để cho ngươi đi "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" không, ngay cả khi ta bắt người đó để cho ngươi đi "" . ( Xem: [ [ RC: / / en / ta / man / translation / figs - metonymy ] ] ]" +EXO 3 20 nuzx grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 Ta cũng sẽ giơ ... ra God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Đức Chúa Trời phán điều nầy sẽ là một kết quả của sự ngoan cố của vua Ai Cập. Dịch lệ: "" Vì vậy ta sẽ sai ra """ +EXO 3 20 yds5 figs-metonymy וְ 1 I will reach out with my hand and attack Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay "" ám chỉ quyền phép của Đức Chúa Trời. Một cách dịch khác: "" Tôi sẽ dùng sức mạnh của tôi """ +EXO 3 20 dzsp figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 người Ai Cập **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Ai Cập "" đề cập đến cả xứ và nhóm người, và sau đó, mở rộng ra, cũng đề cập đến Pha-ra-ôn." +EXO 3 20 c9a3 מִצְרַ֔יִם…בְּ 1 Here, **him** refers to Egypt as a collective. "Ở đây, "" Ngài "" ám chỉ Ai Cập như một tập thể." +EXO 3 20 6dw3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ 1 Here the sequential nature of these happenings is emphasized. Consider using a stronger sequential connective term than usual here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) Ở đây tính chất tuần tự của những diễn biến này được nhấn mạnh. Hãy xem xét việc dùng từ liên kết tuần tự mạnh hơn bình thường. +EXO 3 20 ay53 writing-participants יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 ông ta sẽ để ... đi Here, **he** refers to the Pharaoh, the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Ở đây, "" Ngài "" ám chỉ Pha-ra-ôn, vua Ai Cập." +EXO 3 20 awxs figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 các con Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 3 21 btwc figs-idiom חֵ֥ן…בְּ 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) """ Trong mắt của người Ê-díp-tô "" là một thành ngữ nói tới tình cảm của người Ai Cập. "" Ưu ái "" có nghĩa là những cảm xúc đó mang tính tích cực. Kết lại với nhau, điều này có nghĩa là khi người Ai-cập nhìn thấy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ( người Hê-bơ-rơ ) rời khỏi Ai-cập, họ sẽ vui mừng giúp đỡ họ ( vì muốn họ ra đi đến nỗi bị bách hại do người Ai-cập phải chịu khổ dưới sự phán xét của Đức Chúa Trời ) . Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cùng hoặc một thành ngữ tương tự, bạn có thể dịch hoặc sử dụng nó. Nếu không, bạn có thể dịch nghĩa." +EXO 3 21 82wf figs-possession בְּ 1 trước mặt dân Ai Cập This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đây là một phần - toàn bộ tính chiếm hữu. Ngoài ra, nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng một hình thức sở hữu cụ thể cho những thứ không thể mất đi, sẽ thích hợp để sử dụng hình thức đó ở đây. +EXO 3 21 s45u הָֽ 1 “you” """ Ngươi """ +EXO 3 21 uz3c figs-youdual תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng nhiều hình thức khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 3 21 19sl figs-go תֵֽלֵכ֔וּ 1 “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) """ Ra khỏi "" hay "" đi ra khỏi "" hay "" đi ra khỏi """ +EXO 3 21 89u7 figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א …רֵיקָֽם 1 không The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Cách phủ định kép, "" không … trống rỗng "" thường có nghĩa là "" đầy đủ "" . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Đi với nhiều việc """ +EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not go empty-handed các con sẽ không đi tay không This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) "Cụm từ này được dùng để nhấn mạnh ý nghĩa ngược lại. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Ngươi sẽ đi với hai tay đầy những thứ tốt đẹp "" hoặc "" Ngươi sẽ đi với nhiều thứ có giá trị """ +EXO 3 22 w2av וּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses và bất kỳ phụ nữ nào đang ở tại nhà người hàng xóm đó **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. """ Tạm trú "" có nghĩa là sống ở một nơi nào khác hơn quê hương của mình, thường là tạm thời. Không rõ phụ nữ nào đang tạm trú ( đến thăm ) và họ đang ở nhà ai, có nhiều khả năng. Phần lớn các bản dịch quyết định họ là ai để nhận diện cả người tạm trú lẫn chủ nhà là người Ai Cập. Điều này hợp lý vì dân Y - sơ - ra - ên sẽ cướp bóc người Ai Cập. Nếu có thể để lại sự mơ hồ này trong bản dịch của bạn, đó là tốt nhất." +EXO 3 22 474q figs-youdual וְ 1 Các con sẽ đeo những vật đó Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Mỗi từ này là số nhiều "" bạn "" . Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng nhiều dạng khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 dân Ai Cập After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word starting in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, phần trích dẫn trực tiếp lời của Yahweh bắt đầu ở [ câu 15 ] kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 4 intro kap5 0 "# Exodus 04 General Notes

## Potential Translation Issues

### Quotations

* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md), the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.

### Order of events

* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).
* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/23.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.

### Thus says Yahweh

The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.

### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone

The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:

* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.
* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.
* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Moses does not understand

Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Children of God

This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])

### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart

Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])" "Exodus 04 General Notes +Potential Translation Issue +Quotations +Có một sự chuyển tiếp khó khăn giữa [ 4: 4 ] và [ 4: 5 ] bởi vì câu trích dẫn dừng lại ở giữa để thêm vào một chút tường thuật. Khi nó tiếp tục trong [ 4: 5 ] , câu có vẻ như chưa hoàn chỉnh ( ngay cả khi được ghép nối trực tiếp với phần trích dẫn trong [ 4: 4 ] ) . Những huấn thị của Yahweh cho Môise rất phức tạp và có tới bốn cấp độ trích dẫn trong chương nầy. Các dịch giả sẽ cần phải quyết định xem một số trong những câu này có cần trở thành những đoạn trích dẫn gián tiếp không ( nếu có thể trong ngôn ngữ của họ ) và hết sức cẩn thận để sử dụng dấu ngoặc kép thích hợp ở nơi thích hợp. Trình tự các biến cố +Trình tự các biến cố không phải lúc nào cũng rõ ràng. Trong [ 4: 14 ] , Đức Giê - hô - va nói với Môi - se rằng A - rôn sẽ đến gặp ông, nhưng Ngài bảo A - rôn đi gặp Môi - se trong đồng vắng thì không được ghi lại cho đến [ 4: 27 ] . Thời điểm của các biến cố trong [ 4: 18 ] ( .. / 18 / .MD ) - [ 4: 27 ] , đặc biệt là câu 18 - 19 và 27, trong mối tương quan với phần còn lại của các biến cố trong chương là không rõ ràng. Đức Giê-hô-va phán như vầy +Biến cố đầu tiên trong số hơn 400 biến cố xuyên suốt Cựu Ước của một cụm từ tiêu chuẩn được dùng để giới thiệu sự chỉ dẫn trực tiếp, có thẩm quyền từ Đức Giê-hô-va xảy ra trong [ 4: 22 ] . Nó xuất hiện mười lần trong sách Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký; chín lần trong số này nằm giữa các chương 4-11. Sẽ rất tốt cho nhóm của bạn khi có một cách dịch tiêu chuẩn này, giúp làm rõ rằng những từ kế tiếp là trực tiếp từ Đức Chúa Trời. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có một cách tiêu chuẩn giới thiệu một sứ điệp mới từ người lãnh đạo của bạn mà cảnh báo người nghe rằng đây là những lời của người lãnh đạo, đó sẽ là một cụm từ tốt để xem xét. Nỗ lực giết người của Yahweh +Cuộc gặp gỡ được ghi lại từ [ 4: 24 ] đến [ 4: 26 ] là một trong những đoạn lạ lùng và khó nhất trong cả sách. Những khó khăn bao gồm: +Các đại danh từ ám chỉ ai? +Các đại từ giống đực được sử dụng trong suốt phần này, nhưng có hai tiền lệ khả dĩ, Môi-se ( người không được kể tên trong câu chuyện ) và con trai Sê-phô-ra ( có lẽ cũng là con trai của Môi-se, nhưng đây là cách ông được đề cập đến trong bản văn này. Để biết tại sao, xin xem dưới đây về lý do Đức Giê - hô - va làm điều này ) . Hầu hết các nhà bình luận tin rằng các đại từ này ám chỉ Môi - se. Phép cắt bì được mô tả khá sinh động. Các nền văn hóa khác nhau sẽ cần tiếp cận khác nhau. Một số có thể cắt bao quy đầu, trong khi những người khác có thể thoải mái dịch phần lớn nghĩa đen, và những người khác sẽ cần sử dụng uyển ngữ hoặc các chiến lược khác để dịch. Không ai biết nghĩa của cụm từ "" chú rể huyết "" ( ult ) . Tại sao Đức Giê - hô - va tấn công Môi - se? +Nhiều nhà bình luận kết luận rằng Môi - se đã lơ là việc cắt bì cho một trong những con trai của ông vì điều đó làm Sê - phô - ra không hài lòng, và Đức Giê - hô - va quy trách nhiệm cho Môi - se trước khi ông trở lại lãnh đạo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Khi Sê-phô-ra ăn năn bằng cách tự mình cắt bì cho con trai mình và đặt bao quy đầu dưới chân Môi-se, Đức Giê-hô-va động lòng thương xót. Những kết luận này sẽ giúp thông báo cho bản dịch nhưng không nên được nói rõ trong bản văn. Nghiên cứu các khái niệm trong chương này +Môi-se không hiểu +Mặc dù Môi-se tin nơi Yahweh, nhưng ông không tin cậy nơi Ngài. Đó là vì Môi - se thiếu hiểu biết. Môi - se cố gắng tin vào những gì ông được yêu cầu làm bằng sức riêng. Đức Giê - hô - va đang cố gắng làm cho Môi - se tin rằng những điều này là do Đức Giê - hô - va làm. CON CÁI ĐỨC CHÚA TRỜI +Chương này giới thiệu khái niệm rằng Y-sơ-ra-ên, nhóm dân sự, là tuyển dân của Đức Chúa Trời và là con đầu lòng của Đức Chúa Trời. Chương này giới thiệu khái niệm rằng Y-sơ-ra-ên, một nhóm người, là tuyển dân của Đức Chúa Trời và là con đầu lòng của Đức Chúa Trời. Các học giả bị chia rẽ về cách hiểu câu nói này. Có tranh luận về việc liệu Pha-ra-ôn đóng một vai trò chủ động hay thụ động trong việc làm cứng lòng mình. Dịch giả chỉ cần làm theo văn bản. Trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 4 - 14 có mười lời tuyên bố mà Yahweh làm cứng lòng Pha - ra - ôn, và mười lời tuyên bố mà Pha - ra - ôn làm cứng lòng." +EXO 4 1 j4yg וַ 1 if they do not believe Môi-se đáp Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” "Ở đây, "" trả lời và nói "" là một thành ngữ tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ không truyền đạt thêm bất kỳ thông tin nào. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không tự nhiên dùng một cấu trúc tương tự, tốt hơn nên dịch một động từ và bỏ một động từ khác. Một bản dịch khác: "" Môi - se trả lời """ +EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְ 1 Liệu sẽ thế nào This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 1 neto figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖י 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Đây là câu trích cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, bạn có thể dịch nó như một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Dịch thay thế: "" Đức Giê-hô-va chưa hiện ra với tôi """ +EXO 4 1 327j וְ 1 Liệu sẽ thế nào This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.” "Đây là một thuật ngữ có nghĩa là tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì diễn giả sắp nói. Nếu không có một cách tốt để dịch thuật ngữ này trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, thuật ngữ này có thể bị bỏ sót trong bản dịch, hoặc bạn có thể sử dụng một bản dịch thay thế như "" Hãy nghe tôi. """ +EXO 4 2 87dl writing-participants אֵלָ֛י 1 “Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Môi-se """ +EXO 4 2 r3f9 figs-quotemarks מ 1 Con cầm gì trên tay đó This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 2 p8sg figs-quotemarks מַטֶּֽה 1 Một cây gậy This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 3 jgir figs-quotemarks הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣ 1 Hãy quăng cây gậy xuống đất This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִ 1 trước con rắn Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tượng trưng cho chính con rắn. Bản dịch khác: "" Từ con rắn """ +EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶ 1 take it by the tail nắm đuôi con rắn “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail” """ Hãy nắm lấy đuôi nó "" hay "" nắm lấy đuôi nó """ +EXO 4 4 mqpc figs-quotemarks שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ 1 Hãy giơ tay ra nắm đuôi con rắn This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְ 1 Hãy giơ tay ra nắm đuôi con rắn This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) Lời trích dẫn trực tiếp này bị gián đoạn bởi việc Môi-se vâng lời Giê-hô-va. Đây có lẽ là một chuỗi các sự kiện theo thứ tự chặt chẽ khi Đức Giê-hô-va dừng lại và sau đó tiếp tục phán ngay sau khi Môi-se vâng lời. Câu trích dẫn được tiếp tục trong [ câu 5 ] và có nhiều sự thảo luận ở đó về cách để phục hồi. +EXO 4 4 m86n וַ 1 became a staff Nó lại biến thành cây gậy “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff” """ Và nó biến thành một cây gậy "" hoặc "" và nó biến thành một cây gậy """ +EXO 4 5 l4tn figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י 1 là để họ tin This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Điều nầy tiếp tục phần trích dẫn trực tiếp từ phần đầu của [ câu 4 ] . Có thể tự nhiên hơn nếu sắp xếp lại các câu bốn và năm để giữ phần trích dẫn lại với nhau. Nếu bạn sắp xếp lại như thế này, Môi-se nhặt con rắn / cây gậy nên đến sau phần trích dẫn đầy đủ. Tuy nhiên, tốt hơn nên làm điều gì đó tương tự như Ust, nhắc lại rằng Yahweh đang nói và đưa ra một số chỉ dẫn ngụ ý từ Yahweh để tạo thành một câu hoàn chỉnh. +EXO 4 5 m4fk figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛י 1 là để họ tin "This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])" "Câu trích dẫn này không phải là một câu hoàn chỉnh; UST cung cấp một sự làm sáng tỏ." +EXO 4 5 9iok writing-participants יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑ 1 "These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])" "Những đại từ này đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên hoặc các trưởng lão Y-sơ-ra-ên. Đức Chúa Trời đã truyền cho Môi-se hãy nhóm lại và nói chuyện với các trưởng lão; nếu bạn làm cho người tham gia này được rõ ràng, thì các trưởng lão là một lựa chọn tốt hơn." +EXO 4 5 oqi5 writing-participants אֵלֶ֛י 1 với con This refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Điều này ám chỉ Môi-se. +EXO 4 5 jr8m אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑ 1 the God of their ancestors, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ mình Thiên Chúa của Áp-ra-ham Thiên Chúa của Y-sác, và Thiên Chúa của Gia-cốp Abraham, Isaac and Jacob were three of their ancestors. They all worshiped the same God. Áp-ra-ham, Y-sác và Gia-cốp là ba tổ phụ của họ. Họ cùng thờ phượng một Đức Chúa Trời. +EXO 4 6 0hre figs-quotemarks הָֽבֵא־נָ֤א יָֽדְ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 6 ep52 figs-exclamations וְ 1 behold thì kìa This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) Từ nầy được sử dụng để tạo ra một dấu chấm than, tỏ ra sự kinh ngạc. +EXO 4 6 pw7g figs-simile כַּ 1 as white as snow như tuyết The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Chữ "" như "" ( ult ) hoặc "" như "" ( ust ) ở đây được dùng để so sánh xem tay của Môi-se trông như thế nào. Có thể bạn không có một chữ nào cho tuyết trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Nếu có, hãy xem một từ khác miêu tả điều gì đó rất trắng. Có lẽ bạn cần phải làm rõ màu trắng ấy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Như len "" hoặc "" làm nó trắng như cát trên bờ biển """ +EXO 4 7 kv9r figs-quotemarks הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְ 1 Hãy đặt tay lại This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 7 prr9 figs-exclamations וְ 1 thì thấy This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) Từ nầy được sử dụng để tạo ra một dấu chấm than, tỏ ra sự kinh ngạc. +EXO 4 8 q9qb figs-exclamations וְ 1 Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Tiếng của Đức Giêhôva nối lại ở đây và tiếp tục qua phần cuối [ câu 9 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng một dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 4 8 well figs-personification וְ 1 nếu họ không lưu tâm đến dấu hiệu thứ nhất thì họ sẽ tin Here the **sign**s are spoken of as if they had a **voice** with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Ở đây những "" dấu hiệu "" được nói đến như thể chúng có một "" tiếng nói "" mà chúng có thể dùng để nói. Nếu hình ảnh này không có ý nghĩa trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể cần dịch điều này theo cách cho thấy rõ rằng các dấu hiệu đó là bằng chứng rằng Đức Chúa Trời đã sai phái Môi-se. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Và không tin rằng Đức Chúa Trời đã hiện ra với bạn qua việc thấy dấu hiệu thứ nhất, thì họ sẽ tin khi thấy dấu hiệu thứ hai "" ." +EXO 4 8 gxlg writing-participants יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…יִשְׁמְע֔וּ…וְ 1 "These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])" "Những đại từ này đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên hoặc các trưởng lão Y-sơ-ra-ên. Đức Chúa Trời đã chỉ thị cho Môi - se nhóm lại và nói chuyện với các trưởng lão; nếu bạn nói rõ ràng với người này, các trưởng lão là lựa chọn tốt hơn, nhưng hãy làm như đã làm trong [ câu 5 ] ." +EXO 4 8 lsb3 לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…וְ 1 pay attention không “they do not acknowledge… then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept… then they will accept” """ Họ không thừa nhận … rồi họ sẽ thừa nhận "" hoặc "" Họ không chấp nhận … rồi họ sẽ chấp nhận … """ +EXO 4 9 q82r writing-participants יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ…יִשְׁמְעוּ 1 "These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])" "Những đại từ này đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên hoặc các trưởng lão Y-sơ-ra-ên. Đức Chúa Trời đã chỉ thị cho Môi - se nhóm lại và nói chuyện với các trưởng lão; nếu bạn nói rõ ràng với người này, các trưởng lão là lựa chọn tốt hơn, nhưng hãy làm như đã làm trong [ câu 5 ] ." +EXO 4 9 2hna figs-quotemarks וְ 1 sẽ trở nên máu trên đất khô After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời phán trực tiếp của Đức Giê-hô-va từ câu trước kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi cho biết điều này bằng một dấu ngoặc kép ở cấp độ 1 hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để cho biết kết thúc của một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 4 10 aazp figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ 1 Ôi Chúa con chưa bao giờ có tài ăn nói cả trước kia lẫn bây giờ sau khi Ngài phán This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 10 t8i9 בִּ֣י 1 Ôi This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please” "Từ ngữ này được một diễn giả sử dụng để cầu xin một thượng cấp cho phép ông ta nói. Một bản khác dịch câu này là "" xin vui lòng """ +EXO 4 10 w12a לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִ 1 have never been eloquent con chưa bao giờ có tài ăn nói cả trước kia lẫn bây giờ “I have never been an excellent speaker” """ Tôi chưa bao giờ là một diễn giả xuất sắc """ +EXO 4 10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 có tài ăn nói This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly. "Thành ngữ này có nghĩa là "" một người khéo dùng lời nói "" , nói cách khác, một người hùng biện có thể nói hay và thuyết phục." +EXO 4 10 pk0l figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִ 1 cả trước kia lẫn bây giờ This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Nhóm từ này đơn giản có nghĩa là "" trong quá khứ "" ." +EXO 4 10 wsl4 figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑ 1 tôi tớ Ngài Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Môi-se đề cập đến chính mình như là tôi tớ của Đức Chúa Trời để hạ thấp địa vị của ông trước mặt Đức Chúa Trời ( và có lẽ bằng cách làm như vậy để làm cho lập luận của ông về sự bất lực mạnh mẽ hơn ) . +EXO 4 10 bv64 figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּ 1 I am slow of speech and slow of tongue These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) Những cụm từ này về cơ bản có cùng ý nghĩa. Môi-se sử dụng chúng để nhấn mạnh rằng ông không phải là một diễn giả tốt. +EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue miệng lưỡi Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" lưỡi "" đề cập đến khả năng nói của Môi-se. Một cách dịch khác là "" lời nói """ +EXO 4 11 xpgf figs-quotemarks וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu hỏi ông After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the [next verse](…/04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu được tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu tiếp theo ] ( … / 04 / 12.MD ) . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 4 11 ks2m figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽ 1 Who is it who made man’s mouth? Ai tạo nên miệng người ta Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Yahweh dùng câu hỏi này để nhấn mạnh rằng Ngài là Đấng Tạo Hóa khiến con người có thể nói được. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ta, Đức Yahweh, là Đấng tạo ra miệng con người và khả năng nói """ +EXO 4 11 e1y6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Yahweh dùng câu hỏi này để nhấn mạnh rằng Ngài là Đấng quyết định con người có thể nói và nghe, và nếu họ có thể thấy. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va, làm cho mọi người có thể nói, hoặc nghe, hoặc thấy, hoặc bị mù! """ +EXO 4 11 uq7j figs-rquestion הֲ 1 Is it not I, Yahweh? Chẳng phải là Ta Chúa Hằng Hữu sao Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Yahweh dùng câu hỏi này để nhấn mạnh rằng chỉ một mình Ngài đưa ra những quyết định này. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va, là Đấng làm ra điều này! """ +EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְ 1 I will be with your mouth rồi Ta sẽ ở Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" miệng "" ám chỉ khả năng nói của Môise. Một cách dịch khác: "" Ta sẽ cho ngươi khả năng nói """ +EXO 4 12 5dxg figs-quotemarks תְּדַבֵּֽר 1 phải nói After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp từ câu trước kết thúc. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu ngoặc kép cấp một đóng lại hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của một đoạn trích dẫn. +EXO 4 13 zy9m figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑ 1 Thưa Chúa This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 13 brer בִּ֣י 1 Thưa This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please” "Từ ngữ này được một diễn giả sử dụng để cầu xin một thượng cấp cho phép ông ta nói. Hãy xem bạn đã làm gì trong [ câu 10 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Xin vui lòng """ +EXO 4 13 s8nl שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּ 1 In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission. Khi dịch cụm từ này, điều quan trọng là phải nói rõ rằng Môi-se đang cầu xin Đức Giê-hô-va sai một người nào khác. Ở đây ông không chấp nhận mệnh lệnh của Đức Giê-hô-va. +EXO 4 13 8ta6 figs-synecdoche בְּ 1 bất cứ ai This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Cụm từ này có nghĩa là "" bởi một người. "" +Hình ảnh này nói về một người cầm thông điệp của Đức Giê-hô-va trong tay mình cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và Pha-ra-ôn." +EXO 4 14 uy2v figs-idiom וַ 1 This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ có nghĩa là Yahweh nổi giận. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Đức Giê-hô-va nổi giận """ +EXO 4 14 ifax writing-participants וַ 1 Ngài hỏi “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Và Đức Giê-hô-va phán """ +EXO 4 14 zn40 figs-quotemarks בְּ 1 với Môi-se Ngài hỏi After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 17](../04/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, một lời trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 17 ] . Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 4 14 okko figs-rquestion הֲ 1 A-rôn người Lê-vi anh của con đó được không Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Yahweh sử dụng câu hỏi tu từ này để gợi ý một sự thay thế cho Môi-se. Dịch thay thế: "" Ta biết ngươi có một người anh, Aaron người Lê-vi. """ +EXO 4 14 e0js figs-kinship אָחִ֨י 1 anh của con đó His **brother** Aaron was three years older than Moses (see [Exodus 7:7](../07/07.md)), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) """ Anh "" của ông là A - rôn Lớn hơn Môi - se ba tuổi ( xem [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 7: 7 ] ) ." +EXO 4 14 y5ed figs-idiom דַבֵּ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר 1 ăn nói giỏi "In Hebrew, the word **speak** is repeated. This means he speaks well. English cannot convey this by doubling, so the meaning of the repetition was translated in the ULT in this case. If your language can say something like “speaking speaks” to mean “speaks well,” consider it; otherwise, translate the meaning similarly to the ULT or UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])" "Trong tiếng Hê - bơ - rơ, từ "" nói "" được lặp lại. Điều này có nghĩa là ngài nói hay. Tiếng Anh không thể truyền đạt điều này bằng cách nhân đôi, vì vậy ý nghĩa của sự lặp lại được dịch trong tiếng ult trong trường hợp này. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có thể nói một điều gì đó như "" nói tiếng nói "" có nghĩa là "" nói tốt "" , hãy xem xét nó; nếu không, hãy dịch ý nghĩa tương tự như tiếng ult hoặc ust." +EXO 4 14 8q64 הִנֵּה 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. If your language has a term that functions in that way (“Listen!” or “Look!” or “Pay Attention!”), use it here. """ Kìa "" được dùng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên tiếp theo sau đó. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có một thuật ngữ có chức năng như thế ( "" Hãy nghe! "" ) +hoặc "" Hãy nhìn xem! "" +hoặc "" Chú ý! "" +"" ) , hãy sử dụng nó ở đây." +EXO 4 14 ettp figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 sẽ đến Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to Midian to find Moses. He is probably on foot. Depending on the language, the required form of go or come may vary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Đức Giê-hô-va phán rằng A-rôn sẽ từ Ai-cập đến Ma-đi-an để tìm Môi-se. Có lẽ người đã đi bộ. Tùy theo ngôn ngữ, hình thức bắt buộc của đi hoặc đến có thể khác nhau. +EXO 4 14 8kn8 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 ông ấy sẽ vui sướng Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "A-rôn sẽ vui mừng vì ông nhìn thấy Môi-se. Hãy xem một từ nối hoặc một dạng khác diễn tả kết quả như trong bản Ust hoặc bản dịch khác: "" Và vì ông thấy anh em, ông sẽ vui mừng "" ." +EXO 4 14 ew4h figs-metonymy בְּ 1 he will be glad in his heart trong lòng Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" lòng "" nói đến những suy nghĩ và cảm xúc bên trong. Nếu trái tim không phải là một phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về những suy nghĩ và cảm xúc của một người, hãy xem xét sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này." +EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַ 1 put the words to say into his mouth những lời phải nói Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Từ ngữ ở đây được nói ra như thể chúng là một cái gì đó có thể được đặt vào miệng của một người. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Thông điệp mà người đó phải lặp lại """ +EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְ 1 I will be with your mouth Ta sẽ ở The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Từ "" miệng "" ở đây đại diện cho sự lựa chọn từ ngữ của Môi-se và A-rôn. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ta sẽ ở cùng ngươi khi ngươi nói và ở cùng người khi người nói "" ." +EXO 4 15 v57x figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 with his mouth These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Đó là Môi - se và A - rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của từ "" ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng kép nếu bạn có một từ, hoặc nếu không có từ, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều." +EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְ 1 miệng This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Cụm từ này so sánh A-rôn với một cái miệng, bởi vì ông sẽ là người thật sự nói ra cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và Pha-ra-ôn những gì Môi-se bảo ông nói. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Người nói những gì ngươi bảo người nói """ +EXO 4 16 gn5v figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥ 1 you will be to him like me, God The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Từ "" giống như "" ở đây có nghĩa là Môi-se sẽ đại diện cho cùng một thẩm quyền cho A-rôn như Đức Chúa Trời đã làm cho Môi-se. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi sẽ nói với A-rôn với cùng một thẩm quyền như ta đã nói với ngươi "" ." +EXO 4 17 0h45 figs-quotemarks תַּעֲשֶׂה־בּ֖ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp của Đức Giê-hô-va kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi cho biết điều này bằng một dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để cho biết kết thúc của một lời trích dẫn. +EXO 4 17 6brk figs-explicit הַ 1 cây gậy này Yahweh assumes that Moses will know that by **this staff,** he means the one that Moses said he had in his hand in [v. 2](../04/02.md), and with which God told him to do a miracle in vv. [3](../04/03.md)–[4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])


"Yahweh giả định rằng Môi-se sẽ biết rằng bởi "" cây gậy này, "" ông có ý nói đến cây gậy mà Môi-se nói rằng ông có trong tay [ v. 2 ] , và với nó Đức Chúa Trời bảo ông làm một phép lạ trong vv. [ 3 ] - [ 4 ] ." +EXO 4 18 j2ix writing-participants יֶ֣תֶר 1 Giê-trô Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Jethro được giới thiệu lại như một người tham gia vào câu chuyện ở đây. +EXO 4 18 cbop figs-go וַ 1 Vậy Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) "Vì bối cảnh đã chuyển trở lại nhà của Jethro, một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần phải sử dụng từ "" đến "" ở đây." +EXO 4 18 b6mf figs-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗ 1 father-in-law cha vợ mình This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) Điều này ám chỉ đến cha vợ của Môi-se. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể dùng một từ khác để nói về cha chồng hoặc vợ. +EXO 4 18 wlit writing-participants וַ 1 và nói “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Và Môise nói """ +EXO 4 18 7zke writing-participants ל 1 với ông “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Tới Jethro """ +EXO 4 18 uvqk figs-quotemarks אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְ 1 Xin cho con đi để con trở về This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 18 67yz figs-metonymy אַחַ֣ 1 những người thân của mình “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Bà con tôi """ +EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְ 1 để xem họ còn ... không Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Về sau trong Kinh Thánh chúng ta được cho biết rằng Môi-se đã ở xứ Ma-đi-an 40 năm. Lời yêu cầu của Môi - se có thể là theo nghĩa đen hoặc một thành ngữ có nghĩa là ông muốn biết tình trạng của họ. +EXO 4 18 yay3 figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְ 1 hãy đi bình an This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Đây là một cụm từ của sự tán thành và chúc phước. Có thể một số ngôn ngữ cần phải thêm câu "" Vâng "" vào đầu câu trả lời của Giê-trô." +EXO 4 18 i807 figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְ 1 hãy đi bình an This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 19 wwr8 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán The timing and situation for Yahweh speaking to Moses here is not specified. Some conjecture that it was part of the narrative of the encounter with Yahweh from the previous verses but placed after his request to Jethro for an unknown reason. Another speculation is that Moses delayed returning to Egypt (either by his own choice, Yahweh’s instructions, or someone else delaying him) and Yahweh came and told him again (the UST explicitly offers this optional translation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) Thời điểm và tình huống Đức Giê-hô-va phán với Môi-se ở đây không được nói rõ. Một số phỏng đoán cho rằng đó là một phần của câu chuyện về sự gặp gỡ Đức Giê-hô-va từ những câu trước nhưng được đặt sau lời nài xin của Ngài với Giê-trô vì một lý do không rõ. Một suy đoán khác là Môi - se trì hoãn việc trở lại Ai Cập ( hoặc do ông tự ý, hoặc do Đức Giê - hô - va ra chỉ thị, hoặc ai đó trì hoãn ông ) và Đức Giê - hô - va đến và cho ông biết lần nữa ( bản dịch rõ ràng này ) . +EXO 4 19 aosm figs-quotemarks לֵ֖ךְ שֻׁ֣ב מִצְרָ֑יִם כִּי־מֵ֨תוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣ 1 Hãy đi trở về Ai Cập This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 19 clfj הַֽ 1 tìm giết con This means they were seeking to end his life, that is, to kill him. Alternate translation: see UST. Điều này có nghĩa là họ đang tìm cách kết liễu mạng sống Ngài, tức là giết Ngài. Một cách dịch khác: Xem Ust. +EXO 4 20 fua6 writing-participants בָּנָ֗י 1 và các con mình Moses’ second son is not introduced until [18:4](../18/.04.md) but had already been born before they left Midian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Con trai thứ hai của Môise không được giới thiệu cho tới [ 18: 4 ] ( .. / 18 / .04.MĐ ) nhưng đã ra đời trước khi họ rời xứ Miđian. +EXO 4 20 zi5m writing-participants וַ 1 Ông quay trở lại xứ Ai Cập It is clear from [verse 24](../04/24.md) and [25](../04/25.md) that his family went with him, so you may need to translate as “they returned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Rõ ràng [ câu 24 ] và [ 25 ] là gia đình ông đi với ông, vì vậy có lẽ bạn cần dịch là "" họ trở về "" ." +EXO 4 20 47k5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ 1 Ông quay trở lại xứ Ai Cập After the incident on the road in verses [24](../04/24.md)-[26](../04/26.md), Moses’ family is not mentioned again until [18:2](../18/02.md) which says that Moses sent them back, so a translation similar to the UST which only commits to the family starting on the way to Egypt may be better. This option has the further benefit of allowing for the several events that happen before Moses gets to Egypt. The ULT’s “towards” is another way of giving space in the translation for the next several events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) "Sau sự việc xảy ra trên đường trong câu 24 [ 24 ] - [ 26 ] , gia đình Môi - se không được nhắc đến nữa cho đến khi [ 18: 2 ] nói rằng Môi - se đuổi họ trở lại, do đó một bản dịch tương tự như bản Ust chỉ cam kết với gia đình bắt đầu trên đường đến Ai Cập có thể tốt hơn. Sự lựa chọn này còn có lợi ích khác là cho phép một số biến cố xảy ra trước khi Môi - se đến Ai Cập. Chữ "" hướng "" của ult là một cách khác để dịch những biến cố kế tiếp." +EXO 4 20 768n figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ 1 cây gậy của Thiên Chúa The phrase the staff of God refers to the staff that God told Moses to take with him in v. [17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Cụm từ cây trượng của Đức Chúa Trời đề cập tới cây trượng mà Đức Chúa Trời bảo Môise phải đem theo với Ngài trong v. [ 17 ] . +EXO 4 20 7e3s figs-explicit מַטֵּ֥ה הָ 1 cây gậy của Thiên Chúa The book describes this staff as **the staff of God** because God appointed it as his instrument so that Moses could do miraculous works through it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Make sure your translation does not lead people to think the staff was a magic wand or shaman’s staff that had its own power, or power from Moses, or that the staff gave Moses the ability to command God. In every instance where miracles happened, God told Moses to do something with the staff, Moses obeyed, and then God caused a miracle. Alternate translation: “the staff that God had told him to bring because God intended to work powerfully through it when Moses stretched it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Sách mô tả cây gậy này là "" cây gậy của Đức Chúa Trời "" vì Đức Chúa Trời đã chỉ định nó làm công cụ của Ngài để Môi-se có thể làm những phép lạ qua nó. Nếu nó sẽ hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn, bạn có thể nói điều đó một cách rõ ràng. Hãy chắc chắn rằng bản dịch của bạn không khiến người ta nghĩ rằng cây gậy đó là một cây gậy thần hoặc cây gậy của các pháp sư có sức mạnh riêng của nó, hoặc là cây gậy đó đã ban cho Môi-se khả năng ra lệnh cho Đức Chúa Trời. Trong mỗi trường hợp xảy ra phép lạ, Đức Chúa Trời đều bảo Môi-se làm một điều gì đó với cây gậy, Môi-se đã vâng lời, và sau đó Đức Chúa Trời đã tạo ra một phép lạ. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Cây gậy mà Đức Chúa Trời đã bảo ông đem đến bởi vì Đức Chúa Trời có ý định làm việc một cách mạnh mẽ thông qua nó khi Môi-se kéo căng nó ra. """ +EXO 4 21 lva8 figs-quotemarks בְּ 1 Khi con trở lại This begins a direct quotation that continues to the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It contains up to fourth-level quotations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Điều nầy bắt đầu một phần trích dẫn trực tiếp cứ tiếp tục cho đến phần cuối [ 4: 23 ] . Câu này gồm có những câu trích dẫn đến cấp độ thứ tư. Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu mở đầu của câu trích dẫn ở mức độ thứ nhất hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 4 21 oajf רְאֵ֗ה 1 Most translations and interpretations of the verb **see** take it to mean something like “see that you do.” "Hầu hết các bản dịch và giải nghĩa động từ "" thấy "" hiểu nó có nghĩa như "" thấy điều bạn làm "" ." +EXO 4 21 0gqf figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ 1 Here the miracles are spoken of as if they were items Moses could carry. In part, this may be because the three signs already given to Moses involved the use of his hand. Alternative translation: “all the wonders I have authorized you to perform” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây các phép lạ được nói đến như thể chúng là những vật dụng mà Moses có thể mang theo được. Một phần có thể là vì ba dấu lạ đã được ban cho Môi - se liên quan đến việc ông dùng tay. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Mọi phép lạ ta đã giao cho ngươi làm """ +EXO 4 21 kdsb figs-metonymy לִ 1 trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn This time while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses is to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so he can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Lần này, trong khi "" trước mặt Chúa "" vẫn có nghĩa bóng chuẩn của từ "" trước mặt Chúa "" , thì ở đây, từ này được dùng theo nghĩa đen nhiều hơn. Thật ra, Môi - se phải làm phép lạ trước mặt Pha - ra - ôn để ông có thể thấy phép lạ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Để Pha - ra - ôn có thể thấy phép lạ """ +EXO 4 21 ovma grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ 1 Nhưng Ta sẽ khiến ... chai cứng Referring to himself in the opening of this sentence serves to emphasize a contrast in what might be expected and what will happen. Translate this in a way that clearly contrasts the performance of miracles before Pharaoh (which might be expected to lead to him releasing the Israelites) with what Yahweh says he will do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Nhắc đến chính mình trong phần mở đầu của câu này phục vụ để nhấn mạnh một sự tương phản trong những gì có thể được mong đợi và những gì sẽ xảy ra. Hãy dịch điều này theo cách tương phản rõ ràng giữa việc làm phép lạ trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn ( là điều có thể được mong đợi sẽ dẫn đến việc ông ta giải phóng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ) với những gì Yahweh nói rằng ông ta sẽ làm. +EXO 4 21 uvoh figs-metaphor וַ 1 Nhưng Ta sẽ khiến ... chai cứng This means that God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart would be made stronger. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “But as for me, I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời sẽ khiến ông trở nên bướng bỉnh. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông sẽ trở nên mạnh mẽ hơn. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn dùng để nói đến ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ dùng cho hình ảnh này. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Nhưng về phần ta, ta sẽ khiến Pharaoh trở nên bướng bỉnh """ +EXO 4 21 uudz grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 và ông ta sẽ không để cho ... ra đi Make it clear in your translation that this is a result of God hardening Pharaoh’s heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Hãy nói rõ trong bản dịch của bạn rằng đây là kết quả của việc Đức Chúa Trời làm cứng lòng Pha-ra-ôn. +EXO 4 22 ftde כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Này là lời Chúa Hằng Hữu phán This is the first of hundreds of occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your rulers that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the rulers, that would be a good phrase to consider. Đây là sự kiện đầu tiên trong hàng trăm sự kiện xuyên suốt Cựu Ước của một cụm từ tiêu chuẩn được sử dụng để giới thiệu sự dạy dỗ trực tiếp, có thẩm quyền từ Đức Giê-hô-va. Sẽ tốt cho nhóm của bạn nếu có một cách dịch tiêu chuẩn này, là cách làm rõ rằng những từ tiếp theo là trực tiếp từ Đức Chúa Trời. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có một cách tiêu chuẩn để giới thiệu một sứ điệp mới từ những người cai trị của bạn, là điều cảnh báo người nghe rằng đây là những lời của những người cai trị, thì đó sẽ là một cụm từ tốt để xem xét. +EXO 4 22 zb2e figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 Này là lời **Thus** begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level, the first level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) """ Ấy vậy "" mở đầu một câu trích ở cấp độ thứ hai và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 4: 23 ] . Câu này nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với cấp độ bên ngoài, cấp độ thứ nhất." +EXO 4 22 teyy figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Này là lời Chúa Hằng Hữu phán This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Điều này mở đầu cho lời trích dẫn ở mức độ thứ hai và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 4: 23 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu mở đầu của câu mở đầu ở mức độ thứ hai hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ sự bắt đầu của một câu trích dẫn trong một câu trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, quý vị có thể dịch đây là một trích dẫn gián tiếp để giảm mức trích dẫn trong đoạn văn này. Dịch thay thế: "" Đức Giê-hô-va phán """ +EXO 4 22 kud7 figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥ 1 con trai Ta This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Đây là phần mở đầu của một câu trích cấp ba kéo dài cho đến cuối [ 4: 23 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng dấu mở đầu của trích dẫn cấp 3 hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra sự khởi đầu của một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. ( Nếu quý vị chọn dịch "" Yahweh phán như thế "" là một trích dẫn gián tiếp, đây sẽ là một trích dẫn cấp hai. )" +EXO 4 22 1od0 figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥ 1 con trai Ta con trưởng nam Ta Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần phải thay đổi ẩn dụ ở đây thành một phép so sánh. Xem Ust. +EXO 4 22 pt4n figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Israel is my son Y-sơ-ra-ên là The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Chữ "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" ở đây tiêu biểu cho toàn thể dân Y-sơ-ra-ên là một nhóm. Điều quan trọng là giữ số ít nhắc đến dân Y - sơ - ra - ên như là con, thay vì đổi thành những từ như ' dân Y - sơ - ra - ên là con ta ' , vì ở đây Đức Chúa Trời đặc biệt tương phản Con Ngài với Con Pha - ra - ôn. Một số ngôn ngữ có lẽ không thể dùng "" Y - sơ - ra - ên "" như một danh từ tập thể và có lẽ cần chọn một bản dịch như "" dân Y - sơ - ra - ên "" hoặc "" dân Y - sơ - ra - ên "" ." +EXO 4 22 8oc8 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Y-sơ-ra-ên là The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Dân tộc Y-sơ-ra-ên thường được đề cập đơn giản bằng tên của tộc trưởng. Để biết thêm thông tin, xin xem: [ [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 04 / 22 / pt4n ] ] +EXO 4 23 syar figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִ 1 Hãy để ... ra đi This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Đây là một trích dẫn cấp 4. Nó nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với các cấp độ bên ngoài. ( Nếu bạn chọn dịch câu "" Đấng Yavê phán như vầy "" là một câu trích gián tiếp, thì đây sẽ là câu trích ở mức độ thứ ba ) ." +EXO 4 23 0pc4 figs-quotations וָ 1 và Ta bảo ngươi Hãy để ... ra đi The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Trích dẫn cấp 4 ở đây có thể là một trích dẫn tốt để dịch là một trích dẫn gián tiếp để giảm mức độ của các trích dẫn trong phân đoạn này. Một cách dịch khác: "" Và ta đã bảo ngươi thả con trai ta ra để nó có thể phục vụ ta. Nhưng ngươi đã từ chối """ +EXO 4 23 k7mh figs-metaphor בְּנִ 1 you have refused to let him go con Ta Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See what you did at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục nói về Y-sơ-ra-ên một cách ẩn dụ là "" con trai Ta "" . Hãy xem bạn đã làm gì [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 04 / 22 / 1od0 ] . Bản dịch thay thế: "" Dân tộc Y-sơ-ra-ên giống như con trai đối với tôi """ +EXO 4 23 u825 figs-pronouns וְ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** agree with “son.” What you use may depend on how you translated son at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/23/k7mh]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) "Các đại từ "" Ngài "" và "" Ngài "" đồng ý với "" con "" . Những gì bạn sử dụng có thể tùy thuộc vào cách bạn dịch chữ con tại [ [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 04 / 23 / k7Mh ] ] ." +EXO 4 23 2g32 הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Know this” "Điều này được sử dụng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên sau đó. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Biết điều này """ +EXO 4 23 re11 בִּנְ 1 I will certainly kill your son, your firstborn con trai ngươi This refers to the actual son of Pharaoh. Điều này đề cập đến con trai thật của Pha-ra-ôn. +EXO 4 23 ubcw figs-quotemarks בִּנְ 1 con trai ngươi con trưởng nam của ngươi After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations end bringing a complete close to all quotations that started in verses [21](../04/21.md) and [22](../04/22.md). If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers, third level, second level and first level. In English, it looks like **” ’ ”** (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Sau cụm từ này, ba mức độ trích dẫn trực tiếp chấm dứt hoàn toàn tất cả các lời trích dẫn bắt đầu từ câu 21 và 22. Nếu bạn đang sử dụng các trích dẫn trực tiếp, ở cuối câu này bạn nên có ba cấp độ kết thúc, cấp độ 3, cấp độ 2 và cấp độ 1. Trong tiếng Anh, nó trông giống như "" ' "" ( không có khoảng trống ) ." +EXO 4 24 sp6h writing-newevent וַ 1 Yahweh met Moses and tried to kill him This introduces a new event. Mark the transition in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Điều này giới thiệu một sự kiện mới. Hãy đánh dấu quá trình chuyển đổi một cách tự nhiên trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 4 24 p820 writing-participants וַ 1 Here, it is not clear who **him** refers to. Most commentators believe it refers to Moses, but it could refer to the son, though that is less likely. If it is necessary to choose for your translation, use Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Ở đây, không rõ "" Ngài "" ám chỉ ai. Hầu hết các nhà giải kinh tin rằng cụm từ này đề cập đến Môi-se, nhưng nó có thể đề cập đến Đức Chúa Con, mặc dù điều đó ít có khả năng hơn. Nếu cần phải chọn bản dịch của bạn, hãy sử dụng Môi-se." +EXO 4 24 3xy0 writing-participants הֲמִיתֽ 1 giết ông Here, **he** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Ở đây, "" Ngài "" đề cập đến Đức Giê-hô-va." +EXO 4 25 m1la translate-names צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Zipporah Sê-phô-ra This is the name of Moses’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên vợ của Môise. +EXO 4 25 sftg writing-participants צִפֹּרָ֜ה 1 Sê-phô-ra Zipporah is introduced here as a new participant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Zipporah được giới thiệu ở đây như một người tham gia mới. +EXO 4 25 a36h translate-unknown צֹ֗ר 1 flint knife một con dao bằng đá This was a knife with a sharpened stone blade. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là một con dao lưỡi đá mài sắc. +EXO 4 25 nkxn translate-unknown עָרְלַ֣ת 1 bao quy đầu của The**foreskin** is the retractable fold of skin which covers and protects the end of the penis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Bao quy đầu "" là nếp gấp có thể thu vào của da, bao gồm và bảo vệ phần cuối của dương vật." +EXO 4 25 l6sr figs-euphemism לְ 1 to his feet vào chân ông It is possible that the word **feet** may have been a more respectful way to refer to the genital area of the body. However, that possibility is not high enough that you should translate it either literally as genitals or with another euphemism meaning genitals in your language. If you have a word that means primarily feet or legs, but could in some cases also euphemistically mean genitals, you may consider it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) "Có thể lắm từ ngữ "" bàn chân "" có thể đã là một cách nói tôn trọng hơn để ám chỉ vùng sinh dục của thân thể. Tuy nhiên, khả năng đó không đủ cao để bạn dịch nó thành bộ phận sinh dục theo nghĩa đen hoặc thành một uyển ngữ khác có nghĩa là bộ phận sinh dục trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Nếu bạn có một từ chủ yếu có nghĩa là bàn chân hoặc chân, nhưng trong một số trường hợp cũng có nghĩa là bộ phận sinh dục, bạn có thể xem xét nó." +EXO 4 25 3g3x figs-quotemarks כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ 1 Hẳn là This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 25 b2t3 figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽ 1 you are a bridegroom to me by blood Hẳn là The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ý nghĩa của ẩn dụ này không rõ ràng. Có lẽ đó là một câu nói được biết đến trong nền văn hóa đó. Dịch thay thế: "" Anh em liên hệ với tôi bởi huyết thống này "" hoặc "" Anh em là chồng tôi bởi huyết thống """ +EXO 4 26 ceqk grammar-connect-logic-result וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu để ... yên As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Là kết quả của hành động của Sê-phô-ra. Hãy xem xét một liên từ hoặc hình thức khác thể hiện kết quả như trong UST. +EXO 4 26 o4zt writing-participants וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu để ... yên “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Đức Giê-hô-va mủi lòng """ +EXO 4 26 4l5u writing-participants מִמֶּ֑ 1 cho ông As in [4:24](../04/24.md) this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Như trong [ 4: 24 ] điều này có thể có nghĩa là hoặc Môi-se hoặc Đức Chúa Con, nhưng hầu hết các nhà bình luận nghĩ rằng đó vẫn là Môi-se. Ust dùng "" bất cứ ai "" để giữ sự mơ hồ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Từ Môi - se """ +EXO 4 26 r8hj figs-quotations חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים 1 Anh là chàng rể vấy máu "This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])" "Đây là một lời trích dẫn độc đáo vì Sê-phô-ra có lẽ không nói nữa; đúng hơn, lời trích dẫn này nhắc lại lời của bà trong [ 4: 25 ] . Ngôn ngữ của bạn có thể xử lý lời trích dẫn này theo một cách đặc biệt." +EXO 4 26 abmg figs-quotemarks חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַ 1 Anh là chàng rể vấy máu là vì cớ phép cắt bì It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision** and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Không rõ lời trích dẫn đó bao gồm "" vì cớ những kẻ chịu cắt bì "" hay đó là một lời nhận xét giải thích cho lời trích dẫn. Các bản dịch được chia làm hai phần, phần cuối của lời trích dẫn, nhưng hầu hết đều loại trừ "" vì cớ những kẻ chịu cắt bì "" và tốt nhất là nên làm theo nếu không có một bản dịch được địa phương tôn trọng." +EXO 4 27 xk6b writing-newevent וַ 1 Yahweh said to Aaron phán You may want to add a word that marks the beginning of a new part of the story, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Bạn có thể muốn thêm một từ đánh dấu sự khởi đầu của một phần mới của câu chuyện, như Ust đã làm. +EXO 4 27 qxpc writing-participants אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 A-rôn **Aaron** is introduced as a new participant. Some languages may mark this in some way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Aaron "" được giới thiệu là một thành viên mới. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể đánh dấu điều này bằng cách này hay cách khác." +EXO 4 27 221t figs-quotemarks לֵ֛ךְ לִ 1 Hãy vào đồng vắng gặp Môi-se This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 4 27 wy4n figs-possession בְּ 1 at the mountain of God ở núi của Thiên Chúa See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md), consult this this note: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/01/p27s]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ 3: 1 ] , tham khảo ghi chú này: [ [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 03 / 01 / p27s ] ] +EXO 4 27 tfn2 translate-symaction וַ 1 và hôn This was a traditional way of greeting which showed love. You can make this explicit as the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) Đây là cách chào hỏi truyền thống thể hiện tình yêu thương. Bạn có thể làm cho điều này rõ ràng như là Ust. +EXO 4 28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty. Có một chút ngại ngùng khi dịch sang tiếng Anh, nên Ust bổ sung thêm thông tin. Các ngôn ngữ khác có thể không gặp khó khăn tương tự. +EXO 4 28 b429 writing-participants שְׁלָח֑ 1 he had sent him to say The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses…Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Các từ "" Ngài "" chỉ về Đức Giê-hô-va, và "" Ngài "" chỉ về Môi-se. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Đức Giê-hô-va sai Môi-se … Đức Giê-hô-va truyền cho Môi-se """ +EXO 4 29 y8o3 writing-newevent וַ 1 đi This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) "Điều này bắt đầu một sự kiện mới mà bạn có thể cần đánh dấu trong bản dịch của mình bằng một từ chuyển tiếp như từ "" khi nào "" của Ust." +EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְ 1 in the sight of the people trước mặt dân sự This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Ngài đã làm những dấu hiệu để họ có thể nhìn thấy chúng. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Trước mắt họ """ +EXO 4 30 x1v3 writing-participants הָ 1 dân sự Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Văn mạch gợi ý rằng "" dân "" ám chỉ những người lãnh đạo nhóm lại trong [ 4: 29 ] ." +EXO 4 31 8n78 writing-participants הָ 1 Dân sự Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Văn mạch gợi ý rằng "" dân "" ám chỉ những người lãnh đạo nhóm lại trong [ 4: 29 ] ." +EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” """ Thấy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên "" hay "" quan tâm đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction וַֽ 1 they bowed their heads họ cúi đầu và tôn thờ Ngài Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) "Những cách dịch khác là: "" Họ cúi đầu trong sự kính sợ "" hoặc "" Họ cúi đầu trong sự tôn kính "" ." +EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### A slave’s work
The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let my people go”
This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### Titles
The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. "Exodus 05 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +CÔNG VIỆC CỦA MỘT NÔ LỆ +Người Ai Cập nổi tiếng vì bắt nô lệ làm nhiều việc. Mỗi ngày, những nô lệ người Y - sơ - ra - ên buộc phải làm một số gạch cụ thể. Trong chương này, họ không chỉ phải làm những viên gạch này, mà còn phải thu gom rơm, một trong những nguyên liệu thô, để làm những viên gạch này. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +"" Hãy để dân ta ra đi "" +Đây là một lời tuyên bố rất quan trọng. Môi-se không xin phép để ra đi, ông xin Pha-ra-ôn "" tha cho "" dân Hê-bơ-rơ. Thay vì thế, ông đòi hỏi Pha - ra - ôn phải thả dân Hê - bơ - rơ. Tước vị +Các nhà lãnh đạo được đặt những tên gọi khác nhau trong chương này. Conlt sử dụng "" người đốc công "" và "" đốc công "" . Nhiều nền văn hóa sẽ không có những loại chức danh này. Các cụm từ chung chung như "" lãnh đạo Ai Cập "" và "" lãnh đạo Do Thái "" có thể là cần thiết." +EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְ 1 Sau các việc ấy Môi-se và A-rôn đến tâu This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) "Cụm từ thời gian này, "" và sau đó "" , đánh dấu một sự chuyển đổi trong câu chuyện. Bản dịch khác: "" Sau đó """ +EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְ 1 After these things happened Sau các việc ấy Môi-se và A-rôn đến tâu It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) Không rõ Môi-se và A-rôn đã chờ bao lâu cho đến khi họ đi gặp Pha-ra-ôn. +EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 đến In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) "Trong trường hợp này, tùy thuộc vào cách họ dàn cảnh, một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần dùng từ "" đến "" ." +EXO 5 1 7l1y writing-participants פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pha-ra-ôn Pharaoh is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative for the first time since chapter two. Some languages may need to mark his reintroduction in a particular way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Pharaoh được giới thiệu lại như một người tham gia vào câu chuyện lần đầu tiên kể từ Chương 2. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần đánh dấu sự tái giới thiệu của ông theo một cách cụ thể. +EXO 5 1 3l2v figs-quotemarks כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 1 ckml figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔ 1 Hãy để ... đi This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 1 lu3i כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 5 1 u2vt וְ 1 festival for me để họ hành lễ This is a celebration to worship Yahweh. Alternative translation: “so they can worship me with eating and drinking” "Đây là lễ kỷ niệm để thờ phượng Yahweh. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Để họ có thể thờ phượng Ta bằng cách ăn uống """ +EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ 1 Why should I…let Israel go? hỏi "The result here is exactly as God has said; therefore, a contrastive transition word is reasonable but not required given the immediate human context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])" "Kết quả ở đây chính xác như Đức Chúa Trời đã phán; do đó, một từ chuyển tiếp tương phản là hợp lý nhưng không đòi hỏi phải có bối cảnh con người trước mắt." +EXO 5 2 fq6i figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu là ai Sao ta lại phải nghe tiếng Ngài và để cho ... đi ... mà This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu là ai Sao ta lại phải nghe tiếng Ngài và để cho ... đi ... mà This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses). Đây không phải là một câu hỏi tu từ, mặc dù Pha-ra-ôn có thể đã nói với sự khinh miệt. Pha-ra-ôn sẽ tự xem mình là một người cố chấp. Người Ai Cập có một số thần, và hầu hết mọi người đều được cho là có các thần riêng của họ. Vì thế, Pha - ra - ôn thật sự đã không nghe nói về Đức Giê - hô - va ( đấng vừa nói danh ngài cho Môi - se ) . +EXO 5 2 wpff figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, dân tộc được nói đến như một cá nhân. Một bản dịch khác: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּ 1 listen to his voice tiếng Ngài This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này tiêu biểu cho Lời Đức Chúa Trời phán. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Hãy lắng nghe những gì Ngài phán """ +EXO 5 2 6xjp וְ 1 cũng This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely” "Điều này có chức năng củng cố lời tuyên bố của Pha-ra-ôn về quyết định của ông. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và chắc chắn """ +EXO 5 3 08ny writing-participants וַ 1 Hai người thưa It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Nó có thể không có ý nghĩa trong tất cả các ngôn ngữ cho nhiều người nói. Vì A - rôn được bổ nhiệm làm phát ngôn viên của Môi - se, hãy xem xét một bản dịch khác: "" A - rôn đáp """ +EXO 5 3 3li7 figs-quotemarks אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ 1 Thiên Chúa của người Hê-bơ-rơ đã gặp chúng tôi Hãy cho chúng tôi đi ba ngày đường vào hoang mạc và dâng tế lễ cho Chúa Hằng Hữu Thiên Chúa của chúng tôi This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָ 1 God of the Hebrews Thiên Chúa của người Hê-bơ-rơ This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God. Thuật ngữ này cũng được dùng cho Yahweh, Đức Chúa Trời của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑י 1 chúng tôi Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) "Ở đây, "" chúng ta "" ( hay "" chúng ta "" theo tiếng Ust ) ám chỉ dân tộc Hê-bơ-rơ ( dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ) . Nó loại trừ Pha-ra-ôn và dân sự của ông ta. Một số ngôn ngữ có lẽ cần xem xét nên dùng hình thức bao quát hay độc quyền." +EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶ 1 or with the sword gươm giáo Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" gươm "" tiêu biểu cho chiến tranh hay một cuộc tấn công của kẻ thù. Một cách dịch khác: "" Khiến kẻ thù tấn công chúng ta """ +EXO 5 4 cb7w figs-quotemarks לָ֚ 1 Môi-se và A-rôn sao các người lại lôi kéo ... bỏ This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚ 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Môi-se và A-rôn sao các người lại lôi kéo ... bỏ Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Pha-ra-ôn dùng câu hỏi này để bày tỏ sự giận dữ của ông đối với Môi-se và A-rôn vì đã đưa dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ra khỏi công việc của họ. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Đừng làm dân phân tâm! """ +EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-rquestion לְכ֖וּ לְ 1 Hãy trở về làm việc của các ngươi This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) """ Của các ngươi "" này có thể chỉ về Môi-se và A-rôn, hoặc nó có thể có nghĩa là "" cả dân Y-sơ-ra-ên các ngươi "" . Ý nghĩa thứ hai có khả năng hơn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng những hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng một hình thức số nhiều hoặc số hai ở đây." +EXO 5 5 nqbe figs-aside וַ 1 Ông ta nói tiếp It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) Thật bất thường khi cùng một diễn giả được giới thiệu lại như thế này. Một số bản dịch bỏ đi sự lặp lại, nhưng có một lựa chọn khác. Câu này có thể liên quan nhiều hơn đến cặp câu kế tiếp, vì vậy có lẽ thích hợp để ngắt đoạn nhỏ trước câu này. Pha - ra - ôn có thể bình luận nhiều hơn về chính mình, hoặc ông chỉ âm thầm nghĩ đến câu này, và nó dẫn đến những hành động kế tiếp của ông. +EXO 5 5 todi הֵן 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Đây là một thuật ngữ có nghĩa là tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì diễn giả sắp nói. +EXO 5 5 c53k figs-youdual וְ 1 mà các người lại khiến ... ngưng Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" ngươi "" có nghĩa là Môi-se và A-rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người nói đến, hãy dùng một hình thức kép ( nếu bạn có một ) hoặc dạng số nhiều ( nếu không có ) ở đây." +EXO 5 6 ar9m אֶת־הַ 1 Pharaoh may have sent a messenger or messengers to the taskmasters and officers or spoken to one or a few representatives of them at his court rather than speaking to them directly. Alternative translation: “Pharaoh gave an order for the taskmasters among the people and officers that said,” "Pha-ra-ôn có thể đã sai một sứ giả hoặc các sứ giả đến với các đốc công và quan chức hoặc nói chuyện với một hoặc một số đại diện của họ tại triều đình của ông ta thay vì trực tiếp nói chuyện với họ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn đã ra lệnh cho các đốc công trong dân chúng và quần thần nói rằng: """ +EXO 5 6 zd4m הַ 1 taskmasters cho các cai nô **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. These are probably the same as the “overseers” of labor gangs from [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md), but here the term is harsher. Alternative translation: “oppressors” """ Đốc công "" là người Ai Cập có nhiệm vụ buộc dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải làm việc khó nhọc. Có lẽ những người này cũng giống như "" các kẻ coi - sóc "" các băng đảng lao động trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 1: 11 ] , nhưng ở đây từ này gay gắt hơn. Một bản dịch khác: "" Những kẻ áp bức """ +EXO 5 6 8opu שֹׁטְרָ֖י 1 và đốc công **Officers** were probably Israelite slaves who were in charge of the other Israelites but who answered to the Egyptian taskmasters. """ Các quan "" có lẽ là những nô lệ người Y-sơ-ra-ên chịu trách nhiệm về những người Y-sơ-ra-ên khác nhưng là những người đáp ứng với những đốc công người Ai-cập." +EXO 5 6 dxih לֵ 1 "This is a way of introducing a direct quotation in Hebrew; most translations can omit it without harm." Đây là cách giới thiệu một trích dẫn trực tiếp bằng tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ hầu hết các bản dịch có thể bỏ bớt mà không gây tổn hại gì. +EXO 5 7 k6io figs-youdual לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ 1 không được "This command was given to multiple people; if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms when giving commands, make sure this is a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])" "Mệnh lệnh này được đưa ra cho nhiều người; nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn phân biệt giữa dạng số ít và dạng số nhiều khi đưa ra mệnh lệnh, hãy chắc chắn rằng đây là dạng số nhiều." +EXO 5 7 1pw9 figs-quotemarks לֹ֣א תֹאסִפ֞וּ 1 không được Verses 7-9 are a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate the start here with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Câu 7 - 9 là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị để chỉ ra điểm bắt đầu ở đây với một dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra điểm bắt đầu của trích dẫn. +EXO 5 7 p9nx figs-idiom כִּ 1 you must no longer give như trước kia nữa This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Alternative translation: “as before” or “as previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ Hê-bơ-rơ có nghĩa là "" trong quá khứ. "" +Bản dịch diễn ý: "" Như trước đây "" hoặc "" như trước đây """ +EXO 5 8 izkf figs-youdual תָּשִׂ֣ימוּ 1 các người vẫn phải bắt If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng nhiều hình thức khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 5 8 ro25 translate-unknown הַ 1 gạch **Bricks** are hardened clay blocks for building. See how you translated in [1:14][../01/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Gạch "" là những khối đất sét cứng dùng để xây dựng. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch trong [ 1: 14 ] [ .. / 01 / 14.MD ) ." +EXO 5 8 dlzx figs-idiom תְּמ֤וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁם֙ 1 như trước This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ Hê-bơ-rơ có nghĩa là "" trong quá khứ. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ 5: 7 ] ( .. / 05 / 07MD ) thay thế dịch: "" trước "" hoặc "" trước """ +EXO 5 8 vd10 figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לֵ 1 Xin cho phép chúng tôi đi dâng sinh tế cho Thiên Chúa chúng tôi This is a second-level direct quotation. It is a quote of Moses and Aaron. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp 2. Nó là một trích dẫn của Moses và Aaron. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 9 5nz5 figs-idiom וְ 1 Here words are spoken of as if they could be looked upon. Alternative translation: as UST or “and not listen to words that are lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Ở đây người ta nói đến những từ ngữ như thể chúng có thể được xem xét. Bản dịch thay thế: như UST hoặc "" và không lắng nghe những lời nói dối """ +EXO 5 10 ozzn writing-newevent וַ 1 đi ra This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Điều này bắt đầu một khung cảnh mới, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 5 10 x4bi נֹגְשֵׂ֤י 1 taskmasters các cai nô **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [5:6](../05/6.md). See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/06/zd4m]] """ Đốc công "" là người Ai Cập có nhiệm vụ buộc dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải làm việc chăm chỉ. Hãy xem bạn dịch điều này như thế nào trong [ 5: 6 ] . Xem [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 05 / 06 / zd4m ] ]" +EXO 5 10 0nqn כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Đây là lời Pha-ra-ôn truyền This is the same quote form as is used for when Yahweh gives a direct command. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Đây cũng là hình thức trích dẫn được sử dụng khi Đức Giê-hô-va đưa ra một mạng lệnh trực tiếp. Xem [ 4: Giới thiệu ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 5 10 4joe figs-quotations וַ 1 báo cho It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Có thể hữu ích trong một số ngôn ngữ khi dịch "" Vì vậy Pha - ra - ôn nói "" như một câu trích dẫn gián tiếp để mệnh lệnh truyền đạt của ông không phải là một câu trích dẫn trong một câu trích dẫn. Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Và nói với dân chúng rằng Pha - ra - ôn nói """ +EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛ 1 Ta ... không This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Đây là khởi đầu của lời trích dẫn ở mức độ thứ hai kéo dài cho đến cuối câu 11. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra khởi đầu của một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, quý vị cũng có thể dịch điều này như một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Xem Ust. +EXO 5 10 7zfp grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛ 1 Ta sẽ không cấp cho các người rơm The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) "Cấu trúc của cụm từ nầy và cái mở đầu [ câu kế đó ] tạo ra một sự tương phản mạnh mẽ giữa những gì "" Ta "" ( Pha-ra-ôn ) và "" các ngươi "" ( các ngươi hết thảy, dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ) sẽ làm. Dịch điều nầy theo cách nhấn mạnh, nếu có thể được, sự tương phản giữa "" Ta "" và "" các ngươi "" . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Ấy chẳng phải ta sẽ cho các ngươi rơm "" ." +EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛ 1 Ta ... không Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Pha-ra-ôn không đưa rơm cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Thay vì thế, ông ra lệnh cho quần thần lấy rơm của Pha - ra - ôn và đưa cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Giờ đây, ông bảo họ ngưng cung cấp rơm. +EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָ 1 I will no longer give you cho các người **You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) """ Ngươi "" là số nhiều và chỉ về dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָ 1 Chính các người phải tự đi nhặt rơm ở bất cứ nơi nào mà các ngươi có thể tìm thấy The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) "Cấu trúc của cụm từ này đóng vai trò như mặt đối lập của cụm từ tương phản Pha-ra-ôn đặt ra trong cụm từ cuối cùng. Bằng cách sử dụng một cách rõ ràng một đại từ với một mệnh lệnh, ông đang nhấn mạnh ai sẽ đi lấy rơm. Nếu có thể, hãy dịch cụm từ này theo cách nhấn mạnh sự tương phản giữa "" Ta "" và "" Các ngươi "" . Xem [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 05 / 10 / 7zFP ] để biết thêm thông tin. Một bản dịch khác: "" Chính các anh chị phải đi lấy rơm ở bất cứ nơi nào """ +EXO 5 11 xe4i figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 you can find…your workload các người Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" ngươi "" là số nhiều và đề cập đến dân tộc Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của "" ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 5 11 w918 figs-rpronouns אַתֶּ֗ם…לָ 1 You yourselves must go The repetition of **you** emphasizes that the Egyptians will no longer help the slaves. Alternative translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) "Sự lặp lại của "" các ngươi "" nhấn mạnh rằng người Ai Cập sẽ không còn giúp đỡ các nô lệ nữa. CÁCH DỊCH THAY THẾ: XEM UST" +EXO 5 11 g5vb figs-doublenegatives כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ 1 your workload will not be reduced nhưng lượng công việc của các người sẽ không được giảm This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “for you must continue to make the same number of bricks as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng tích cực. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Vì anh em phải tiếp tục làm cùng số gạch như trước """ +EXO 5 11 ucrc figs-quotemarks כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין נִגְרָ֛ע מֵ 1 nhưng lượng công việc của các người sẽ không được giảm After this phrase (at the end of the verse), the direct quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level (and second-level if you made both levels direct quotes) quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy ( ở cuối câu ) , phần trích dẫn trực tiếp kết thúc. Có lẽ sẽ hữu ích cho độc giả nếu dùng dấu ngoặc kép cấp một ( và cấp hai nếu bạn dùng cả hai cấp để trích dẫn trực tiếp ) hoặc dùng dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết kết thúc của một câu. +EXO 5 12 s9dk figs-hyperbole בְּ 1 throughout all the land of Egypt This is a generalization used to show the extra effort Israel made to meet Pharaoh’s demands. Alternate translation: “to many places throughout Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) "Đây là một sự khái quát hóa được sử dụng để cho thấy nỗ lực thêm vào của Y-sơ-ra-ên để đáp ứng những đòi hỏi của Pha-ra-ôn. Dịch lệ: "" Đến nhiều nơi khắp xứ Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 5 12 q7y7 translate-unknown קַ֖שׁ 1 stubble gốc rạ **Stubble** is the part of a plant that is left over after harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Gốc rạ "" là một phần của cây còn sót lại sau mùa gặt." +EXO 5 13 th6x וְ 1 taskmasters Bọn cai nô **Taskmasters** were Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md). """ Đốc công "" là người Ai Cập có nhiệm vụ buộc dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải làm việc khó nhọc. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 5: 6 ] ." +EXO 5 13 ikkf writing-participants וְ 1 Bọn cai nô The change of subject is emphasized here. If your language has a way of specifically focusing on the actor in a narrative, use it here. See the UST for how that is done in English. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) Sự thay đổi chủ đề được nhấn mạnh ở đây. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách tập trung đặc biệt vào nhân vật trong một câu chuyện, hãy sử dụng nó ở đây. Xem Ust về cách làm điều đó trong tiếng Anh. +EXO 5 13 8ye4 figs-quotemarks כַּלּ֤וּ מַעֲשֵׂי 1 Phải làm xong việc của các người This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 13 a5ja דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּ 1 **Day by day** means “daily.” Alternative translation: “the daily task” """ Ngày nào cũng vậy "" nghĩa là "" ngày nào cũng được "" . Bản dịch khác: "" Nhiệm vụ hằng ngày """ +EXO 5 14 h4uo נֹגְשֵׂ֥י 1 Giới cai nô của **Taskmasters** are Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. See how you translated this in [Exodus 5:6](../05/06.md). """ Đốc công "" là người Ai Cập có nhiệm vụ buộc dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải làm việc khó nhọc. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 5: 6 ] ." +EXO 5 14 unbc figs-activepassive וַ 1 đánh đập các đốc công người Y-sơ-ra-ên The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Văn bản không nói rõ ai đánh các sĩ quan. Có thể đó là người đốc công hoặc ai đó mà các sĩ quan ra lệnh đánh bại các sĩ quan. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không thể diễn đạt điều này với người thụ động, bạn có thể khiến các đốc công trở thành đối tượng. +EXO 5 14 eq22 figs-rquestion מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ 1 Why have you not produced all the bricks required of you…in the past? Sao ... các người lại không làm ra số gạch được giao cho mình như trước kia The taskmasters used this question to show they were angry with the lack of bricks. Alternate translation: “You are not producing enough bricks, either yesterday or today, as you did in the past!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Các đốc công đã sử dụng câu hỏi này để cho thấy họ tức giận với việc thiếu gạch. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Bạn không sản xuất đủ gạch, hoặc hôm qua hoặc hôm nay, như bạn đã làm trong quá khứ! """ +EXO 5 14 767c figs-quotemarks מַדּ֡וּעַ לֹא֩ כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ 1 Sao ... các người lại không làm ra số gạch được giao cho mình như trước kia This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 14 oh6o figs-youdual כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ 1 các người lại ... được giao cho mình Here, **you** and **your** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. However, also see [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/14/emq7]]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" bạn "" và "" của bạn "" là số nhiều. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng các dạng khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây. Tuy nhiên, cũng xem [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 05 / 14 / emq7 ] ." +EXO 5 14 emq7 figs-synecdoche כִלִּיתֶ֨ם חָקְ 1 cried out các người lại ... được giao cho mình "Here, **you** and **your** do not simply refer to the officers; they refer to the groups of Israelite workers the officers are in charge of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])" "Ở đây, "" ngươi "" và "" của ngươi "" không chỉ đề cập đến các quan trưởng; chúng đề cập đến những nhóm người Y-sơ-ra-ên làm việc mà các quan tướng đang đảm trách." +EXO 5 14 liz8 figs-idiom כִּ 1 như trước kia This is a Hebrew idiom meaning “in the past.” Here it specifically refers to the time before the Egyptians stopped giving the Israelites straw. See how you translated this in [5:7](../05/07md) Alternative translation: “before” or “previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ Hê-bơ-rơ có nghĩa là "" trong quá khứ. "" +Ở đây đặc biệt đề cập đến thời gian trước khi người Ai Cập thôi không cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên rơm rạ nữa. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ nầy trong [ 5: 7 ] ( .. / 05 / 07MD ) thay thế dịch: "" trước "" hay "" trước """ +EXO 5 14 zklg גַּם־תְּמ֖וֹל גַּם־הַ 1 This time expression refers to more recent days, ones since the Egyptians stopped providing the straw to the Israelites. Từ ngữ thời gian này ám chỉ những ngày gần đây, kể từ khi người Ai Cập ngưng cung cấp rơm cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. +EXO 5 15 bk9h writing-newevent וַ 1 đến gặp This begins a new scene, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. The officers have gone to where Pharaoh is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Điều này bắt đầu một khung cảnh mới, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Quần thần đã đến chỗ Pha-ra-ôn. +EXO 5 15 thlj figs-go וַ 1 đến gặp You will need to decide if go or come is the better translation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) Bạn sẽ cần phải quyết định xem đi hay đến là bản dịch tốt hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 5 15 en1t figs-quotemarks לָ֧ 1 Sao This begins a direct quote that continues to the end of the [next verse](../05/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Điều này bắt đầu một trích dẫn trực tiếp tiếp tiếp tục đến cuối [ câu kế tiếp ] . Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 15 m2nz figs-123person לַ 1 với tôi tớ của vua Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Ở đây, các quan chức Y-sơ-ra-ên sử dụng thuật ngữ "" tôi tớ Ngài "" để nói về chính mình trong ngôi thứ ba như một cách để bày tỏ sự khiêm nhường. Cũng có thể họ muốn bao gồm cả dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Cả hai từ này đều có giá trị nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn phải nói ai là "" Tôi tớ Ngài "" . Một bản dịch khác: "" Cho chúng tôi """ +EXO 5 16 yeql figs-activepassive תֶּ֗בֶן אֵ֤ין נִתָּן֙ לַ 1 Tôi tớ của vua không còn được cấp rơm The text does not specify who is not giving them straw. From context, the taskmasters and, by implication, Pharaoh himself are the ones not doing this. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters or Pharaoh the subject. Alternative translation: “You are not giving your servants any straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Bản văn không nói rõ ai là người không cho họ rơm rạ. Từ ngữ cảnh, các đốc công và, ngụ ý, chính Pha-ra-ôn là người không làm điều này. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không thể diễn tả điều này với những người thụ động, bạn có thể biến người đốc công hoặc Pha - ra - ôn thành thần dân. Một cách dịch khác: "" Các ngươi không cho tôi tớ chút rơm nào "" ." +EXO 5 16 qp5j figs-123person לַ 1 Here, the Israelite officers use the term **your servants** to refer to themselves in the third person as a way of showing humility. It is also possible that they mean to include all the Israelites. Either option is valid if your language must state who is meant by “your servants.” Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Ở đây, các quan chức Y-sơ-ra-ên sử dụng thuật ngữ "" tôi tớ Ngài "" để nói về chính mình trong ngôi thứ ba như một cách để bày tỏ sự khiêm nhường. Cũng có thể họ muốn bao gồm cả dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Cả hai từ này đều có giá trị nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn phải nói ai là "" Tôi tớ Ngài "" . Một bản dịch khác: "" Cho chúng tôi """ +EXO 5 16 hsa6 writing-participants אֹמְרִ֥ים 1 they are still telling us, ‘Make bricks!’ nhưng họ vẫn cứ bảo **They** refers to the Egyptian taskmasters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Họ "" ám chỉ các đốc công người Ai Cập." +EXO 5 16 3xl3 figs-quotemarks וּ 1 **Make bricks** is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) """ Làm gạch "" là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với các dấu ngoặc kép cấp 2 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong trích dẫn." +EXO 5 16 m0go וְ 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Điều này được sử dụng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên sau đó. +EXO 5 16 xrly figs-activepassive עֲבָדֶ֛י 1 chúng tôi bị đánh đập The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Văn bản không nói rõ ai đánh các sĩ quan. Có thể đó là người đốc công hoặc ai đó mà các sĩ quan ra lệnh đánh bại các sĩ quan. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không thể diễn đạt điều này với người thụ động, bạn có thể khiến các đốc công trở thành đối tượng. +EXO 5 16 ff2k figs-euphemism וְ 1 nhưng đó là lỗi từ phía người của vua The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên gián tiếp cáo buộc Pha-ra-ôn làm điều sai trái. Để hiểu điều này, hãy xem xét những cách lịch sự hoặc gián tiếp buộc tội trong văn hóa của bạn. +EXO 5 16 l7sn וְ 1 nhưng đó là lỗi từ “but it is the wrong-doing of” """ Nhưng ấy là sự sai - làm của """ +EXO 5 17 2vso figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…אַתֶּ֣ם 1 These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Những cách dùng này của "" bạn "" là số nhiều. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng các dạng khác nhau của "" you "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 5 17 5t4m figs-exclamations נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים 1 Các người lười biếng lắm Rõ là lười biếng Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) "Pha-ra-ôn lặp lại để nhấn mạnh. Trong bản dịch của bạn, hãy chắc chắn rằng ý tưởng lười biếng hoặc lười biếng được lặp lại hoặc củng cố theo cách tự nhiên. Một bản dịch khác: "" Bạn cực kỳ lười biếng """ +EXO 5 17 a8o2 figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽ 1 Xin cho chúng tôi đi dâng sinh tế cho Chúa Hằng Hữu Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Ở đây nhà vua đang trích dẫn lời nói của một người khác. Đây là một trích dẫn cấp hai. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó bằng dấu ngoặc kép hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 18 68ax figs-activepassive וְ 1 rơm You can translate this in active voice if needed. The subject could be “I” (as in Pharaoh) or “we” (as in the Egyptians or Pharaoh and his taskmasters) or “my people.” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Bạn có thể dịch bằng giọng chủ động nếu cần. Đề tài có thể là "" tôi "" ( như trong Pha - ra - ôn ) hoặc "" chúng tôi "" ( như trong tiếng Ai Cập hoặc Pha - ra - ôn và các đốc công của ông ) hoặc "" dân tôi "" . Xem Ust." +EXO 5 18 z6wt figs-youdual לָ 1 This means all the Israelites or the officers as representatives of all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là tất cả dân Y-sơ-ra-ên hoặc các quan chức là đại diện của tất cả dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của từ "" ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều." +EXO 5 19 x6pp grammar-connect-logic-result וַ 1 Các đốc công ... thấy You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Có thể bạn cần sắp xếp lại các biến cố trong câu nầy theo ngôn ngữ của bạn để đặt lý trí trước kết quả. Xem Ust. +EXO 5 19 i3ot figs-quotemarks לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִ 1 This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là phần trích dẫn trực tiếp những gì Pha-ra-ôn đã nói. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với các dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn của lời nói của người khác. +EXO 5 19 l9d2 figs-rpronouns אֹתָ֖ 1 when they were told mình Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) Ở đây các sĩ quan vừa là đối tượng vừa là đối tượng, bởi vì họ đang nghĩ về hoàn cảnh của chính mình. Các ngôn ngữ khác nhau có những phương pháp đánh dấu tình huống khác nhau. +EXO 5 19 603u וַ 1 “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said” """ Biết rằng họ đương trong sự hoạn nạn, bởi vì vua nói "" hoặc "" tự thấy mình trong sự nguy hiểm, bởi vì vua nói """ +EXO 5 20 ve3z writing-newevent וַֽ 1 palace họ gặp A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 5 20 60cj writing-participants וַֽ 1 Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Ở đây, "" họ "" và "" họ "" ám chỉ các sĩ quan." +EXO 5 21 jsbv figs-quotemarks יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי 1 Nguyện xin Chúa Hằng Hữu nhìn xem các ông và trừng phạt các ông vì các ông đã khiến ... trở nên kinh tởm This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 5 21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵי 1 Nguyện xin Chúa Hằng Hữu nhìn xem các ông và trừng phạt các ông They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron. Họ dùng hình thức này để rủa sả Môi-se và A-rôn. +EXO 5 21 4lou figs-youdual עֲלֵי 1 các ông và trừng phạt các ông **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) """ Các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se và A-rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng những hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng một hình thức số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 5 21 j3zp figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗ 1 you have made us offensive các ông đã khiến ... trở nên kinh tởm The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Người Ai Cập phản ứng với dân Israel cùng một cách mà họ sẽ phản ứng với mùi hôi thối. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Ngài đã khiến cho Pha - ra - ôn và quần thần ghét chúng tôi """ +EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּ 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us gươm cho họ Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" cầm gươm trong tay "" là hoán dụ của "" một lý do trong tâm trí. "" +Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên sợ rằng người Ê - díp - tô sẽ cảm thấy họ làm điều đúng nếu họ giết dân Y - sơ - ra - ên, vì Môi - se và A - rôn đòi vua và vì người Ê - díp - tô xem dân Y - sơ - ra - ên là lười biếng và nguy hiểm. Một cách dịch khác: "" Họ có lý do để nghĩ rằng mình đúng """ +EXO 5 22 pm0l figs-quotemarks וַ 1 và thưa After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu được tiếp tục cho đến cuối chương. Có thể hữu ích cho người đọc khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác để chỉ bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥ 1 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? sao Ngài lại sai phái con This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Câu hỏi này cho thấy Môi-se đã thất vọng như thế nào khi người Ai Cập đối xử với dân Y-sơ-ra-ên thậm chí còn khắc nghiệt hơn. Ông bày tỏ rằng ông nghĩ Đức Chúa Trời đã làm ngược lại những gì Ngài hứa sẽ xảy ra. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngài sai tôi đến để giải cứu họ "" ." +EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּ 1 to speak to him in your name nhân danh Ngài Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" nhơn danh Chúa "" chỉ ra rằng Môi-se đã rao ra sứ điệp của Đức Giê-hô-va. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Cho bạn "" hay "" sứ điệp của bạn cho Ngài """ +EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְ 1 còn ... gì cả In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Trong tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ, "" được giải cứu "" được lặp lại để nhấn mạnh." +EXO 5 23 ce6s figs-idiom עַמֶּֽ 1 dân sự mình After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, phần trích dẫn trực tiếp của Môise mà bắt đầu ở [ câu trước ] kết thúc. Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng để cho biết kết thúc của lời trích dẫn. +EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Repetition of events:

Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.

### Referring to God

A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.

### Other possible translation difficulties:

With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.

## Study concepts in this chapter

### Promised Land

According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])

### “Let my people go”

This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

### God and his people

In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. "Exodus 06 General Notes +Những khó khăn về dịch thuật trong chương này +Sự lặp lại các sự kiện: +Phần lớn nội dung của Chương này rất giống với các sự kiện và đối thoại trong các Chương 3 - 4. Để nhất quán, các dịch giả nên tham khảo các quyết định của họ trong khi ghi nhớ rằng câu chuyện này không hoàn toàn giống nhau. Ngoài ra, các câu 10 - 12 và 28 - 30 cũng rất giống nhau. Những sự kiện này có lẽ là sự tái bổ nhiệm Môi - se. Sau lần đầu tiên gặp Pha - ra - ôn, Môi - se rất yếu đuối và dân Y - sơ - ra - ên dường như chối bỏ Đức Chúa Trời. Đề cập đến Đức Chúa Trời +Một danh xưng dành cho Đức Chúa Trời ( "" Yahweh "" ) và một danh xưng dành cho Đức Chúa Trời ( "" El Shaddai "" ) được nhắc tới trong chương nầy ( [ 6: 2 ] - [ 6: 3 ] ) . Ý nghĩa chính xác của từ El Shaddai không được biết đến, nhưng hầu hết các học giả cho rằng nó có ý nói tới một việc gì đó giống như "" toàn năng. "" +Những dịch giả đã làm việc trong sách Sáng thế ký có thể thấy khó hiểu câu nói rằng Áp-ra-ham, Y-sác, và Gia-cốp đã không biết Yahweh là danh của Đức Chúa Trời. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật: +Với ít lời giải thích, một phần lớn của chương này được dành cho gia phả của Môi-se và A-rôn. Một số người trong gia phả sống lâu hơn nhiều so với đời sống bình thường của con người ngày nay. Nếu các dịch giả không quen thuộc với độ dài đời sống của người ta trong những ngày đầu của thế gian ( như được ghi lại trong Sáng - thế Ký, đặc biệt chương 5 ) , điều này có thể gây hoang mang. Những khái niệm học trong chương này +Đất Hứa +Theo giao ước mà Yahweh đã lập với Áp-ra-ham, Ai Cập không phải là quê hương của dân Hê-bơ-rơ. Quê hương của họ là đất hứa trong xứ Ca-na-an. Dân sự phải trở về quê hương xứ sở của họ. "" Hãy cho dân ta đi "" +Đây là một tuyên bố rất quan trọng. Môi-se không yêu cầu Pha-ra-ôn "" buông tha "" dân Hê-bơ-rơ. Thay vì thế, ông đòi hỏi Pha - ra - ôn giải thoát dân Hê - bơ - rơ. Đức Chúa Trời và dân Ngài +Trong câu 7, hãy chú ý việc đề cập đến một chủ đề rất quan trọng trong Kinh Thánh về Đức Chúa Trời là "" Đức Chúa Trời ngươi "" và mối liên hệ đặc biệt mà dân sự Ngài có với Ngài." +EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְ 1 Bây giờ các con sẽ thấy việc Ta làm cho Pha-ra-ôn vì ông ta sẽ để họ đi nhờ có tay mạnh mẽ Vì cớ tay mạnh mẽ của Ta ông ta sẽ đuổi họ ra khỏi xứ This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 Bây giờ This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) "Điều này nói đến những biến cố tương lai bắt đầu rất sớm. Một bản dịch khác: "" Sắp đến "" hoặc "" sắp đến """ +EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְ 1 my strong hand nhờ có tay **Hand** is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Tay "" là hoán dụ của quyền lực. Dịch cách khác: "" Bởi một quyền lực mạnh mẽ … và bởi một quyền lực mạnh mẽ """ +EXO 6 1 7wm5 figs-metonymy בְ 1 nhờ có tay "It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])" "Ở đây không nói rõ "" bàn tay "" của ai. Các lựa chọn là: ( 1 ) Cả hai đều nói đến bàn tay của Đức Chúa Trời ( ép buộc hành động của Pha - ra - ôn ) , ( 2 ) cả hai đều nói đến bàn tay của Pha - ra - ôn ( ép buộc dân Y - sơ - ra - ên ra khỏi ) , ( 3 ) họ không nói đến bàn tay của cùng một người; điều thứ nhất nói đến bàn tay của Đức Chúa Trời và điều thứ hai nói đến bàn tay của Pha - ra - ôn. Cách dịch khác là: ( 1 ) "" Bởi bàn tay mạnh mẽ của ta … và bởi bàn tay mạnh mẽ của ta "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Bởi bàn tay mạnh mẽ của Ngài … và bởi bàn tay mạnh mẽ của Ngài "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" Bởi bàn tay mạnh mẽ của ta … và bởi bàn tay mạnh mẽ của Ngài """ +EXO 6 1 4m4g figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְ 1 vì ông ta sẽ để họ đi nhờ có tay mạnh mẽ Vì cớ tay mạnh mẽ của Ta ông ta sẽ đuổi họ ra khỏi xứ These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) "Hai cụm từ này có ý nghĩa tương tự. Đức Chúa Trời nói cùng một điều hai lần, theo những cách tương tự, để nhấn mạnh. Bạn không cần phải lặp lại cả hai cụm từ trong bản dịch của bạn nếu điều đó có thể gây bối rối cho độc giả của bạn. Thay vì thế, nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn rõ ràng hơn, bạn có thể kết hợp chúng lại. Tuy nhiên, có một sự khác biệt nhỏ về ý nghĩa, và bạn cũng có thể chọn để làm sáng tỏ điều đó trong bản dịch của mình. Cụm từ thứ hai nhấn mạnh cụm từ thứ nhất bằng cách mô tả Pha - ra - ôn không chỉ đuổi dân Y - sơ - ra - ên đi mà còn buộc họ phải rời khỏi xứ. Một cách dịch khác: "" Ta sẽ buộc ông phải để họ đi, thật ra, ta sẽ buộc ông phải buộc họ rời khỏi xứ của ông """ +EXO 6 1 sdon מֵ 1 ra khỏi xứ “from Egypt” """ Từ Ai Cập """ +EXO 6 2 5m1a writing-newevent וַ 1 Thiên Chúa phán There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) "Có một sự chuyển tiếp ở đây. Trước câu này, Đức Giê-hô-va đang trả lời câu hỏi của Môi-se trực tiếp hơn. Ở đầu câu này, Đức Giê-hô-va được giới thiệu lại là "" Đức Chúa Trời "" bởi vì Ngài bắt đầu đưa ra một lời tuyên bố rõ ràng về chính Ngài và mối liên hệ của Ngài với dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và tổ phụ của họ cũng như những chương trình của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Phần lớn phần này lặp lại những gì Yahweh đã nói với Môi-se. Bạn có thể muốn xem xét một phần ngắt trước câu này." +EXO 6 2 kcty figs-quotemarks וַ 1 Thiên Chúa phán After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, một lời trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 8 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 6 3 l81y translate-transliterate בְּ 1 I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob với danh Thiên Chúa Toàn năng This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) "Đây là danh hiệu dành cho Đức Chúa Trời mà nhiều học giả cho rằng có nghĩa là "" toàn năng. "" +Bạn sẽ cần phải quyết định nếu bạn sẽ chuyển đổi thuật ngữ đó sang ngôn ngữ của bạn hoặc dịch ý nghĩa. Cả hai cách tiếp cận đều có sự hỗ trợ rộng rãi. Một bản dịch khác: "" Là Đức Chúa Trời mạnh nhất """ +EXO 6 3 m27p figs-activepassive וּ 1 I was not known to them nhưng họ chưa biết Ta bằng danh xưng Chúa Hằng Hữu This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but they did not know me by my name Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Nhưng chúng không biết ta bằng danh ta là Đức Giê - hô - va """ +EXO 6 3 e36z וּ 1 nhưng họ chưa biết Ta bằng danh xưng Chúa Hằng Hữu "This statement is very difficult to understand as God’s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theories about what it means; the view followed by the UST is that now God is revealing to the Israelites a fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternate translation: “but my name Yahweh was not understood by them”" "This statement is very difficult to understand as God ' s name, Yahweh, is used throughout Genesis, including by Abraham and others. There are many theory about what it means; the view followed by the ust is that now God is revealed to the Israelites a Fuller meaning of his divine name than what Abraham and others knew. Alternative Translation: "" But my name Yahweh was not understood by them """ +EXO 6 4 zxvc figs-quotations לָ 1 đặng ban cho họ This is the content of the covenant promise from God to his people. Some languages may need to make this part a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “ I said, ‘I will give you the land of Canaan’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Đây là nội dung của lời hứa giao ước từ Đức Chúa Trời ban cho dân sự Ngài. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần phải làm cho phần này trở thành một lời trích dẫn trực tiếp. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ta đã phán: ' Ta sẽ ban cho ngươi xứ Ca - na - an ' "" ." +EXO 6 4 gkkc figs-parallelism אֶ֥רֶץ מְגֻרֵי 1 là xứ mà họ đã cư ngụ như ngoại kiều "These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the land they lived in as temporary residents”; otherwise, “the land that was not their home but where they lived as foreigners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])" "Hai cụm từ này có ý nghĩa tương tự. Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể kết hợp các cụm từ này. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Xứ họ ở như những người tạm trú "" ; nếu không, "" xứ họ sống không phải là quê hương mà là nơi họ sống như những người ngoại quốc """ +EXO 6 5 l3yc נַאֲקַת֙ 1 groaning tiếng kêu rên của This means making sad sounds because of pain and suffering. Điều này có nghĩa là tạo ra âm thanh buồn rầu vì đau đớn và khổ sở. +EXO 6 5 0l2p וָ 1 và Ta đã nhớ lại **I have remembered my covenant** means God is going to take action. Alternative translation: “I will keep my promise” """ Ta đã nhớ đến sự giao ước ta "" có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời sắp có hành động. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ta sẽ giữ lời hứa """ +EXO 6 6 rgh0 grammar-connect-logic-result לָ 1 Vì vậy God is now telling Moses to deliver a message to the Israelites of what God is going to do because of everything that he said in verses 2-5. The reason-result relationship is strongly marked here, so translations should make sure to use a connector that marks verse 6-8 as a result of verses 2-5. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Giờ đây Đức Chúa Trời bảo Môi - se chuyển một thông điệp cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên về những gì Đức Chúa Trời sẽ làm vì mọi điều Ngài đã phán trong câu 2 - 5. Mối quan hệ lý trí - kết quả được đánh dấu mạnh mẽ ở đây, vì thế các bản dịch nên chắc chắn dùng từ nối đánh dấu câu 6 - 8 như là kết quả của câu 2 - 5. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì điều này """ +EXO 6 6 yv14 לָ 1 say to the Israelites Vì vậy hãy nói This is a command from Yahweh to Moses. Alternate translation: “So Yahweh told Moses to say to the Israelites” "Đây là một mạng lệnh từ Đức Giê-hô-va truyền cho Môi-se. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Vì vậy, Yahweh bảo Moses nói với dân Israel """ +EXO 6 6 yg2d figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י 1 Ta là This begins a second-level quotation that continues to the end of Yahweh’s speech at the close of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Điều này bắt đầu một lời trích dẫn cấp độ thứ hai tiếp tục cho đến cuối bài diễn văn của Yahweh ở cuối [ câu 8 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó bằng dấu ngoặc kép hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra một lời trích dẫn trong một lời trích dẫn. +EXO 6 6 we3z figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 **You** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) """ Các ngươi "" ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 6 6 oqnw figs-synecdoche מִ 1 cảnh nô lệ dưới tay người Ai Cập This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians made the Israelites do. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Điều này ám chỉ tất cả những công việc khó nhọc mà người Ai Cập đã làm cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Người Ai Cập bắt anh em làm công việc nặng nhọc """ +EXO 6 6 xyn4 figs-metaphor בִּ 1 tỏ ra quyền năng của Ta **Arm** here is a figurative way of referring to God’s power, influence, and capacity for action. **Outstretched** means that he is using that power. Alternate translation: “by my great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) """ Cánh tay "" Ở đây theo nghĩa bóng ám chỉ quyền năng, ảnh hưởng và khả năng hành động của Đức Chúa Trời. "" Giơ thẳng ra "" có nghĩa là Ngài đang dùng quyền năng đó. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Bằng sức mạnh vĩ đại của ta """ +EXO 6 6 efx1 וּ 1 và bằng các hành động đoán phạt Here, the term **judgments** refers to the plagues that God is about to send to harm Egypt and the Egyptians. Each plague is a response to Pharaoh’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “and by [greatly] harming the Egyptians” "Ở đây, thuật ngữ "" phán xét "" đề cập đến các tai vạ mà Đức Chúa Trời sắp sửa giáng xuống để làm hại xứ Ai Cập và người Ai Cập. Mỗi tai vạ là một phản ứng đối với sự ương ngạnh của Pha-ra-ôn. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Và [ rất ] hãm hại người Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 6 7 o3lb figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 Here every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây mọi lần xuất hiện chữ "" ngươi "" đều ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của từ "" ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 6 7 14ev figs-synecdoche מִ 1 cảnh nô lệ dưới tay người Ai Cập This refers to all the hard work the Egyptians forced upon the Israelites. See what you did in the previous verse at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/06/07/oqnw]]. Alternate translation: “from the hard work the Egyptians force you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Điều này nói đến tất cả những công việc nặng nhọc mà người Ai Cập bắt dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm. Hãy xem bạn đã làm gì trong câu trước [ RC: / / en / tn / help / EXO / 06 / 07 / oqNW ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì người Ai Cập bắt bạn làm những công việc nặng nhọc """ +EXO 6 8 h9ho figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 Here, every occurrence of **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, mọi lần xuất hiện của "" các ngươi "" đều ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của từ "" ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 6 8 g9ru translate-symaction נָשָׂ֨אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔ 1 I swore Ta đã thề This is an action that signifies making an oath. Raising the hand may not have the same meaning in your culture so you may need to use a different symbolic oath-taking action in your translation, or simply translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “I promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) "Đây là một hành động biểu thị việc lập một lời thề. Giơ tay có thể không có cùng ý nghĩa trong văn hóa của bạn vì vậy bạn có thể cần sử dụng một hành động tuyên thệ tượng trưng khác trong bản dịch của bạn, hoặc đơn giản là dịch ý nghĩa đó. Dịch thay thế: "" Tôi đã hứa """ +EXO 6 8 i3vj מוֹרָשָׁ֖ה 1 để sở hữu This means the Israelites will own the land. Alternate translation: “as your own land” "Điều này có nghĩa là dân Y-sơ-ra-ên sẽ sở hữu đất. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Như xứ các ngươi """ +EXO 6 8 ipnm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 Ta là Chúa Hằng Hữu After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh ends. Both the first-level and second-level quotes end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level and second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp của Đức Giê-hô-va kết thúc. Cả hai trích dẫn cấp một và cấp hai đều kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 và cấp 2 để chỉ điều này hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ sự kết thúc của một trích dẫn và một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 6 9 aalj grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 họ không chịu nghe In some languages it will be necessary to put the reason for the people not listening before the result. Alternate translation: “but because of shortness of spirit and because of hard service, they did not listen to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Trong một số ngôn ngữ sẽ cần phải đặt lý trí cho những người không chịu nghe trước kết quả. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này như sau: "" Nhưng vì thiếu tinh thần và vì công việc khó nhọc, họ không nghe lời Môi - se """ +EXO 6 9 0jc7 מִ 1 vì họ nản lòng Here, the people’s **spirit** is spoken of as something that could be measured. By calling it “short,” the author is saying they did not have very much motivation or hope. Alternate translation: “because they had no hope” "Ở đây, "" tinh thần "" của người ta được nói đến như một cái gì đó có thể đo lường được. Bằng cách gọi nó là "" ngắn ngủi "" , tác giả đang nói rằng họ không có nhiều động lực hoặc hy vọng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì họ không có hy vọng """ +EXO 6 10 tpw4 לֵּ 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if it is unnatural. Điều này được sử dụng để đánh dấu sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể bị bỏ qua nếu nó không tự nhiên. +EXO 6 11 pi7a figs-quotemarks בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽ 1 Hãy đến bảo This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 6 11 fxf2 figs-quotations וִֽ 1 để cho ... rời khỏi "This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])" "Đây là một trích dẫn gián tiếp; trong một số ngôn ngữ, bạn sẽ phải làm cho nó một trích dẫn trực tiếp. Hãy cẩn thận để thay đổi đại từ ngôi thứ ba sang đại từ ngôi thứ hai nếu bạn làm điều này. Một cách dịch khác: "" Nói rằng: ' Ngươi phải để cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên ra khỏi xứ ngươi ' """ +EXO 6 12 rsag figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔ 1 Nếu This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִ 1 với Chúa Hằng Hữu Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he **before the face of Yahweh** Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tiêu biểu cho sự hiện diện của một người. Cũng có thể có một gợi ý về sự trâng tráo trong thái độ của Môi-se được chuyển tải bằng cách nói rằng ông "" trước mặt Đức Giê-hô-va "" có thể dịch thay thế là: "" Trước mặt Đức Giê-hô-va "" hoặc "" dạn dĩ đến với Đức Giê-hô-va "" ." +EXO 6 12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 Nếu **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” """ Kìa "" là một thuật ngữ có ý nói tới tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì người nói sắp sửa nói. Nếu không có một cách tốt để dịch thuật này trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, thuật ngữ này có thể được bỏ ra khỏi bản dịch, hoặc bạn có thể sử dụng một bản dịch thay thế như "" như bạn đã biết "" ." +EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔ 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Nếu Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se đặt ra câu hỏi này với hy vọng Đức Chúa Trời sẽ đổi ý về việc sử dụng Môi-se. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì dân Y - sơ - ra - ên không nghe lời tôi, Pha - ra - ôn cũng vậy! """ +EXO 6 12 4iul figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔ 1 Nếu Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Môi-se đang trình bày một lập luận hợp lý: Vì điều này, thì có lẽ là điều kia. Hãy dùng cách tự nhiên để diễn đạt lý lẽ như thế trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nếu dân Y - sơ - ra - ên không nghe tôi, tại sao bạn nghĩ Pha - ra - ôn sẽ nghe tôi? """ +EXO 6 12 k3br figs-metaphor וַ 1 vì con đâu có tài ăn nói "This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])" "Đây là một ẩn dụ có ý nói rằng Môise đã không phải là một diễn giả giỏi. Nó có phần nào thô thiển; cách dịch của bạn về cụm từ này có thể chuyển tải rằng Môi-se đã nói một cách thiếu lịch sự. Một cách dịch khác: "" Tôi nói không hay """ +EXO 6 13 9o6g וַ 1 Ngài ban cho họ một mạng lịnh This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh” "Cụm từ này có phần nào khó dịch. Ở đây, "" mạng lịnh "" cũng có thể được dịch là "" giao cho "" hay "" ủy thác "" . Một khó khăn khác là việc biết mạng lệnh đó dành cho ai: Có phải cho Môi-se và A-rôn hay là họ phải truyền mạng lệnh đó cho Pha-ra-ôn và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên, như vậy "" cho "" có thể được dịch là "" cho "" hay là "" liên quan đến "" những bản dịch thay thế: "" và Ngài truyền cho họ một mạng lệnh liên quan đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và liên quan đến Pha-ra-ôn "" hay là "" và Ngài truyền cho họ một mạng lệnh liên quan đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và Pha-ra-ôn "" hay là "" và Ngài truyền cho họ một mạng lệnh liên quan đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và Pha-ra-ôn "" ." +EXO 6 14 hh3z writing-background אֵ֖לֶּה 1 Đây là Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Câu 14 - 27 là thông tin cơ bản. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn đánh dấu những thông tin cơ bản bằng những đặc điểm của bài diễn văn, hãy dùng ở đây. +EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses những tộc trưởng của Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" các trưởng tộc "" ám chỉ tổ tiên nguyên thủy của gia tộc. Dịch cách khác: "" Tổ phụ của """ +EXO 6 14 wv89 translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן… יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל… חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּ 1 Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 15 c1ni translate-names שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְ 1 Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar, and Shaul Si-mê-ôn ... Giê-mu-ên Gia-min Ô-hát Gia-kin Xô-ha These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 16 k64h translate-names לֵוִי֙…גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּ 1 Gershon…Merari These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 16 m36f translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ 1 137 years old 137 “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Một trăm ba mươi bảy """ +EXO 6 17 alm8 translate-names גֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְ 1 Amram…Uzziel Ghẹt-sôn ... Líp-ni và Si-mê-y These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 18 gzm3 translate-names קְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְ 1 Kê-hát ... Am-ram Dít-sê-ha Hếp-rôn These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 18 qu41 translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּ 1 133 years old 133 “one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) Một trăm ba mươi ba +EXO 6 19 p5sz translate-names מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּ 1 Mê-ra-ri ... Mách-li và Mu-si These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 20 ni1l translate-names עַמְרָ֜ם…יוֹכֶ֤בֶד…אַהֲרֹ֖ן…מֹשֶׁ֑ה…עַמְרָ֔ם 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người. +EXO 6 20 mh02 figs-kinship דֹּֽדָת 1 em gái của cha mình This word specifically means father’s sister. Some languages will have a term that is specific in this way, and translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) Từ ngữ này đặc biệt có nghĩa là em gái của cha. Một số ngôn ngữ sẽ có một từ cụ thể theo cách này, và các dịch giả nên sử dụng từ đó. Cách dịch khác: Xem Ust. +EXO 6 20 ti6q translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּ 1 137 years 137 “one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Một trăm ba mươi bảy năm """ +EXO 6 21 f3yr translate-names יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָ 1 Izhar…Korah…Zichri Dít-sê-ha là Cô-rê Nê-phết These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 22 n7cl translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְ 1 Uzziel…Mishael…Sithri U-xi-ên là Mi-sa-ên Ên-sa-phan và Sít-ri These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 6 23 n1xh translate-names אַהֲרֹ֜ן…אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע…עַמִּינָדָ֛ב…נַחְשׁ֖וֹן…נָדָב֙…אֲבִיה֔וּא…אֶלְעָזָ֖ר…אִֽיתָמָֽר 1 Nadab…Ithamar These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người. +EXO 6 24 7oae translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְ 1 Cô-rê là A-si Ên-ca-na và A-bi-a-sáp These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người. +EXO 6 24 i6o7 translate-names הַ 1 người Cô-rê This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đó là tên của một tộc người, hậu duệ của Cô - rê. +EXO 6 25 zvg2 translate-names וְ 1 Phinehas These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người. +EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses những tộc trưởng nhà The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Chữ "" trưởng tộc "" ở đây tiêu biểu cho những người lãnh đạo gia đình. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Đó là những người lãnh đạo các gia đình """ +EXO 6 26 dqm8 figs-quotemarks 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là phần trích dẫn trực tiếp về những gì Yahweh đã phán trước đó. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn của một nhận xét trước đó. +EXO 6 26 ft6y translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽ 1 by their groups of fighting men The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Thuật ngữ "" chủ nhà "" đề cập đến một nhóm đông người thường được tổ chức thành các nhóm cho chiến tranh. Một bản dịch khác: "" Bởi nhóm người "" hoặc "" Bởi sự chia rẽ """ +EXO 6 27 o7xp grammar-connect-logic-goal לְ 1 cho đem ... ra khỏi This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) Điều này bày tỏ mục tiêu của họ khi họ nói với Pha-ra-ôn. Xem Ust. +EXO 6 28 xssl writing-newevent וַ 1 Khi This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) "This marks a transition from the record of the Genealogy back to the narrative. Hãy xem xét việc ngắt đoạn ở đầu câu Kinh Thánh này. Một bản dịch khác: "" Một ngày """ +EXO 6 29 7s2n figs-quotemarks לֵּ 1 Here, **saying** is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Ở đây, "" nói "" được sử dụng để đánh dấu sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể bị loại bỏ nếu không tự nhiên." +EXO 6 29 vogm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽי 1 Ta là Chúa Hằng Hữu Hãy tâu This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tiêu biểu cho sự hiện diện của một người. Cũng có thể có một gợi ý về sự trâng tráo trong thái độ của Môi-se được chuyển tải bằng cách nói rằng ông đã nói trước "" mặt Đức Giê-hô-va "" . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ 6: 12 ] cách dịch thay thế: "" Trước mặt Đức Giê-hô-va "" hay "" dạn dĩ đến với Đức Giê-hô-va "" ." +EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Con không có tài ăn nói nên làm sao Pha-ra-ôn nghe con được Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se hỏi câu hỏi này với hy vọng thay đổi được tâm trí của Đức Chúa Trời về việc sai phái ông. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Nầy, tôi không phải là một diễn giả giỏi. Chắc chắn Pha-ra-ôn sẽ không nghe tôi! """ +EXO 6 30 qvxf figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְ 1 Con không có tài ăn nói nên làm sao Pha-ra-ôn nghe con được This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” """ Kìa "" là một thuật ngữ có ý nói tới tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì người nói sắp sửa nói. Nếu không có một cách tốt để dịch thuật này trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, thuật ngữ này có thể được bỏ ra khỏi bản dịch, hoặc bạn có thể sử dụng một bản dịch thay thế như "" như bạn đã biết "" ." +EXO 6 30 18l8 figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 Con không có tài ăn nói This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đây là một ẩn dụ có ý nói rằng Môise nghĩ ông không phải là một diễn giả giỏi. Nó có phần thô sơ, và cách dịch cụm từ này của bạn có thể chuyển tải rằng Môi-se đã nói một cách thiếu lịch sự. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 6: 12 ] như sau: "" Tôi luôn luôn không nói được hay """ +EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracles
When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])

### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions.

### “Let my people go”
This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:
- Moses as God to Pharaoh
- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs
- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion
- Up to third-level quotations

"Exodus 07 General Notes +Special coneroin this chapter +Miracles +Khi Đức Giê-hô-va sai Môi-se làm những phép lạ, những người của Pha-ra-ôn có thể sao chép những phép lạ này. Không rõ họ có thể làm điều này bằng cách nào, nhưng vì nó không đến từ Đức Giê-hô-va, nên có lẽ họ đã được thực hiện dưới một quyền lực gian ác nào đó. Lòng cứng cỏi của Pha - ra - ôn +Tấm lòng cứng cỏi của Pha-ra-ôn thường được mô tả là cứng cỏi, mạnh mẽ, hoặc nặng nề trong chương này. Điều này có nghĩa là tấm lòng của ông không cởi mở hay sẵn sàng hiểu những chỉ thị của Đức Giê-hô-va. "" Hãy tha cho dân ta đi "" +Đây là một lời tuyên bố rất quan trọng. Môi-se không yêu cầu Pha-ra-ôn "" buông tha "" dân Hê-bơ-rơ. Thay vì thế, ông đòi hỏi Pha - ra - ôn giải thoát dân Hê - bơ - rơ. Những khó khăn về dịch thuật trong chương này bao gồm: +- Môi-se là Đức Chúa Trời cho Pha-ra-ôn +- Một số thuật ngữ khó hiểu: Tiên tri, dấu kỳ, sự lạ, phép lạ, thuật sĩ, pháp sư, pháp thuật, phán xét, kinh đào, hồ chứa +- Việc sử dụng "" tấm lòng "" để chỉ nơi cư ngụ của ý chí và tình cảm +- Việc trích dẫn cấp 3" +EXO 7 1 4vak figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Môi-se After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu mà tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 5 ] . Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 Này This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” "Điều này được sử dụng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên sau đó. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Hãy lắng nghe kỹ """ +EXO 7 1 dn1s figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥י 1 I have made you like a god Ta đã khiến con như một vị thần đối với Pha-ra-ôn This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/16/gn5v]]). Alternate translation: “I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 4: 16 ] , [ Ghi chú này ] . Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Ta sẽ khiến Pha - ra - ôn xem ngươi như một vị thần """ +EXO 7 1 z163 figs-metaphor וְ 1 A-rôn anh con sẽ là tiên tri của con This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/16/mnsp]]). Alternate translation: “and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Cụm từ này so sánh A-rôn với một tiên tri, vì ông sẽ thật sự là người công bố cho Pha-ra-ôn những điều Môi-se nói với ông ta. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 4: 16 ] , [ Ghi chú này ] . Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Và anh của anh sẽ hành động như nhà tiên tri của anh "" ." +EXO 7 2 l44v figs-kinship אָחִ֨י 1 anh con Aaron is older than Moses. Some languages will use a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) A-rôn lớn tuổi hơn Môi-se. Một số ngôn ngữ sẽ sử dụng một thuật ngữ khác cho mối quan hệ anh chị em dựa trên giới tính và thứ tự tuổi tác. +EXO 7 2 hdwo figs-quotations וְ 1 để ông ta cho Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Một số ngôn ngữ có lẽ cần được trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nếu vậy, hãy chắc chắn đánh dấu nó như một câu trích cấp hai, phụ thuộc vào lời lẽ chính yếu của Yahweh. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ngươi phải để cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên ra khỏi xứ ngươi """ +EXO 7 2 204o מֵ 1 ra khỏi xứ “Egypt” """ Ai-cập """ +EXO 7 3 adsq figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 sẽ khiến ... cứng This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời sẽ làm cho ông cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông cứng cỏi. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn dùng để nói đến ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 4: 21 ] , nhưng hãy lưu ý phép ẩn dụ hơi khác ở đây: lòng mạnh mẽ và cứng cỏi. Dịch cách khác: "" Sẽ khiến Pha - ra - ôn cứng đầu """ +EXO 7 3 vtt1 figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛ 1 many signs…many wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) "Những từ "" dấu hiệu "" và "" kỳ quan "" về cơ bản có cùng ý nghĩa. Đức Chúa Trời sử dụng chúng để nhấn mạnh sự vĩ đại của điều Ngài sẽ làm ở Ai Cập." +EXO 7 4 ar0l figs-youdual אֲלֵ 1 các con Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" ngươi "" có nghĩa là Môi-se và A-rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng dạng số nhiều khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được đề cập, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ( nếu bạn có một ) hoặc dạng số nhiều ( nếu không có ) ở đây." +EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖ 1 put my hand on tay The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Những chữ "" tay ta "" tiêu biểu cho quyền năng lớn lao của Đức Chúa Trời. Một cách dịch khác là "" quyền năng của ta """ +EXO 7 4 0r0r figs-metonymy בְּ 1 với Ai Cập **On Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) """ Trên Ê-díp-tô "" ám chỉ đất đai và mọi vật trong đó, kể cả con người, thú vật, và cây cỏ." +EXO 7 4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜ 1 "These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people”" "Những cụm từ này đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên theo ba cách khác nhau; chúng không đề cập đến ba nhóm người khác nhau. "" Các đạo binh "" là cùng một từ được dịch là "" đạo binh "" trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 6: 26 ] . Cách dịch khác: "" Các đạo binh dân Y-sơ-ra-ên của ta """ +EXO 7 5 cg3n grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 Dân Ai Cập sẽ biết This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) Đây là kết quả của việc Đức Chúa Trời giải cứu dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Trong một số ngôn ngữ, kết quả sẽ phải được đặt sau nguyên nhân, như trong UST. +EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּ 1 reach out with my hand on khi Ta giơ ... ra This phrase represents God’s great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ này tượng trưng cho quyền năng lớn lao của Đức Chúa Trời. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Khi tôi thể hiện quyền năng chống lại """ +EXO 7 5 dguc grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ 1 và đem ... ra The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) "Mục tiêu của những hành động quyền năng của Đức Chúa Trời là giải cứu dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Để ta đem dân Y - sơ - ra - ên ra khỏi giữa họ """ +EXO 7 5 8576 figs-quotemarks מִ 1 khỏi giữa vòng họ At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in [verse 1](../07/01.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Ở cuối câu này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu ở [ câu 1 ] kết thúc. Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết kết thúc của lời trích dẫn. Hãy lưu ý rằng Ust đã được sắp xếp lại. +EXO 7 6 iii5 figs-parallelism וַ 1 "This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])" "Sự lập lại này nhấn mạnh đến lời tuyên bố. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể dùng sự lặp lại để nhấn mạnh; những ngôn ngữ khác cần dùng cách khác để diễn đạt sự nhấn mạnh." +EXO 7 7 liir writing-background וּ 1 Môi-se This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Câu này chứa thông tin về bối cảnh. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn đánh dấu thông tin cơ bản bằng những đặc điểm của bài diễn văn, hãy dùng ở đây. +EXO 7 7 g7i5 translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ 1 Aaron eighty-three years old “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) - Tám mươi … tám mươi ba … +EXO 7 7 9ou3 figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּ 1 This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Đây là một thành ngữ ám chỉ tuổi tác của họ. Xem Ust. +EXO 7 8 pwph writing-newevent וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea.  The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers.  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Câu này đánh dấu sự khởi đầu của những phần mới, cả lớn lẫn nhỏ. Câu chuyện chính về các tai vạ và Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký tự nó diễn ra từ đây cho đến sau khi quân đội của Pha-ra-ôn bị đánh bại tại Biển Đỏ. Sự kiện nhỏ tiếp theo là phép lạ về việc các que biến thành rắn. Hoặc bằng cách sử dụng các hình thức cụ thể mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để đánh dấu sự chuyển tiếp hoặc bằng cách làm cho một phần bị đứt và đầu đề, sự chuyển tiếp này nên được đánh dấu cho người đọc. +EXO 7 8 p2kf לֵ 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. "Ở đây, "" nói "" đánh dấu khởi đầu của một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp và thường bị bỏ sót trong việc dịch thuật khi một cách xây dựng như thế là không tự nhiên trong ngôn ngữ mục tiêu. Xem Ust." +EXO 7 9 b0jl figs-quotemarks כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ 1 Khi Pha-ra-ôn bảo con Làm phép lạ đi thì con sẽ nói This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 7 9 jt9z figs-quotations כִּי֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֲלֵ 1 When Pharaoh says to you, ‘Do a miracle,’ then you will say to Aaron, ‘Take your staff and throw it down before Pharaoh, so that it may become a snake.’ Khi Pha-ra-ôn bảo con Làm phép lạ đi thì con sẽ nói The two quotations in this verse could be stated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “When Pharaoh tells you to do a miracle, then you will tell Aaron to take his staff and throw it down before Pharaoh so that it may become a snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Hai câu trích dẫn trong câu này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng trích dẫn gián tiếp. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Khi Pha-ra-ôn bảo anh làm một phép lạ, anh sẽ bảo A-rôn lấy cây gậy của ông ta ném xuống trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn để ông ta biến thành một con rắn "" ." +EXO 7 9 ye9j figs-quotemarks תְּנ֥וּ לָ 1 Làm phép lạ đi This is a second-level direct quotation. If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp 2. Nếu bạn không quyết định biến nó thành một trích dẫn gián tiếp, nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với các dấu ngoặc kép cấp hai hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 7 9 r0tp figs-quotemarks קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ 1 Hãy lấy This is a second-level direct quotation. The second level may end after **Pharaoh.** If you did not decide to make it an indirect quotation, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp 2. Cấp 2 có thể kết thúc sau "" Pharaoh "" . Nếu bạn không quyết định biến nó thành một trích dẫn gián tiếp, có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó bằng dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn." +EXO 7 9 p3xh לֵ 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. "Ở đây, "" nói "" đánh dấu khởi đầu của một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp và thường bị bỏ sót trong việc dịch thuật khi một cách xây dựng như thế là không tự nhiên trong ngôn ngữ mục tiêu. Xem Ust." +EXO 7 9 ms5o figs-youdual אֲלֵ 1 These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Đây là số nhiều, chỉ về Môi-se và A-rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng ở đây một dạng kép ( nếu bạn có một dạng ) hoặc dạng số nhiều ( nếu không có một dạng ) ." +EXO 7 9 6hfg figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָ 1 Làm phép lạ đi This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Đây là câu trích cấp 2. Nó nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với cấp độ bên ngoài. +EXO 7 9 s5a9 קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּ 1 Hãy lấy This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Đây là câu trích cấp 2. Nó nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với cấp độ bên ngoài. +EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִ 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Mặc dù "" trước mặt Chúa "" vẫn có nghĩa bóng chuẩn của từ "" trước mặt Chúa "" , nhưng ở đây, từ này được dùng theo nghĩa đen nhiều hơn. Môi - se và A - rôn phải làm phép lạ trước mặt Pha - ra - ôn để Pha - ra - ôn có thể thấy phép lạ. Một cách dịch khác: "" Để Pha - ra - ôn có thể thấy """ +EXO 7 10 4q7r figs-metonymy לִ 1 trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn và quần thần This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Lần này, trong khi "" trước mặt Chúa "" vẫn có nghĩa bóng chuẩn của từ "" trước mặt Chúa "" , nhưng ở đây nó được dùng theo nghĩa đen nhiều hơn. A - rôn thật sự đã làm điều này ngay trước mặt Pha - ra - ôn và quần thần để họ có thể thấy điều gì xảy ra. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nơi nào Pha - ra - ôn và quần thần có thể thấy """ +EXO 7 10 3dkq עֲבָדָ֖י 1 quần thần **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants. """ Các đầy tớ người "" có lẽ chỉ về những cố vấn quan trọng sẽ có mặt trong cung vua, và không đề cập đến những đầy tớ bình thường." +EXO 7 11 mqde לַֽ 1 các nhà thông thái Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term. "Ở đây, "" các thuật sĩ "" có lẽ mô tả cả "" những người khôn ngoan lẫn thầy phù thủy "" hơn là một nhóm thứ ba. Xem các từ dịch thuật cho mỗi thuật ngữ." +EXO 7 12 u6np וַ 1 swallowed up Nhưng ... nuốt hết “ate up” or “devoured” """ Ăn hết "" hay "" ăn ngấu nghiến """ +EXO 7 12 m0kw grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ 1 Nhưng ... nuốt hết This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) Đây là một thay đổi bất ngờ và thú vị, không như những gì các ảo thuật gia mong đợi. +EXO 7 12 prnp figs-personification מַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽ 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Trong một số ngôn ngữ, có lẽ cần phải dịch từ "" gậy "" là "" con rắn "" vì nó đã biến thành "" gậy "" . Điều này có thể đúng nếu trong ngôn ngữ mục tiêu không có nghĩa là cây gậy nuốt hoặc ăn cái gì đó ( vì nó không sống ) . Trong một số ngôn ngữ, cũng có thể không có lý do gì để nói về những con rắn như cây gậy đã từng biến đổi." +EXO 7 13 g42f figs-metaphor וַ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Lòng Pha-ra-ôn rắn lại Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were **strong**. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ ngoan cố của Pha-ra-ôn được nói đến như thể lòng ông "" mạnh mẽ "" . Nếu tấm lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Hành 4: 21 ] , nhưng lưu ý rằng đây là một tuyên bố trung lập ( nó không nói rằng ai đó đã khiến ông trở nên bướng bỉnh, như nhiều người khác trong phần này của câu chuyện đã làm ) . Một bản dịch khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn vẫn còn thách thức """ +EXO 7 13 2fve כַּ 1 y như Chúa Hằng Hữu đã nói trước Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST. Bởi vì lời tiên báo của Đức Giê-hô-va có trước sự kiện này, nên một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần phải đặt sự liên hệ đến lời tiên báo đó trước lời tuyên bố rằng nó được ứng nghiệm. Xem Ust. +EXO 7 14 d27r figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֖ד לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart is hard Lòng Pha-ra-ôn cứng cõi Yahweh speaks of Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude as if Pharaoh’s heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being heavy vs strong. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh is defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ðức Giê hô va nói về Pha ra ôn có lòng cứng cỏi, dường như phải buồn rầu. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Đây là một tuyên bố trung lập ( nó không nói rằng bất cứ ai đã khiến ông trở nên bướng bỉnh như nhiều người khác trong phần này của câu chuyện làm ) . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Hành 7: 13 ] , nhưng lưu ý cách ẩn dụ hơi khác ở đó: Trái tim trở nên nặng nề so với mạnh mẽ. Dịch cách khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn đầy thách thức """ +EXO 7 14 qiyx writing-newevent וַ 1 phán A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 7 14 t79b figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Môi-se After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một lời trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu mà tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 18 ] . Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 7 15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to information that follows. Điều này được sử dụng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin sau đó. +EXO 7 15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַ 1 when he goes out to the water khi ông ta đi ra sông There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation. Có nhiều giả thuyết khác nhau về việc Pha-ra-ôn đã đi xuống sông Nile để làm gì, nhưng không cần phải suy đoán hay xác định trong bản dịch. +EXO 7 16 yqp7 וְ 1 Say to him Hãy tâu với ông ta “Say to Pharaoh” """ Tâu cùng Pha - ra - ôn """ +EXO 7 16 i4yt figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Điều này bắt đầu phần trích dẫn cấp độ hai kéo dài cho đến hết [ câu 18 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó bằng dấu ngoặc kép hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 7 16 uvxe figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָ 1 Thiên Chúa của người Hê-bơ-rơ Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) Đức Giê-hô-va tuyên bố dân Hê-bơ-rơ ( dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ) là của riêng Ngài. Họ đã thờ phượng Ngài. Đây là mối quan hệ xã hội. +EXO 7 16 d16q figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔ 1 Hãy để ... đi This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Đây là một trích dẫn cấp 3. Nó nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với các cấp độ bên ngoài. Ngoài ra, bạn có thể dịch nó như một trích dẫn gián tiếp như trong Ust. Nếu bạn làm điều này, hãy cẩn thận điều chỉnh đại từ nhân xưng ( thứ hai / thứ ba ) cho thích hợp. +EXO 7 16 cwox וְ 1 **Behold** is used to draw attention to the information that follows. In some languages, it will not be translated. """ Kìa "" được dùng để thu hút sự chú ý đến những thông tin theo sau. Trong một số ngôn ngữ, nó sẽ không được dịch." +EXO 7 17 j1ev כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 strike the water Chúa Hằng Hữu phán thế này This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 7 17 mywj figs-quotesinquotes בְּ 1 Bởi điều này This begins a third-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 18. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. It is possible that the third-level quote actually ends before **Behold,** in which case, in the rest of the quote **I** refers to Moses, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Điều này bắt đầu một trích dẫn cấp độ thứ ba tiếp tục cho đến cuối câu 18. Nó nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với các cấp độ bên ngoài. Có khả năng là trích dẫn cấp độ 3 thực sự kết thúc trước khi "" nhìn "" , trong trường hợp đó, trong phần còn lại của trích dẫn "" tôi "" đề cập đến Moses, không phải Yahweh." +EXO 7 17 jjm3 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Look at this” """ Kìa "" là một thuật ngữ có ý nói tới tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì người nói sắp sửa nói. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Hãy xem này """ +EXO 7 18 bsjn grammar-connect-logic-result וּ 1 và sông sẽ hôi thối **The river will stink** will happen because the fish die. Alternate translation: “and because of that the river will stink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) """ Sông sẽ hôi thối "" sẽ xảy ra vì cá chết. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và vì cớ đó sông sẽ hôi thối """ +EXO 7 18 nx0q grammar-connect-logic-result וְ 1 Người Ai Cập sẽ không thể uống nước In some languages you will need to put the reason before the result. Alternative translation: “In order to find water to drink from the river, the Egyptians will exhaust themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Trong một số ngôn ngữ bạn sẽ cần phải đặt lý trí trước kết quả. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Để tìm nước uống từ sông, người Ê - díp - tô sẽ kiệt sức "" ." +EXO 7 18 350i figs-rpronouns וְ 1 Người Ai Cập sẽ không thể Here, **themselves** refers back to the subject (**the Egyptians**) to indicated that the Egyptians are the object of the verb as well. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) "Ở đây, "" chính họ "" ám chỉ trở lại chủ ngữ ( "" người Ai Cập "" ) để chỉ rằng người Ai Cập là đối tượng của động từ cũng như vậy. Các ngôn ngữ khác nhau có những phương pháp đánh dấu chủ ngữ khác nhau." +EXO 7 18 grwh figs-quotemarks מִן־הַ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands ends. Depending on your decisions about the embedded quotation levels, you may have up to three levels of quotations that need to be closed here. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation and quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp của mạng lệnh Đức Giê-hô-va kết thúc. Tùy thuộc vào quyết định của bạn về các mức trích dẫn được nhúng, bạn có thể có tối đa ba mức trích dẫn cần được đóng ở đây. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đóng dấu ngoặc kép hoặc bằng bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của một trích dẫn và các trích dẫn trong các trích dẫn. +EXO 7 19 jima figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּ 1 Hãy bảo This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 7 19 9o1q figs-quotemarks קַ֣ח מַטְּ 1 Hãy cầm gậy anh This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 7 19 ysi7 figs-merism עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣ 1 This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Danh sách này nhằm mở rộng và củng cố ý tưởng về tất cả các nguồn nước ở Ai Cập. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này sao cho vị trí của máu không bị giới hạn ở những nơi cụ thể này, mà phải bao hàm tính phổ quát. +EXO 7 19 wxp2 בְּ 1 throughout all “in every part of” """ Trong mọi nơi """ +EXO 7 19 msxp figs-possession וּ 1 trong các đồ chứa bằng gỗ hay bằng đá This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) "Bản nhạc sở hữu này. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Trong những bình bằng gỗ và bằng đá """ +EXO 7 20 zy18 figs-explicit בַּ 1 in the river dưới sông The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Tên của con sông có thể được làm cho rõ ràng. Bản dịch khác: "" Trên sông Ni - lơ """ +EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְ 1 trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn và quần thần This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là trước mắt họ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Trước mặt Pha - ra - ôn và quần thần """ +EXO 7 22 6njd translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 các thuật sĩ See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ ngữ này trong [ 7: 11 ] . +EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-metaphor וַ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Cho nên ... bị rắn lại Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ ngoan cố của Pha - ra - ôn được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Đây là một tuyên bố trung lập ( nó không nói rằng bất cứ ai khiến ông trở nên bướng bỉnh như nhiều người khác trong phần này của câu chuyện làm ) . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 7: 13 ] . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Pha-ra-ôn vẫn còn thách thức """ +EXO 7 22 sbic כַּ 1 y như Chúa Hằng Hữu đã phán Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears. Bởi vì lời tiên báo của Đức Giê-hô-va có trước sự kiện này, nên một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần phải đặt sự liên hệ đến lời tiên báo đó trước lời tuyên bố rằng nó được ứng nghiệm. Hãy xem Ust và làm thế nào bạn giải quyết điều này trong [ 7: 13 ] , nơi có cùng một câu. +EXO 7 23 atdk figs-idiom וְ 1 This is an idiom meaning Pharaoh did not think about the meaning of the miracle he had just seen. Alternate translation: “And he did not consider what even this meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ có nghĩa là Pha-ra-ôn đã không nghĩ đến ý nghĩa của phép lạ mà ông ta vừa nhìn thấy. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và ông cũng không xem xét ý nghĩa của phép lạ này """ +EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) "Từ "" tất cả "" ở đây là một sự khái quát hóa có nghĩa là "" nhiều "" . Ít nhất, tầng lớp thượng lưu hẳn đã sai các nô lệ đi đào đất cho họ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nhiều người Ai Cập """ +EXO 7 25 93t8 writing-newevent וַ 1 trôi qua A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 7 25 5ma1 figs-idiom וַ 1 Bảy ngày trôi qua This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Đây là một thành ngữ có nghĩa bảy ngày sau đó. +EXO 7 25 8aut translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Bảy “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 7 """ +EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each
- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter
- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is


### Lifting up the hand and staff:
In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart
Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. "Exodus 08 General Notes +Những khó khăn về dịch thuật có thể xảy ra trong chương này +- Những côn trùng chính xác trong dịch bệnh 3 - 4 không nhất định, các tổ dịch thuật sẽ cần quyết định những côn trùng nào họ có thể sử dụng cho từng loại +- Pha-ra-ôn làm cho chính tấm lòng của ông ta trở nên nặng nề, nghĩa là, ông ta quyết định sẽ kiêu ngạo và chống cự Yahweh hai lần trong chương này +- Những của lễ của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên được nói đến như là một sự gớm ghiếc đối với người Ai Cập nhưng nó không được xác định như thế nào hoặc tại sao như vậy +Giơ tay lên và cây gậy: +Trong vài chương tiếp theo, Đức Chúa Trời sẽ chỉ dẫn Môi-se và / hoặc A-rôn giơ tay và / hoặc cây trượng của mình lên. Câu chuyện sau đó sẽ ghi lại rằng bất kỳ ai sẽ giơ tay và / hoặc cây gậy của mình lên. Lời chỉ dẫn và hành động không phải lúc nào cũng phù hợp một cách chính xác. Thiên Chúa có thể nói giơ tay của bạn lên và câu chuyện có thể nói Moses đã giơ gậy của mình lên. Đây không phải là những lời tường thuật mâu thuẫn. Các dịch giả nên hiểu rằng tay và gậy luôn luôn được hiểu cùng nhau. Họ là một và có thể đề cập đến cả hai hoặc có thể đề cập riêng rẽ. Trong mỗi trường hợp, Môi - se hoặc A - rôn giơ tay lên với cây gậy trong đó. Thực tế này chỉ đơn thuần được thể hiện khác nhau. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Tấm lòng cứng cỏi của Pha-ra-ôn +Tấm lòng của Pha-ra-ôn thường được mô tả là cứng cỏi trong chương nầy. Điều này có nghĩa là tấm lòng của ông không cởi mở hay sẵn sàng hiểu những chỉ thị của Đức Giê-hô-va. Khi lòng ông cứng cỏi, nó càng ngày càng trở nên không tiếp nhận Đức Giê-hô-va. Hãy tha cho dân ta đi +Đây là một lời tuyên bố rất quan trọng. Môi-se không xin phép Pha-ra-ôn để "" buông tha "" dân Hê-bơ-rơ. Thay vì thế, ông đòi hỏi Pha - ra - ôn phải thả dân Hê - bơ - rơ." +EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 Hãy đến gặp This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) Điều nầy bắt đầu một lời trích dẫn trực tiếp cứ tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 4 ] . +EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu có phán thế này This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 thế này This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Điều này bắt đầu một trích dẫn cấp độ thứ hai tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 4 ] . Phải được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với cấp độ bên ngoài. +EXO 8 1 kure figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Hãy để ... đi This begins a third-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) Điều này bắt đầu một trích dẫn cấp độ thứ ba tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 4 ] . Câu này nên được đánh dấu theo cách nào đó để phân biệt nó với các cấp độ bên ngoài. +EXO 8 2 s7y1 figs-ellipsis לְ 1 để họ đi What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) "Pha-ra-ôn là gì để "" buông ra "" không được nói rõ, nhưng "" dân ta "" hay "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên "" mới là đối tượng hiểu được. Có thể dịch là "" để cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên đi """ +EXO 8 2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out” """ Kìa "" là thán từ có nghĩa là tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì xảy ra tiếp theo, trong trường hợp này là một lời cảnh báo nghiêm trọng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hãy coi chừng """ +EXO 8 3 5zo6 figs-merism בְּ 1 trong cung ngươi phòng ngủ ngươi This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Danh sách dài này có nghĩa "" mọi nơi trong xứ Ai Cập "" . Nó được trình bày theo cách này cho hiệu quả tu từ, nghĩa là, để thuyết phục Pha-ra-ôn rằng tai vạ này sẽ tồi tệ như thế nào để ông ta sẽ vâng lời. Bạn nên dịch danh sách theo cách sao cho vị trí của ếch nhái không bị giới hạn ở những nơi cụ thể này. Danh sách nên bao hàm tính phổ quát." +EXO 8 4 okok figs-quotemarks 1 Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Có ba cấp độ trích dẫn kết thúc ở cuối câu nầy. Tùy thuộc vào số mức mà bạn chọn để đánh dấu là trích dẫn trực tiếp, bạn nên chỉ ra chúng kết thúc ở đây bằng cách đóng dấu trích dẫn cấp hai ( và cấp ba ) hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của các trích dẫn và trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 5 wll3 figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ 1 Hãy nói This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép mở và đóng cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 5 ley6 figs-quotations וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu bảo It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Có thể hữu ích nếu dịch gián tiếp phần trích dẫn đầu tiên này để tránh có hai mức độ trích dẫn trong câu này. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và Đức Giê-hô-va bảo Môi-se nói với A-rôn """ +EXO 8 5 5myy figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְ 1 giơ ... ra This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Đây là một trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp hai ( nếu bạn chọn để làm cho "" nói với Aaron "" một trích dẫn trực tiếp ) . Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu mở và đóng cấp hai hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn bên trong một trích dẫn." +EXO 8 5 1qzz יָדְ 1 tay và gậy anh See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 8 5 z19q figs-merism עַל־הַ֨ 1 This list is meant to convey the idea of all the water in Egypt where frogs might live. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations are not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. This is made clear in [8:6](../08/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Danh sách này nhằm truyền đạt ý tưởng về mọi nguồn nước ở Ai Cập nơi ếch nhái có thể sinh sống. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này theo cách sao cho các địa điểm không bị giới hạn ở những nơi cụ thể này. Danh sách phải bao hàm tính phổ quát. Điều này được nói rõ trong [ 8: 6 ] . +EXO 8 6 wf3a figs-explicit וַ 1 A-rôn giơ ... ra It is implied that Moses told Yahweh’s instructions to Aaron. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Nó được ngụ ý rằng Môi-se đã kể lại những lời chỉ dẫn của Đức Giê-hô-va cho A-rôn. Bạn có thể làm rõ điều này như trong Ust. +EXO 8 6 3t7n figs-explicit יָד֔ 1 tay It is implied that Aaron was holding his staff as instructed. You may choose to make this explicit. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Alternate translation: “his hand holding his staff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nó ngụ ý rằng Aaron đã cầm cây gậy của mình như chỉ dẫn. Bạn có thể chọn để làm cho điều này rõ ràng. Xin xem chú thích nơi [ lời mở đầu chương 8 ] về tay và cây gậy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Tay Ngài cầm cây gậy """ +EXO 8 6 j1w7 figs-synecdoche וַ 1 A-rôn giơ ... ra Aaron would not have been able to reach his hand over all the water in Egypt. He likely stretched his hand over some nearby portion of the Nile symbolizing all the water of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) A-rôn sẽ không thể nào với tay ra trên toàn bộ các dòng nước ở Ai-cập. Rất có thể ông đã giơ tay ra trên một phần sông Ni - lơ gần đó tượng trưng cho toàn thể nước ở Ai Cập. +EXO 8 6 drmg figs-explicit וַ 1 khiến ... bò lên [Verse 3](../08/03.md) has specified from where the frogs will come. Here it is implied, but you may make it explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) [ Câu 3 ] Đã chỉ rõ từ đâu ếch nhái sẽ đến. Ở đây ngụ ý như vậy, nhưng bạn có thể nói rõ như trong Ust. +EXO 8 6 rxze figs-collectivenouns הַ 1 ếch nhái There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) Có quá nhiều ếch đến nỗi văn bản sử dụng số ít tập hợp. Nếu điều đó không có ý nghĩa trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể đơn giản sử dụng số nhiều như trong UST. +EXO 8 6 j83d figs-metaphor וַ 1 khiến ếch nhái bò lên bao phủ This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Điều nầy có nghĩa là đã có ếch nhái ở khắp mọi nơi trong xứ Ai Cập. Hình ảnh này giống như một tấm mền phủ kín cả xứ sở. Hình ảnh này giống như một tấm chăn phủ kín cả xứ ( hoặc trực tiếp hơn, giống như một con ếch khổng lồ to bằng cả quốc gia ngồi trên khắp đất ) . +EXO 8 7 5yzg translate-unknown הַֽ 1 các thuật sĩ ... bằng pháp thuật của họ See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những điều nầy trong [ 7: 11 ] . +EXO 8 8 mhn3 וַ 1 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron Pha-ra-ôn triệu tập Môi-se và A-rôn “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron” """ Pha-ra-ôn bèn đòi Môi-se và A-rôn "" hoặc "" và vua cho gọi Môi-se và A-rôn """ +EXO 8 8 nfe3 figs-explicit וַ 1 Pha-ra-ôn triệu tập Môi-se và A-rôn bảo It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nó ngụ ý rằng Môi-se và A-rôn xen giữa việc được kêu gọi và việc Pha-ra-ôn nói chuyện với họ. Có lẽ bạn cần nói rõ điều này. Một bản dịch khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn bèn đòi Môi - se và A - rôn đến, thì người nói rằng """ +EXO 8 8 pc7e figs-quotemarks הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ 1 Hãy cầu nguyện This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 8 tx3t figs-quotations אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְ 1 In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, ‘Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Trong một số ngôn ngữ, bạn có thể phải làm cho nội dung của lời cầu nguyện của Pha-ra-ôn với Đức Giê-hô-va là một trích dẫn trực tiếp. Lưu ý rằng điều này sẽ làm cho nó trở thành một trích dẫn cấp hai và bạn sẽ cần phải đánh dấu nó với các dấu ngoặc kép cấp hai nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng chúng. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Đức Giê - hô - va phán: "" Xin hãy cất ếch nhái khỏi Pha - ra - ôn và dân sự của người "" . """ +EXO 8 8 qku4 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וַ 1 Rồi ta sẽ để cho ... đi This promise is conditional on the frogs going away. Alternate translation: “Once the frogs are gone, I will let the people go, and they may sacrifice to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) "Lời hứa này đặt điều kiện trên việc ếch nhái ra đi. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Một khi ếch nhái đã ra đi, ta sẽ cho dân sự ra đi, và họ có thể dâng tế lễ cho Đức Giê-hô-va "" ." +EXO 8 9 bm7x figs-quotemarks הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ 1 Vua có được đặc quyền cho tôi biết This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 9 khfd figs-irony הִתְפָּאֵ֣ר עָלַ 1 Vua có được đặc quyền cho tôi biết Moses speaks with false humility here. He is ironically pointing out Pharaoh’s powerlessness before Yahweh. Alternate translation: “You can choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) "Môise nói với sự khiêm nhường giả tạo ở đây. Mỉa mai thay, ông chỉ ra sự bất lực của Pha-ra-ôn trước mặt Đức Giê-hô-va. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi có thể chọn """ +EXO 8 9 g0lu figs-merism לְ 1 cho vua quần thần của vua These lists mean “for everyone” and “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that Moses will ask for a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Các danh sách nầy có nghĩa là "" cho mọi người "" và "" từ mọi nơi "" ( ở Ai Cập ) . Điều này cho thấy rõ ràng rằng Môi-se sẽ yêu cầu chấm dứt hoàn toàn tai vạ. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này theo cách sao cho nó không truyền đạt giới hạn đối với các chi tiết cụ thể này, nhưng được hiểu là ngụ ý tính phổ quát." +EXO 8 10 g5e7 figs-quotemarks לְ 1 Ngày mai This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 10 tvjo figs-quotemarks כִּ 1 Việc sẽ như vua nói A direct quote begins here that continues to the end of the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu ở đây và tiếp tục cho đến cuối câu kế tiếp. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi đưa ra điều này bằng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng để chỉ sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 10 ofw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּי־אֵ֖ין כַּ 1 đặng vua biết This knowledge is the goal of Yahweh’s granting a respite from the frogs. In some languages you may need to place this at the end of [verse 11](../08/11.md) after Moses says the frogs will leave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) Sự hiểu biết này là mục tiêu của việc ban cho Đức Giê-hô-va một sự yên nghỉ khỏi ếch nhái. Trong một số ngôn ngữ, bạn có thể cần đặt điều này ở cuối [ câu 11 ] sau khi Môi-se nói rằng ếch nhái sẽ rời đi. +EXO 8 10 8120 figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽי 1 Thiên Chúa của chúng tôi Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) "Ở đây, "" của chúng ta "" đề cập tới Đức Chúa Trời của dân Israel, trừ ra Pha-ra-ôn và người Ai Cập." +EXO 8 11 zwqo figs-merism מִמְּ 1 khỏi vua nhà cửa của vua quần thần của vua và thần dân của vua This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Danh này có nghĩa là "" từ mọi nơi và mọi người "" ( ở Ai Cập ) . Điều nầy cho thấy rằng sự kết thúc của nạn dịch hạch sẽ trọn vẹn như mức độ của nó. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này theo cách sao cho nó không truyền đạt giới hạn đối với các chi tiết cụ thể này, nhưng được hiểu là ngụ ý tính phổ quát." +EXO 8 11 ttyr figs-quotemarks רַ֥ק בַּ 1 Chúng sẽ chỉ còn ở dưới sông After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp của Môise mà bắt đầu ở câu trước kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi cho biết điều này bằng một dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để cho biết kết thúc của một lời trích dẫn. +EXO 8 12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 Ngài đã giáng “Yahweh had set” """ Đức Giê-hô-va đã lập """ +EXO 8 12 nxyi writing-newevent וַ 1 Môi-se và A-rôn cáo từ A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một sự thay đổi cảnh tượng nhỏ xảy ra ở đây và có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 8 13 80ei figs-merism מִן־הַ 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Danh này có nghĩa là "" từ khắp mọi nơi "" ( ở Ai Cập ) . Điều này cho thấy rõ là đã có một sự chấm dứt hoàn toàn bệnh dịch hạch. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này theo cách sao cho nó không truyền đạt giới hạn đối với các chi tiết cụ thể này, nhưng được hiểu là ngụ ý tính phổ quát." +EXO 8 14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 thành đống Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were. "Nghĩa đen là "" chồng đống "" . Sự lặp lại được sử dụng trong tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ để nhấn mạnh chúng có bao nhiêu hoặc lớn bao nhiêu." +EXO 8 15 lv2n figs-metaphor וְ 1 he hardened his heart ông ta lại cứng Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ bướng bỉnh của Pha-ra-ôn được nói đến như thể ông ta đã làm cho lòng mình nặng nề. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn dùng để nói đến ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ dùng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 7: 14 ] , nhưng hãy lưu ý rằng tình trạng của lòng Pha - ra - ôn được báo cáo, trong khi ở đây, Pha - ra - ôn làm cho lòng mình nặng trĩu. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và Pha - ra - ôn quyết định thách thức """ +EXO 8 15 b47h כַּ 1 just as Yahweh had said that he would do y như Chúa Hằng Hữu đã báo trước “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do” """ Như Ðức Giê hô va đã phán dặn Pha ra ôn sẽ làm """ +EXO 8 16 7tgc writing-newevent וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Đây là sự bắt đầu của chuỗi tai họa thứ ba. +EXO 8 16 s5gh figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ 1 Hãy bảo This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, có thể hữu ích khi dịch một trong những phần này thành một trích dẫn gián tiếp để bạn không phải có hai cấp độ trích dẫn ở đây. Cách dịch thay thế: Xem Ust hoặc "" [ Và Đức Giê-hô-va bảo Môi-se ] bảo A-rôn """ +EXO 8 16 xh9e figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ 1 hãy giơ ... ra This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp hai ( trừ khi bạn dịch một phần là trích dẫn gián tiếp ) . Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó bằng dấu trích dẫn cấp hai ( hoặc cấp một ) hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn ( trong một trích dẫn ) . +EXO 8 16 joxz נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּ 1 hãy giơ ... ra This is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. Đây là một hành động hay chuyển động nhưng nó được mô tả với hai động từ xảy ra trong suốt phần này của sự phán xét dịch hạch. +EXO 8 16 4kyj מַטְּ 1 gậy This is Aaron’s staff. See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Đây là nhân viên của Aaron. Xem chú thích nơi [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về tay và gậy. +EXO 8 16 w5el translate-unknown לְ 1 muỗi We do not know exactly what this word means. It is probably a tiny (as in dust-particle size) biting insect. You should choose a different insect here than in the next plague ([8:21](../08/21.md)-8:31). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Chúng ta không biết chính xác từ này có nghĩa gì. Nó có lẽ là một con côn trùng nhỏ xíu ( như trong kích cỡ hạt bụi ) đang cắn côn trùng. Bạn nên chọn một con côn trùng khác ở đây thay vì trong tai vạ kế tiếp ( [ 8: 21 ] - 8: 31 ) . +EXO 8 17 8zno וַ 1 A-rôn giơ ... ra Again, this is one action or motion but it is described with the two verbs that occur throughout this section of plague judgment. See how you translated it in the [previous verse](../08/16.md). Một lần nữa, đây là một hành động hay chuyển động nhưng nó được mô tả với hai động từ xảy ra xuyên suốt phần này của sự phán xét dịch hạch. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nó trong [ câu trước ] . +EXO 8 17 l784 יָד֤ 1 tay và gậy mình See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 8 17 nhgt translate-unknown הַ 1 Muỗi Again, we do not know this term for certain, so see how you translated it in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Một lần nữa, chúng ta không biết chắc từ ngữ này, vì vậy hãy xem cách bạn dịch nó trong [ 8: 16 ] . +EXO 8 17 grs3 figs-gendernotations בָּ 1 bu vào người ta This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Bao gồm cả phụ nữ và trẻ em. Một bản dịch khác: "" Người "" hoặc "" Loài người "" hoặc "" Loài người "" xem Ust." +EXO 8 17 grg5 figs-hyperbole כָּל־עֲפַ֥ר הָ 1 This extraordinary statement is used to emphasize the extent and severity of the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Lời phát biểu phi thường này được sử dụng để nhấn mạnh mức độ và tính nghiêm trọng của dịch hạch. +EXO 8 18 9iqc translate-unknown הַ 1 Các thuật sĩ ... pháp thuật See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những điều nầy trong [ 7: 11 ] . +EXO 8 18 ii85 translate-unknown הַ 1 muỗi See how you translated this term in [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ ngữ này trong [ 8: 16 ] . +EXO 8 18 mnj5 figs-gendernotations בָּ 1 bu vào người ta This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Bao gồm cả phụ nữ và trẻ em. Một bản dịch khác: "" Người "" hoặc "" Loài người "" hoặc "" Loài người "" xem Ust." +EXO 8 19 22be translate-unknown הַֽ 1 các thuật sĩ See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ ngữ này trong [ 7: 11 ] . +EXO 8 19 lk2k figs-synecdoche אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא 1 This is the finger of God Đây là ngón tay của Thiên Chúa The words “finger of God” represent the power of God. Alternate translation: “This is the powerful work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Những chữ "" ngón tay của Đức Chúa Trời "" tiêu biểu cho quyền năng của Đức Chúa Trời. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Đây là công việc quyền năng của Đức Chúa Trời """ +EXO 8 19 z1w2 figs-metaphor וַ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Nhưng ... rắn lại Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ ngoan cố của Pha - ra - ôn được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 7: 13 ] . Đây là một tuyên bố trung lập ( nó không nói rằng bất cứ ai khiến anh ta trở nên bướng bỉnh như nhiều người khác trong phần này của câu chuyện làm ) . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Pha-ra-ôn vẫn còn thách thức """ +EXO 8 19 rp3i writing-participants אֲלֵ 1 họ It is possible that **them** refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) "Có thể "" họ "" ám chỉ các thuật sĩ ở đây." +EXO 8 19 gjgg כַּ 1 y như Chúa Hằng Hữu đã nói Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST. Một số ngôn ngữ sẽ cần đặt điều này trước điều mà Ðức Giê hô va đã tiên đoán, như trong Ust. +EXO 8 20 j5n8 וְ 1 stand in front of Pharaoh và đứng trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn “and present yourself to Pharaoh” """ Và ra mắt Pha - ra - ôn """ +EXO 8 20 frfn writing-newevent וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Đây là sự bắt đầu của chuỗi tai họa thứ tư. +EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִ 1 trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là sự hiện diện của một người." +EXO 8 20 2g25 הִנֵּ֖ה 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” "Điều này được sử dụng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin quan trọng kế tiếp. Trong một số ngôn ngữ và phong cách dịch thuật, nó sẽ có ý nghĩa nhất để loại bỏ điều này, như trong Ust. Bản dịch khác: "" Hãy lắng nghe cẩn thận """ +EXO 8 20 uypa figs-quotations כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán thế này This phrase opens a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. However, you may also consider making the opening portion an indirect quote so that you do not have a quote inside of a quote for the next verses. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Cụm từ nầy mở ra một phần trích dẫn trực tiếp cứ tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 23 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị nếu dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ bắt đầu một trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, quý vị cũng có thể xem phần mở đầu là một câu trích dẫn gián tiếp để quý vị không có phần trích dẫn trong câu nói của những câu tiếp theo. Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Đấng Yahweh phán """ +EXO 8 20 eqd2 כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 Let my people go Chúa Hằng Hữu phán thế này This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 8 20 a7l7 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Hãy để cho ... đi This phrase opens a second-level direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 23](../08/23.md), unless you made **thus says Yahweh** an indirect quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Cụm từ này mở ra một trích dẫn trực tiếp ở cấp độ thứ hai, tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 23 ] , trừ khi bạn trích dẫn gián tiếp "" Ðức Giê hô va phán như vầy "" . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó bằng dấu ngoặc kép hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn." +EXO 8 20 fgl3 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ 1 đặng họ thờ phượng Ta This is the purpose of the people being let go. Alternate translation: “so they can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) "Đây là mục đích của những người được buông tha. Có thể dịch là: "" Để họ có thể phục vụ tôi """ +EXO 8 21 hitq הִנְ 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” "Điều này được sử dụng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin quan trọng kế tiếp. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Hãy lắng nghe kỹ """ +EXO 8 21 hwcl translate-collectivenouns הֶ 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]]) "Đây là danh từ số ít tập hợp đề cập đến một số lượng lớn những con côn trùng sống thành đàn và cắn xé nhau. Dịch cách khác: "" Bầy ruồi """ +EXO 8 21 2g9v translate-unknown הֶ 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây có lẽ là những con ruồi lớn thường quấy rầy con người và gia súc. +EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּ 1 trên ngươi quần thần ngươi và thần dân ngươi This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] "Danh sách dài này có nghĩa là, "" Mọi nơi trong xứ Ai Cập. "" +Nó được trình bày theo cách này cho hiệu quả tu từ, nghĩa là, để thuyết phục Pha-ra-ôn rằng tai vạ này sẽ tồi tệ như thế nào để ông ta sẽ vâng lời. Bạn nên dịch danh sách theo cách sao cho vị trí của con ruồi không bị giới hạn trong những nơi cụ thể này, mà được hiểu là ngụ ý tính phổ quát. ( Xem: [ [ RC: / / en / ta / man / translation / figs - merism ] ] ]" +EXO 8 22 mv8w grammar-connect-logic-result לְ 1 General Information: để không có This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Đây là kết quả của việc Đức Giê-hô-va đối xử với xứ Gô-sen khác hẳn. Bản dịch khác: "" Bằng cách giữ bầy ở đó """ +EXO 8 22 apum translate-collectivenouns עָרֹ֑ב 1 đám ruồi nhặng nào This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-collectivenouns]]) "Đây là danh từ số ít tập hợp đề cập đến một số lượng lớn những con côn trùng sống thành đàn và cắn xé nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 8: 21 ] . Một cách dịch khác: "" Bầy ruồi """ +EXO 8 22 85hp translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 đám ruồi nhặng nào These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây có lẽ là những con ruồi lớn thường quấy rầy con người và gia súc. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 8: 21 ] +EXO 8 22 refq grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ 1 đặng ngươi biết Ta là Chúa Hằng Hữu giữa xứ này This is the goal of treating the Israelites differently. In some languages you may need to put this phrase the beginning of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) Đây là mục tiêu của việc đối xử với dân Y-sơ-ra-ên khác hẳn. Trong một số ngôn ngữ, có lẽ bạn cần đặt cụm từ này ở đầu câu. +EXO 8 22 a28h אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּ 1 Ta là Chúa Hằng Hữu giữa xứ này Here, **am** could be connecting **I** and **Yahweh** or it could be connecting **I, Yahweh** and **in the middle of the land**. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am in the middle of the land” "Ở đây, "" Am "" có thể kết nối "" I "" và "" Yahweh "" hoặc nó có thể kết nối "" I, Yahweh "" và "" ở giữa đất "" . Dịch cách khác: "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va, đang ở giữa xứ """ +EXO 8 23 8fsp figs-abstractnouns פְדֻ֔ת 1 This is a noun derived from a verb meaning “to buy back.” Very broadly it can mean “to save or rescue.” See the next note regarding textual variants for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Đây là một danh từ xuất phát từ một động từ có nghĩa là "" mua lại "" . Nói một cách khái quát, nó có thể có nghĩa là "" cứu hoặc giải cứu "" . Xem ghi chú tiếp theo về các biến thể văn bản để biết thêm thông tin." +EXO 8 23 tf4j translate-textvariants פְדֻ֔ת 1 Many translations follow the Septuagint here, which uses the word “division.” A minor change to the Hebrew would also produce the word translated “treat differently” in the [previous verse](../08/22.md). Alternate translation: “a division” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) "Nhiều bản dịch theo bản Septuagint ở đây dùng từ "" sự chia rẽ "" . Một sự thay đổi nhỏ về tiếng Hê - bơ - rơ cũng tạo ra từ được dịch là "" đối xử khác "" trong [ câu trước ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Phân chia """ +EXO 8 23 u4gs עַמִּ֖ 1 dân sự Ta Yahweh’s people, that is, the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” "Dân sự của Đức Giê-hô-va, tức là dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 8 23 rg2c עַמֶּ֑ 1 thần dân ngươi Pharaoh’s people, that is, the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptians” "Dân sự của Pha-ra-ôn, nghĩa là, người Ai Cập. Dịch cách khác: "" Người Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 8 23 9c85 figs-quotemarks לְ 1 Dấu hiệu ... sẽ xảy ra vào ngày mai After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotations of Yahweh that started in [8:20](../08/20.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. You may not have three levels if you made any level an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, ba cấp độ trích dẫn trực tiếp của Đức Giê-hô-va bắt đầu ở [ 8: 20 ] kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu chấm câu ở mức độ 1, 2 và 3 để cho thấy điều này, hoặc dùng dấu chấm câu hay quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng để cho biết kết thúc của các câu trích dẫn. Bạn có thể không có ba cấp độ nếu bạn trích dẫn gián tiếp ở bất cứ cấp độ nào. +EXO 8 24 gw3c figs-explicit וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu làm như vậy The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Ust cung cấp một câu ngắn gọn điền vào khoảng trống giữa mạng lệnh của Đức Giê-hô-va truyền cho Môi-se và sự tấn công của tai vạ. Một số ngôn ngữ sẽ cần một điều gì đó như thế để làm cho tiến trình của các sự kiện trở nên rõ ràng. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Môi - se tuân theo những chỉ dẫn mà Đức Giê - hô - va ban cho ông và Pha - ra - ôn đã đáp ứng như Ngài đã phán. Và Đức Giê - hô - va làm thế """ +EXO 8 24 lk5s writing-newevent וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu làm như vậy There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Có một sự thay đổi quang cảnh nhỏ ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 8 24 ut0f translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 các đàn ruồi nhặng There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Có lẽ có những con ruồi lớn thường quấy rầy con người và gia súc. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 8: 21 ] +EXO 8 24 dg0k translate-go וַ 1 bay vào Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) "Một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần dịch điều này là đi hơn là đến. Bản dịch khác: "" Và … ra đi """ +EXO 8 24 97aq figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָ 1 cung Pha-ra-ôn và nhà của quần thần This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là "" cho mọi người ở khắp mọi nơi "" ( ở Ai Cập ) như đã nói rõ trong lời tuyên bố kế tiếp. Điều này cho thấy rõ là côn trùng có ở khắp nơi trong xứ. Bạn nên dịch điều này sao cho không có giới hạn cho những chi tiết cụ thể này, nhưng được hiểu là ngụ ý nói đến tính phổ quát." +EXO 8 24 nd6e figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ 1 the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies đất bị điêu tàn vì cớ những đàn ruồi đó This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được dịch dưới dạng chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Bầy ruồi tàn phá đất """ +EXO 8 24 ngue figs-metonymy מִ 1 vì cớ những đàn ruồi đó Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tượng trưng cho sự hiện diện của loài côn trùng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì côn trùng ở khắp mọi nơi """ +EXO 8 25 e7l0 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ 1 gọi ... đến This happened during the plague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) Điều này xảy ra trong thời kỳ dịch hạch. +EXO 8 25 ciy5 figs-quotemarks לְכ֛וּ זִבְח֥וּ לֵֽ 1 Hãy đi dâng sinh tế cho Thiên Chúa các ngươi ngay trong xứ This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 25 gj2w figs-youdual לֵֽ 1 cho Thiên Chúa các ngươi Here, **your** is plural. it could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) if your team decides it means Moses and Aaron, otherwise use a plural form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" your "" là số nhiều. Từ này có thể nói đến Môi - se và A - rôn hoặc dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của từ "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy dùng hình thức kép ( nếu bạn có một người ) nếu nhóm của bạn quyết định từ đó có nghĩa là Môi - se và A - rôn, nếu không hãy dùng hình thức số nhiều." +EXO 8 26 tvnj figs-quotemarks וַ 1 Môi-se đáp After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 8: 27 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 8 26 9x8p תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 là thứ ... ghê tởm We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause. "Chúng ta không biết của lễ của họ là "" sự gớm ghiếc "" nào đối với người Ai Cập. Thuật ngữ tương tự được sử dụng trong Sáng Thế Ký 43: 32 và 46: 34 để mô tả cảm giác của người Ai Cập về việc ăn uống với người Hê-bơ-rơ và về nghề chăn chiên của người Hê-bơ-rơ, tương ứng. Các dịch giả nên cố gắng truyền đạt những cảm xúc tiêu cực mạnh mẽ sẽ được kích động trong người Ai Cập mà không suy đoán về nguyên nhân." +EXO 8 26 43cl figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח …אֱלֹהֵ֑י 1 sinh tế chúng tôi dâng Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) "Ở đây, "" chúng ta, của chúng ta, "" và "" chúng ta "" đều nên được dịch là độc quyền ( nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn cho sự phân biệt đó ) . Pha-ra-ôn và người Ai-cập không được kể vào số đó." +EXO 8 26 i7dy figs-rquestion וְ 1 will they not stone us? họ lại chẳng ném đá chúng tôi sao Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se đặt ra câu hỏi này để cho Pha-ra-ôn thấy rằng người Ai-cập sẽ không cho phép dân Y-sơ-ra-ên thờ phượng Đức Giê-hô-va bằng cách khiến cho một của lễ trở nên ghê tởm đối với họ. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Họ sẽ ném đá chúng ta! """ +EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְ 1 right before their eyes ngay trước mắt họ This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đây là cách nói theo nghĩa bóng "" nơi nào họ có thể thấy "" . Bản diễn ý dịch là "" trước mắt họ """ +EXO 8 27 ju3u figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) "Ở đây, "" chúng ta, của chúng ta, "" và "" chúng ta "" đều nên được dịch là độc quyền ( nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn cho sự phân biệt đó ) . Pha-ra-ôn và dân sự của ông ta không được kể vào số đó." +EXO 8 27 clc3 figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽי 1 chúng tôi After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, phần trích dẫn trực tiếp lập luận của Môi-se cho Pha-ra-ôn kết thúc. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu ngoặc kép cấp một đóng lại hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 28 p3pd figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְ 1 Ta sẽ cho phép các người đi dâng sinh tế cho Chúa Hằng Hữu Thiên Chúa của các người trong hoang mạc miễn là This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 28 qxes figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 các người If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng nhiều hình thức khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 8 28 mla2 אֶתְ 1 các người “the Israelites” """ Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 8 28 hnud figs-idiom הַרְחֵ֥ק…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Trong tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ, "" xa "" được lặp lại để nhấn mạnh ( với "" không "" ) rằng họ hoàn toàn không được đi quá xa. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không dùng những từ lặp lại như thế này, hãy diễn tả sự nhấn mạnh bằng một cách khác." +EXO 8 29 kgkx figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽ 1 Khi tôi cáo từ vua tôi sẽ cầu nguyện xin This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 8 29 3hwq הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this” "Đây là một thuật ngữ có nghĩa là tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì diễn giả sắp nói. Nếu không có cách nào tốt để dịch thuật ngữ này trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, thuật ngữ này có thể bị bỏ sót trong bản dịch. Bản dịch khác: "" Hãy biết điều này """ +EXO 8 29 jirm translate-unknown הֶ 1 các đàn ruồi nhặng These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây có lẽ là những con ruồi lớn thường quấy rầy con người và gia súc. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 8: 21 ] +EXO 8 29 yvcl figs-123person מִ 1 khỏi vua Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you ... you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Môi-se có thể đang sử dụng ngôi thứ ba để đề cập đến Pha-ra-ôn để bày tỏ sự tôn trọng, bởi vì vua có vẻ mủi lòng. Nếu việc dùng ngôi thứ ba không phải là một cách để bày tỏ lòng tôn trọng trong nền văn hóa của bạn hoặc không phải là cách thích hợp để nói chuyện với một người, có lẽ bạn cần thay đổi hình thức. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Từ bạn … bạn """ +EXO 8 29 la3z figs-merism מִ 1 khỏi vua cùng quần thần và thần dân của vua This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Danh này có nghĩa là "" từ mọi nơi và mọi người "" ( ở Ai Cập ) . Điều nầy cho thấy rằng sự kết thúc của nạn dịch hạch sẽ trọn vẹn như mức độ của nó. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này theo cách sao cho nó không truyền đạt giới hạn đối với các chi tiết cụ thể này, nhưng được hiểu là ngụ ý tính phổ quát." +EXO 8 29 bf85 figs-doublenegatives אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְ 1 you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng tích cực. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Anh em phải bắt đầu đối xử chân thật với chúng tôi và để cho dân chúng đi """ +EXO 8 29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 But you must not deal deceitfully Nhưng “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us” """ Nhưng anh không được lừa dối chúng tôi "" hay "" nhưng anh không được nói dối chúng tôi """ +EXO 8 30 49le writing-newevent וַ 1 Môi-se cáo từ There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Ở đây có một sự thay đổi nhỏ về quang cảnh, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của quý vị. +EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶ 1 các đàn ruồi nhặng These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây có lẽ là những con ruồi lớn thường quấy rầy con người và gia súc. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 8: 21 ] +EXO 8 31 2ifs figs-merism מִ 1 khỏi Pha-ra-ôn đám quần thần và thần dân của vua This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Danh này có nghĩa là "" từ mọi người và mọi nơi "" ( ở Ai Cập ) . Điều này cho thấy rõ là đã có một sự chấm dứt hoàn toàn bệnh dịch hạch. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này theo cách sao cho nó không truyền đạt giới hạn đối với các chi tiết cụ thể này, nhưng được hiểu là ngụ ý tính phổ quát." +EXO 8 31 mb4r figs-hyperbole לֹ֥א נִשְׁאַ֖ר אֶחָֽד 1 Không còn lại con nào This extreme statement emphasizes how thoroughly Yahweh removed the insects from the land. Alternate translation: “There was not a single one of these insects left in the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) "Lời tuyên bố cực đoan này nhấn mạnh cách Đức Giê-hô-va triệt để đuổi côn trùng ra khỏi đất. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Không còn một con côn trùng nào còn lại trong cả xứ "" ." +EXO 8 32 sb5l figs-metaphor וַ 1 Pharaoh hardened his heart Nhưng ... Pha-ra-ôn ... lại cứng Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ bướng bỉnh của Pha-ra-ôn được nói đến như thể ông ta đã làm cho lòng mình nặng nề. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn dùng để nói đến ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ dùng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 8: 15 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn đã quyết định thách thức """ +EXO 9 intro hqw8 0 # Exodus 09 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses is not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. "Exodus 09 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Tấm lòng cứng cỏi của Pha-ra-ôn +Tấm lòng của Pha-ra-ôn thường được mô tả là cứng cỏi trong chương nầy. Điều này có nghĩa là tấm lòng của ông không cởi mở hay sẵn sàng hiểu những chỉ thị của Đức Giê-hô-va. Khi lòng ông cứng cỏi, nó càng ngày càng trở nên không tiếp nhận Đức Giê-hô-va. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +Hãy tha cho dân ta đi +Đây là một lời tuyên bố rất quan trọng. Môi-se không yêu cầu Pha-ra-ôn "" buông tha "" dân Hê-bơ-rơ. Thay vào đó, ông đang đòi hỏi Pha-ra-ôn phải giải phóng dân Hê-bơ-rơ." +EXO 9 1 se3f writing-newevent וַ 1 General Information: Rồi Chúa Hằng Hữu phán A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fifth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Đây là sự bắt đầu của chuỗi tai họa thứ năm. +EXO 9 1 38fo figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains two more levels of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu mà tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ 9: 4 ] và chứa đựng hai cấp độ trích dẫn nữa. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 9 1 0hcz figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗י 1 ông ta After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp ở cấp độ thứ hai bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ 9: 4 ] và có thêm một cấp độ trích dẫn nữa. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu mở đầu của câu trích dẫn cấp độ hai hoặc bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết khởi đầu của một câu trích dẫn trong một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְ 1 và nói với ông ta You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Bạn có thể dịch phần trích dẫn bắt đầu bằng câu "" Đấng Yahweh phán như vầy "" như một phần trích dẫn gián tiếp nhằm giảm bớt mức độ trích dẫn trong phân đoạn này. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và nói với Ngài rằng Giê-hô-va, Đức Chúa Trời của người Hê-bơ-rơ, phán """ +EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖ 1 dân Ta “the Israelites” """ Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְ 1 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) "Hai cụm từ này về cơ bản có nghĩa như nhau. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Nếu anh em tiếp tục không chịu buông tha họ """ +EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 thì This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out” "Điều này được sử dụng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên sau đó. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Coi chừng """ +EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Tại đây, "" tay "" tượng trưng cho quyền năng của Đức Giê-hô-va để hà hiếp súc vật của họ bằng bệnh tật. Dịch cách khác: "" Bấy giờ quyền năng của Ðức Giê hô va sẽ hà hiếp súc vật ngươi """ +EXO 9 3 cjt9 figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Đây là một phần của bài diễn văn mà Đức Giê-hô-va muốn Môi-se nói với Pha-ra-ôn. Vì vậy, bạn có thể thay đổi ngôi thứ ba "" bàn tay của Đức Giê-hô-va "" thành ngôi thứ nhất nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Tay tôi """ +EXO 9 3 tn3z figs-youdual בְּ 1 on your cattle trên gia súc của vua While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Trong khi từ "" của các ngươi "" ở đây không phải là số nhiều, câu kế tiếp cho thấy rằng nó chỉ về tất cả những người Ai Cập có gia súc. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, bạn có thể dùng hình thức số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּ 1 trên ngựa lừa lạc đà các đàn bò và đàn chiên This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] Danh sách dài này nhằm củng cố những hậu quả phổ quát của trận dịch sắp tới. Danh sách này được trình bày theo cách này để cho thấy hiệu quả hùng biện, tức là để thuyết phục Pha - ra - ôn rằng tai vạ này sẽ tồi tệ thế nào để ông vâng lời. Bạn nên dịch danh sách này theo cách mà nó không giới hạn, nhưng được hiểu là ngụ ý tính phổ quát. ( Xem: [ [ RC: / / en / ta / man / translation / figs - merism ] ] ] +EXO 9 3 2kqc figs-collectivenouns בַּ 1 các đàn bò These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Những danh từ này ( "" súc vật "" và "" bầy chiên "" ) là những danh từ số ít mang tính tập thể chỉ các nhóm động vật. Một cách dịch khác: "" Trên bò đực, bò cái, chiên và dê của ngươi """ +EXO 9 3 3ud8 figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 kinh khiếp Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, người ta nói đến dịch hạch như thể nó rất nặng. Điều này có nghĩa là nó sẽ rất xấu. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nặng """ +EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Đây là một phần của bài diễn văn mà Đức Giê-hô-va muốn Môi-se nói với Pha-ra-ôn. Vì vậy, bạn có thể thay đổi ngôi thứ ba "" Yahweh "" thành ngôi thứ nhất nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Bạn nên làm giống như bạn đã làm trong [ câu trước ] . Bản dịch khác: "" Tôi """ +EXO 9 4 c9ob figs-possession מִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 gia súc của This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own… the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites ... the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là gia súc thuộc sở hữu của hai nhóm. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Gia súc mà dân Israel sở hữu … gia súc mà người Ai Cập sở hữu "" hoặc "" gia súc thuộc về dân Israel … gia súc thuộc về người Ai Cập """ +EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle người Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 9 4 u60c figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 người Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, "" Israel "" được sử dụng như một danh từ số ít tập thể. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không đề cập đến một nhóm người theo cách này, bạn có thể phải dịch nó là số nhiều. Một bản dịch khác: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle gia súc của ... người Ai Cập Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" Ai Cập "" đề cập tới người Ai Cập. Một bản dịch khác dịch là "" bầy gia súc của dân Ai Cập """ +EXO 9 4 2310 דָּבָֽר 1 con vật “animal” """ Động vật """ +EXO 9 4 xk5d מִ 1 “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel” """ Thuộc về dân Y - sơ - ra - ên nào hết """ +EXO 9 4 cbsz figs-quotemarks וְ 1 và không có ... chết cả After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, ba cấp độ trích dẫn trực tiếp của Yahweh kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu câu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra sự kết thúc của các cấp độ trích dẫn. +EXO 9 5 vqz2 וַ 1 fixed a time Chúa Hằng Hữu đã ra một hạn định “And Yahweh made an appointed time” """ Và Đức Giê - hô - va ấn định thời điểm """ +EXO 9 5 7jof לֵ 1 Ngài phán This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.
. Điều này đánh dấu sự khởi đầu của một trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể được bỏ qua trong việc dịch nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không sử dụng một hình thức tương tự. Tuy nhiên, trong câu này, nó là động từ duy nhất liên quan đến lời nói, vì vậy bạn có thể cần phải dịch nó tương tự như cách Ust làm. . +EXO 9 5 dh4h figs-quotemarks מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַ 1 Ngày mai Ta sẽ thi hành việc ấy trong xứ This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 9 5 pxb1 figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Ta Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Đức Giê-hô-va đang phán ở đây. Vì vậy, bạn có thể thay đổi ngôi thứ ba "" Yahweh "" thành ngôi thứ nhất nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Dịch thay thế: "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 9 6 1ztr figs-explicit וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu thực hiện It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nó ngụ ý rằng Môi-se đã đi và nói với Pha-ra-ôn theo chỉ thị. Có lẽ bạn cần dịch rõ điều này trong một số ngôn ngữ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Môi - se đã làm theo lời Đức Giê - hô - va phán dặn. Và Ngài đã làm """ +EXO 9 6 cx5i figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 All the cattle of Egypt died Tất cả gia súc của This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) "Điều này được phóng đại để nhấn mạnh tính nghiêm trọng của sự kiện. Vẫn còn một số động vật còn sống đã bị ảnh hưởng bởi các bệnh dịch sau đó. Tuy nhiên, tốt nhất nên dịch từ này là "" tất cả "" ." +EXO 9 6 iccg מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם…וּ 1 gia súc của This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians owned … But from the livestock that the Israelites owned” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians ... But from the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là gia súc thuộc sở hữu của hai nhóm. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Gia súc mà người Ai Cập sở hữu … nhưng từ gia súc mà người Israel sở hữu "" hoặc "" gia súc thuộc về người Ai Cập … +Bản dịch thay thế: "" Gia súc mà người Ai Cập sở hữu … nhưng từ gia súc mà dân Israel sở hữu "" hoặc "" gia súc thuộc về người Ai Cập … nhưng từ gia súc thuộc về dân Israel """ +EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt người Ai Cập Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" Ai Cập "" đề cập tới người Ai Cập. Dịch cách khác: "" Dân Ai Cập """ +EXO 9 6 6ewa figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" con trai "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là con cháu. Cụm từ này nói về tất cả những người Y-sơ-ra-ên là dòng dõi của tộc trưởng Gia-cốp, cũng được biết đến là Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 9 6 i0bl figs-litotes וּ 1 Nhưng ... con vật nào của This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) "Lời tuyên bố tiêu cực nhấn mạnh này có thể được tuyên bố tích cực. Bản Diễn ý dịch: "" Nhưng từng con một trong bầy gia súc của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên vẫn sống """ +EXO 9 7 md84 וְ 1 behold và kìa **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen” """ Kìa "" được dùng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên tiếp theo sau đó. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Và lắng nghe """ +EXO 9 7 rtny figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִ 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) "Lời tuyên bố tiêu cực nhấn mạnh này có thể được tuyên bố tích cực. Một bản dịch khác: "" Mỗi con trong bầy gia súc của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên đều sống """ +EXO 9 7 kkuc figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 của người Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" đề cập đến dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 9 7 sfor figs-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 của người Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **Israel** is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, "" Israel "" là một danh từ số ít tập thể. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không đề cập đến một nhóm người theo cách này, bạn có thể phải dịch nó là số nhiều. Dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 9 7 j51j figs-metaphor וַ 1 his heart was stubborn Nhưng lòng ... ương ngạnh Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “But Pharaoh was defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ bướng bỉnh của Pha - ra - ôn được nói đến như thể lòng ông nặng trĩu. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn dùng để nói đến ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ dùng cho hình ảnh này. Đây là một tuyên bố trung lập ( nó không nói rằng bất cứ ai khiến ông trở nên bướng bỉnh như nhiều người khác trong phần này của câu chuyện đã làm ) . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 7: 14 ] . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Nhưng Pha-ra-ôn đã thách thức """ +EXO 9 8 brm6 writing-newevent וַ 1 kiln Rồi Chúa Hằng Hữu phán A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Đây là đoạn bắt đầu của cảnh tai họa thứ sáu. +EXO 9 8 ik2i figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 9 8 luhg figs-youdual לָ 1 **You** and **your** refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) """ Ngươi "" và "" của ngươi "" ám chỉ cả Môi-se và A-rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng kép ( nếu bạn có một ) hoặc dạng số nhiều ( nếu không có ) ở đây." +EXO 9 8 51op קְח֤וּ לָ 1 Hãy lấy vài nắm “Each of you fill both your hands with” """ Mỗi người hãy chất đầy hai tay mình """ +EXO 9 8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 tro từ trong lò “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” """ Tro trong lò luyện "" hay "" tro do lò luyện mà ra """ +EXO 9 8 gk7f figs-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 tro từ Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, "" tro "" là số ít. Đối với một số ngôn ngữ, bạn có thể cần biến nó thành số nhiều như trong UST." +EXO 9 8 gu1v הַ 1 lên không trung “toward the sky” """ Hướng lên trời """ +EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְ 1 trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là trước mắt Ngài. Cách dịch khác: "" Trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn "" hoặc "" Pha-ra-ôn thấy điều đó """ +EXO 9 9 d2v3 translate-unknown לִ 1 fine bị rộp lở loét This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là một tình trạng mà da thì đỏ và nóng, da thì vỡ ra, máu và mủ thì chảy ra. +EXO 9 9 jlh0 figs-gendernotations הָ 1 người ta This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Bao gồm cả phụ nữ và trẻ em. Một bản dịch khác: "" Người "" hoặc "" Loài người "" hoặc "" Loài người "" xem Ust." +EXO 9 9 eyc7 הַ 1 to break out on thú vật “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” """ Động vật hoang dã và vật nuôi "" hoặc "" Động vật hoang dã và vật nuôi """ +EXO 9 10 wdcn figs-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 tro từ Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, "" tro "" là số ít. Đối với một số ngôn ngữ, bạn có thể cần biến nó thành số nhiều như trong UST. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ câu trước ] ." +EXO 9 10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַ 1 tro từ trong lò “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). """ Tro trong lò "" hoặc "" tro do lò tạo ra "" xem cách dịch câu này trong [ câu trước ] ." +EXO 9 10 ufpn figs-metonymy וַ 1 và đứng trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn "" có nghĩa là trước sự hiện diện của Pha-ra-ôn. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là "" và đứng trước mặt Pha - ra - ôn "" ." +EXO 9 10 xmbw הַ 1 lên cao “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). """ Hướng lên trời "" xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ câu trước ] ." +EXO 9 10 jhzb translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 bị rộp và lở loét This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là một tình trạng mà da thì đỏ và nóng, da thì vỡ ra, máu và mủ thì chảy ra. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ câu trước ] . +EXO 9 10 7q2q figs-gendernotations בָּ 1 người dân This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Bao gồm cả phụ nữ và trẻ em. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này trong [ câu trước ] . +EXO 9 10 iftm וּ 1 và súc vật “and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). """ Và về thú rừng và thú nuôi "" hoặc "" và về thú rừng và thú nuôi "" xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ câu trước ] ." +EXO 9 11 jrc3 הַֽ 1 Các thuật sĩ See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md). "Hãy xem cách bạn dịch "" các thuật sĩ "" trong [ 7: 11 ] ." +EXO 9 11 dxsx figs-metonymy לַ 1 đối kháng lại Môi-se Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" trước mặt của "" có nghĩa là trong sự hiện diện của Môi-se. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Đứng trong sự hiện diện của Môi-se """ +EXO 9 11 k9uu figs-metaphor מִ 1 vì các vết rộp Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt của "" có nghĩa là sự tồn tại của hoặc có lẽ là sự đau đớn từ nhọt nhọt. Một bản khác dịch là: "" Vì nhọt """ +EXO 9 11 lpmq translate-unknown הַ 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss comes out. See how you translated this in [9:9](../09/09.md). However, this time only **boils** is used, without the description (“bursting blisters”) that is in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Đây là một tình trạng mà da thì đỏ và nóng, da thì vỡ ra, máu và mủ thì chảy ra. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ 9: 9 ] . Tuy nhiên, lần nầy chỉ dùng từ "" mụn nhọt "" , mà không có phần mô tả ( "" mụn nhọt phồng rộp "" ) như ở hai câu trước." +EXO 9 12 p5m5 figs-metaphor וַ 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart Chúa Hằng Hữu làm cứng This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart was strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời khiến ông cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Nhưng Yahweh đã khiến Pharaoh trở nên bướng bỉnh """ +EXO 9 13 ifs8 writing-newevent וַ 1 Rồi Chúa Hằng Hữu phán A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the seventh plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Đây là sự bắt đầu của chuỗi tai họa thứ bảy. +EXO 9 13 zsvl figs-quotemarks וַ 1 Rồi Chúa Hằng Hữu phán After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 9: 19 ] . Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 9 13 zmrt figs-metonymy וְ 1 đứng trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stand in Pharaoh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn "" có nghĩa là trước sự hiện diện của Pha-ra-ôn. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Và đứng trước mặt Pha - ra - ôn """ +EXO 9 13 56cj figs-quotations וְ 1 và thưa rằng After **and say to him**, a second-level quote begins which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. However, it may be useful to translate this short quote frame as an indirect quotation as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Sau "" và nói với người "" , một câu trích dẫn cấp độ hai bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 9: 19 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi cho biết điều này bằng một dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ sự bắt đầu của một câu trích dẫn trong một câu trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, có thể hữu ích khi dịch khung câu trích dẫn ngắn này thành một câu trích dẫn gián tiếp như Ust." +EXO 9 13 9ha6 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 9 13 zi15 figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Hãy để ... đi **Let** is the first word of a third-level direct quote which continues until the end of [9:19](../09/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a third-level quotation. If you chose to make the second level an indirect quote, this may only be a second-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) """ Hãy "" là chữ đầu tiên trong lời trích dẫn trực tiếp ở cấp độ thứ ba, tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 9: 19 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu mở đầu của câu trích dẫn cấp độ thứ ba hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để chỉ sự bắt đầu của một câu trích dẫn cấp độ ba. Nếu bạn chọn cấp độ hai là một câu trích dẫn gián tiếp, đây có thể chỉ là một câu trích dẫn cấp độ hai." +EXO 9 14 z68b grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 Vì Here, **For** means something like “I am warning you that unless you do this.” Alternate translation: “Otherwise,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) "Ở đây, "" vì "" có nghĩa là "" tôi cảnh báo bạn rằng trừ khi bạn làm điều này. "" +Dịch thay thế: "" Nếu không, """ +EXO 9 14 n6wq figs-synecdoche אֲנִ֨י שֹׁלֵ֜חַ אֶת־כָּל־מַגֵּפֹתַ 1 on you yourself Ta sẽ giáng Here, **to your heart** is a synecdoche that means that even Pharaoh will be hurt by the plagues. Alternate translation: “I am about to send all my plagues against you personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây, "" vào lòng "" là một phép hoán dụ có nghĩa là ngay cả Pha-ra-ôn cũng sẽ bị tổn hại bởi những tai vạ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ta sẽ giáng mọi tai vạ của Ta trên các ngươi """ +EXO 9 15 9m72 grammar-connect-condition-contrary כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔ 1 Đến bây giờ Ta đã có thể giơ ... ra This verse presents two things that God could have done but did not do to the Egyptians. This is to set up the reason he gives in the [next verse](../09/16.md). Be sure that it is clear in your translation that these are hypothetical past events. See the note regarding Yahweh’s stated goals in the next verse. Some languages may need to reverse the order of these verses to put Yahweh’s goals before his non-action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) Câu Kinh Thánh này trình bày hai điều Đức Chúa Trời có thể đã làm nhưng không làm cho dân Ai Cập. Đó là lý do ngài nêu ra trong [ câu kế tiếp ] . Hãy chắc chắn rằng trong bản dịch của bạn, đây là những sự kiện có tính cách giả thuyết trong quá khứ. Hãy xem lời ghi chú về những mục tiêu mà Đức Giê - hô - va đã nêu trong câu kế tiếp. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần đảo ngược thứ tự của những câu này để đặt những mục tiêu của Đức Giê - hô - va lên trên việc Ngài không hành động. +EXO 9 15 a3l8 figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔ 1 reached out with my hand and attacked you Ta đã có thể giơ ... ra Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay ta "" ám chỉ quyền năng của Đức Chúa Trời. Một cách dịch khác: "" Ta có thể dùng sức mạnh của ta để tấn công ngươi """ +EXO 9 15 hgfx figs-metaphor וָ 1 và giáng ... trên ngươi Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" một bệnh dịch "" được nói đến như thể nó là thứ gì đó có thể được sử dụng để đánh ai đó. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Và khiến bạn và dân sự bạn bị một tai vạ """ +EXO 9 16 7mjz grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ 1 Nhưng đây là lý do Ta để cho ngươi sống Để tỏ cho ngươi thấy The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) "Những lời tuyên bố từ "" tỏ ra "" đến cuối câu là những mục tiêu đã nêu của Yahweh, và do đó, những lý do của Ngài chưa tiêu diệt Ai Cập và Pha-ra-ôn. Bạn sẽ cần dịch câu "" Song vì cớ nầy ta đã lập các ngươi: theo thứ - tự "" theo cách nối kết với [ câu trước ] theo cách có mục tiêu hành động." +EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth hầu cho danh Ta được công bố Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Tại đây, "" Danh ta "" tiêu biểu cho danh tiếng của Đức Giê-hô-va. Dịch lệ: "" Và để mọi người khắp nơi sẽ biết ta là ai """ +EXO 9 17 h3ed figs-metaphor עוֹדְ 1 lifting yourself up against my people Ngươi vẫn lên mình chống lại dân Ta Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Sự chống đối của Pha-ra-ôn đối với việc cho phép dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đi thờ phượng Đức Giê-hô-va được nói đến như thể ông ta đang tự dựng mình lên như một rào cản đối với họ. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Các ngươi vẫn đang chặn dân Ta """ +EXO 9 17 sdav figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) Ở đây, Pha-ra-ôn đảm nhận hai vai trò khác nhau trong câu nói. Ngôn ngữ khác nhau có những phương pháp đánh dấu khác nhau. Hãy dịch câu này theo cách cho thấy Pha - ra - ôn đang làm cho Pha - ra - ôn ( chính ông ) tự hào ( được diễn tả bằng phép ẩn dụ là Pha - ra - ôn làm cho Pha - ra - ôn ( chính ông ) trở ngại trên con đường đến tự do của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên như đã thảo luận ở phần trên ) . +EXO 9 17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh. "Ở đây, "" ngươi "" là Pha-ra-ôn." +EXO 9 17 zfhb בְּ 1 chống lại dân Ta Here, **my people** are the Israelites. "Ở đây, "" dân ta "" là dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 9 18 fnd2 הִנְ 1 Listen! Hãy nghe đây “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you” """ Hãy chú ý đến điều quan trọng mà tôi sắp nói với bạn """ +EXO 9 18 716v כָּ 1 “at this time. There has never been anything like this” """ Vào lúc này. "" Vào thời điểm này... chưa bao giờ có bất cứ điều gì như thế này """ +EXO 9 19 5h0u figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְ 1 hãy sai người đi gom ... đến một nơi an toàn "The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])" "Hình thức xưng hô ở đây là số ít; Môi-se đang nói trực tiếp với Pha-ra-ôn. Tuy nhiên, hai câu kế tiếp cho thấy rõ rằng quần thần của Pha-ra-ôn cũng nghe và hiểu lời cảnh cáo này dành cho họ. Theo nghĩa này, Pha - ra - ôn đại diện cho người Ai Cập." +EXO 9 19 eo52 וְ 1 mưa đá sẽ rơi trên chúng “the hail will come down on” """ Mưa đá sẽ đổ xuống """ +EXO 9 19 4329 figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָ 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Ở đây, "" người nam "" có nghĩa là con người và bao gồm người nam, người nữ, và trẻ em. Một bản dịch khác: "" Mọi người "" hoặc "" bất cứ ai """ +EXO 9 19 itlv וְ 1 hay mọi con vật This includes domestic and wild animals. Điều này bao gồm vật nuôi và động vật hoang dã. +EXO 9 19 f80e figs-explicit וָ 1 và chúng sẽ chết The people and animals **will die** because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Người và thú vật "" đều sẽ chết "" vì chúng bị mưa đá làm cho đau đớn. Có lẽ bạn cần nói rõ điều này. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và mưa đá sẽ giết họ """ +EXO 9 19 5z5d figs-quotemarks וָ 1 và chúng sẽ chết Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Có ba cấp độ trích dẫn trực tiếp ( tùy thuộc vào quyết định trước đó của bạn về việc chuyển đổi một cấp độ thành một trích dẫn gián tiếp ) kết thúc ở cuối câu Kinh Thánh này. Bạn nên chỉ ra rằng kết thúc ở đây với việc đóng dấu trích dẫn cấp 1, cấp 2, và cấp 3 ( nếu cần ) hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của các trích dẫn trong các trích dẫn. +EXO 9 20 dp8j figs-explicit הַ 1 tin As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make explicit the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Như trong một số trường hợp khác, cuộc trò chuyện của Môi - se với Pha - ra - ôn không được ghi lại. Có lẽ bạn cần nói rõ sự thật là ông đã làm theo chỉ dẫn của Đức Giê - hô - va. Xem Ust. +EXO 9 20 p3nz הַ 1 tin “Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning” """ Những tôi tớ của Pha - ra - ôn kính sợ lời cảnh cáo của Ðức Giê - hô - va """ +EXO 9 21 6gcx וַ 1 Còn những người Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" đặt lòng "" có nghĩa là ông tin hay nghĩ điều gì đó là đúng. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Dịch thay thế: "" Nhưng ai không tôn trọng """ +EXO 9 22 vtfl writing-newevent וַ 1 Rồi Chúa Hằng Hữu phán A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một sự thay đổi cảnh tượng nhỏ xảy ra ở đây và có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 9 22 zwvk יָֽדְ 1 tay con See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 9 22 h9cr figs-gendernotations הָ 1 người ta This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Bao gồm cả phụ nữ và trẻ em. Xem Ust. +EXO 9 22 r0g4 הַ 1 thú vật This includes domestic and wild animals. Điều này bao gồm vật nuôi và động vật hoang dã. +EXO 9 23 7538 מַטֵּ 1 gậy See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 9 25 vnpj figs-merism מֵ 1 cả người ta This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent and severity of the hail. Alternate translation: “every living thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Đây là lối nói tu từ dùng để nhấn mạnh mức độ và tính nghiêm trọng của trận mưa đá. Bản diễn ý dịch là "" mọi vật sống """ +EXO 9 25 ft0o figs-gendernotations מֵ 1 cả người ta This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “from people” or “from mankind” or “from humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Bao gồm cả phụ nữ và trẻ em. Một bản dịch khác: "" Từ con người "" hoặc "" từ loài người "" hoặc "" từ loài người "" xem Ust." +EXO 9 25 apbl בְּהֵמָ֑ה 1 thú vật This includes domestic and wild animals. Điều này bao gồm vật nuôi và động vật hoang dã. +EXO 9 27 fu9c writing-newevent וַ 1 to summon Rồi Pha-ra-ôn sai người A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một sự thay đổi cảnh tượng nhỏ xảy ra ở đây và có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 9 27 sh1x חָטָ֣אתִי 1 ta đã phạm tội Some commentators suggest translating **sinned** more literally, that is “missed the mark,” because Pharaoh is probably not admitting a moral failure, but instead, admitting that he misjudged. "Một số nhà giải kinh gợi ý dịch "" phạm tội "" theo nghĩa đen hơn, đó là "" trật mục tiêu "" , vì Pha-ra-ôn có lẽ không thừa nhận một sự sai trật về đạo đức, nhưng thay vào đó, thừa nhận rằng ông ta đã xét đoán sai." +EXO 9 27 joxy הַ 1 Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST. "Nhiều nhà bình luận gợi ý rằng Pha-ra-ôn đang sử dụng những thuật ngữ này trong một ý nghĩa pháp lý hẹp hòi và chỉ đề cập đến trường hợp này. Tức là, ông đang nói điều gì đó như là "" Tôi đã thua trong phiên tòa này "" . Xem Ust." +EXO 9 27 6p2i וְ 1 và dân tộc ta **My people** refers to the Egyptians. """ Dân ta "" ám chỉ người Ai Cập." +EXO 9 28 r0cs figs-litotes וְ 1 các người sẽ không ở lại đây nữa This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) Lời tuyên bố tiêu cực này củng cố sức mạnh trong lời tuyên bố của Pha-ra-ôn rằng ông ta sẽ để cho dân sự ra đi. +EXO 9 29 ajz3 וַ 1 Moses said to him Môi-se đáp lại ông ta “And Moses said to Pharaoh” """ Và Môi-se nói cùng Pha-ra-ôn """ +EXO 9 29 b787 translate-symaction אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖ 1 spread my hands out to Yahweh tôi sẽ giang This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) "Cử chỉ biểu tượng này đi kèm lời cầu nguyện. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Tôi sẽ cầu khẩn Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 9 30 tn94 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ 1 honor Yahweh God This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) Cụm từ này được chuyển sang đầu câu để đánh dấu sự tập trung vào Pha-ra-ôn và quần thần của ông ta bởi vì, bất chấp việc Đức Giê-hô-va chứng tỏ quyền năng của Ngài, họ vẫn chưa sợ hãi Ngài. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có một hình thức hoặc đặc điểm thảo luận thu hút sự tương phản trọng tâm đến những người tham gia, hãy sử dụng nó ở đây. +EXO 9 30 srx4 figs-metonymy מִ 1 Hằng Hữu Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" có nghĩa là sự hiện diện hay quyền lực. Dịch thay thế: "" Của Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 9 31 p1v8 translate-unknown וְ 1 flax **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Lanh "" là loại cây có thể sản xuất ra những sợi vải có thể làm thành vải lanh." +EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 bông đã chín This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Điều này có nghĩa là những hạt giống ở đầu thân đã phát triển nhưng vẫn còn xanh. +EXO 9 31 9xjc גִּבְעֹֽל 1 thì đã trổ hoa “was flowering” """ Đang ra hoa """ +EXO 9 32 jmq3 translate-unknown וְ 1 spelt và lúa miến **Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Spelt "" là một loại lúa mì." +EXO 9 33 fa2j translate-symaction וַ 1 spread out his hands to Yahweh ông giang tay ra This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) "Cử chỉ biểu tượng này đi kèm lời cầu nguyện. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 9: 29 ] . Cách dịch khác: "" Giơ tay lên hướng về Đức Giê - hô - va mà cầu nguyện """ +EXO 9 34 ke5k figs-metaphor וַ 1 hardened his heart và cứng lòng Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ bướng bỉnh của Pha-ra-ôn được nói đến như thể ông ta đã làm cho lòng mình nặng nề. Lần này các tôi tớ của ông cũng làm thế. Nếu trái tim không phải là bộ phận cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn dùng để nói đến ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ dùng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 8: 15 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn đã quyết định thách thức """ +EXO 9 34 nz0e וַ 1 lại phạm tội This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.” "Câu nói này xuất phát từ quan điểm của tác giả. Do đó, khác với [ 9: 27 ] , từ "" tội lỗi "" nên được dịch là "" tội lỗi "" ." +EXO 9 34 ooed וַ 1 ông ta cùng với các quần thần ... và cứng lòng “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same” """ Và Ngài đã làm cho lòng con trở nên nặng nề. Các tôi tớ Ngài cũng làm như vậy "" và Ngài làm cho lòng ông trở nên nặng nề. Tôi tớ Ngài cũng làm như vậy """ +EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-metaphor וַֽ 1 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Lòng Pha-ra-ôn cứng cỏi Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Thái độ ngoan cố của Pha - ra - ôn được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu trái tim không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý chí của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 7: 13 ] . Đây là một tuyên bố trung lập ( nó không nói rằng bất cứ ai khiến anh ta trở nên bướng bỉnh như nhiều người khác trong phần này của câu chuyện làm ) . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Pha-ra-ôn vẫn còn thách thức """ +EXO 9 35 6cbh figs-metaphor כַּ 1 y như Chúa Hằng Hữu đã phán This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Điều nầy tương tự như [ 9: 12 ] . Trong trường hợp nầy, những gì Đức Giêhôva phán được nói tới theo nghĩa bóng như thể đó là thứ có thể nắm giữ trong tay của ai đó. Điều này có nghĩa là Môi-se đã rao ra một sứ điệp từ Đức Giê-hô-va rằng Pha-ra-ôn sẽ ngoan cố. Không rõ thông điệp này được ban cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên hay chỉ là lời của Môi - se nói với Pha - ra - ôn trong [ 9: 30 ] . +EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Let my people go

This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. "Exodus 10 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Tấm lòng cứng cỏi của Pha-ra-ôn +Tấm lòng của Pha-ra-ôn thường được mô tả là cứng cỏi trong chương nầy. Điều này có nghĩa là tấm lòng của ông không cởi mở hay sẵn sàng hiểu những chỉ thị của Đức Giê-hô-va. Khi lòng ông cứng cỏi, nó càng ngày càng trở nên không tiếp nhận Đức Giê-hô-va. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +Hãy tha cho dân ta đi +Đây là một lời tuyên bố rất quan trọng. Môi-se không yêu cầu Pha-ra-ôn "" buông tha "" dân Hê-bơ-rơ. Thay vào đó, ông đòi hỏi Pha-ra-ôn phải giải phóng dân Hê-bơ-rơ." +EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּ 1 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời đã khiến Pha-ra-ôn và quần thần ngoan cố. Thái độ cứng đầu của họ được nói đến như thể lòng họ nặng nề. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn dùng để nói đến ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc dùng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ dùng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] , nhưng hãy lưu ý rằng ẩn dụ ở đây hơi khác. Dịch câu này cách khác: "" Vì ta đã khiến Pha - ra - ôn và quần thần của ông trở nên ngoan cố """ +EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּ 1 various signs Ta đã đãi nước Ai Cập “I mocked Egypt” """ Ta đã nhạo báng Ê-díp-tô """ +EXO 10 3 2614 וַ 1 và tâu với ông ta After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến gần cuối [ 10: 6 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác để chỉ dấu bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 10 3 4b3a וַ 1 và tâu với ông ta It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Có thể hữu ích nếu biến câu giới thiệu thành một câu trích dẫn gián tiếp để bạn không phải dùng những câu trích dẫn trong ngoặc kép. Có thể dịch: "" Và nói với ông rằng Giê-hô-va, Đức Chúa Trời của người Hê-bơ-rơ, đã phán như vầy """ +EXO 10 3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵ 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tiêu biểu cho sự hiện diện của Đức Giê-hô-va. Đặc biệt, nó có nghĩa là sự hiện diện của sự phán xét Ngài ( các tai vạ ) . Một bản dịch khác: "" Cho đến chừng nào con không còn khiêm nhường nữa khi Ta đoán xét con """ +EXO 10 4 ge67 הִנְ 1 listen thì, hãy nghe đây **Behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware” """ Nầy ta "" thêm phần nhấn mạnh vào những gì được nói ra kế tiếp. Bản dịch khác: "" Hãy coi chừng """ +EXO 10 4 uwtp figs-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 châu chấu **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) """ Châu chấu "" là một danh từ số ít chỉ về nhóm người này như một. Dịch cách khác: "" Cào cào """ +EXO 10 5 zu5r figs-parallelism וְ 1 hail Chúng sẽ phủ kín These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Những câu nói song hành nầy có ý nghĩa tương tự. Chúng được dùng để nhấn mạnh số lượng châu chấu rất lớn sắp đến. Trong một số ngôn ngữ, điều này sẽ không có cùng hiệu quả tu từ, và bạn sẽ cần phải dùng một phương pháp khác để nhấn mạnh câu này. +EXO 10 5 rdav וְ 1 Chúng sẽ phủ kín “And it will cover the land from sight” """ Nó sẽ phủ khắp đất """ +EXO 10 5 oj3i figs-collectivenouns וְ 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, đại từ "" nó "" phù hợp về số lượng với "" châu chấu "" tập hợp số ít trong câu trước đó. Côn trùng thường được gọi là "" không giới tính "" trong tiếng Anh, nhưng bạn cần dùng bất cứ số lượng, giới tính và / hoặc danh từ nào trong ngôn ngữ của bạn để phù hợp với từ "" cào cào "" mà bạn đã dùng trong [ câu trước ] . Xem Ust." +EXO 10 6 ir5l figs-hyperbole עַל־הָ֣ 1 nothing ever seen This could either mean **on the earth** (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) "Điều này có thể có nghĩa là "" trên trái đất "" ( planet ) hoặc "" trên đất "" ( Egypt ) . Dù là cách nào thì nó cũng có nghĩa là nhấn mạnh đến một thời gian vô cùng dài, nghĩa là không bao giờ." +EXO 10 6 4mno figs-explicit וַ 1 Rồi Môi-se quay đi [Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) [ Câu 3 ] Nói rằng A - rôn đến gặp vua cùng với Môi - se. Điều này ngụ ý rằng A - rôn cũng đi với Môi - se. Bạn có thể nói rõ điều này nếu điều đó giúp ích cho độc giả của bạn. +EXO 10 7 xn8j figs-rquestion עַד־מָתַי֙ יִהְיֶ֨ה זֶ֥ה לָ֨ 1 How long will this man be a menace to us? Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to show Pharaoh that he is stubbornly causing the destruction of Egypt. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We cannot allow this man to continue to bring trouble to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Quần thần của Pha-ra-ôn đặt câu hỏi này để cho Pha-ra-ôn thấy rằng ông ta đang ngoan cố gây ra sự hủy diệt của Ai Cập. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là lời tuyên bố. Một bản khác dịch: "" Chúng tôi không thể để người này tiếp tục gây rắc rối cho chúng tôi! """ +EXO 10 7 jqbh figs-gendernotations הָ֣ 1 dân Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **men** may be literal or it may refer to the Israelites, including the women and children. In [verse 10](../10/10.md) the king rejects the idea of letting the women and children go, and in [verse 11](../10/11.md) he specifically says that the men can go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Ở đây, "" đàn ông "" có thể là nghĩa đen hoặc có thể ám chỉ dân Y - sơ - ra - ên, kể cả phụ nữ và trẻ em. Trong [ câu 10 ] , vua bác bỏ ý tưởng để đàn bà và trẻ con đi, và trong [ câu 11 ] ông nói rõ rằng đàn ông có thể đi." +EXO 10 7 xdm5 figs-rquestion הֲ 1 Do you not yet realize that Egypt is destroyed? Bệ hạ vẫn chưa thấy Ai Cập đã bị điêu đứng sao Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Các quần thần của Pha-ra-ôn đặt câu hỏi này để đưa Pha-ra-ôn nhận ra những gì ông ta từ chối nhìn thấy. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là lời tuyên bố. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ngươi nên biết rằng Ai Cập đã bị hủy diệt! "" ." +EXO 10 7 c6pr figs-activepassive כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 that Egypt is destroyed Ai Cập đã bị điêu đứng This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Những tai vạ này đã hủy diệt xứ Ê - díp - tô "" hoặc "" thần của họ đã hủy diệt xứ Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 10 8 8ukg figs-activepassive וַ 1 lại được đưa vào gặp This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Một đầy tớ đem Môi - se và A - rôn trở lại cùng Pha - ra - ôn """ +EXO 10 8 6733 מִ֥י וָ 1 Nhưng những ai “Who all” """ Ai tất cả """ +EXO 10 9 fnnl figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֑ךְ…נֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 **We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) """ Chúng tôi "" có nghĩa là dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và không kể Pha-ra-ôn hay người Ai-cập. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có sự khác biệt này, hãy dùng hình thức độc quyền." +EXO 10 10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּ 1 if I ever let you go and your little ones go Cầu cho Chúa Hằng Hữu cứ ở cùng các người nếu ta chịu để cho các người ... cùng đi **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go” """ Nguyện Đức Giê-hô-va ở cùng các ngươi "" thường là một phước hạnh nhưng hầu như chắc chắn không có ở đây. Rất có thể câu này có nghĩa là: "" Phải có quyền năng của Ðức Giê - hô - va mới khiến tôi và con cái ông ra đi "" , hoặc "" cầu xin Ðức Giê - hô - va ban phước cho các ngươi như ta ban phước cho con cái các ngươi "" . Pha-ra-ôn đang nói rằng sẽ cần có Đức Giê-hô-va để khiến ông ta làm những gì Môi-se muốn, nhưng ông ta không nghĩ rằng điều đó sẽ xảy ra. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Sẽ rõ ràng rằng Đức Giê-hô-va ở cùng ngươi nếu ta để cho ngươi và con cái ngươi ra đi """ +EXO 10 10 w8x4 רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵי 1 Kìa các người đang toan tính điều gì đó hiểm độc The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ "" vì sự dữ ở trước mặt các ngươi "" có thể là một lời cảnh cáo từ Pha-ra-ôn rằng những hành động của Môi-se sẽ dẫn đến sự dữ cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên, hoặc nó có thể có nghĩa là Pha-ra-ôn nghĩ rằng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đã hoạch định một điều gì đó mà ông ta xem là xấu xa. "" Mặt "" là một hoán dụ cho toàn bộ con người. Những bản dịch khác nhau: "" Tôi thấy rằng bạn hoạch định điều ác "" hoặc "" Hãy cẩn thận! +Hành động của anh sẽ gây hậu quả xấu "" ." +EXO 10 11 pkm4 הַ 1 Then Moses and Aaron were driven out from Pharaoh’s presence nhưng chỉ có đàn ông thôi This interjection clarifies who may go. Alternate translation: “the leaders” "Sự thán từ này làm sáng tỏ ai có thể đi. Bản dịch khác: "" Những người lãnh đạo """ +EXO 10 11 vdjk figs-metonymy מֵ 1 khỏi trước mặt Pha-ra-ôn Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Pharaoh. Alternate translation: “from his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tượng trưng cho sự hiện diện của Pha-ra-ôn. Bản diễn ý dịch là "" từ mặt Ngài """ +EXO 10 12 kchn writing-newevent וַ 1 Rồi Chúa Hằng Hữu phán There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Có một sự thay đổi quang cảnh nhỏ ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 10 12 7fa6 יָדְ 1 tay con See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 10 12 qikq figs-collectivenouns בָּֽ 1 ra dấu cho châu chấu **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) """ Châu chấu "" là một danh từ số ít chỉ về nhóm người này như một. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ 10: 4 ] . Một cách dịch khác: "" Châu - chấu """ +EXO 10 12 gzwa figs-collectivenouns וְ 1 để chúng tấn công Here, the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây, đại từ "" nó "" phù hợp về số lượng với tập hợp số ít "" châu chấu "" . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ 10: 5 ]" +EXO 10 13 xqsz מַטֵּ 1 gậy See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 10 13 vee8 ר֥וּחַ קָדִים֙ 1 một trận gió đông thổi The wind blew from east to west. Gió thổi từ đông sang tây. +EXO 10 13 85bf figs-collectivenouns הָ 1 châu chấu See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ 10: 4 ] . Dịch cách khác: "" Cào cào """ +EXO 10 14 kuuu figs-collectivenouns הָֽ 1 Châu chấu See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ 10: 4 ] . Dịch cách khác: "" Cào cào """ +EXO 10 15 b3h5 figs-collectivenouns וַ 1 so that it was darkened Chúng bao phủ Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Ở đây đại từ "" nó "" phù hợp về số lượng với tập hợp số ít "" châu chấu "" . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ 10: 5 ]" +EXO 10 15 2eo5 וַ 1 Chúng bao phủ See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều nầy trong [ 10: 5 ] . +EXO 10 15 ill1 figs-parallelism וַ 1 Chúng ăn These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Những phát biểu song song này củng cố lẫn nhau. +EXO 10 16 ty9f figs-youdual אֱלֹֽהֵי 1 Thiên Chúa các người và với các người Here, **you** and **your** are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" bạn "" và "" của bạn "" là số nhiều. Những từ này có thể nói đến Môi - se và A - rôn hoặc cả dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng hình thức số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 10 17 953e שָׂ֣א 1 tha tội cho ta “take away” """ Lấy đi """ +EXO 10 17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַ 1 Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once ... only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request. "Pha-ra-ôn hoặc là có thể tuyệt vọng và sử dụng "" chỉ lần này thôi … chỉ "" để cố gắng làm cho lời thỉnh cầu của mình càng nhỏ càng tốt để tăng cơ hội cho lời thỉnh cầu được ban cho, hoặc ông ta vẫn có thể quá kiêu ngạo để thừa nhận tội lỗi vượt xa hơn sự việc đơn lẻ này ( có lẽ đó là lời tuyên bố táo bạo của ông ta về việc Yahweh ở cùng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên trong 10: 10 ) . Khả năng thứ nhất dường như cao hơn nếu xét đến việc ông ta gọi tai vạ này là "" cái chết này "" . Nếu nền văn hóa của bạn có cách làm cho một lời thỉnh cầu có vẻ càng nhỏ càng tốt, bạn có thể muốn sử dụng nó để dịch lời thỉnh cầu của Pha-ra-ôn." +EXO 10 17 kd6d figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵי 1 this time Thiên Chúa các người Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" your "" là số nhiều. Từ này có thể nói đến Môi - se và A - rôn hoặc cả dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַ 1 tình trạng chết chóc này The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Từ "" sự chết "" ở đây đề cập đến sự hủy diệt bởi châu chấu của tất cả các loài thực vật ở Ai Cập, mà cuối cùng sẽ dẫn đến sự chết của con người, bởi vì sẽ không có mùa màng." +EXO 10 17 nn2b figs-explicit הַ 1 take this death away from me tình trạng chết chóc này The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Từ "" sự chết "" ở đây đề cập đến sự hủy diệt bởi châu chấu của tất cả các loài thực vật ở Ai Cập, mà cuối cùng sẽ dẫn đến sự chết của con người bởi vì sẽ không có mùa màng. Ý nghĩa đầy đủ của câu này có thể được làm rõ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Sự hủy diệt này sẽ dẫn đến cái chết của chúng ta """ +EXO 10 18 p9hz וַ 1 Môi-se rời Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left. Môi - se và A - rôn được triệu đến gặp vua trong [ 10: 16 ] nên một số bản dịch sẽ nói rằng cả hai đều ra đi. +EXO 10 19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west” """ Một ngọn gió tây rất mạnh "" hay "" một ngọn gió rất mạnh đến từ phương Tây """ +EXO 10 19 mdp5 וַ 1 picked up the locusts cuốn đi “and it moved the locusts upwards” """ Và nó đẩy đám châu chấu lên trên """ +EXO 10 19 2cpb figs-collectivenouns הָ֣ 1 đàn châu chấu See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]]) "Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ 10: 4 ] . Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Châu chấu … của châu chấu """ +EXO 10 19 q8aj figs-collectivenouns וַ 1 và lùa chúng Here, the first **it** refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-collectivenouns]] "Ở đây, từ "" nó "" thứ nhất đề cập đến gió, từ thứ hai đồng ý với tập hợp từ "" châu chấu "" số ít. Hãy xem cách dịch từ này trong [ 10: 5 ] ( xem: [ [ RC: / / en / ta / man / translation / figs - collectivenouns ] ]" +EXO 10 20 dw1d figs-metaphor וַ 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart Chúa Hằng Hữu làm cứng This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời khiến ông cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Nhưng Yahweh đã khiến Pharaoh trở nên bướng bỉnh """ +EXO 10 21 x6xk writing-newevent וַ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Đây là sự bắt đầu của chuỗi tai họa thứ ba. +EXO 10 21 utyz יָֽדְ 1 tay con See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְ 1 darkness that may be felt Ai Cập tối đến nỗi có thể sờ thấy This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đây là một cấu trúc hơi khó hiểu mô tả bóng tối. Hầu hết các bản dịch tiếng Anh coi nó là thụ động, có nghĩa chủ động lặp lại là "" người ta sẽ cảm thấy sự tối tăm "" , nghĩa ẩn dụ là những gì được thể hiện theo những cách khác nhau trong Ust và bản dịch thay thế ở đây. Một lựa chọn khác là xem hình thức động từ tiếng Hê - bơ - rơ là nguyên nhân và dịch như sau: "" Và sự tối tăm sẽ khiến người ta cảm thấy "" , có nghĩa là người ta sẽ phải cảm thấy nơi họ đang đi đến vì họ sẽ không thể nhìn thấy. Lựa chọn cuối cùng là nhân cách hóa sự tối tăm đến nỗi sự tối tăm mò mẫm chung quanh, làm đầy dẫy mọi nơi trong xứ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ai Cập — một nơi tối tăm cực kỳ ngột ngạt """ +EXO 10 22 z4ge יָד֖ 1 tay See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 10 22 vbzj translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 trong ba “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Cho 3 """ +EXO 10 23 2cqx figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗י 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ này có nghĩa là người ta không thể nhìn thấy những người sống gần họ nhất, dù người đó có phải là anh em ruột của họ hay không. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Không ai có thể nhìn thấy những người sống với họ """ +EXO 10 23 7ud1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ …אִ֥ישׁ 1 ai Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Ở đây, "" loài người "" ám chỉ bất kỳ con người nào nói chung. Một cách dịch khác là "" người """ +EXO 10 23 qstu translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 trong ba “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Cho 3 """ +EXO 10 24 4jkp figs-quotemarks לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְ 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là câu trích dẫn trực tiếp những gì nhà vua đã nói. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép cấp 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 10 24 vp7b figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ … צֹאנְ 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Mọi thể hiện của "" ngươi "" và "" của ngươi "" , cũng như dạng động từ mệnh lệnh trong câu nầy, là số nhiều. Chúng chỉ về dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng nhiều dạng khác nhau của "" ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 10 25 hnt5 figs-quotemarks וַ 1 Môi-se đáp After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu mà tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 10: 26 ] ( 10: 26 ) . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu mở đầu của câu trích dẫn ở cấp độ 1 hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּ 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Việc xây dựng ở đây thật khó khăn. Dựa trên văn cảnh, có lẽ Môi - se không nói rằng Pha - ra - ôn cần cung cấp thú vật cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Ông xin Pha - ra - ôn cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên nuôi thú vật riêng. "" Hãy giao trong tay ta "" có nghĩa là mang theo bằng bất cứ cách nào, kể cả việc cầm một sợi dây thừng trong tay để dẫn bầy thú hoặc bất cứ cách nào khác để chăn chúng. Xem Ust." +EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְ 1 làm sinh tế và của lễ thiêu Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" của - lễ thiêu và của - lễ thiêu "" ám chỉ những thú vật của bầy chiên và bầy gia súc mà họ phải đem theo. Dịch cách khác: "" Những con vật dùng làm của - lễ hy sinh và của - lễ thiêu """ +EXO 10 25 bjy0 וְ 1 dâng cho Chúa Hằng Hữu Thiên Chúa chúng tôi Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God” "Ở đây, "" làm "" có nghĩa là "" làm của lễ thiêu và của lễ thiêu. "" +Có thể dịch là: "" Và chúng ta sẽ dâng những của lễ đó cho Giê-hô-va Đức Chúa Trời chúng ta "" ." +EXO 10 25 7gzr figs-exclusive בְּ 1 chúng tôi súc vật Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) "Ở đây, "" chúng tôi "" và "" chúng tôi "" ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ( cùng một nhóm như của người nói ) trong khi loại trừ Pha-ra-ôn và người Ai-cập ( nhóm người nghe ) . Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn phân biệt giữa các hình thức chúng tôi và chúng tôi căn cứ vào việc ai được đưa vào, thì chắc bạn phải dùng từ Đấng thích hợp với nhóm người được mô tả." +EXO 10 26 k0pi figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜ 1 Gia súc Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) "Ở đây, "" chúng tôi, của chúng tôi, "" và "" chúng tôi "" mỗi cái đều ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ( cùng một nhóm như của người nói ) trong khi loại trừ Pha-ra-ôn và người Ai-cập ( nhóm người nghe ) . Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn phân biệt giữa các hình thức của chúng tôi, của chúng tôi, và của chúng tôi căn cứ vào ai được kể ra, thì chắc bạn phải sử dụng cái thích hợp với nhóm đã được mô tả." +EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 không một móng nào bị bỏ lại This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “We cannot leave behind a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được dịch dưới dạng chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Chúng ta không thể bỏ lại một con vật nào """ +EXO 10 26 v9uc figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 a hoof một móng nào Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây từ "" móng "" chỉ về toàn bộ con vật. Một bản dịch khác dịch là "" một con vật """ +EXO 10 26 uiom שָֽׁמָּ 1 nơi The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)). Không xác định đích đến. Văn cảnh trước đây cho thấy là núi của Đức Chúa Trời ( xem [ 3: 1 ] , đặc biệt [ 3: 12 ] , và [ 4: 27 ] ) , phải mất ba ngày đường ( xem [ 3: 18 ] và [ 5: 3 ] ) . +EXO 10 27 n588 figs-metaphor וַ 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart Nhưng Chúa Hằng Hữu làm cứng This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời khiến ông cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Nhưng Yahweh đã khiến Pharaoh trở nên bướng bỉnh """ +EXO 10 27 mv8t וְ 1 he would not let them go và ông ta không chịu để cho dân sự đi “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go” """ Và Pha - ra - ôn sẽ chẳng cho phép """ +EXO 10 28 4d1y figs-rpronouns הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ 1 Hãy cẩn thận Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) "Ở đây, người nghe, Môi-se, đảm nhận hai vai trò khác nhau trong câu. Ông là người được bảo phải nhìn ( chủ thể ) và chính ông là người mà ông được bảo phải nhìn ( đối tượng ) . Các ngôn ngữ khác nhau có những phương pháp đánh dấu khác nhau việc này. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Anh em hãy tự xét mình """ +EXO 10 28 lcz2 figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Be careful about one thing thì ngươi sẽ chết Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Pha-ra-ôn có nghĩa là ông ta sẽ giết Môi-se. Bạn có thể chọn để làm cho điều này rõ ràng như trong Ust. +EXO 10 28 te45 figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔ 1 you see my face gặp ta nữa Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" ám chỉ cả con người. CÁCH DỊCH THAY THẾ: XEM UST" +EXO 10 29 h1jf figs-idiom כֵּ֣ן דִּבַּ֑רְתָּ 1 You yourself have spoken Chính vua đã nói như vậy With these words, Moses emphasizes that Pharaoh has spoken the truth. Alternate translation: “What you have said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Bằng những lời này, Môi-se nhấn mạnh rằng Pha-ra-ôn đã nói ra sự thật. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Những gì ông nói là đúng """ +EXO 10 29 rg18 figs-synecdoche פָּנֶֽי 1 diện kiến vua Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" ám chỉ cả con người. Một cách dịch khác: "" Ngươi """ +EXO 11 intro pu3u 0 # Exodus 11 General Notes


Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. The previous nine plagues (in their three sequences of three) have come to an end and the last plague, the death of the firstborn, is about to occur, along with the Passover and the Exodus itself. It is difficult to know if the events in chapter 11 all are recorded in the order in which they happened. For translation, you should follow the order of the text if it will not confuse your readers.

It may be helpful to think that after the end of chapter 10, Yahweh spoke to Moses immediately, before he actually left Pharaoh’s presence (v. [1](../11/01.md)-[2](../11/02.md)). [Verse 3](../11/03.md) is a comment suggesting that the Egyptians will be willing to do as the Israelites are told to ask them to do in [v. 2](../11/02.md). In verses [4](../11/04.md)-[7](../11/07.md) Moses gives Pharaoh and his officials a message from Yahweh that Yahweh is giving to Moses right at that moment. At the end of [v. 8](../11/08.md) Moses leaves Pharaoh’s presence (completing the interaction from the [end of ch. 10](../10/28.md)). [Verse 9](../11/09.md) may either be Yahweh telling Moses what is going to happen, or it could be part of the summary that occurs in [v. 10](../11/10.md). Verse 10 summarizes what has happened in chs. 5-10 (especially the plagues in chs. 7-10) in preparation for the great last plague.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Let my people go

In the previous chapters, Moses did not ask Pharaoh’s permission for the Hebrew people to leave. Instead, he demanded that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. In this chapter, the same wording is used to refer to Pharaoh “allowing” the Hebrew people to leave Egypt. "Exodus 11 General Notes +Chapter 11 is a transition point in the book. Chín tai vạ trước đó ( theo ba trình tự gồm ba tai vạ ) đã chấm dứt và tai vạ cuối cùng, tức cái chết của con đầu lòng, sắp xảy ra, cùng với lễ Vượt Qua và cuộc Xuất Hành ra khỏi Ai Cập. Khó mà biết được các biến cố trong chương 11 có được ghi lại theo thứ tự đã xảy ra hay không. Để dịch, bạn nên theo thứ tự của đoạn văn nếu nó không làm cho độc giả bối rối. Có lẽ sẽ hữu ích khi nghĩ rằng sau cuối chương 10, Đức Giê - hô - va phán với Môi - se ngay lập tức, trước khi Ngài thật sự rời khỏi sự hiện diện của Pha - ra - ôn ( v. 1 ] — [ 2 ] ) . [ Câu 3 ] Là một lời nhận xét gợi ý rằng người Ai Cập sẽ sẵn sàng làm theo những gì dân Y-sơ-ra-ên được bảo phải làm trong [ v. 2 ] . Trong các câu [ 4 ] - [ 7 ] Môise truyền cho Pharaoh và các quần thần của ông một thông điệp từ Đức Yahweh rằng Đức Yahweh đang ban cho Môise ngay thời điểm đó. Ở cuối [ v. 8 ] Môise rời khỏi sự hiện diện của Pharaoh ( hoàn tất sự tương tác từ [ kết thúc của ch. Vào cuối [ v. 8 ] Môi - se rời khỏi sự hiện diện của Pha - ra - ôn ( hoàn tất sự tương tác từ [ cuối chương 10 ] ) . [ Câu 9 ] Có thể là Yahweh nói cho Môi-se biết điều gì sắp xảy ra, hoặc có thể là một phần của phần tóm tắt xảy ra trong [ v. 10 ] . Câu 10 tóm tắt những gì đã xảy ra trong sách ISử Ký. 5 - 10 ( đặc biệt là các tai vạ trong sách chs. 7 - 10 ) Để chuẩn bị cho tai vạ lớn cuối cùng. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Lòng cứng cỏi của Pha - ra - ôn +Tấm lòng của Pha-ra-ôn thường được mô tả là cứng cỏi trong chương nầy. Điều này có nghĩa là tấm lòng của ông không cởi mở hay sẵn sàng hiểu những chỉ thị của Đức Giê-hô-va. Khi lòng ông cứng cỏi, nó càng ngày càng trở nên không tiếp nhận Đức Giê-hô-va. Hãy tha cho dân ta đi +Trong các chương trước, Môi-se đã không xin phép Pha-ra-ôn cho dân Hê-bơ-rơ ra đi. Thay vì thế, ông yêu cầu Pha - ra - ôn giải thoát dân Hê - bơ - rơ. Trong chương này, từ ngữ tương tự được sử dụng để đề cập đến việc Pha-ra-ôn "" cho phép "" dân Hê-bơ-rơ rời khỏi Ai Cập." +EXO 11 1 6qgc figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:2](../11/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu mà tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 11: 2 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 11 1 5ktt grammar-connect-time-sequential כְּ 1 "These verbs (**lets go** and **drive away**) are meant to immediately follow one another. When you translate, make sure they are almost simultaneous in time; the letting go happens and then immediately the driving away happens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])" "Những động từ này ( "" cho đi "" và "" xua đuổi "" ) có nghĩa là lập tức nối tiếp nhau. Khi bạn dịch, hãy chắc chắn rằng chúng gần như đồng thời trong thời gian; buông thả xảy ra và sau đó ngay lập tức xua đuổi xảy ra." +EXO 11 1 iocd כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 thì ông ta sẽ hoàn toàn tống khứ The wording here is very forceful. Use strong words, forms, or phrasing when you are translating. Từ ngữ ở đây rất mạnh mẽ. Hãy dùng những từ, hình thức hoặc cách diễn đạt mạnh mẽ khi bạn dịch. +EXO 11 1 i87h figs-youdual אֶתְ 1 he will let you go from here Each occurrence of the word **you** in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Mỗi lần xuất hiện của từ "" ngươi "" trong câu này là số nhiều và đề cập đến Môi-se và phần còn lại của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng những hình thức khác nhau của "" ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng hình thức số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 11 2 2s6a figs-aside דַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּ 1 In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) Trong câu này, tác giả xen vào một nhận xét về tình hình. Một số bản dịch chọn đặt câu trong dấu ngoặc đơn để chỉ ra điều này. Bạn có thể đánh dấu theo cách tự nhiên đối với ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 11 2 t14c נָ֖א 1 Here, **now** conveys urgency, indicating that Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later). "Ở đây, "" bây giờ "" chuyển tải sự khẩn cấp, cho thấy rằng Môi-se nên nói sớm, không trì hoãn những việc khác. Nếu bạn có cách đưa ra một mệnh lệnh cho thấy tầm quan trọng của việc ai đó làm nhanh, tốt hơn nên dịch theo cách đó hơn là dịch theo nghĩa "" bây giờ "" ( so với trước đó hoặc sau này ) ." +EXO 11 2 nlsk בְּ 1 dân sự “so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening” """ Vậy dân sự nghe ngươi "" hay "" khi nào hết thảy dân sự đều lắng nghe """ +EXO 11 2 0w6r כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּ 1 These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry. Đây có thể là bất kỳ thứ gì làm từ bạc hoặc vàng ( chẳng hạn: dụng cụ, cốc, bình, đĩa, chân nến ) , chứ không chỉ là đồ trang sức. +EXO 11 2 4l0a וְ 1 đều phải xin "[Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there." [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 3: 22 ] Cũng có những lời chỉ dẫn tương tự. +EXO 11 2 jyqa figs-quotemarks זָהָֽב 1 bằng vàng At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Ở cuối câu này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp của Yahweh bắt đầu ở câu trước đó kết thúc. Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của một lời trích dẫn. +EXO 11 3 hng9 figs-idiom חֵ֥ן הָ 1 dân Ai Cập sốt sắng làm hài lòng người Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them. (Because the Egyptians have suffered under Gods judgment, the Egyptians want so badly to see them leave). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Ở đây, "" trong mắt của người Ai Cập "" là một thành ngữ chỉ tình cảm hay ý kiến của người Ai Cập. "" Ưu ái "" có nghĩa là những cảm xúc đó mang tính tích cực. Nói chung, điều này có nghĩa là khi người Ê - díp - tô thấy dân Y - sơ - ra - ên ra khỏi xứ Ê - díp - tô, họ sẽ vui lòng giúp đỡ họ. ( Vì người Ai Cập đã phải chịu sự phán xét của thần linh, người Ai Cập rất muốn thấy họ rời đi ) . Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cùng hoặc một thành ngữ tương tự, bạn có thể dịch hoặc sử dụng nó. Nếu không, bạn có thể dịch nghĩa. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 3: 21 ] ." +EXO 11 3 1et2 figs-idiom בְּ 1 trước mặt Here, **in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people** is an idiom for their feelings or opinions. If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated a similar idiom in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Ở đây, "" trong mắt quần thần của Pha-ra-ôn và trong mắt dân chúng "" là một thành ngữ chỉ cảm nghĩ hay ý kiến của họ. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cùng hoặc một thành ngữ tương tự, bạn có thể dịch hoặc sử dụng nó. Nếu không, bạn có thể dịch ý nghĩa. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một thành ngữ tương tự trong [ 3: 21 ] ." +EXO 11 3 12gp וַ 1 "[Exodus 3:21](../03/21.md) contains a related phrase; see how you translated it there." "[ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 3: 21 ] chứa đựng một cụm từ liên quan; hãy xem cách dịch." +EXO 11 4 sewb figs-quotemarks וַ 1 Môi-se nói After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [11:8](../11/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu mà tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 11: 8 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 11 4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 midnight Chúa Hằng Hữu phán như vầy This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. Hình thức trích dẫn này được dùng để giới thiệu các mạng lệnh từ Yahweh. Xem [ 4: intro ] để biết thêm thông tin. +EXO 11 4 vyvr figs-quotemarks כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu phán như vầy After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp ở cấp độ thứ hai bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 11: 7 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu mở đầu của câu trích dẫn cấp độ hai hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 11 5 hv8k בְּכוֹר֮ …מִ 1 All the firstborn … the firstborn of Pharaoh … the firstborn of the slave girl … the firstborn of the cattle con trưởng The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring. """ Con đầu lòng "" luôn luôn ám chỉ con trai lớn tuổi nhất." +EXO 11 5 k42h figs-merism מִ 1 who sits on his throne từ con trưởng của Pha-ra-ôn ngồi This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Đây là chủ nghĩa cá nhân. Thứ nhất, có hai thái cực được đề cập đến: thái cực cao nhất trong xã hội ( "" Pharaoh, người ngồi trên ngai vàng "" ) và thái cực thấp nhất ( "" cô gái nô lệ đằng sau cối xay "" ) . Rồi người ta thêm "" các loài thú "" vào danh sách gồm ba khía cạnh của xã hội và ngay cả kinh tế để cho thấy toàn thể sự phán xét sắp đến." +EXO 11 5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָ 1 who is behind the handmill grinding it ngồi đằng sau cối “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain” """ Ai là người xay cối "" hay "" Ai là người đứng sau cối xay cối xay hạt """ +EXO 11 6 hui7 figs-merism אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨ 1 đến nỗi trước giờ chưa từng có hoặc sau này cũng vậy This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Đây là chủ nghĩa Merism sử dụng những thái cực của quá khứ và tương lai để nhấn mạnh khái niệm "" không bao giờ "" . Một cách dịch khác: "" Điều chưa bao giờ có và sẽ không bao giờ có "" ." +EXO 11 7 b60a figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔ 1 chẳng có This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là gây tiếng động không thân thiện. Bản diễn ý dịch là "" sẽ không gầm gừ """ +EXO 11 7 t61i figs-youdual תֵּֽדְע֔וּ 1 các con sẽ biết Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" bạn "" là số nhiều. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng các dạng khác nhau của "" bạn "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng dạng số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 11 7 fl78 אֲשֶׁר֙ יַפְלֶ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בֵּ֥ין מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ 1 Ta đối xử khác nhau với người Ai Cập và người Y-sơ-ra-ên See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:4](../09/04.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 9: 4 ] . +EXO 11 7 wicm figs-quotemarks יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 người Y-sơ-ra-ên After this phrase, the second-level direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, câu nói trực tiếp cấp độ 2 kết thúc. Nó có thể hữu ích cho người đọc của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu ngoặc kép đóng hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra sự kết thúc của một đoạn trích dẫn trong một đoạn trích dẫn. +EXO 11 8 9zor translate-symaction וְ 1 This does not mean to bow for worshiping. **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) "Điều này không có nghĩa là phải cúi đầu thờ phượng. "" Họ sẽ cúi lạy "" Môi - se để cầu xin ông ra đi. Họ sẽ làm thế để cho thấy họ sẽ tuyệt vọng đến mức nào nếu Môi - se và dân Y - sơ - ra - ên ra đi." +EXO 11 8 l678 figs-explicit וְ 1 **They will bow to** Moses to beg him to leave. They will do this to show how desperate they will be for Moses and the Israelites to go. If this action would not mean the same thing in your culture, you may need to make the reason they are bowing explicit. Alternate translation: “and they will bow down to me to beg” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) """ Họ sẽ sấp mình xuống "" Môise cầu xin Ngài ra đi. Họ làm thế để cho thấy họ sẽ tuyệt vọng đến mức nào nếu Môi - se và dân Y - sơ - ra - ên ra đi. Nếu hành động này không có cùng ý nghĩa trong nền văn hóa của bạn, có lẽ bạn cần nêu rõ lý do họ cúi lạy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ sẽ cúi đầu trước mặt tôi để nài xin """ +EXO 11 8 4b8i figs-metaphor וְ 1 "Here, the people are figuratively pictured as below Moses, as his followers. The reference to **feet** also can mean they go the same place he goes, again, meaning “follower.” If your language uses a similar image to mean follower, you can translate the image; if not, you may use another image from your culture or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “and all the people who are following you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])" "Ở đây, dân sự được hình dung theo nghĩa bóng là ở dưới Môi-se, là những môn đồ của ông. Việc đề cập đến "" bàn chân "" cũng có thể có nghĩa là họ đi cùng một nơi mà ông đi, một lần nữa, có nghĩa là "" người đi theo "" . Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng một hình ảnh tương tự để có nghĩa là người đi theo, bạn có thể dịch hình ảnh đó; nếu không, bạn có thể sử dụng một hình ảnh khác từ nền văn hóa của bạn hoặc dịch ý nghĩa đó. Dịch thay thế: "" Và tất cả những người đang đi theo bạn """ +EXO 11 8 ria5 figs-explicit וְ 1 After that I will go out This means that Moses and the Israelites will leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “After that I will leave here” or “After that I will go out from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Môi-se và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên sẽ rời khỏi Ai Cập. Có thể dịch là "" sau đó tôi sẽ rời khỏi đây "" hoặc "" sau đó tôi sẽ ra khỏi xứ Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 11 8 awcj figs-quotemarks אֵצֵ֑א 1 After this phrase, the direct quote ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, lời trích dẫn trực tiếp kết thúc. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu ngoặc kép ở mức độ 1 hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của một đoạn trích dẫn. +EXO 11 8 76oj figs-idiom בָּ 1 This is an idiom meaning that Moses is angry. Alternate translation: “enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ có nghĩa là Môi-se nổi giận. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Nổi giận """ +EXO 11 9 xk4l figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵי 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 11 10 2cqt writing-endofstory וּ 1 Môi-se ... A-rôn đã làm This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) Câu Kinh Thánh này tóm tắt và kết thúc câu chuyện về các tai vạ. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách tóm tắt thông tin ở cuối câu chuyện, hãy cố gắng dịch câu này ( và có thể là cả câu 9 nữa - xem phần ghi chú giới thiệu chương này ) theo cách này. +EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַ 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart Nhưng Chúa Hằng Hữu làm cứng This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời khiến ông cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Nhưng Yahweh đã khiến Pharaoh trở nên bướng bỉnh """ +EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
1. Instruction v. 1-28
- v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions
- v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover
- v. 12-13: description of the plague
- v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover
- v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites
2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus
3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover
4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unleavened bread
The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])

### Ethnic segregation
The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])


## Potential translation issues:

### Passover


### Pronoun usage
In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.


### You plural
In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Exodus 12 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +The events of this chapter are known as the passover. Chúng được ghi nhớ trong Lễ Vượt Qua. 1. Hướng dẫn V. 1 - 28 +- v. 1 - 20: Yahweh Ban các huấn thị +- v. 1 - 11: CÁCH ĂN LỄ VƯỢT QUA NÀY +- v. 12 - 13: Mô tả về tai vạ +- v. 14 - 20: Những phương hướng cho việc cử hành Lễ Vượt Qua trong tương lai +- v. 21 - 28: Môi-se lặp lại những huấn thị của Yahweh cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên +2. Câu chuyện v. 29 - 42: Lễ Vượt Qua và Xuất Hành +3. HƯỚNG DẪN V. 43 - 49: NGƯỜI NƯỚC NGOÀI NÀO ĐƯỢC ĂN LỄ VƯỢT QUA +4. TÓM TẮT CÂU CHUYỆN V. 50 - 51 +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Bánh không men +Khái niệm về bánh không men được giới thiệu trong chương này. Ý nghĩa của nó bắt nguồn từ mối liên hệ của nó với các biến cố trong chương này. SỰ PHÂN CHIA SẮC TỘC TỘC +Dân Hê - bơ - rơ phải tách biệt khỏi phần còn lại của thế giới. Vì thế, họ tách biệt khỏi các nhóm người khác. Vào thời đó, những người ngoại quốc này bị xem là không thánh thiện. Vấn đề dịch thuật tiềm tàng: +Lễ Vượt Qua +CÁCH SỬ DỤNG ĐẠI TỪ +Trong lời trích dẫn dài ( câu 3 - 20 ) mà Đức Giê - hô - va bảo Môi - se và A - rôn truyền đạt cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên, Ngài nói về họ ở ngôi thứ ba ( "" họ phải "" ) trong [ câu 3 ] - 4 và [ câu 7 ] - 8 và ở ngôi thứ hai ( "" ngươi phải "" ) trong tất cả những phần còn lại của lời chỉ dẫn. Một số ngôn ngữ có lẽ cần giữ đại từ nhân xưng phù hợp trong suốt lời trích dẫn. Bạn dùng số nhiều +Trong chương này, hầu như mọi lần xuất hiện đại từ "" bạn "" hoặc "" của bạn "" đều là số nhiều. Mỗi lần đề cập đến cả dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Những người không thuộc dân Y - sơ - ra - ên sẽ được đánh dấu. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có nhiều dạng khác nhau của chữ "" ngươi "" tùy theo số người được nói đến, hãy dùng dạng số nhiều trong suốt bài trừ khi có ghi chú khác." +EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַ 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you Đối với các con tháng này sẽ là khởi đầu của các tháng The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
Phần mở đầu của câu nầy là phần mở đầu của một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cứ tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 20 ] . Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn. +EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַ 1 Đối với các con tháng này sẽ là khởi đầu của các tháng là tháng thứ nhất trong năm của các con These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Hai cụm từ này về cơ bản có nghĩa là cùng một điều và nhấn mạnh rằng tháng mà trong đó các sự kiện của chương này diễn ra sẽ là bắt đầu năm dương lịch của chúng. +EXO 12 3 8rfd figs-youdual דַּבְּר֗וּ 1 Hãy nói The command here is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) Mạng lệnh ở đây dành cho cả Môi-se và A-rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng một hình thức khác nếu hai người được đề cập đến, hãy sử dụng một hình thức kép ở đây. +EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָ 1 the first month of the year là tháng thứ nhất trong năm của các con The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) Tháng đầu tiên của lịch Hebrew bao gồm phần cuối tháng Ba và phần đầu tháng Tư theo lịch phương Tây. Nó đánh dấu thời điểm Đức Giê-hô-va giải cứu dân Y-sơ-ra-ên ra khỏi Ai Cập. +EXO 12 3 nu6r figs-quotemarks לֵ 1 Vào ngày thứ mười After **saying**, a second level direct quotation begins which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. **Saying** is used to mark the beginning of a quote. Many times it can be omitted in translation if the target language does not use a similar structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) "Sau "" nói "" , một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp hai bắt đầu mà tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 20 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi dùng dấu mở đầu cho câu trích dẫn cấp 2 hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu câu hay quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để chỉ sự bắt đầu của một câu trích dẫn trong một câu trích dẫn. "" Nói "" được dùng để đánh dấu sự bắt đầu của một câu trích dẫn. Nhiều khi nó có thể bị bỏ sót trong dịch thuật nếu ngôn ngữ đích không dùng một cấu trúc tương tự." +EXO 12 3 jjw0 וְ 1 mỗi gia đình phải bắt cho mình một chiên con This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household” "Điều này dường như chỉ ra rằng nếu nhiều gia đình cùng sống trong một nhà, thì người đàn ông là lãnh đạo của nhóm gia đình sống ở đó nên lấy một con chiên cho cả gia đình đó. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Người cha của mỗi gia đình phải chọn một con chiên cho mỗi gia đình mình "" ." +EXO 12 3 d1f5 שֶׂ֥ה לַ 1 một chiên con ... cho mỗi nhà “one lamb per house” """ Một con chiên trong một nhà """ +EXO 12 3 qzct שֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה 1 This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as whatever would be most familiar of sheep or goat—preferably a word that means a young sheep or goat. "Từ này có nghĩa đen là "" của bầy, "" và cũng có thể được dịch là chiên hay dê. Ở đây, chữ ult dùng chữ "" chiên "" ( chiên con ) , vì [ câu 5 ] nói rõ nó phải được một tuổi. Từ "" dê con "" ( dê con ) cũng có giá trị tương tự như câu 5 cũng cho biết nó có thể là cừu hoặc dê. Bạn có thể dịch từ này là bất cứ từ nào quen thuộc nhất với cừu hoặc dê — tốt nhất là một từ có nghĩa là cừu non hoặc dê con." +EXO 12 4 xzn3 figs-explicit וְ 1 If the household is too small for a lamb This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là không có đủ người trong gia đình để ăn hết một con chiên. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này như sau: "" Nếu trong nhà không có đủ người để ăn cả một con chiên "" ." +EXO 12 4 067d וּ 1 đến người láng giềng cạnh This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size, or of the right size to split a lamb with. Cụm từ này có thể có nghĩa đơn giản là một người láng giềng sống gần đó hoặc nó có thể chỉ về một gia đình có kích thước tương tự, hoặc có kích thước phù hợp để chia một con chiên. +EXO 12 4 fu2g figs-gendernotations אִ֚ישׁ 1 the man and his next door neighbor mọi người This refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Điều nầy đề cập tới từng người, dù là người nam, người nữ, hay con trẻ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Mỗi người trong gia đình """ +EXO 12 6 lz76 בֵּ֥ין הָ 1 twilight vào lúc chạng vạng This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light. Điều này nói đến thì giờ của buổi chiều tối sau khi mặt trời đã lặn nhưng trong khi vẫn còn một số ánh sáng. +EXO 12 7 cjt7 עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ 1 on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the houses “on the sides and top of the way into the house” """ Trên hai bên và trên hai đầu đường vào nhà """ +EXO 12 8 uxn6 מְרֹרִ֖ים 1 bitter herbs rau đắng These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste. Đây là những cây nhỏ có vị mạnh và thường là không tốt. +EXO 12 9 ny3a אַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨ 1 Do not eat it raw “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked” """ Chớ ăn thịt chiên con chưa nấu chín """ +EXO 12 11 ks7d חֲגֻרִ֔ים 1 belt buộc chặt **Belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist. """ Dây thắt lưng "" là những sợi dây da hoặc vải để buộc quanh eo." +EXO 12 11 nzw2 וַ 1 eat it hurriedly Các con phải ăn vội vã “And you must eat it quickly” """ Và con phải ăn nó nhanh lên """ +EXO 12 11 r789 figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַ 1 It is Yahweh’s Passover Đó là Lễ Vượt Qua của Chúa Hằng Hữu Here the word **it** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Ở đây chữ "" nó "" ám chỉ việc ăn thịt con vật vào ngày mùng mười trong tháng. Dịch cách khác: "" Lễ này là Lễ Vượt Qua của Đức Giê - hô - va """ +EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּ 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) Điều này có thể được nêu với hình thức bằng lời nói như trong Ust. +EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְ 1 tiêu diệt các con This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Điều này có thể được nêu với hình thức bằng lời nói như trong Ust. Dịch thay thế: "" Để hủy diệt các ngươi """ +EXO 12 13 3912 figs-activepassive וְ 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được dịch dưới dạng chủ động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Và ta sẽ không giáng tai vạ trên các ngươi """ +EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּ 1 xứ Ai Cập Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đức Giê-hô-va sẽ đánh dân sự và súc vật đang sống trong "" xứ Ê-díp-tô "" . Cách dịch thay thế: "" Trên mọi vật sống trong xứ Ê-díp-tô """ +EXO 12 14 4wsd וְ 1 Ngày này sẽ trở thành Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application. Câu 14 - [ 20 ] là những chỉ dẫn về việc dân Y - sơ - ra - ên cử hành Lễ Vượt Qua trong tương lai. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn phân biệt giữa những biến cố gần và xa trong tương lai hoặc giữa những mệnh lệnh gần và tổng quát, có lẽ bạn cần nói rõ rằng những câu này chủ yếu áp dụng cho trường hợp sau. +EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַ 1 Ngày này **This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) """ Ngày nầy "" có nghĩa là ngày thứ mười của tháng đầu tiên của mỗi năm. Vào ngày này mỗi năm, họ phải cử hành Lễ Vượt Qua." +EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 Vào “Surely” or “Indeed” """ Chắc chắn "" hoặc "" thực sự """ +EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְ 1 that person must be cut off from Israel người đó sẽ bị loại khỏi Y-sơ-ra-ên The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “he must be sent away” or (2) “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ẩn dụ "" cắt đứt "" có ít nhất ba ý nghĩa khả dĩ. Các bản dịch diễn ý sau đây bày tỏ các ý đó: ( 1 ) "" Người phải bị đuổi đi "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Người sẽ không còn được xem là một trong dân Y-sơ-ra-ên nữa "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" Người phải bị giết """ +EXO 12 15 88wc figs-activepassive וְ 1 người đó sẽ bị loại khỏi Y-sơ-ra-ên The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Ẩn dụ "" cắt đứt "" có ít nhất ba ý nghĩa khả dĩ. Chúng có thể được thể hiện dưới dạng chủ động. Ai sẽ cắt đứt với người đó cũng không được nói rõ, đó có thể là dân Y - sơ - ra - ên hoặc Yavê. Các bản dịch diễn ý sau đây bày tỏ đó là: ( 1 ) "" Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải sai ông đi "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Ta sẽ không còn xem ông là một trong dân Y-sơ-ra-ên nữa "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải giết ông """ +EXO 12 15 eqzu grammar-collectivenouns מִ 1 khỏi Y-sơ-ra-ên **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) """ Y-sơ-ra-ên "" là một danh từ tập thể nói đến dân tộc hay nhóm người. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Từ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 12 16 bzj6 figs-activepassive וּ 1 an assembly that is set apart to me Vào ngày thứ nhất This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ngày thứ nhất và ngày thứ bảy, các ngươi sẽ có một Hội Thánh """ +EXO 12 16 63ed translate-ordinal וּ 1 Vào ngày **First** and **seventh** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “And on day one of the month ... and on day seven of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Thứ nhất "" và "" thứ bảy "" là số thứ tự. Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Và vào ngày thứ nhất của tháng … và vào ngày thứ bảy của tháng """ +EXO 12 16 l7pj figs-activepassive כָּל־מְלָאכָה֙ לֹא־יֵעָשֶׂ֣ה בָ 1 No work will be done on these days This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will do no work on these days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Trong những ngày này anh em sẽ không làm việc gì cả """ +EXO 12 16 qr65 figs-activepassive ה֥וּא לְ 1 That must be the only work that may be done by you Đó là việc duy nhất các con được phép làm This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that must be the only work that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Đó phải là công việc duy nhất mà anh em làm """ +EXO 12 17 r3qj translate-unknown צִבְאוֹתֵי 1 armed group by armed group từng binh đội một The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Thuật ngữ "" chủ nhà "" đề cập đến một nhóm đông người, thường được tổ chức thành các nhóm cho chiến tranh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 26 ] . Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Các nhóm ngươi "" hoặc "" Các sư đoàn ngươi """ +EXO 12 18 7oat translate-ordinal בָּ 1 ngày mười bốn ... thứ nhất **First**, **fourteenth**, and **twenty-first** are ordinal numbers. Alternate translation: “In month one, on day fourteen ... until day twenty-one of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Thứ nhất "" , "" thứ mười bốn "" , và "" hai mươi mốt "" là các số thứ tự. Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Trong tháng một, ngày mười bốn... cho đến ngày hai mươi mốt của tháng """ +EXO 12 18 l57q translate-ordinal בָּ 1 ngày mười bốn ... thứ nhất (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 12 18 m475 translate-hebrewmonths בָּ 1 the fourteenth day in the first month ngày mười bốn của tháng thứ nhất This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) Đây là tháng đầu tiên của lịch Do Thái. Ngày thứ mười bốn gần đầu tháng tư theo lịch Tây. +EXO 12 18 uss3 translate-hebrewmonths י֣וֹם הָ 1 the twenty-first day of the month ngày hai mươi mốt của tháng This is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) Lúc này là gần giữa tháng Tư theo lịch phương Tây. +EXO 12 19 aej1 figs-activepassive שְׂאֹ֕ר לֹ֥א יִמָּצֵ֖א בְּ 1 no yeast must be found in your houses trong nhà các con không được có men This can be stated in active form. Note that the UST is much more accurate to the meaning here as the alternate translation in this note could suggest to someone that you must simply hide the yeast very well. Alternate translation: “no one must be able to find any yeast in your houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Hãy lưu ý rằng từ UST chính xác hơn nhiều so với ý nghĩa ở đây vì bản dịch thay thế trong ghi chú này có thể gợi ý cho ai đó rằng bạn phải che giấu men bia rất tốt. Cách dịch khác: "" Không ai có thể tìm thấy men trong nhà mình """ +EXO 12 19 vy72 figs-metaphor וְ 1 must be cut off from the community of Israel sẽ bị loại khỏi cộng đồng Y-sơ-ra-ên dù đó ... các con The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “that person must be sent away” or (2) “that person will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “that person must be killed” See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ẩn dụ "" cắt đứt "" có ít nhất ba ý nghĩa khả dĩ. Các bản dịch khác nhau sau đây bày tỏ các ý nghĩa đó: ( 1 ) "" kẻ đó phải bị đuổi đi "" hay ( 2 ) "" kẻ đó sẽ không còn được xem là một trong dân Y-sơ-ra-ên nữa "" hay ( 3 ) "" kẻ đó phải bị giết "" hãy xem cách bạn dịch "" bị cắt đứt "" trong [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 12: 15 ] ." +EXO 12 19 cwvs figs-activepassive וְ 1 sẽ bị loại khỏi cộng đồng Y-sơ-ra-ên dù đó ... các con The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. They can be expressed in active form. See how you translated **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send that person away” or (2) “I will no longer consider that person to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Ẩn dụ "" cắt đứt "" có ít nhất ba ý nghĩa khả dĩ. Ai sẽ cắt đứt khỏi người đó cũng không được nói rõ, đó có thể là dân Y-sơ-ra-ên hay Yahweh. Chúng có thể được diễn tả dưới hình thức chủ động. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" cắt đứt "" nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 15 ] . Những bản dịch khác nhau sau đây diễn tả: ( 1 ) "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên phải đuổi người đó đi "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Ta sẽ không còn xem người đó là một người trong dân Y - sơ - ra - ên nữa "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" dân Y - sơ - ra - ên phải giết người đó """ +EXO 12 20 407n figs-quotemarks מַצּֽוֹת 1 bánh không men After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s commands to Moses and Aaron for the Israelites ends (two levels). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ này, phần trích dẫn trực tiếp các mạng lệnh của Yahweh cho Môi-se và A-rôn cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên kết thúc ( hai mức độ ) . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị khi chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đóng dấu ngoặc kép cấp hai và cấp một hoặc bằng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra kết thúc của các trích dẫn. +EXO 12 21 y9qt writing-newevent 1 summoned A new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một văn cảnh mới bắt đầu ở câu nầy, có thể cần phải được đánh dấu theo một cách thức nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 12 21 4hw6 figs-quotemarks וַ 1 và nói với họ After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:27](../12/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 12: 27 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 12 22 qwv1 translate-unknown אֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב 1 hyssop một bó cây bài hương **Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Chùm kinh giới "" là một loại cây thân gỗ với những chiếc lá nhỏ có thể được sử dụng để rắc chất lỏng. Nếu không biết cây này, bạn có thể dùng một cụm từ mô tả. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Một phần của cây có những nhánh nhỏ và nhiều lá """ +EXO 12 22 c1cf אֶל־הַ 1 the top of the doorframe and the two doorposts “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). """ Ở hai bên đường và trên đường vào nhà. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 7 ] ." +EXO 12 22 vdlj figs-gendernotations לֹ֥א…אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Ở đây, "" đàn ông "" bao gồm phụ nữ và trẻ em. Một cách dịch khác: "" Không ai """ +EXO 12 23 uu61 figs-synecdoche וּ 1 pass over your door thì Ngài sẽ lướt qua Here the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây chữ "" cửa "" hàm ý toàn bộ ngôi nhà. Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời sẽ tha mạng cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên trong những ngôi nhà có bôi huyết trên khung cửa. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và Đức Giê - hô - va sẽ vượt qua nhà này """ +EXO 12 23 onpu עַל־הַ 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). """ Trên hai bên hông và trên đầu đường vào nhà "" hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 7 ] ." +EXO 12 24 v7z5 הַ 1 this event lễ này These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. Những từ này nói đến Lễ Vượt Qua hoặc Lễ Bánh Không Men. Giữ lễ Vượt Qua là một hành động thờ phượng Đức Giê-hô-va. +EXO 12 24 bzm0 figs-youcrowd לְ 1 đối với anh chị em và con cháu anh chị em Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) "Ở đây, "" ngươi "" và "" của ngươi "" là số ít nhưng chúng chỉ về cả dân tộc. Bạn có thể cần tiếp tục dùng dạng số nhiều của "" bạn "" , nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn dùng dạng số nhiều của "" bạn "" tùy theo số người được nói đến." +EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּ 1 và con cháu anh chị em Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) "Ở đây, "" các con trai "" bao gồm mọi người. Dịch thay thế: Xem Ust." +EXO 12 25 l8ls הָ 1 this act of worship sự thờ phượng này These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. Những từ này nói đến Lễ Vượt Qua hoặc Lễ Bánh Không Men. Giữ lễ Vượt Qua là một hành động thờ phượng Đức Giê-hô-va. +EXO 12 26 9bx1 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵי 1 con cái This refers to all children, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Điều này đề cập đến tất cả trẻ em, như trong Ust. +EXO 12 26 odj0 figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵי 1 After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.
However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Sau "" You "" , một trích dẫn cấp 2 bắt đầu. Nó có thể hữu ích cho người đọc của bạn để chỉ ra điều này với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. Tuy nhiên, bạn có thể dịch điều này như một trích dẫn gián tiếp để giảm các lớp trích dẫn trong đoạn văn này. Dịch thay thế: "" Đối với bạn nghi lễ này có ý nghĩa gì đối với bạn, """ +EXO 12 27 qft1 figs-quotemarks זֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 12 27 t779 figs-explicit וְ 1 He set our households free This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Giê-hô-va đã chừa lại những con trai đầu lòng của Y-sơ-ra-ên. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Ngài không giết các con trai đầu lòng trong nhà chúng ta """ +EXO 12 28 r5cj כַּ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron y như lời Chúa Hằng Hữu đã truyền bảo “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do” """ Các việc Ðức Giê hô va đã phán dặn Môi se và A rôn làm """ +EXO 12 29 rvg9 1 "The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point." "Những câu kế tiếp là đỉnh điểm của phần này trong Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký. Một số đặc điểm văn học đánh dấu nó. Thứ nhứt, nó đặc biệt được giới thiệu bằng câu "" và việc đã xảy ra như vậy "" , được sử dụng để đánh dấu những chỗ gián đoạn chính trong câu chuyện. Thứ hai, nó sử dụng sự lặp lại: "" Con đầu lòng "" được lặp lại bốn lần trong câu 29 hầu cho người đọc không thể bỏ lỡ những gì đang xảy ra. "" Ban đêm "" được lặp lại trong câu 29, 30 và 31. "" chỗi dậy / chỗi dậy "" được lặp lại trong câu 30 và 31. Trong câu 31 và 32, "" cũng "" cũng được lặp lại năm lần ( được dịch là "" cả hai "" một lần trong nguyên ngữ ) . Thứ ba, nơi ở của cả "" Pha - ra - ôn "" lẫn "" kẻ bị tù "" đều được xây dựng để làm chậm nhịp độ và tạo nên một hình ảnh sống động trong trí người đọc. Trong câu 30, có một danh sách liệt kê những loại người đã đứng dậy; hãy chú ý cách dùng hai từ phủ định để nhấn mạnh. Bản dịch của bạn nên cố gắng sử dụng các đặc điểm văn học tương tự hoặc tương tự của ngôn ngữ của bạn làm chậm nhịp độ, tạo ra hình ảnh sống động và nhấn mạnh rằng đây là điểm cao trào." +EXO 12 29 zm1l figs-merism מִ 1 at midnight từ con trưởng của Pha-ra-ôn ngồi "This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])" "Đây là một từ ngữ merism được sử dụng để chỉ ra rằng không có một người hay một gia đình nào bị loại ra khỏi sự phán xét của Đức Giê-hô-va. Cả hai đều nói về những phần cực đoan của xã hội và sau đó làm cho điều này thành một danh sách bằng cách bao gồm các loài động vật. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Các con đầu lòng của Pha-ra-ôn, là người ngồi trên ngai và các con đầu lòng của những tù nhân ở trong đền của cái hố và các con đầu lòng của mỗi một người ở giữa, đều bị đánh bại; thậm chí tất cả các con đầu lòng của các con thú cũng bị đánh bại "" ." +EXO 12 29 uj6u בְּכוֹר֮…מִ 1 all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle In theses usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md). "Trong cách sử dụng các từ này, "" con đầu lòng "" luôn nói đến con trai lớn tuổi nhất. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 11: 5 ] ." +EXO 12 29 g9z1 עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַ 1 the firstborn of the person in prison cho đến con trưởng của tù nhân “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison. """ Cho các con đầu lòng trong nhà xí "" điều này ám chỉ các tù nhân nói chung chớ không phải một người cụ thể trong nhà tù." +EXO 12 30 gt4w figs-doublenegatives כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃ 1 for there was not a house where there was not someone dead This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Cách phủ định kép này nhấn mạnh sự tích cực. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Vì có người chết trong mỗi nhà """ +EXO 12 31 j8k5 figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…כְּ 1 Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) Ở đây, Pha-ra-ôn đang phán với cả Môi-se và A-rôn. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng một hình thức khác nếu hai người được xưng hô, hãy sử dụng một hình thức kép ở đây. +EXO 12 33 j5u4 figs-explicit כֻּלָּ֥ 1 We will all die Tất cả chúng ta đều chết The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Người Ai-cập sợ rằng họ sẽ chết nếu dân Y-sơ-ra-ên không rời khỏi Ai-cập. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Tất cả chúng ta sẽ chết nếu các ngươi không rời khỏi đây """ +EXO 12 34 diw8 figs-activepassive מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛ 1 Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shoulders Các bát nhào bột của họ đã được bọc trong áo This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread- making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ buộc bát làm bánh mì vào trong áo và đặt trên vai """ +EXO 12 36 679h figs-idiom אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָ 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Ở đây, "" trong mắt của người Ai Cập "" là một thành ngữ chỉ tình cảm hay ý kiến của người Ai Cập. "" Ưu ái "" có ý nói tới những cảm xúc đó là tích cực. Gộp chung lại, điều này có nghĩa là khi người Ai-cập thấy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên rời khỏi Ai-cập, họ vui mừng giúp đỡ họ ( vì muốn họ ra đi đến nỗi phải chịu khổ hình dưới sự phán xét của Đức Chúa Trời ) . Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cùng hoặc một thành ngữ tương tự, bạn có thể dịch hoặc dùng nó. Nếu không, bạn có thể dịch nghĩa. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 3: 21 ] ." +EXO 12 37 n1ha translate-names מֵ 1 Rameses từ Ram-se **Rameses** was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Rameses "" là một thành phố lớn của Ai Cập, nơi chứa ngũ cốc. Hãy xem cách dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 1: 11 ] ." +EXO 12 37 u81l translate-numbers כְּ 1 They numbered about 600,000 men “about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Ước chừng sáu trăm ngàn """ +EXO 12 39 pva6 figs-activepassive כִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִ 1 they had been driven out of Egypt This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì người Ê - díp - tô đã đuổi họ ra khỏi xứ Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 12 40 qsi5 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ 1 430 years “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Bốn trăm ba mươi """ +EXO 12 41 d8yh translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְ 1 430 years “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Bốn trăm ba mươi """ +EXO 12 41 xlf4 translate-unknown צִבְא֥וֹת 1 Yahweh’s armed groups các binh đội The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Thuật ngữ "" chủ nhà "" đề cập đến một nhóm đông người, thường được tổ chức thành các nhóm cho chiến tranh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 26 ] . Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Các nhóm ngươi "" hoặc "" Các sư đoàn ngươi """ +EXO 12 42 w6mj לַֽ 1 all the Israelites throughout their people’s generations để Chúa Hằng Hữu ... phải tuân giữ You could combine **for all the sons of Israel to observe for Yahweh throughout their generations** into one noun phrase as subject. Alternate translation: “for all the sons of Israel throughout their generations to observe for Yahweh” "Bạn có thể kết hợp cụm từ "" để hết thảy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên gìn giữ Đức Giê-hô-va trải qua các đời "" thành một cụm từ danh từ như một chủ ngữ. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Giữ hết thảy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên trải qua các đời của họ cho Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 12 43 zwac figs-quotemarks וְ 1 và A-rôn After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:49](../12/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu và tiếp tục cho đến hết [ 12: 49 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ bạn dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 12 44 n9wn וְ 1 every Israelite’s slave “But any slave of an Israelite” """ Nhưng làm tôi mọi cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 12 44 7fp2 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וּ 1 sau khi đã được cắt bì This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) Đây là một tình huống giả định. Bạn sẽ cần sử dụng bất kỳ hình thức ngôn ngữ của bạn để đánh dấu một cái gì đó như tiềm năng đúng. +EXO 12 44 70e8 figs-yousingular וּ 1 đã được cắt bì Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) "Ở đây "" bạn "" là số ít. Nó chỉ về một người cụ thể và nô lệ của người ấy. Có lẽ sẽ hợp lý hơn nếu dùng ngôi thứ ba ở đây. Một bản khác dịch câu này là "" nếu người chịu cắt bì """ +EXO 12 46 j242 figs-activepassive בְּ 1 The food must be eaten in one house phải ăn thức ăn đó nội trong nhà This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Anh em phải ăn nó trong một nhà """ +EXO 12 46 iovj figs-youcrowd לֹא־תוֹצִ֧יא 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) "Ở đây, "" bạn "" là số ít, tuy nhiên nó được sử dụng để nói về một đám đông, vì vậy bạn có thể cần dịch nó bằng cách sử dụng một dạng số nhiều nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng một." +EXO 12 48 j7ob grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְ 1 This is a two-part hypothetical situation. It describes the circumstance and desire of the sojourner, the next portion says what he must do. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) Đây là một tình huống giả định gồm hai phần. Nó mô tả hoàn cảnh và mong muốn của người tạm trú, phần tiếp theo nói lên điều người đó phải làm. Bạn sẽ cần sử dụng bất cứ hình thức nào mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để đánh dấu một điều gì đó là có khả năng đúng. +EXO 12 48 9dh9 figs-youcrowd אִתְּ 1 với các con Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) "Ở đây, "" bạn "" là số ít, tuy nhiên nó được sử dụng để nói về một đám đông, vì vậy bạn có thể cần dịch nó bằng cách sử dụng một dạng số nhiều nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng một." +EXO 12 48 h7k9 figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣ 1 all his male relatives must be circumcised phải chịu cắt bì This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Người ta phải cắt bì mọi người nam trong nhà mình """ +EXO 12 48 n3fz grammar-connect-logic-goal הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣ 1 phải chịu cắt bì The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) "Người tạm trú sẽ chịu cắt bì để "" đến gần giữ "" Lễ Vượt Qua. Một số ngôn ngữ có lẽ cần đặt mục đích trước hết. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hầu đến gần để giữ lễ, mọi người nam phải chịu cắt bì """ +EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּ 1 the people who were born in the land giống như người sinh ra trong xứ Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" xứ "" đề cập đến Ca-na-an — là xứ mà dân Y-sơ-ra-ên sẽ sớm sống trong đó. Cụm từ "" quê - hương ở xứ nầy "" có nghĩa là một người là dân Y - sơ - ra - ên bản xứ. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Những người Y - sơ - ra - ên từ lúc mới sinh """ +EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu bằng ngôn ngữ tích cực. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Và chỉ một người cắt bì mới được phép ăn """ +EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַ 1 It came about Chính trong ngày đó This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. Cụm từ này được dùng ở đây để đánh dấu một sự kiện quan trọng trong câu chuyện. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách để làm điều này, bạn có thể cân nhắc việc sử dụng nó ở đây. +EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽ 1 by their armed groups binh đội của họ The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Thuật ngữ "" chủ nhà "" đề cập đến một nhóm đông người thường được tổ chức thành các nhóm cho chiến tranh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 26 ] . Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Các nhóm ngươi "" hoặc "" Các sư đoàn ngươi """ +EXO 13 intro g9qi 0 # Exodus 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instruction v. 1-2: First mention of setting apart the firstborn v. 3-10: Reiteration of the Passover instructions from [12:14-20](../12/14.md) and [24-27](../12/24.md), with a focus on telling to Yahweh’s deeds to the future generations of Israelites v. 11-13: More details on setting apart the firstborn v. 14-16: Reiteration of purpose: telling to future generations
2. Narrative v. 17-22: Some details of the exodus

## Special concepts in this chapter

* There are several concepts that will be important to understand and translate with care (some have already been encountered in Exodus). They are: set apart, sign, symbol, redemption, and sacrifice.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

* There are a number of names of people groups and places in this chapter. However, many have been translated in earlier passages.
* Transporting the bones of Joseph may be an unknown concept in some places.
* It may take some time to decide on a good translation for the pillars of fire and cloud that lead the Israelites. "Exodus 13 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +1. Chỉ thị v. 1 - 2: Lần đầu tiên đề cập đến việc biệt riêng con đầu lòng v. 3 - 10: Nhắc lại những chỉ thị về Lễ Vượt Qua từ [ 12: 14 - 20 ] và [ 24 - 27 ] , tập trung vào việc kể lại những việc làm của Đức Giê - hô - va cho các thế hệ tương lai của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên v. 11 - 13: Thêm chi tiết về việc biệt riêng con đầu lòng v. 14 - 16: Nhắc lại mục đích: Kể lại cho các thế hệ tương lai +2. 2. Tường thuật V. 17 - 22: Một số chi tiết về cuộc xuất hành +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Có một số khái niệm sẽ quan trọng để hiểu và dịch một cách cẩn thận ( một số đã được đề cập trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký ) . Chúng là: Được biệt riêng, dấu hiệu, biểu tượng, sự cứu chuộc, và sự hy sinh. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +Có một số tên người và địa danh trong chương này. Tuy nhiên, nhiều tên đã được dịch trong những đoạn trước đó. Vận chuyển hài cốt của Giô - sép có thể là một khái niệm chưa được biết đến ở một số nơi. Có lẽ phải mất một thời gian để quyết định một bản dịch thích hợp cho trụ lửa và đám mây dẫn dắt dân Y - sơ - ra - ên." +EXO 13 2 de3u figs-quotemarks קַדֶּשׁ־לִ֨ 1 Set apart to me…every firstborn male This entire verse is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Toàn bộ câu này là một trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 13 3 8jzb figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 16](../13/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu cứ tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 16 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 13 3 en1s figs-metaphor מִ 1 the house of slavery ra khỏi nhà nô lệ Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. Alternate translation: “the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Moses nói về Ai Cập như thể nó là một ngôi nhà nơi người ta giữ nô lệ. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Nơi các ngươi làm nô lệ """ +EXO 13 3 yjy5 figs-metonymy בְּ 1 Yahweh’s strong hand bởi tay mạnh mẽ mình Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay "" ám chỉ quyền lực. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" tay mạnh "" nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 1 ] ." +EXO 13 3 c6ee figs-activepassive וְ 1 No bread with yeast may be eaten không được ăn bánh có men This can be stated in active form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Điều này có thể được tuyên bố dưới dạng hoạt động, như trong Ust. +EXO 13 4 y1f3 translate-hebrewmonths הָ 1 the month of Aviv A-víp This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) Đây là tên của tháng đầu tiên của lịch Do Thái. Aviv là vào cuối tháng 3 và đầu tháng 4 theo lịch phương Tây. +EXO 13 4 76uy translate-names הָ 1 A-víp **Aviv** is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Aviv "" là tên của tháng đầu tiên trong lịch Hebrew. Aviv là vào cuối tháng 3 và đầu tháng 4 theo lịch phương Tây." +EXO 13 5 x89s וְ 1 you must observe this act of worship vào When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md). Khi dân Y-sơ-ra-ên sống trong xứ Ca-na-an, họ phải cử hành lễ Vượt Qua vào ngày nầy mỗi năm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 25 ] . +EXO 13 5 u37l figs-metaphor לַ 1 với tổ phụ của anh chị em Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" cha "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là "" tổ tiên "" . Dịch thay thế là: "" Kính tổ phụ các ngươi """ +EXO 13 5 6287 אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ 1 một xứ đượm sữa và mật The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it. Sự mô tả tương tự cũng xảy ra trong [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 3: 8 ] . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nó ở đó và trong các ghi chú dành cho nó. +EXO 13 6 vwy9 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 For seven days trong bảy “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 7 """ +EXO 13 6 mde6 translate-ordinal הַ 1 thứ bảy “7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Số 7 """ +EXO 13 7 n41m figs-activepassive מַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 Bread without yeast must be eaten phải ăn bánh không men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Anh em phải ăn bánh không men """ +EXO 13 7 zm8p translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 trong suốt bảy “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 7 """ +EXO 13 7 le33 figs-activepassive וְ 1 no bread with yeast may be seen among you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Các ngươi sẽ không có bánh và men """ +EXO 13 7 c9kr figs-activepassive וְ 1 No yeast may be seen with you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Có thể anh em không có men """ +EXO 13 7 dmv1 בְּ 1 within any of your borders “inside any of the borders of your land” """ Ở trong bờ - cõi xứ ngươi """ +EXO 13 8 qum9 figs-quotesinquotes בַּ 1 On that day you are to say to your children, ‘This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.’ ngày đó ... rằng Điều này là để kỷ niệm việc Chúa Hằng Hữu đã làm cho cha mẹ khi cha mẹ ra khỏi Ai Cập The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Trích dẫn này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng trích dẫn gián tiếp. Dịch lệ: "" Trong ngày đó, ấy là vì cớ điều Giê-hô-va Đức Chúa Trời các ngươi đã làm cho các ngươi khi ra khỏi xứ Ê-díp-tô """ +EXO 13 9 p21h figs-parallelism וְ 1 This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead Đây sẽ là lời nhắc nhở These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Đây là hai loại nhắc nhở khác nhau về mặt thể chất để người ta sẽ không quên điều gì quan trọng. +EXO 13 9 s7zg figs-metaphor לְ 1 a reminder for you on your hand lời nhắc nhở Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về việc kỷ niệm lễ hội như thể nó là một vật mà người ta có thể buộc quanh tay họ để nhắc nhở họ về những gì Đức Giê-hô-va đã làm. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Như một vật mà người ta buộc vào tay để nhắc nhở """ +EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor 1 a reminder on your forehead Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về việc ăn mừng lễ hội như thể nó là một vật mà người ta có thể buộc trên trán của họ để nhắc nhở họ về những gì Đức Giê-hô-va đã làm. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Như một vật mà người ta buộc vòng quanh đầu để nhắc nhở """ +EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth để luật pháp của Chúa Hằng Hữu được ở trong miệng anh chị em Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" trong miệng ngươi "" đề cập đến những lời mà họ nói. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Hầu cho hễ khi nào ông nói về luật pháp của Đức Giê - hô - va """ +EXO 13 9 w5rm figs-metonymy בְּ 1 strong hand đã dùng tay mạnh mẽ Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay "" ám chỉ quyền lực. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" tay mạnh "" nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 1 ] ." +EXO 13 10 rxel figs-merism מִ 1 hằng năm “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) """ Đời đời """ +EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metaphor וְ 1 và tổ tiên anh chị em Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, "" cha "" theo nghĩa bóng có nghĩa là "" tổ tiên "" . Dịch thay thế là: "" Kính tổ phụ các ngươi """ +EXO 13 11 iqh5 וּ 1 when he gives the land to you và khi Ngài ban xứ đó cho anh chị em “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you” """ Khi Ngài ban xứ dân Ca - na - an cho các ngươi """ +EXO 13 12 mqgs וְ 1 thì anh chị em phải biệt riêng ra This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine. Đây là một sự chơi chữ có chủ ý với [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 12 ] và [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 23 ] vì những của - Lễ Tưởng Niệm này nhắc nhở về những gì đã xảy ra vào Lễ Vượt Qua đầu tiên. Nếu có thể, hãy chơi chữ tương tự trong bản dịch của bạn, nhưng theo ý nghĩa như trong UST là tốt. +EXO 13 13 lwv5 figs-explicit בְ 1 Every firstborn of a donkey You may need to make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Có lẽ bạn cần nói rõ rằng hoặc "" chiên "" hoặc "" lừa "" phải bị giết, như ở Ust." +EXO 13 13 0xw3 לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 anh chị em không chuộc lại “you do not ransom the donkey” """ Các ngươi không chuộc được con lừa """ +EXO 13 14 s8cm figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְ 1 When your son asks you later, ‘What does this mean?’ then you are to tell him The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Trích dẫn đầu tiên có thể được nêu là một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Có thể dịch là: "" Khi con trai bạn hỏi bạn sau này điều này có nghĩa gì, thì bạn phải nói cho nó biết """ +EXO 13 14 qr7q figs-metonymy בְּ 1 strong hand tay mạnh mẽ Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay "" tiêu biểu cho hành động hay việc làm của Đức Chúa Trời. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 1 ] . Cách dịch khác: "" Với những việc quyền năng của Ngài """ +EXO 13 14 rcz7 figs-metaphor מִ 1 the house of slavery ra khỏi nhà nô lệ Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Moses nói về Ai Cập như thể nó là một ngôi nhà nơi người ta giữ nô lệ. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 13: 3 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Từ nơi các ngươi là nô lệ """ +EXO 13 15 fgvg figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הִקְשָׁ֣ה פַרְעֹה֮ לְ 1 This means he was stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he were hard. Alternate translation: “that when Pharaoh resisted letting us go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là ông đã bướng bỉnh. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể ông là người cứng rắn. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Khi Pha - ra - ôn từ chối không cho chúng ta đi """ +EXO 13 15 atxz figs-merism מִ 1 cả con đầu lòng của người ta This is a figure of speech used to emphasize the extent of the plague. Alternate translation: “whether he was a person or an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Đây là lối nói bóng được sử dụng để nhấn mạnh tầm mức của dịch hạch. Một cách dịch khác: "" Dù là người hay thú vật """ +EXO 13 16 bse4 figs-parallelism וְ 1 become a reminder on your hands, and a reminder on your forehead Điều này sẽ trở thành lời nhắc nhở This expresses two ways to remember the importance of the passover event. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 13:9](./09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Điều này bày tỏ hai cách để ghi nhớ tầm quan trọng của sự kiện Lễ Vượt Qua. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Hành 13: 9 ] ( / 09.MD ) . +EXO 13 16 3kt7 figs-metonymy בְּ 1 bởi tay mạnh mẽ Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “with his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay "" tiêu biểu cho hành động hay việc làm của Đức Chúa Trời. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 1 ] . Cách dịch khác: "" Với những việc quyền năng của Ngài """ +EXO 13 17 92x6 writing-newevent וַ 1 Khi This marks the transition from instruction to narrative. You should mark the resumption of the narrative in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Điều này đánh dấu sự chuyển tiếp từ hướng dẫn sang kể chuyện. Bạn nên đánh dấu sự trở lại của câu chuyện một cách tự nhiên bằng ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 13 17 pum6 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְ 1 The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) "Lộ trình mà Đức Chúa Trời chọn cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên không phải là lộ trình được mong đợi. Trong một số ngôn ngữ, có lẽ bạn cần đặt phần miêu tả về kỳ vọng lên hàng đầu. Một bản dịch khác: "" Dù nó ở gần, Đức Chúa Trời không dẫn họ đi qua xứ Phi - li - tin "" ." +EXO 13 17 upop grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָ 1 In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) "Trong một số ngôn ngữ, có thể bạn cần đặt lý do lên trước kết quả giả định. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Khi họ thấy chiến tranh, họ có thể ăn năn và trở về Ai Cập """ +EXO 13 17 5vck יִנָּחֵ֥ם 1 sẽ đổi ý “turn back” """ Hãy trở lại """ +EXO 13 18 c4tw וַ 1 được trang bị cho chiến trận The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army” "Ý nghĩa của từ ngữ này ( "" bởi năm "" ) là không chắc chắn. Nhiều bản dịch Anh ngữ chọn từ ngữ như "" sửa soạn ra trận "" vì đây dường như là ý nghĩa trong Dan 32: 17 và những câu có liên quan trong Gios 1: 14 và 4: 12. Vì những gì câu trước nói về chiến tranh, có thể nghĩa là họ đi ra theo đội hình — giống như một đạo quân sẽ hành quân — nhưng có lẽ không có vũ khí. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Và … trong đội hình như một đội quân """ +EXO 13 19 cxyk וַ 1 Môi-se đem theo See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Jospeh’s bones. Xem Gios 24: 32 liên quan đến việc chôn cất hài cốt của Giô-suê. +EXO 13 19 dnlp פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ 1 Chắc chắn Thiên Chúa sẽ giải cứu anh em ... phải đem "This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this." "Đây là một trích dẫn gần như chính xác về những gì Giô-sép đã nói trong Sáng thế ký 50: 25; hãy tham khảo bản dịch của bạn ở đó khi dịch điều này." +EXO 13 20 7v94 מִ 1 từ Su-cốt và cắm trại ở Ê-tam “from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham” """ Từ một nơi kia tên là Su - cốt, đóng trại tại một nơi kia tên là Ê - tam """ +EXO 13 20 xq5d translate-names בְ 1 camped at Etham ở Ê-tam Etham was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Có thể Ê-tam nằm ở phía nam của con đường hướng đến Phi-li-tin, tại biên giới của đồng vắng. +EXO 13 21 yi2p figs-metonymy וַֽ 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu đi trước họ Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" trước mặt họ "" có nghĩa là "" trước mặt dân chúng. "" +Bản dịch thay thế: "" Và Đức Giê-hô-va dẫn dắt họ bằng cách đi trước mặt họ """ +EXO 13 21 jnv8 בְּ 1 pillar of cloud…pillar of fire trong trụ “in a cloud in the shape of a column … in a fire in the shape of a column” """ Trong một đám mây hình dạng một cây cột … trong một ngọn lửa hình dạng một cây cột … """ +EXO 13 21 6pzk לְ 1 để soi sáng họ “to be light for them” """ Làm ánh sáng cho họ """ +EXO 13 21 i7yl grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖שׁ לְ 1 lửa để soi sáng họ họ có thể đi được cả ngày lẫn đêm They could travel by either day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])


"Họ có thể đi ngày hoặc đêm vì Đức Chúa Trời ban ánh sáng vào ban đêm. Bạn có thể sắp xếp lại nguyên nhân và kết quả nếu đó là điều tự nhiên trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. Một bản dịch khác: "" Lửa. Họ có thể đi ban ngày hoặc ban đêm vì Ngài là ánh sáng cho họ "" ." +EXO 13 22 iiuj עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽ 1 trụ mây ban ngày hoặc trụ lửa ban đêm “the pillar of cloud by day or the pillar of fire by night” """ Ban ngày trụ mây, ban đêm trụ lửa """ +EXO 13 22 qxks figs-metonymy לִ 1 khỏi trước mặt dân sự Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" từ mặt người "" có nghĩa là "" từ trước mặt dân sự "" nơi họ có thể nhìn thấy được. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Từ nơi họ có thể nhìn thấy """ +EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”
Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.


## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pharaoh’s hard heart

Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.

### Pharaoh’s chariots
These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) "Exodus 14 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +Chương này chứa đựng một biến cố quan trọng trong lịch sử dân Y - sơ - ra - ên được gọi là "" sự phân - rẽ Biển Sậy ( Biển Đỏ ) "" . Trong suốt chương này và chương 15, từ "" biển "" được dùng. Bối cảnh cho thấy đây là Biển Sậy ( Biển Đỏ ) . Vì bản văn không nói rõ, nên từ "" biển "" chỉ nói đến "" biển "" . Trong bản dịch của bạn, chữ này có thể giúp người ta nói rõ hơn, nếu chỉ dùng chữ "" biển "" thì rất khó hiểu. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Lòng cứng cỏi của Pha-ra-ôn +Tấm lòng của Pha-ra-ôn thường được mô tả là cứng cỏi trong chương nầy. Điều này có nghĩa là tấm lòng của ông không cởi mở hay sẵn sàng hiểu những chỉ thị của Đức Giê-hô-va. Khi lòng ông cứng cỏi, nó càng ngày càng trở nên không tiếp nhận Đức Giê-hô-va. Các chiến xa của Pha-ra-ôn +Những chiến xa này là một lực lượng chiến đấu. Pha - ra - ôn dẫn một đội quân đi giết người Hê - bơ - rơ. Những cách nói quan trọng trong chương này +NHỮNG CÂU HỎI TU TỪ +Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đã đặt ra một vài câu hỏi tu từ của Môi-se. Những câu hỏi này không thật sự nhắm vào Môi-se, nhưng nhắm vào Yahweh. Điều này cho thấy họ thiếu đức tin nơi Đức Giê - hô - va." +EXO 14 2 5f0c figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֮ 1 Hãy bảo This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Câu nầy bắt đầu một phần trích dẫn trực tiếp cứ tiếp tục vào [ câu 4 ] . Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của quý vị để chỉ ra điều này với một dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc với bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác ngôn ngữ của quý vị sử dụng để chỉ ra sự bắt đầu của một trích dẫn. +EXO 14 2 mb4e translate-names פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon Phi Ha-hi-rốt These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là những địa điểm trên biên giới phía đông của Ai Cập. +EXO 14 2 74vg figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְ 1 dân Y-sơ-ra-ên rằng họ phải quay lại và cắm trại trước Phi Ha-hi-rốt giữa Mích-đôn và biển The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Phần sau từ "" that "" có thể được dịch thành một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó sẽ tạo nên một đoạn trích dẫn trực tiếp cấp 2. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn trong một trích dẫn. Dịch cách khác: "" Con cái Y - sơ - ra - ên, ' hãy trở lại và đóng trại trước mặt Pi Hahiroth, giữa Migdol và biển, trước mặt Ba - anh Zephon ' . """ +EXO 14 2 c9r8 figs-youdual תַחֲנ֖וּ 1 You are to camp Các con phải cắm trại Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) "Ở đây, "" các ngươi "" là số nhiều và chỉ về Môi-se và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng những hình thức khác nhau của "" các ngươi "" tùy thuộc vào số người được nói đến, hãy sử dụng hình thức số nhiều ở đây." +EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְ 1 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ Pha-ra-ôn sẽ nói về dân Y-sơ-ra-ên Chúng đang lang thang trong xứ Hoang mạc đã chặn hết đường của chúng This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them”
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Điều này có thể được nêu là một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Pha-ra-ôn sẽ nói rằng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên bị hoang mang trong xứ và đồng vắng đã bao vây họ "" ." +EXO 14 3 tz6j figs-personification סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵי 1 The wilderness has closed in on them Hoang mạc đã chặn hết đường của chúng Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Pha-ra-ôn nói về "" đồng vắng "" như là một người đã gài bẫy dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Nếu điều này có thể làm độc giả bối rối, bạn có thể diễn đạt ý nghĩa này theo nghĩa bóng. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Như thể đồng vắng đang đến gần họ "" ." +EXO 14 4 dv62 figs-metaphor וְ 1 I will harden Pharaoh’s heart Ta sẽ làm cứng This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời sẽ làm cho ông cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] . Một bản khác dịch câu này: "" Nhưng ta sẽ khiến Pha - ra - ôn cứng đầu """ +EXO 14 4 tw2m וְ 1 he will pursue them và ông ta sẽ đuổi theo họ “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites” """ Pha - ra - ôn sẽ đuổi theo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 14 4 d5x1 figs-activepassive וְ 1 I will get honor Ta sẽ được tôn kính If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể nói điều này với một hình thức chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và người ta sẽ tôn vinh tôi """ +EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְ 1 Ta sẽ được tôn kính vì cớ Pha-ra-ôn Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) "Yahweh đang bỏ ra một số từ ngữ mà một câu sẽ cần trong nhiều ngôn ngữ để được hoàn tất. Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể cung cấp những từ này từ ngữ bối cảnh. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Và tôi sẽ được tôn vinh vì những gì tôi làm cho Pha - ra - ôn và toàn thể quân đội của ông ta """ +EXO 14 4 dms1 figs-explicit וַ 1 So the Israelites camped as they were instructed This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có thể được làm rõ. Bản dịch khác: "" Vậy dân Y - sơ - ra - ên trở lại và đóng trại y như Đức Giê - hô - va đã dạy """ +EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַ 1 When the king of Egypt was told Khi vua Ai Cập được báo cho biết This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Rồi có người nói với vua Ai Cập """ +EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled đã trốn chạy “had run away” """ Đã chạy trốn """ +EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠ 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Pha-ra-ôn và quần thần ông ta trở lòng Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" lòng "" ám chỉ thái độ của họ đối với dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Một cách dịch khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn và quần thần đã thay đổi thái độ về dân sự """ +EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠ 1 Pha-ra-ôn và quần thần ông ta trở lòng If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể nói điều này với một hình thức chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Pha - ra - ôn và quần thần hướng lòng về dân chúng """ +EXO 14 5 wljw אֶל־הָ 1 “against the Israelites” """ Nghịch cùng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 14 5 v236 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ 1 What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us. They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Họ hỏi câu hỏi này để cho thấy họ nghĩ rằng họ đã làm một điều dại dột. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Lẽ ra chúng tôi không nên để dân Y - sơ - ra - ên tự do làm việc cho chúng tôi! """ +EXO 14 5 2juz figs-quotemarks מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 14 5 9075 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Y-sơ-ra-ên This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) "Đây là danh từ số ít. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không đề cập đến một nhóm người theo cách này, bạn có thể phải dịch nó là số nhiều. Dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 14 7 ry11 translate-numbers וַ 1 He took six hundred chosen chariots Ông ta đem “He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Ngài bèn lấy 600 xe tốt nhứt của Ngài """ +EXO 14 7 74cg וְ 1 với các sĩ quan The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men” "Ý nghĩa chính xác của từ này không được biết đến. Những bản dịch khác nhau: "" và các quan "" hoặc "" và những người khiêng khiên "" hoặc "" và ba người """ +EXO 14 8 a1r1 figs-metaphor וַ 1 Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh Chúa Hằng Hữu làm cứng This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời khiến ông cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của ông được nói đến như thể lòng ông mạnh mẽ. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Và Yahweh đã khiến Pharaoh trở nên bướng bỉnh """ +EXO 14 8 3bki בְּ 1 một cách đắc thắng “boldly” or “defiantly” """ Dạn dĩ "" hay "" ngang ngạnh """ +EXO 14 9 929n כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּ 1 It is unclear exactly what the groupings here are. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his foot soldiers” "Không rõ chính xác các nhóm ở đây là gì. "" Ngựa của xe "" ( có lẽ nghĩa là "" xe ngựa kéo "" ) và "" người cỡi ngựa "" có thể là hai hoặc hai nhóm nói đến cùng một nhóm. "" Quân đội "" có thể có nghĩa là một nhóm khác, có lẽ đi bộ ( xem [ 15: 19 ] ) , hoặc có thể là một nhóm tóm tắt. Hơn nữa, hầu hết các bản dịch đều dịch "" ngựa của xe "" là "" ngựa và xe "" , tức bốn nhóm tổng cộng ( có lẽ vì [ v. 23 ] ) . Một bản khác dịch: "" Tất cả xe ngựa của Pha - ra - ôn, lính kỵ và lính bộ của ông """ +EXO 14 9 q0jo 1 “the Israelites as they were camping” """ Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên khi đóng trại """ +EXO 14 9 sb7x translate-names פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת…בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Baal Zephon Phi Ha-hi-rốt These are places on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là những nơi ở biên giới phía Đông của Ai Cập. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch chúng [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 14: 2 ] . +EXO 14 10 s1xa figs-synecdoche וּ 1 When Pharaoh came close Khi Pha-ra-ôn đến gần Here, **Pharaoh** represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây, "" Pha-ra-ôn "" đại diện cho toàn bộ quân đội Ai Cập. Một bản dịch khác: "" Rồi Pha - ra - ôn và quân đội đến """ +EXO 14 10 vyp9 וַ 1 nhìn lên “and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back” """ Các con trai Y - sơ - ra - ên ngước mắt lên "" hoặc "" các con trai Y - sơ - ra - ên cũng nhìn lại """ +EXO 14 10 qcy1 וְ 1 they were terrified và ngạc nhiên **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising. """ Kìa "" được dùng để thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin đáng ngạc nhiên tiếp theo sau đó. Hãy dùng một từ, một cụm từ hoặc một cấu trúc trong ngôn ngữ của bạn cho thấy rằng thông tin kế tiếp rất đáng ngạc nhiên." +EXO 14 11 vzw5 figs-rquestion הַֽ 1 Is it because there were no graves in Egypt, that you have taken us away to die in the wilderness? Bộ ... sao The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đặt câu hỏi này để bày tỏ sự thất vọng và sợ chết của họ. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là lời tuyên bố. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Có rất nhiều nghĩa địa ở Ai Cập để chôn chúng tôi. Ngài không cần phải đưa chúng tôi vào đồng vắng để chết! """ +EXO 14 11 x4n2 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔ 1 Why have you treated us like this, bringing us out of Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đặt câu hỏi này để quở trách Môi-se vì đã đưa họ vào sa mạc để chết. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Lẽ ra ông không nên đối xử với chúng tôi như thế bằng cách đem chúng tôi ra khỏi Ai Cập! """ +EXO 14 12 itb2 figs-rquestion הֲ 1 Is this not what we told you in Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to emphasize that this is what they had told Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is exactly what we told you while we were in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đặt câu hỏi này để nhấn mạnh rằng đây là điều họ đã nói với Môi-se. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Đây chính là những gì chúng tôi đã nói với anh khi còn ở Ai Cập """ +EXO 14 12 ix25 figs-quotations בְ 1 We said to you, ‘Leave us alone, so we can work for the Egyptians.’ tại Ai Cập ... Chúng tôi đã nói Cứ để chúng tôi yên đặng chúng tôi làm việc The portion following **saying** can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “in Egypt? We told you to leave us alone so we could work for the Egyptians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Phần sau "" nói "" có thể được phát biểu như một câu trích dẫn gián tiếp. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ở Ai Cập? +Chúng tôi đã bảo ông để chúng tôi yên để chúng tôi có thể làm việc cho người Ai Cập "" ." +EXO 14 13 phy1 figs-abstractnouns וּ 1 và xem If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb. Alternate translation: “and see that Yahweh will save you, he will do that for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể diễn đạt ý tưởng đằng sau danh từ trừu tượng "" cứu rỗi "" với một động từ. Dịch thay thế: "" Và hãy xem Đức Giê-hô-va sẽ cứu bạn, Ngài sẽ làm điều đó cho bạn hôm nay """ +EXO 14 13 5j05 figs-quotemarks אֶל־הָ 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 14](../14/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu được tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 14 ] . Có lẽ hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu chấm câu hoặc quy ước nào khác mà ngôn ngữ của quý vị dùng để cho biết bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 14 13 rrd4 לֹ֥א תֹסִ֛יפוּ לִ 1 provide for you anh chị em sẽ chẳng bao giờ ... lại ... anh chị em thấy This statement is very extended for emphasis on its certainty. Alternate translation: “you will not see them again forever” "Phát biểu này được mở rộng để nhấn mạnh tính chắc chắn của nó. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Anh em sẽ không gặp lại họ mãi mãi """ +EXO 14 14 vcdc figs-rpronouns יְהוָ֖ה יִלָּחֵ֣ם 1 Chúa Hằng Hữu sẽ tranh chiến The form **Yahweh himself** is reflexive, emphasizing what Yahweh will do in contrast to what the Israelites will do. Alternate translation: “As for Yahweh, he will fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) "Hình thức "" Yahweh himself "" là phản thân, nhấn mạnh những gì Yahweh sẽ làm trái ngược với những gì dân Y-sơ-ra-ên sẽ làm. Dịch cách khác: "" Đấng Yahweh, Ngài sẽ chiến đấu """ +EXO 14 14 0r44 תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּ 1 chỉ cần đứng yên đó Here, **silent** could mean “still.” The Israelites’ lack of action is in contrast to Yahweh’s fighting. It is not a total lack of motion or sound. Alternate translation: “you will not fight” "Ở đây, "" im lặng "" có nghĩa là "" tĩnh lặng "" . Sự thiếu hành động của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên trái ngược với sự tranh chiến của Đức Giê-hô-va. Đó không phải là hoàn toàn không cử động hoặc không có tiếng động. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Ngươi sẽ không chiến đấu """ +EXO 14 15 zsgk figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me? After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 18](../14/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Sau cụm từ nầy, một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp bắt đầu được tiếp tục cho đến cuối [ câu 18 ] . Có thể hữu ích cho độc giả khi dùng dấu ngoặc kép mở đầu hoặc dùng bất cứ dấu câu hoặc quy ước nào khác để chỉ dấu bắt đầu một câu trích dẫn. +EXO 14 15 a727 figs-rquestion מַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑ 1 Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me? Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Rõ ràng Môi-se đã cầu xin Đức Chúa Trời giúp đỡ, vì vậy Đức Chúa Trời sử dụng câu hỏi này để buộc Môi-se hành động. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch như một lời tuyên bố. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Hỡi Môi - se, đừng kêu cầu ta nữa "" ." +EXO 14 16 stla הָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּ 1 divide it in two Hãy giơ ... lên See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**. "Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu cho chương 8 ] liên quan đến "" tay "" và "" gậy "" ." +EXO 14 16 t3e4 וּ 1 divide it in two và chia biển làm đôi “and divide the sea into two parts” """ Và chia biển ra làm hai phần """ +EXO 14 17 z5ub וַ 1 Be aware **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do” """ Kìa "" là một thuật ngữ có ý nói tới tập trung sự chú ý của người nghe vào những gì người nói sắp sửa nói. Trong trường hợp này, Yahweh đang thu hút sự chú ý đến những hành động tiếp theo của mình. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hãy xem tôi sẽ làm gì """ +EXO 14 17 qd3l figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts Ta sẽ làm cứng This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời sẽ khiến họ cứng đầu. Thái độ bướng bỉnh của họ được nói đến như thể lòng họ mạnh mẽ. Nếu lòng không phải là phần cơ thể mà nền văn hóa của bạn sử dụng để nói về ý muốn của một người, hãy xem xét việc sử dụng cơ quan nào mà nền văn hóa của bạn sẽ sử dụng cho hình ảnh này. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ 4: 21 ] . Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Ta sẽ khiến người Ai Cập trở nên ngoan cố """ +EXO 14 17 asz9 וְ 1 so they will go after them khiến chúng đuổi theo họ “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites” """ Đến nỗi người Ê-díp-tô sẽ đi xuống biển sau dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 14 17 hjyh figs-ellipsis וְ 1 so they will go after them Ta sẽ được tôn kính vì cớ Pha-ra-ôn Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) "Yahweh đang bỏ ra một số từ ngữ mà một câu sẽ cần trong nhiều ngôn ngữ để được hoàn tất. Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể cung cấp những từ này từ ngữ bối cảnh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ tương tự trong [ câu 4 ] cách khác: "" Ta sẽ được sáng danh vì cớ những gì ta đã làm cho Pha - ra - ôn, cả đạo binh, binh xa và lính kỵ người """ +EXO 14 17 5bbz figs-activepassive וְ 1 so they will go after them Ta sẽ được tôn kính If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể nói điều này với một hình thức chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và người ta sẽ tôn vinh tôi """ +EXO 14 18 ytnm figs-activepassive בְּ 1 so they will go after them khi Ta được tôn kính If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể nói điều này với một hình thức chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Khi ta khiến người khác tôn vinh ta """ +EXO 14 18 cji1 figs-ellipsis בְּ 1 so they will go after them khi Ta được tôn kính vì cớ Pha-ra-ôn các xe chiến mã và kỵ binh của ông ta Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “when I get glory because of what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” or “when I show my glory by what I do to Pharaoh, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) "Yahweh đang bỏ ra một số từ ngữ mà một câu sẽ cần trong nhiều ngôn ngữ để được hoàn tất. Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể cung cấp những từ này từ ngữ bối cảnh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ tương tự trong [ câu 4 ] cách khác: "" Khi tôi được vinh hiển vì những gì tôi đã làm cho Pha - ra - ôn, các cỗ xe và lính kỵ của ông ấy "" hoặc "" Khi tôi cho Pha - ra - ôn thấy sự vinh hiển của tôi qua những gì tôi đã làm cho ông ấy, các cỗ xe và lính kỵ của ông ấy """ +EXO 14 19 hsih figs-metonymy לִ 1 so they will go after them trước Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" nghĩa là "" phía trước. "" +Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Ở phía trước trại quân của … từ phía trước họ """ +EXO 14 19 ysv9 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so they will go after them dân Y-sơ-ra-ên This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) "Đây là danh từ số ít. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không đề cập đến một nhóm người theo cách này, bạn có thể phải dịch nó là số nhiều. Dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 14 20 jyz2 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so one side did not come near the other của Y-sơ-ra-ên This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) "Đây là danh từ số ít. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không đề cập đến một nhóm người theo cách này, bạn có thể phải dịch nó là số nhiều. Dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 14 20 c4u5 וַ 1 so one side did not come near the other Với người Ai Cập thì đó là mây tối nhưng mây lại soi sáng “and the cloud became dark and light all night” """ Áng mây trờ nên tối tăm và sáng láng trọn đêm """ +EXO 14 21 qbzp וַ 1 east wind Môi-se giơ ... ra See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 14 21 dfx5 בְּ 1 east wind dùng một trận gió đông An **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west. "Một "" ngọn gió đông "" bắt nguồn từ phía đông và thổi về phía tây." +EXO 14 21 f9zh figs-activepassive וַ 1 the waters were divided Như vậy nước bị chia đôi This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Và Giê-hô-va rẽ các dòng nước """ +EXO 14 24 iz9t translate-unknown בְּ 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians vào lúc sáng sớm This is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Đây là một phần ba còn lại của đêm nay. Khoảng 3 tiếng trước khi mặt trời mọc. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Rất sớm vào buổi sáng "" hoặc "" Vào lúc mặt trời chưa mọc """ +EXO 14 24 1ljq מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם…מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians quân “the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians” """ Quân đội của người Ai Cập … Quân đội của người Ai Cập """ +EXO 14 25 qdp8 figs-quotemarks אָנ֨וּסָה֙ מִ 1 Their chariot wheels were clogged Chúng ta hãy chạy trốn khỏi Y-sơ-ra-ên vì Chúa Hằng Hữu thay họ tranh chiến với chúng ta This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 14 25 qzkw figs-metonymy מִ 1 Their chariot wheels were clogged khỏi Y-sơ-ra-ên Here, **the face of Israel** means the presence of Israel. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt đối mặt của Y-sơ-ra-ên "" có nghĩa là sự hiện diện của Y-sơ-ra-ên. Xem Ust." +EXO 14 26 dfg1 figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Hãy giơ ... ra This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) Đây là một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Nó có thể hữu ích cho độc giả của bạn để chỉ ra điều này bằng cách đánh dấu nó với dấu ngoặc kép cấp một hoặc với bất kỳ dấu câu hoặc quy ước khác ngôn ngữ của bạn sử dụng để chỉ ra một trích dẫn. +EXO 14 26 p5ds figs-quotations וַ 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Chúa Hằng Hữu phán This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Điều này có thể được nêu là một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Đức Giê - hô - va bảo Môi - se đưa tay ra trên biển để nước trở lại với người Ê - díp - tô, xe và lính kỵ của họ "" ." +EXO 14 26 pw8g נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְ 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Hãy giơ ... ra See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 14 26 d46y writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖ 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots, and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) "Ở đây, "" Ngài "" ám chỉ Pha-ra-ôn, vua Ai Cập. Một cách dịch khác: "" Trên xe của Pha - ra - ôn, và lính kỵ của Pha - ra - ôn """ +EXO 14 27 wn3q וַ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Vậy Môi-se giơ ... ra See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. Xem chú thích ở [ lời giới thiệu chương 8 ] về bàn tay và cây gậy. +EXO 14 27 1klz figs-metonymy לִ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea khi trời sáng Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" trước mặt Ngài "" có nghĩa là "" trước khi xảy ra "" . Bản dịch khác: "" Trước khi trời sáng """ +EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַ 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians và Chúa Hằng Hữu đuổi Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, Yahweh được mô tả là hành động đối với người Ai Cập như thể họ là bụi bẩn hoặc bụi bẩn trên quần áo của Ngài mà Ngài giũ bỏ chúng. Dịch thay thế: "" Và Đức Giê-hô-va ném người Ai Cập trở lại giữa biển """ +EXO 14 28 o9qo figs-litotes לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּ 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) "Lời tuyên bố tiêu cực này nhằm truyền đạt mạnh mẽ ý tưởng rằng tất cả những người Ai Cập đã ra đi. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Mỗi người trong số họ đã ra đi """ +EXO 14 30 zvbe grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians Y-sơ-ra-ên This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) "Đây là danh từ số ít. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không đề cập đến một nhóm người theo cách này, bạn có thể phải dịch nó là số nhiều. Dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִ 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians ra khỏi tay người Ai Cập Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay "" ám chỉ quyền lực. Một bản dịch khác dịch là "" từ quyền lực của người Ai Cập """ +EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַ 1 on the seashore “on the land along the edge of the sea” """ Trên đất liền dọc theo mé biển """ +EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore Y-sơ-ra-ên This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) "Đây là danh từ số ít. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn không đề cập đến một nhóm người theo cách này, bạn có thể phải dịch nó là số nhiều. Dịch thay thế: "" Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" tay "" ám chỉ quyền lực. Một bản khác dịch là "" quyền lực lớn """ +EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 "# Exodus 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.

### Structure

This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:

* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)
* B - because he defeats our enemies

The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.

Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:

* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):
* 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”
* 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”
* 2-3: a
* 4-5: b
* Section 2:
* 6a: A
* 6b: B
* 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”
* 7a-10: b  “you overthrow those who rise up against you…”
* Section 3:
* 11: A
* 12: B
* 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”
* 13a-17: b
* 18: finale

Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:

* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”
* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”
* 2c-3: a
* 4-5: b

### Themes:

There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.

* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.
* The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.
* In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).
* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).
* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).
* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.
* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.
* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.
* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).
* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).
* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section.
* **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)
* **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)
* Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people
* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:
* A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid
* B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid
* C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid
* C': 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid
* B': 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid
* A': 16a: people *become* afraid
* In section three, there is another parallel structure:
* [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by
* v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)
* v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made
* v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Israelite’s discontent
In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.

### Yahweh’s laws

In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])" "Exodus 15 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +Các câu 1b – 18 và 21b của chương 15 là thơ ca. Đó là bài ca ngợi khen Đức Giê - hô - va vì Ngài đã đánh bại và hủy diệt quân đội Ê - díp - tô ( [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 14: 26 - 28 ] ) . Nên để một người có tài năng trong ngôn ngữ mục tiêu dịch thơ. Vì hình thức của thi ca rất khác nhau trong những ngôn ngữ khác nhau, một bản dịch là thi ca tốt trong ngôn ngữ mục tiêu có thể dường như rất khác với bài thơ gốc. Cấu trúc có thể trông khá khác nhau. Nhà thơ sẽ được phục vụ tốt bằng cách xem xét toàn bộ bài thơ từ nhiều góc độ khác nhau. Ông sẽ cần biết ý nghĩa của bài thơ, chủ đề và cách diễn đạt của bài thơ, và những cảm xúc mà bài thơ tạo ra cho người đọc tại mỗi điểm ( Ust, TNotes ) . Ông cần hiểu được hình thức và cấu trúc ban đầu của bài thơ. Sau đó người ấy sẽ cần phải sáng tác bài thơ đã được dịch bằng cách sử dụng các hình thức và cấu trúc có cùng ý nghĩa, chủ đề, các yếu tố diễn đạt và cảm xúc tương tự. Cấu trúc +Bài hát này theo sau một cấu trúc AB cơ bản được đưa ra cho chúng ta trong câu 1b - C và 21b - C: +a - Ngợi khen Yahweh - Ngài oai nghiêm ( được diễn tả bằng nhiều từ ngữ khác nhau ) +B - Vì Ngài đánh bại kẻ thù của chúng ta +Bài hát có thể chia làm ba phần chính, mỗi phần đều có mẫu tự là: AB ( a ) b. Mỗi phần bắt đầu với một phần AB được đặc trưng bởi ít động từ hơn ( hoặc động tính từ, cách thể hiện ) ( đặc biệt là phần A ) . Sau đó, phần này giải thích chi tiết về mỗi phần. Lưu ý rằng có những phân tích khả dĩ khác về cấu trúc của bài thơ. Dưới đây là dàn ý của cấu trúc theo mô hình này: +Phần 1 ( xem phần phân tích xen kẽ dưới đây ) : +1b: A "" Hãy để tôi hát cho Đức Giê-hô-va, vì Ngài đã đắc thắng vẻ vang; "" +1C: B: "" Ngài đã liệng xuống biển ngựa cùng kẻ cỡi ngựa "" . 2 - 3: A +4 - 5: B +Mục 2: +6a: A +6B: B +7a: a "" và trong sự dư dật của oai nghi Ngài "" +7a - 10: b "" Ngài đánh đổ những kẻ dấy lên nghịch cùng Ngài … "" +Mục 3: +11: A +12: B +13a: a ( có thể ) "" trong sự trung thành với giao ước "" +13a - 17: b +18: Chung kết +Phân đoạn luân phiên của Phần 1: Có thể xem 1b – c là phần giới thiệu và chia câu 2 như vậy: +2a: A "" Đức Giê-hô-va là sức mạnh và bài ca của tôi "" +2b: B "" và Ngài đã trở nên sự cứu rỗi tôi "" +2C - 3: A +4 - 5: B +Chủ đề: +Có một số hình ảnh và chủ đề xuyên suốt bài hát cũng như một số trong đó là xuyên suốt một phần riêng lẻ. "" Cao "" so với "" thấp "" : Đức Giê-hô-va cao, trong khi kẻ thù Ngài thấp. Những từ sau đây đều liên quan đến ý tưởng được ở trên cao hoặc được cất lên: "" Triumph "" ( [ v1 ] ) , "" Exalt "" ( [ V2 ] ) , "" Majestic "" ( [ v6 ] , [ v11 ] ) , "" Majesty "" ( [ v7 ] ) , và "" The Mountain of "" ( Đức Giê - hô - va ] "" Properties "" ( [ v17 ] ) . Trong trường hợp sau cùng dân sự của Đức Giê-hô-va được đem lên một nơi cao với Ngài. Ngược lại, kẻ thù của ngài lại thấp hèn. Hãy lưu ý trong [ câu 7 ] , Đức Giê - hô - va lật đổ những ai "" dấy lên nghịch cùng "" [ Ngài ] . Ý tưởng về sự thấp hèn như sau: "" chìm "" ( [ v4 ] , [ v10 ] ) , "" sâu "" ( [ v5 ] ) , "" chìm trong vực sâu "" ( [ v5 ] ) , "" tan ra "" ( [ v15 ] ) , và "" sa xuống trên chúng nó "" ( [ v16 ] ) . Sức mạnh của Đức Giê-hô-va trong [ câu 2 ] , [ 6 ] , và [ 13 ] . Hiệu quả của bàn tay Đức Giê-hô-va nghịch lại bàn tay kẻ thù. Bàn tay ( và cánh tay ) của Đức Giê-hô-va hiệu quả trong [ câu 6 ] , [ 12 ] , [ 16 ] , và [ 17 ] nhưng bàn tay kẻ thù không hiệu quả bất chấp sự khoe khoang của hắn trong [ câu 9 ] . Có hình ảnh tương tự ở gần cuối mỗi phần. Kẻ thù được so sánh ba lần bằng cách so sánh với một vật nặng nề, trơ lì. Trong [ câu 5 ] và [ 16 ] đó là một "" hòn đá "" , trong [ câu 10 ] đó là "" chì "" . Hình ảnh song song khác xảy ra ở cuối đoạn một ( [ 5 ] ] ) và hai ( [ v10 ] ) : Hình ảnh kẻ thù chìm trong nước và bị nước che lấp. Trong các đoạn hai và ba, nước ( [ v8 ] ) và các dân khác ( [ v16 ] ) vẫn do Đức Giê - hô - va tạo ra. Đoạn hai bắt đầu và kết thúc bằng từ "" oai nghiêm "" ( [ v6 ] , [ v10 ] ) và từ đó được chọn ở đầu đoạn ba ( [ v11 ] ) . Trong đoạn hai ( [ v9 ] ) , những kẻ thù tìm cách "" truất phế "" ( hay truất phế ) dân Y-sơ-ra-ên; trong đoạn ba ( [ v16 ] ) , dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đến sống trong vùng đất thuộc "" sản nghiệp "" ( hay di sản ) của Yahweh. Trong [ câu 11 ] , ba chủ đề cho phần thứ ba được giới thiệu. Mỗi chủ đề này được mở rộng trong phần đó. "" Sự thánh - khiết "" lại xảy ra trong [ câu 13 ] và [ 16 ] +"" Sợ - hãi "" được miêu tả sống động trong [ câu 14 - 16 ] ( run rẩy, kinh hãi, hoảng loạn, run rẩy, tan chảy, khiếp sợ ) +Đức Giê - hô - va "" làm các phép lạ "" để bảo vệ và xây một tổ ấm cho dân Ngài +[ Các câu 14 ] - 16a là một phân cực, một cấu trúc song song phức tạp trong đó các khái niệm được lặp lại theo thứ tự ngược lại: +A: 145: Các dân tộc ( nations ) trở nên sợ hãi +B: 14B: Cư dân Phi-li-tin sợ hãi +C: 15a: Những người cai trị Ê-đôm sợ hãi +C ' : 15b: Những người cai trị Mô-áp sợ hãi +B ' : 15c: Những cư dân xứ Ca-na-an sợ hãi +A ' : 16a: Những người trở nên sợ hãi +Trong đoạn ba, có một cấu trúc song song khác: +[ v13 ] : Ngươi dẫn dân nầy = > [ v16 ] : Dân ngươi đi ngang qua +V13: Dân nầy ngươi đã chuộc lại = > v16: Dân nầy ngươi đã mua lại ( hoặc mua lại hoặc chuộc lại ) +V13: Các ngươi dẫn họ về nhà = > [ V17 ] : Các ngươi sẽ dẫn họ … [ đến ] nơi chốn … các ngươi đã lập +V13: Của sự thánh khiết bạn = > v17: Nơi thánh +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Sự bất mãn của dân Y-sơ-ra-ên +Trong [ câu 24 ] , từ "" lằm - bằm "" được giới thiệu lần đầu tiên. Đây là một từ rất mạnh để chỉ "" lằm - bằm "" hoặc "" phàn - nàn "" được dùng để miêu tả thái độ của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên trong suốt thời gian họ ở đồng vắng. Từ này xuất hiện nhiều lần trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký và Dân - số Ký. Luật pháp của Đức Giê-hô-va +Trong câu 24 - 26, phần mở đầu cho thấy đòi hỏi dân Y - sơ - ra - ên phải giữ giao ước bằng cách tuân theo Luật Pháp Môi - se." +EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Ngài đã đắc thắng vinh quang It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nó có thể được tuyên bố rõ ràng về Đấng mà Đức Giê-hô-va đã chiến thắng. Dịch lệ: "" Ngài đã đạt được chiến thắng vẻ vang trước quân đội Ai Cập """ +EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Ngài đã đắc thắng vinh quang “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” """ Ngài được tôn cao rất cao "" hoặc "" Ngài rất cao trọng "" hoặc "" Ngài được tôn cao rất cao """ +EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea ngựa và người cưỡi ngựa Ngài đều quăng xuống biển Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se đã hát về việc Đức Chúa Trời khiến biển phủ đầy và nhấn chìm người cỡi ngựa như thể Đức Chúa Trời đã ném họ xuống biển. Một bản khác dịch là: "" Ngài đã làm cho ngựa và người cưỡi bị chết đuối dưới biển """ +EXO 15 1 cr5u figs-genericnoun ס֥וּס וְ 1 the horse and its rider ngựa và người cưỡi ngựa This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) "Điều này ám chỉ tất cả hoặc nhiều con ngựa và người cưỡi ngựa Ai Cập đã đuổi theo dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch khác: "" Ngựa và người cưỡi ngựa """ +EXO 15 1 ex3p וְ 1 rider và người cưỡi ngựa Here, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling. "Ở đây, "" người cỡi ngựa "" có thể ám chỉ người ngồi trên lưng ngựa hoặc người đi trên cỗ xe ngựa do ngựa kéo." +EXO 15 2 pb23 figs-metonymy עָזִּ֤ 1 Yahweh is my strength Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ý nghĩa có thể là ( 1 ) "" Đức Giê-hô-va là Đấng ban sức mạnh cho tôi "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Đức Giê-hô-va là Đấng mạnh sức bảo vệ tôi "" ." +EXO 15 2 vk6l figs-metonymy וְ 1 song Chúa Hằng Hữu là ... và bài ca của tôi Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Môi se gọi Ðức Giê hô va là bài ca của mình; vì Ðức Giê hô va là Ðấng mà người hát. Dịch lệ: "" Đấng mà tôi hát ngợi khen """ +EXO 15 2 kbv7 figs-metonymy וַֽ 1 he has become my salvation Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Môi se gọi Ðức Giê hô va là sự cứu rỗi vì Ngài đã cứu mình. Có thể dịch là: "" Ngài đã cứu tôi "" hoặc "" Ngài là Đấng Cứu tôi "" ." +EXO 15 2 rgtu figs-parallelism זֶ֤ה אֵלִ 1 he has become my salvation Này là Thiên Chúa tôi tôi sẽ ngợi khen Ngài Ngài là Thiên Chúa của tổ phụ tôi tôi sẽ tôn cao Ngài These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Những dòng này đang diễn đạt những ý tưởng rất giống nhau để nhấn mạnh. Nếu đó là một cách thông thường để đưa ra một tuyên bố nhấn mạnh ( nên thơ ) hoặc nếu nó sẽ được hiểu trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể dịch theo cách tương tự. Tuy nhiên, nếu sự lặp lại như thế này sẽ tạo ra một ý nghĩa khác, hãy tìm một cấu trúc trong ngôn ngữ của bạn sẽ phù hợp. +EXO 15 3 p1d5 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is a warrior Chúa Hằng Hữu là chiến binh Moses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se gọi Đức Giê-hô-va là "" người đánh giặc "" bởi vì Ngài đã chiến đấu một cách mạnh mẽ chống lại người Ai-cập và đã chiến thắng. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Đức Giê-hô-va giống như một chiến binh """ +EXO 15 4 pc8d figs-parallelism מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea Ngài đã quăng các xe chiến mã và quân đội của Pha-ra-ôn xuống biển Các sĩ quan được tuyển chọn của Pha-ra-ôn bị nhấn chìm "These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaoh’s army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])" "Những dòng này là những sự tương đồng đồng đồng nghĩa khi mà vế thứ hai củng cố những gì được nói trong vế thứ nhất. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Người ném tất cả quân lính của Pha - ra - ôn xuống biển, kể cả chiến xa; ngay cả những người được chọn của người cũng bị chìm trong biển sậy "" ." +EXO 15 4 p8w6 figs-metaphor מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea Ngài đã quăng các xe chiến mã và quân đội của Pha-ra-ôn xuống biển Moses sings about Yahweh causing the sea to cover Pharaoh’s chariots and army as if Yahweh had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “He has made Pharaoh’s chariot riders and army drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi se hát về Ðức Giê hô va khiến cho biển lấp lại những binh xa của Pha ra ôn, dường như Ðức Giê hô va đã liệng xuống biển vậy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ngài đã làm cho những người cưỡi xe ngựa và đạo quân của Pha - ra - ôn chết đuối dưới biển """ +EXO 15 5 5dlx figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone Vực sâu bao phủ chúng chúng ... chìm xuống vực sâu "These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])" "Những dòng này là những sự tương đồng đồng đồng nghĩa với nhau trong đó vế thứ hai làm rõ những gì được nói trong vế thứ nhất. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Các vực sâu bao phủ lấy họ, vì họ đã xuống các vực sâu như một hòn đá """ +EXO 15 5 nqe4 figs-simile יָרְד֥וּ בִ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone chúng ... chìm xuống vực sâu Just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Chỉ cần "" như một hòn đá "" không nổi mà chìm xuống đáy biển thì quân thù đã chìm xuống đáy biển rồi. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Họ chìm xuống vùng nước sâu như hòn đá chìm xuống đáy biển """ +EXO 15 6 5es4 figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Hỡi Chúa Hằng Hữu tay phải Ngài thật vinh quang quyền năng Ôi Chúa Hằng Hữu tay phải Ngài đánh tan These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) "Những dòng này đồng nghĩa với nhau khi dòng thứ hai lấy ý tưởng trừu tượng trong dòng thứ nhất và làm cho nó trở nên cụ thể ( mặc dù vẫn mang hình ảnh thơ ca ) . Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Hỡi Đức Giê-hô-va, Ngài chứng tỏ tay phải Ngài oai nghiêm thể nào bằng cách đập tan kẻ thù """ +EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Hỡi Chúa Hằng Hữu tay phải Ngài thật vinh quang quyền năng Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Môi se nói về Ðức Giê hô va như thể Ngài có tay. "" Tay hữu "" nói đến quyền năng của Ðức Giê hô va hoặc những việc Ngài làm một cách mạnh mẽ. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Đức Giê - hô - va quyền năng của Ngài thật vinh quang "" hoặc "" Đức Giê - hô - va quyền năng vinh quang """ +EXO 15 6 p1u6 figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְ 1 your right hand, Yahweh, has shattered the enemy Ôi Chúa Hằng Hữu tay phải Ngài đánh tan quân thù Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Môi se nói về Ðức Giê hô va như thể Ngài có tay. "" Tay hữu "" nói đến quyền năng của Ðức Giê hô va. Một cách dịch khác: "" Đức Giê - hô - va ơi, quyền năng của Ngài đã làm tan nát kẻ thù "" hoặc "" Đức Giê - hô - va ơi, bởi quyền năng Ngài, Ngài đã làm tan nát kẻ thù """ +EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy đánh tan quân thù Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về kẻ thù như thể nó mỏng manh và có thể bị "" vỡ tan "" như thủy tinh hay đồ gốm. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Tiêu diệt hoàn toàn kẻ thù """ +EXO 15 7 i2x4 figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑י 1 those who rose up against you Ngài đánh đổ những kẻ nổi dậy chống lại Ngài Ngài trút cơn giận mình nó thiêu đốt chúng như gốc rạ These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) "Những dòng này đồng nghĩa với nhau, trong đó dòng thứ hai lấy ý tưởng trừu tượng trong phần thứ nhất ( "" Bạn lật đổ những người nổi dậy chống lại bạn "" ) và làm cho nó trở nên cụ thể ( mặc dù vẫn mang hình ảnh thi ca ) . Dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi lật đổ những kẻ dấy lên chống lại ngươi bằng cách gửi sức nóng của ngươi đi để thiêu đốt chúng như rơm rạ """ +EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּ 1 those who rose up against you Với sự oai nghi lớn lao "If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or ""Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])" "Nếu nó rõ ràng hơn trong ngôn ngữ của bạn, bạn có thể diễn đạt ý tưởng đằng sau danh từ trừu tượng "" sự phong phú "" và "" sự uy nghi "" như một trạng từ và tính từ tương ứng. Dịch cách khác: "" Ngài oai nghi rực rỡ "" hoặc "" Vì Ngài oai nghi rực rỡ """ +EXO 15 7 nd3t figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑י 1 those who rose up against you những kẻ nổi dậy chống lại Ngài Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Người ta nói rằng sự bạn nghịch Ðức Giê hô va dấy lên nghịch cùng Ngài. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Những kẻ chống lại Ngài "" hoặc "" Kẻ thù của Ngài """ +EXO 15 7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְ 1 You sent out your wrath cơn giận mình “your wrath” or “your fury” """ Cơn giận "" hay "" cơn giận """ +EXO 15 7 glq7 figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְ 1 You sent out your wrath Ngài trút cơn giận mình Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Môi - se nói về cơn thạnh nộ của Đức Giê - hô - va ( theo nghĩa đen là "" nóng "" ) như thể Ngài sai một đầy tớ đi làm một điều gì đó. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Ngươi nổi giận "" hoặc "" Ngươi hành động tùy theo cơn giận của ngươi """ +EXO 15 7 a5x7 figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖ 1 it consumed them like stubble nó thiêu đốt chúng Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi - se nói về cơn thạnh nộ của Đức Chúa Trời như thể lửa có thể hoàn toàn thiêu hủy mọi vật. Kẻ thù của ông bị hủy diệt hoàn toàn như rơm rạ trong lửa. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Nó tiêu diệt hoàn toàn kẻ thù như lửa đốt cháy rơm rạ """ +EXO 15 7 guap figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖ 1 By the blast of your nostrils nó thiêu đốt chúng như gốc rạ Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Ở đây kẻ thù ( hay "" những kẻ dấy lên nghịch cùng "" Yahweh ) được mô tả như thể chúng là một miếng cỏ khô rất dễ cháy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nó nuốt chửng kẻ thù như thể chúng là rơm rạ """ +EXO 15 8 ic8v figs-personification וּ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Bởi hơi thở từ lỗ mũi Ngài Moses speaks of God as if God had a nose, and he speaks of the wind as if God blew the wind from his nose. Alternate translation: “You blew on the sea and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Môi-se nói về Đức Chúa Trời như thể Đức Chúa Trời có một cái mũi, và ông nói về gió như thể Đức Chúa Trời thổi gió ra khỏi mũi ông. Cách dịch khác: "" Ngài thổi trên biển và """ +EXO 15 8 qg9g figs-activepassive וּ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Bởi hơi thở từ lỗ mũi Ngài nước bị dồn lại ... dựng lên This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “The blast of your nostrils piled the waters up and made the flowing waters stand upright in a heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được diễn tả bằng một hình thức chủ động. Bản dịch khác: "" Hơi thở của mũi Ngài làm nước dồn lại thành đống """ +EXO 15 8 467e figs-parallelism נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥וּ כְמוֹ־נֵ֖ד נֹזְלִ֑ים קָֽפְא֥וּ תְהֹמֹ֖ת בְּ 1 By the blast of your nostrils nước bị dồn lại ... dựng lên These lines are synonymous parallels where each line means basically the same thing, but each gives the reader a different poetic image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Những dòng này đồng nghĩa với nhau ở chỗ mỗi dòng về cơ bản có cùng nghĩa, nhưng mỗi dòng lại cho người đọc một hình ảnh nên thơ khác nhau. +EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּ 1 By the blast of your nostrils The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Trung tâm hay phần sâu nhất của biển được nói đến như thể biển có một "" tấm lòng "" . Bản dịch khác: "" Ở giữa biển """ +EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣ 1 my desire will be satisfied on them cơn thèm khát của ta sẽ nhờ họ được thỏa mãn This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được diễn tả bằng một hình thức chủ động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Tôi sẽ thỏa mãn ước muốn của tôi về họ """ +EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖ 1 my hand will destroy them tay ta sẽ tiêu diệt chúng The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” "Ý nghĩa của cụm từ này không rõ ràng. Từ được dịch là "" truất quyền "" cũng có thể có nghĩa là "" sở hữu "" hoặc "" thừa kế "" . Điều dường như rõ ràng là người Ai Cập có kế hoạch sử dụng quyền lực của họ để ngăn chặn dân Y-sơ-ra-ên sở hữu những điều tốt đẹp. Dù đây là sự ám chỉ trở lại việc "" cướp bóc "" trước đó trong câu Kinh Thánh, hoặc bắt lại họ làm nô lệ, hoặc chiếm lấy vị trí của dân Y - sơ - ra - ên trong xứ Gô - sen, hoặc ngăn cản họ đến Đất Hứa ( tức tài sản của Đức Giê - hô - va, xem [ câu 17 ] về nơi Ngài sẽ đưa dân Ngài đến ) , hoặc một điều gì khác thì không rõ ràng. "" Cướp bóc "" được chọn thay vì một từ khác vì động từ ở đây ở dạng nguyên nhân. Một bản dịch khác: "" Tay ta sẽ chiếm hữu họ "" hoặc "" Tay ta sẽ thừa hưởng họ """ +EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖ 1 my hand will destroy them tay ta sẽ tiêu diệt chúng Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây "" tay "" được sử dụng theo nghĩa bóng nói tới quyền lực của người Ai Cập ( nghĩa là sức mạnh quân sự của họ ) . Dịch cách khác: "" Sức mạnh của ta sẽ truất quyền chúng nó """ +EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְ 1 But you blew with your wind Ngài thổi một trận gió Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môise nói tới Đức Chúa Trời làm cho gió thổi như thể Đức Chúa Trời thổi gió qua mũi hay miệng của ông. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Nhưng Ngài khiến gió thổi """ +EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽ 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters chúng chìm xuống như chì dưới biển nước mênh mông **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) """ Chì "" là một kim loại nặng thường được sử dụng để làm cho mọi vật chìm trong nước. Từ này được dùng ở đây để cho thấy kẻ thù của Đức Chúa Trời bị hủy diệt nhanh như thế nào. Một bản dịch khác: "" Chìm nhanh như một miếng kim loại nặng trong vùng nước sâu đầy sóng gió """ +EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤ 1 Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se dùng câu hỏi này để cho thấy Đức Chúa Trời vĩ đại như thế nào. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Hỡi Đức Giê - hô - va, trong vòng các thần không ai giống như Ngài "" . hoặc "" Hỡi Đức Giê - hô - va, chẳng có thần nào giống như Ngài "" ." +EXO 15 11 pp57 figs-rquestion מִ֥י כָּמֹ֖ 1 Who is like you,…doing miracles? ai giống như Ngài oai nghiêm trong sự thánh khiết được tôn kính trong sự ngợi khen hay làm các phép lạ Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “No one is like you. No one is majestic in holiness as you are, no one is honored in praises as you are, and no one does miracles as you do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se dùng câu hỏi này để cho thấy Đức Chúa Trời vĩ đại như thế nào. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Không ai giống như Ngài. Không ai oai nghiêm trong sự thánh khiết như Ngài, không ai được tôn trọng trong sự ngợi khen như Ngài, và không ai làm phép lạ như Ngài! """ +EXO 15 12 cid8 figs-metonymy יְמִ֣ינְ 1 with your right hand tay phải The phrase **right hand** represents the strong power of God. Alternate translation: “with your strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ "" tay hữu "" tượng trưng cho quyền năng mạnh mẽ của Đức Chúa Trời. Bản diễn ý dịch là "" với quyền năng mạnh mẽ của Ngài """ +EXO 15 12 bkg2 figs-metaphor נָטִ֨יתָ֙ יְמִ֣ינְ 1 You reached out with your right hand Ngài giơ tay phải ra Moses speaks about God causing something to happen as if God reached out with his hand. Alternate translation: “With your strong power you made it happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về việc Đức Chúa Trời khiến cho một điều gì đó xảy ra như thể Đức Chúa Trời đưa tay ra. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Bằng sức mạnh của Ngài, Ngài đã khiến điều đó xảy ra """ +EXO 15 12 g7bv figs-personification תִּבְלָעֵ֖ 1 the earth swallowed them thì đất nuốt chửng chúng Moses personifies the earth as if it could swallow or devour with it’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the earth devoured them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Môi-se nhân cách hóa đất như thể nó có thể nuốt hoặc nuốt bằng miệng của nó. Một bản dịch khác: "" Trái đất nuốt họ """ +EXO 15 13 cvea figs-parallelism נָחִ֥יתָ בְ 1 the earth swallowed them Bởi lòng thành tín mà Ngài dẫn dắt These lines are structural parallels where the lines are saying similar things but the parallelism is more in the construction of the lines. **In your** is repeated and the concepts of **led** and **guided** are very similar to one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) "Các đường này là những đường song song về cấu trúc nơi mà các đường đang nói những điều tương tự nhưng phép song song nhiều hơn trong việc xây dựng các đường. "" Ở trong các ngươi "" được lặp lại và những khái niệm "" dẫn dắt "" và "" được dẫn dắt "" rất giống nhau." +EXO 15 14 qlpy figs-parallelism 1 tremble Verses 14-16a form a complex parallel structure where things are repeated in reverse. (See the [introduction to chapter 15](../15/intro.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Các câu 14 - 16a tạo thành một cấu trúc song song phức tạp nơi mọi thứ được lặp lại ngược lại. ( Xem [ lời giới thiệu chương 15 ] và [ [ RC: / / en / ta / man / dịch / figs - paralllism ] ] ] ) +EXO 15 14 zi1m יִרְגָּז֑וּ 1 tremble họ sẽ run sợ This means to shake because you are afraid. Điều này có nghĩa là phải lay chuyển vì bạn sợ hãi. +EXO 15 14 uqf7 figs-personification חִ֣יל אָחַ֔ז יֹשְׁבֵ֖י פְּלָֽשֶׁת 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia sự kinh khiếp sẽ bắt lấy cư dân Phi-li-tin Moses speaks of **terror** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the inhabitants of Philistia will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Môi-se nói về "" sự kinh khiếp "" như thể đó là một người có thể dùng vũ lực nắm lấy ai đó và làm cho họ vô cùng sợ hãi. Một bản dịch khác: "" Cư dân Phi-li-tin sẽ sợ hãi "" ." +EXO 15 15 qyix figs-personification אֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲזֵ֖ 1 terror will seize the inhabitants of Philistia binh lính của Mô-áp sẽ run rẩy Moses speaks of **trembling** as if it were a person that could forcefully grab hold of someone and make them extremely afraid. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Moab will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Môi-se nói về sự "" run sợ "" như thể đó là một người có thể mạnh mẽ nắm lấy ai đó và làm cho họ vô cùng sợ hãi. Một bản dịch khác: "" Những người lãnh đạo Mô-áp sẽ sợ hãi "" ." +EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away sẽ khiếp vía Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se sử dụng cụm từ "" tan chảy "" để nói về việc con người trở nên yếu đuối bởi cớ sự sợ hãi của họ. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Trở nên yếu đuối vì sợ hãi """ +EXO 15 16 nk67 figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי 1 Terror and dread will fall on them Sự kinh hãi và khiếp đảm sẽ giáng trên chúng **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) """ Kinh hãi và khiếp sợ "" tạo thành một chiếc áo chẽn nghĩa là "" rất sợ hãi "" . Dịch lệ: "" Chúng sẽ trở nên rất sợ hãi """ +EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי 1 Terror and dread will fall on them Sự kinh hãi và khiếp đảm sẽ giáng trên chúng **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) """ Sự kinh - khiếp và sự đáng sợ "" được mô tả như những vật thể có thể "" rơi trên "" người ta. Hình ảnh đó có thể là họ đè bẹp người ta hoặc là một gánh nặng mà người ta phải vật lộn ( tuy nhiên, hình ảnh đó không được nói rõ ) . Nó có nghĩa là người ta sẽ cảm nhận được những cảm xúc kinh hoàng và khiếp sợ rất mạnh mẽ. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Họ sẽ bị choáng ngợp bởi cảm giác kinh hoàng và khiếp sợ """ +EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּ 1 Because of your arm’s power Vì cớ quyền năng của cánh tay Ngài God’s arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cánh tay Đức Chúa Trời tượng trưng cho sức mạnh lớn lao của Ngài. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Vì sức mạnh lớn lao của Ngài """ +EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ 1 they will become as still as a stone chúng sẽ đứng chết trân như đá Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Những ý nghĩa có thể là ( 1 ) "" họ sẽ im lặng như đá "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" họ sẽ bất động như đá """ +EXO 15 17 n5i5 figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗ 1 You will bring them Ngài sẽ đem họ về và trồng họ Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nơi Đức Chúa Trời sẽ đem họ đến có thể được nói rõ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Ngươi sẽ đưa dân sự ngươi vào xứ Ca - na - an và đặt họ tại đó """ +EXO 15 17 u26j figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗ 1 You will bring them Ngài sẽ đem họ về Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) "Vì Môi-se không có mặt ở Ca-na-an, một số ngôn ngữ sẽ sử dụng "" lấy "" thay vì "" đem đến "" . Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi sẽ lấy """ +EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְ 1 plant them on the mountain và trồng họ trên núi Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. Alternate translation: “settle them on the mountain of” or “let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về việc Đức Chúa Trời ban cho dân sự Ngài xứ để sống như thể họ là một cái cây mà Đức Chúa Trời đang trồng. Một bản khác dịch là: "" Lập họ trên núi "" hoặc "" Để họ sống trên núi """ +EXO 15 17 p7kb בְּ 1 the mountain of your inheritance trên núi của cơ nghiệp Ngài This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan. Điều này ám chỉ núi Si-ôn trong xứ Ca-na-an. +EXO 15 17 ie26 figs-metaphor בְּ 1 of your inheritance trên núi của cơ nghiệp Ngài Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về việc Đức Chúa Trời hứa ban cho dân sự Ngài "" hòn núi "" đời đời như thể Ngài đang ban nó cho họ như một sản nghiệp. Một bản dịch khác: "" Trên núi mà Ngài đã ban cho họ làm cơ nghiệp """ +EXO 15 17 ytz3 figs-metonymy כּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽי 1 that your hands have built đã xây nên The phrase **your hands** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ "" tay ngươi "" ám chỉ quyền năng của Đức Chúa Trời. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Mà ngươi đã xây dựng bằng quyền năng của ngươi """ +EXO 15 18 4t2l יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְ 1 that your hands have built “Yahweh reigns forever and ever” """ Đức Giê-hô-va cai trị đời đời kiếp kiếp """ +EXO 15 20 g7s6 translate-names מִרְיָ֨ם 1 Miriam…Aaron Mi-ri-am Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Mi-ri-am là chị của Môi-se và A-rôn. +EXO 15 20 gam2 translate-unknown הַ 1 tambourine một cái trống lục lạc This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) "Đây là một nhạc cụ giống như một cái trống nhỏ mà cũng có những miếng kim loại ở xung quanh cạnh tạo nên một âm thanh khi lắc. Bản dịch khác: "" Timbalel """ +EXO 15 20 4f9k figs-hyperbole וַ 1 tambourine và ... đi ra Here, **all** may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) "Ở đây, "" tất cả "" có thể là một sự tổng quát hóa, cũng có thể không phải là mọi phụ nữ. Nó có thể là tốt hơn để dịch là một điều khoản hạn chế như trong Ust. Một bản dịch khác: "" Và mỗi người phụ nữ đi ra sau nàng đều có một chiếc trống và khiêu vũ """ +EXO 15 21 f6m3 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Ngài đã đắc thắng vinh quang It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nó có thể được tuyên bố rõ ràng về Đấng mà Đức Giê-hô-va đã chiến thắng. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 15: 1 ] . Một bản khác dịch: "" Ngài đã giành được thắng lợi vẻ vang trước quân đội Ê - díp - tô """ +EXO 15 21 hvu1 figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְ 1 The horse and his rider he has thrown into the sea Ngựa và người cưỡi ngựa Ngài đều ném xuống biển Miriam sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. See how you translated this in [Exodus 15:1](../15/01.md). Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Mi-ri-am đã hát về việc Đức Chúa Trời đã khiến biển bao phủ và nhấn chìm người cỡi ngựa như thể Đức Chúa Trời đã ném họ xuống biển. Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 15: 1 ] . Một bản khác dịch câu này: "" Ngài đã làm cho ngựa và người cưỡi chết đuối dưới biển "" ." +EXO 15 22 iw9n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Moses led Israel dân Y-sơ-ra-ên The word **Israel** represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Moses led the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) "Từ ngữ "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" tiêu biểu cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Môi-se đã dẫn dắt dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 15 22 c7pe translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 wilderness of Shur We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Chúng tôi không biết vị trí chính xác của nơi này. +EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָ 1 Marah Ma-ra We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Chúng tôi không biết vị trí chính xác của nơi này. +EXO 15 24 n64m וַ 1 complained to Moses and said Vậy là dân sự oán trách **Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses” """ Lằm bằm "" là một thuật ngữ rất mạnh mẽ nói tới "" lằm bằm "" hay "" phàn nàn "" được sử dụng để mô tả thái độ của dân Israel trong suốt thời gian họ ở trong đồng vắng. Nó xảy ra nhiều lần trong Xuất Ê-díp-tô ký và Dân Số Ký. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Và dân sự không vui và nói với Môi-se "" hay "" và dân sự giận dữ nói với Môi-se """ +EXO 15 26 l2hx figs-123person לְ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Đức Giê-hô-va đang phán về tiếng phán của chính Ngài. Dịch lệ: "" Theo tiếng ta """ +EXO 15 26 86p8 figs-metonymy לְ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Tiếng của Đức Giê-hô-va tiêu biểu cho điều Ngài phán. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Những gì tôi nói """ +EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-metaphor וְ 1 do what is right in his eyes và làm điều thiện trước mặt Ngài The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Mắt tượng trưng cho sự thấy, và sự thấy tượng trưng cho tư tưởng hoặc phán xét. Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Và làm những gì Đức Giê-hô-va cho là đúng """ +EXO 15 26 4e63 figs-metaphor וְ 1 do what is right in his eyes và nếu các con nghe theo các mạng lệnh Ngài The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) """ Tai "" tượng trưng cho sự lắng nghe và sự lắng nghe tượng trưng cho sự vâng lời. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Và anh em cẩn thận vâng theo mệnh lệnh của Ngài """ +EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói đến việc khiến cho con người mắc bệnh như là đặt bệnh tật trên họ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Ta sẽ không làm cho bất cứ ai trong các ngươi mắc bệnh mà ta đã làm cho người Ai Cập mắc phải """ +EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָ 1 Elim Ê-lim This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là một ốc đảo trong sa mạc, một nơi có nước và cây bóng mát. +EXO 15 27 ark9 translate-numbers 1 twelve “twelve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Mười hai """ +EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְ 1 seventy và bảy mươi “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ và bảy mươi """ +EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Complaints
After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

### Prohibition against storing food
The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])

### Sabbath
This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Bread as food
Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Chronology
[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).

### Ark of the covenant
Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) "Exodus 16 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Sau khi phàn nàn về nước, dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phàn nàn rằng họ có ít lương thực hơn ở Ai Cập. Điều này nhằm cho thấy sự vô ơn và quan điểm tội lỗi của họ về Đức Giê-hô-va. Cấm dự trữ thực phẩm +Dân sự không được phép dự trữ thức ăn gọi là ma-na mà Đức Giê-hô-va đã chu cấp cho họ. Ấy là vì họ đã nhờ cậy Ðức Giê hô va chu cấp mọi sự cần dùng cho mình. NGÀY SA BÁT +Đây là lễ kỷ niệm đầu tiên được ghi lại về sự nghỉ ngơi trong ngày Sa-bát. Những khó khăn về dịch thuật có thể xảy ra trong chương này +Những khó khăn về dịch thuật có thể xảy ra trong chương này +Đức Giê-hô-va phán về thức ăn mà Ngài sẽ ban cho như thể đó là bánh. Ma-na Ngài ban cho họ có lẽ không phải là bánh theo nghĩa đen. Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên sẽ ăn đồ ăn này mỗi ngày, cũng như họ đã ăn bánh mỗi ngày trước đó. Những bản dịch khác: "" thức ăn "" hoặc "" đồ ăn như bánh mì "" +Niên đại học +[ Các câu 34 ] ( .. / .. / EXO / 16 / 34.MD ) - 36 được viết từ một quan điểm muộn màng hơn nhiều. Các dịch giả sẽ cần phải tìm cách chứng tỏ rằng phần này đưa ra thông tin về bối cảnh từ một điểm muộn màng hơn nhiều ( ít nhất là 40 năm ) . Hòm giao ước +Liên quan đến vấn đề niên đại, mặc dù hòm giao ước chưa được lập, nó được tham khảo trong [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 16: 34 ] ( .. / .. / EXO / 16 / 34.MD ) . Đây có lẽ là một lời bình luận của ban biên tập thực hiện sau các biến cố nầy. Đồng vắng của tội lỗi +Tội lỗi là tên của một phần đồng vắng Si - na - i. Nó là sự mô tả một nơi, và nó không liên quan gì đến tội lỗi." +EXO 16 1 gw67 translate-names סִ֔ין 1 wilderness of Sin Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) "Từ "" tội lỗi "" ở đây là tên tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ của đồng vắng. Nó không phải là từ "" tội lỗi "" trong tiếng Anh." +EXO 16 1 h44x translate-hebrewmonths בַּ 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month vào ngày mười lăm tháng thứ hai This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) Thời gian này trùng với cuối tháng Tư và đầu tháng Năm theo lịch Tây. +EXO 16 1 u2aq translate-ordinal בַּ 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month vào ngày mười lăm tháng thứ hai “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Ngày 15 tháng Hai """ +EXO 16 2 h938 figs-hyperbole וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 The whole community of Israelites complained Here, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) "Ở đây, "" tất cả "" là một từ khái quát. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Và nhiều người trong cộng đồng con cái Israel lằm bằm """ +EXO 16 2 nx6f וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ 1 complained “And … were angry and spoke” """ Và … tức giận và nói … """ +EXO 16 3 nwy6 figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤ 1 If only we had died This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) "Đây là một cách nói rằng họ ao ước mình đã chết. Đó là một tuyên bố mang tính giả thuyết trong quá khứ. Một cách dịch khác: "" Chúng ta ước gì mình đã chết """ +EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ "" tay của Đức Giê-hô-va "" tiêu biểu cho hành động của Đức Giê-hô-va. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Bởi hành động của Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָ 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you giáng mưa bánh ... xuống cho các con God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" khiến bánh từ trên trời rơi xuống như mưa "" hoặc "" khiến bánh từ trên trời rơi xuống cho bạn "" ." +EXO 16 4 yew5 בְּ 1 my law trong luật lệ Ta “in my instruction” """ Theo sự hướng dẫn của tôi """ +EXO 16 5 p1f6 וְ 1 It will come about on the sixth day, that they Ngày thứ sáu ... và họ sẽ nấu bánh “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare” """ Việc ấy sẽ xảy ra vào ngày thứ Sáu mà họ sẽ sửa soạn "" hay "" vào ngày thứ Sáu mà họ sẽ sửa soạn """ +EXO 16 5 cl74 translate-ordinal בַּ 1 on the sixth day Ngày thứ sáu “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Ngày thứ Sáu """ +EXO 16 5 t5il מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice gấp hai lần two times HAI LẦN +EXO 16 7 zb21 figs-rquestion וְ 1 Who are we for you to complain against us? Chúng tôi là ai mà anh chị em oán trách chúng tôi Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se và A-rôn đã dùng câu hỏi này để cho dân sự thấy rằng thật dại dột khi phàn nàn về họ. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Chúng tôi không đủ quyền lực để Ngài phàn nàn về chúng tôi "" . hoặc "" Thật dại dột khi phàn nàn về chúng tôi, vì chúng tôi không thể làm điều Ngài muốn "" ." +EXO 16 8 pn4e figs-rquestion וְ 1 Who are Aaron and I? A-rôn và tôi là ai Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se dùng câu hỏi này để cho dân sự thấy rằng ông và A-rôn không có quyền năng để ban cho họ điều họ muốn. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" A - rôn và tôi không thể cho anh em điều anh em muốn "" ." +EXO 16 8 vdr8 figs-explicit וְ 1 "Your complaints are not against us; they are against Yahweh" A-rôn và tôi là ai "The people were complaining against Moses and Aaron, who were Yahweh’s servants. So by complaining against them, the people were really complaining against Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Your complaints are not really against us; they are against Yahweh, because we are his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])" Dân sự bèn lằm bằm cùng Môi se và A rôn, tôi tớ của Ðức Giê hô va. Ấy vậy, bởi sự lằm bằm cùng hai người, nên dân sự oán trách Ðức Giê hô va. Lại có thể dịch khác rằng: Lời oán trách chẳng phải trách chúng tôi, bèn là trách Ðức Giê hô va, bởi chúng tôi là tôi tớ Ngài. +EXO 16 9 7jpf figs-quotesinquotes וַ 1 "Your complaints are not against us; they are against Yahweh" Môi-se nói There are two layers of quotes here. You may want to translate one or the other as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “And Moses told Aaron to tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel, “Approach” or “And Moses told Aaron, “Tell all of the congregation of the sons of Israel to approach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) "Có hai lớp trích dẫn ở đây. Bạn có thể dịch một trong hai dấu ngoặc kép gián tiếp để làm giảm các lớp dấu ngoặc kép trong đoạn văn này. Một cách dịch khác: "" Và Môi - se bảo A - rôn nói với cả hội chúng dân Y - sơ - ra - ên, "" hãy lại gần "" hoặc "" và Môi - se bảo A - rôn, "" bảo cả hội - chúng dân Y - sơ - ra - ên lại gần """ +EXO 16 10 q4ax וַ 1 It came about Khi This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. The important event here is the people seeing Yahweh’s glory. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. Cụm từ này được dùng ở đây để đánh dấu một sự kiện quan trọng trong câu chuyện. Sự kiện quan trọng ở đây là dân sự nhìn thấy sự vinh hiển của Đức Giê-hô-va. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách để làm điều này, bạn có thể xem xét việc sử dụng nó ở đây. +EXO 16 10 b6rp וְ 1 behold và kìa The word **behold** here shows that the people saw something interesting. "Chữ "" kìa "" ở đây cho thấy dân chúng đã thấy một điều gì đó thật lý thú." +EXO 16 13 aas8 וַ 1 It came about…that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the events. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. Cụm từ nầy được sử dụng ở đây để đánh dấu một phần quan trọng của các biến cố. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách để làm điều này, bạn có thể xem xét việc sử dụng nó ở đây. +EXO 16 13 eu1x translate-unknown הַ 1 quails chim cút These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đó là những con chim nhỏ mũm mĩm. +EXO 16 14 k5lb translate-unknown כַּ 1 like frost giống như sương giá Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Sương giá là sương đóng băng hình thành trên mặt đất. Nó rất mịn. +EXO 16 14 jern figs-simile כַּ 1 like frost giống như sương giá The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Những độc giả đầu tiên biết rõ "" sương giá "" là như thế nào, vì thế cụm từ này sẽ giúp họ hiểu được "" bông tuyết "" là như thế nào. Dịch giả: "" Trông như sương giá "" hoặc "" trông như sương giá """ +EXO 16 16 gotf אִ֖ישׁ לְ 1 omer Mỗi người các con phải lượm đủ lượng mình cần ăn “according to how much each will eat” """ Tùy theo mỗi người ăn bao nhiêu """ +EXO 16 16 fqp9 translate-bvolume עֹ֣מֶר 1 omer ô-me 2 liters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) 2 lít +EXO 16 16 mnwy עֹ֣מֶר לַ 1 omer ô-me cho từng người trong số các con Các con sẽ lượm đủ cho mọi người ở trong lều của mình “take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherer’s tent” """ Mỗi người hãy lấy một ô me mình tùy theo số người nhóm lại trong trại mình """ +EXO 16 20 itjo וַ 1 omer nhưng bánh sinh giòi “and it decayed with worms” """ Và nó bị sâu bọ cắn nát """ +EXO 16 21 jd5t אִ֖ישׁ כְּ 1 omer Mỗi người lượm đủ ăn “everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed” """ Mỗi người tùy theo họ ăn bao nhiêu "" hoặc "" mỗi người tùy theo họ phải cho bao nhiêu người ăn """ +EXO 16 22 nrx8 writing-newevent וַ 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Cụm từ này được dùng ở đây để đánh dấu sự khởi đầu của một phần mới của câu chuyện. Câu 16: 22 - 30 nói về những gì dân sự đã làm liên quan đến Ma - na vào ngày thứ Sáu và thứ Bảy trong tuần. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách đánh dấu đây là một phần mới của câu chuyện, bạn có thể xem xét việc sử dụng nó ở đây. +EXO 16 22 xk6x translate-ordinal בַּ 1 on the sixth day Vào ngày thứ sáu “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Ngày thứ Sáu """ +EXO 16 22 zj1u מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice gấp đôi “two times as much” """ Gấp hai lần """ +EXO 16 22 f4j9 לֶ֨חֶם֙ 1 bread lượng bánh This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. Điều này nói đến bánh mì xuất hiện như những bông tuyết mỏng trên mặt đất mỗi buổi sáng. +EXO 16 23 wc4a שַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽ 1 a solemn rest ngày yên nghỉ “is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh” """ Là ngày phải nghỉ làm việc trọn vẹn và dâng hiến cho Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 16 24 y4d9 וְ 1 did not become foul Bánh không bị thối “And it did not smell rotten” """ Và nó không có mùi thối rữa """ +EXO 16 25 pr1p כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַ 1 today is a day reserved as a Sabbath to honor Yahweh “today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working” """ Hôm nay là ngày Sa-bát, một ngày để tôn kính Đức Giê-hô-va bằng cách không làm việc """ +EXO 16 26 jv77 translate-ordinal וּ 1 but the seventh day nhưng ngày thứ bảy “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Nhưng đến ngày thứ bảy """ +EXO 16 27 qf14 וְ 1 they found none nhưng họ không tìm được “but they did not find any manna” """ Nhưng chẳng tìm được ma-na nào """ +EXO 16 28 e1vx figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִ 1 How long will you refuse to keep my commandments and my laws? God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Đức Chúa Trời dùng câu hỏi này để khiển trách dân sự vì họ không vâng theo luật pháp của Ngài. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Các ngươi vẫn không giữ các điều răn và luật pháp của ta! """ +EXO 16 28 q41d figs-youcrowd מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם 1 General Information: Các con không chịu Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) "Đức Giê-hô-va phán cùng Môi-se, nhưng từ "" ngươi "" chỉ về dân Y-sơ-ra-ên nói chung." +EXO 16 28 vnq7 לִ 1 to keep my commandments and my laws giữ điều răn và luật lệ Ta “to obey my commandments and my laws” """ Vâng - giữ các điều - răn và luật - pháp ta """ +EXO 16 29 p22l figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָ 1 Yahweh has given you the Sabbath Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ðức Giê hô va phán về việc dạy người ta phải nghỉ ngơi trong ngày Sa bát như thể ngày Sa bát là một sự ban cho. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va, đã dạy các ngươi nghỉ ngơi vào ngày Sa-bát """ +EXO 16 29 dt58 translate-ordinal בַּ 1 sixth day…two days…seventh day ngày “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Vào ngày thứ Sáu … vào ngày thứ Bảy """ +EXO 16 29 y8wf לֶ֣חֶם 1 bread bánh This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. Điều này nói đến bánh mì xuất hiện như những bông tuyết mỏng trên mặt đất mỗi buổi sáng. +EXO 16 29 5i2z יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread cho hai ngày “for 2 days” """ Trong 2 ngày """ +EXO 16 31 r1a5 translate-unknown כְּ 1 coriander seed màu trắng như hạt cây rau mùi **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Rau mùi "" là một loại thảo mộc còn được gọi là rau mùi. Con người ăn cả lá lẫn hạt. Người ta phơi khô hạt rồi nghiền chúng thành bột và bỏ vào thức ăn để thêm hương vị. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Giống như một hạt giống nhỏ màu trắng """ +EXO 16 31 vrl4 כְּ 1 wafers giống như bánh xốp **Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers. """ Bánh xốp "" là loại bánh bích quy rất mỏng." +EXO 16 33 7lup figs-metonymy לִ 1 wafers trước mặt Chúa Hằng Hữu Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
"Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tiêu biểu cho sự hiện diện của Đức Giê-hô-va. Dịch lệ: "" Trước mặt Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 1 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later commentary on the chapter. If your language has a way of marking background information you may want to use it starting from verse 34 or verse 35. You may want to leave verse 34 more connected to verse 33 even though it references the **Covenant** which has not been given yet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) "Các câu 34 - 36 cung cấp lời chú giải sau đó về chương này. Nếu ngôn ngữ của bạn có cách đánh dấu các thông tin nền tảng, có lẽ bạn nên bắt đầu từ câu 34 hoặc 35. Có lẽ bạn muốn để câu 34 nối tiếp với câu 33 mặc dù nó nói đến "" giao - ước "" chưa được ban cho." +EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִ 1 wafers cạnh các điều luật giao ước Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tượng trưng cho việc ở gần "" giao ước "" . Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ở gần giao ước """ +EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְ 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah Một ô-me bằng một phần mười ê-pha An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) Ô me và Ê pha là hai bình đo thể tích. Những người đọc ban đầu hẳn đã biết một ê pha là bao nhiêu. Câu này sẽ giúp họ biết một ô - me giá bao nhiêu. +EXO 16 36 a9uh translate-fraction וְ 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah Một ô-me bằng một phần mười ê-pha For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Đối với ngôn ngữ không sử dụng phân số, có thể viết lại điều này. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Bây giờ mười ô tương đương với một ê - pha """ +EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes
## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions
Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])


### Naming
As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. "Exodus 17 General Notes +Các biện pháp tu từ quan trọng trong chương này +Câu hỏi tu từ +Môi-se sử dụng nhiều câu hỏi tu từ trong chương này. Mục đích của những câu hỏi này là thuyết phục người ta về tội lỗi của họ. Tương tự như vậy, câu hỏi tu từ của người ta cho thấy sự thiếu hiểu biết của họ. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác trong việc dịch thuật trong chương này +Đồng vắng tội lỗi +Tội lỗi là tên của một phần đồng vắng Sinai. Nó không phải là sự mô tả một nơi chốn, và nó không liên quan gì đến việc phạm tội. Đặt tên +Như trong hai chương trước, địa điểm và sự việc được đặt tên theo những gì xảy ra tại địa điểm đó. Trong chương này là Massah ( có nghĩa là "" thử "" ) , Meribah ( "" tranh luận "" ) , và một người đổi tên là "" Yahweh là biểu ngữ của ta "" vì Yahweh sẽ gây chiến với người Amalekites mãi mãi." +EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠ 1 wilderness of Sin đi A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin Sin The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) "Từ "" tội lỗi "" ở đây là tên tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ của đồng vắng. Nó không phải là từ "" tội lỗi "" trong tiếng Anh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 16: 1 ] ." +EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" miệng "" là hình bóng chỉ về các mạng lệnh của Đức Giê-hô-va ( nghĩa là, những gì Ngài phán phải làm ) . Bản dịch thay thế: "" Theo mạng lệnh của Đức Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names בִּ 1 Rephidim tại Rê-phi-đim **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Rê-phi-đim "" có nghĩa là "" nơi yên nghỉ "" , một nơi để nghỉ ngơi trên những chặng đường dài xuyên qua đồng vắng." +EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּ 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se dùng những câu hỏi này để trách mắng dân sự. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Các ngươi chớ nên cãi cọ với ta! +Các ngươi chớ thử Đức Giê-hô-va! """ +EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤ 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? Sao các ông đem chúng tôi ra khỏi Ai Cập Để khiến chúng tôi ... chết The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Dân sự dùng câu hỏi này để tố cáo Môi-se muốn giết họ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này như sau: "" Các ngươi chỉ đem chúng ta ra đây để giết chúng ta cùng con cái và gia súc của chúng ta bằng cách không cho chúng ta chút nước nào để uống! """ +EXO 17 6 nspc figs-metonymy לְ 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? trước mặt con Here, **before your face** means “in front of”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
"Ở đây, "" trước mặt ngươi "" có nghĩa là "" trước mặt "" ." +EXO 17 7 x5an translate-names מַסָּ֖ה 1 Massah là Ma-sa **Massah** is a place in the desert whose name means “testing” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Ma-sa "" là một nơi trong sa mạc mà tên của nó có nghĩa là "" thử nghiệm "" trong tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ." +EXO 17 7 hw7y translate-names וַ 1 Meribah Ông gọi **Meribah** is a place in the desert whose name means “complaining” in Hebrew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Mê-ri-ba "" là một nơi trong sa mạc mà tên của nó có nghĩa là "" phàn nàn "" trong tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ." +EXO 17 7 m55e אִם־אָֽיִן 1 Meribah In some languages it may be unnatural to explicitly have the negative option included in this question or to have it at the end. It may be omitted or relocated in the question if that is the case. Trong một số ngôn ngữ, rõ ràng có tùy chọn tiêu cực trong câu hỏi này hoặc cuối cùng là có tùy chọn tiêu cực là điều không tự nhiên. Nó có thể được bỏ qua hoặc định vị lại trong câu hỏi nếu đó là trường hợp. +EXO 17 8 nyt1 writing-newevent וַ 1 Rephidim Rồi dân A-ma-léc đến A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 17 8 hi3u grammar-collectivenouns עֲמָלֵ֑ק…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Rephidim **Amalek** and **Israel** are both collective nouns that refer to the nations (people groups) descended from that individual. Alternate translation: “the Amalekites … the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) """ Amalek "" và "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" đều là những danh từ tập thể ám chỉ các dân tộc ( các nhóm dân ) hậu duệ từ cá thể đó. Bản dịch khác: "" Dân A-ma-léc … dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 17 8 srdq writing-participants עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Rephidim dân A-ma-léc **Amalek** or the Amalekites are a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Amalek "" hay người A-ma-léc là một người tham gia hoàn toàn mới vào câu chuyện mà bạn có thể cần chỉ ra trong bản dịch của mình." +EXO 17 8 rv14 translate-names בִּ 1 Rephidim tại Rê-phi-đim **Rephidim** was the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Rephidim "" là tên của một nơi trong sa mạc." +EXO 17 9 iktn translate-names יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 Rephidim Giô-suê This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. +EXO 17 9 0oi0 writing-participants יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ 1 Rephidim Giô-suê **Joshua** is a completely new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. He is a major character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Giô-suê "" là một người tham gia hoàn toàn mới vào câu chuyện mà bạn có thể cần chỉ ra trong bản dịch của mình. Ông là một nhân vật chính." +EXO 17 10 ca3g figs-synecdoche וַ 1 So Joshua fought Amalek Vậy Giô-suê ... như **Joshua** represents himself and the Israelites that he led into battle. Alternate translation: “And, as Moses instructed, Joshua and the men he chose fought against the Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) """ Giô - suê "" tượng trưng cho chính mình và dân Y - sơ - ra - ên. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và như Môi - se chỉ dẫn, Giô - suê và những người ông chọn đã chiến đấu với dân A - ma - léc """ +EXO 17 10 wy51 translate-names וְ 1 Hur và Hu-rơ Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Hur là bạn của Moses và Aaron. +EXO 17 10 itcx writing-participants וְ 1 Hur và Hu-rơ **Hur** is a new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) """ Hur "" là một người tham gia mới trong câu chuyện mà bạn có thể cần phải chỉ ra trong bản dịch của bạn. Tuy nhiên, ông là một nhân vật rất nhỏ. Ông chỉ xuất hiện trong phân đoạn này và một lần rất lâu sau đó trong sách, vì vậy bạn có thể không cần phải làm nổi bật ông chút nào." +EXO 17 11 x5ex figs-synecdoche וְ 1 Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to win thì ... thắng The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Những từ "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" và "" Amalek "" tiêu biểu cho những chiến sĩ ra từ những nhóm người đó. Dịch cách khác: "" Những chiến binh Israel đã chiến thắng … những chiến binh AmAlekite sẽ bắt đầu chiến thắng """ +EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-metonymy וִ 1 hands became heavy Khi tay Môi-se trở nên nặng The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Tác giả viết về cánh tay của Môi-se trở nên mỏi mệt như thể đôi tay ông trở nên nặng trĩu. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Và cánh tay của Môi - se trở nên mỏi mệt """ +EXO 17 12 js2p מִ 1 hands became heavy một người ở bên này người kia ở bên kia “one on one side, and one on the other” """ Một bên, một bên """ +EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְ 1 with the sword The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Thanh gươm tượng trưng cho chiến trận. Dịch lệ: "" Trong chiến trận """ +EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek Ta sẽ xóa sạch God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói đến việc tiêu diệt Amaléc như thể Ngài đang xóa bỏ ký ức của dân sự về Amaléc. Khi một nhóm người bị tiêu diệt hoàn toàn, thì không có gì để nhắc nhở dân sự về họ. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Ta sẽ tiêu diệt hoàn toàn dân Amaléc """ +EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek về A-ma-léc This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này ám chỉ người Amalekites. Dịch khác: Dân A - ma - léc """ +EXO 17 14 n42j figs-metonymy מִ 1 Amalek dưới trời This phrase is used to represent all people everywhere. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ nầy được sử dụng để tiêu biểu cho hết thảy mọi người ở khắp mọi nơi. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Từ mọi dân mọi nơi """ +EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽ 1 Amalek là ngọn cờ của tôi **Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” """ Ngọn cờ "" là một cái gì đó được giương cao lên, có lẽ giống như một lá cờ, mà người ta có thể nhìn thấy từ xa và đi theo. Dịch cách khác: "" Is My Military Standard "" hay "" Is My Guidon """ +EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: 1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? 2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? 3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” "Tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ ở đây rất khó và có nhiều ý kiến khác nhau liên quan đến ý nghĩa. Những câu hỏi bao gồm: 1 ) Ai được đề cập đến? +A - ma - léc, Đức Giê - hô - va hay Môi - se? +2 ) Tay trên ( hay chống lại ) Điều gì? +Ngai hay ngọn cờ của Yahweh? +3 ) Ý nghĩa của sự đặt tay trên, chống lại, hay trên cao? +Điều đó có ý nghĩa gì? +Nổi loạn, hoặc tuyên thệ, hoặc giữ một biểu tượng của quyền lực? +Nếu có một bản dịch khác trong vùng của bạn, có lẽ tốt nhất là nên làm theo lời giải thích trong đó. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì có một bàn tay đặt trên ngai của Đức Giê - hô - va "" hoặc "" vì có một bàn tay đặt trên cờ của Đức Giê - hô - va """ +EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ 1 Amalek Chúa Hằng Hữu sẽ chinh chiến với A-ma-léc This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek” "Cụm từ này không có động từ trong tiếng Hê-bơ-rơ. Có thể bạn cần dịch danh từ "" chiến tranh "" là một động từ. Dịch cách khác: "" Giê-hô-va sẽ chiến tranh cùng dân A-ma-léc "" hoặc "" Giê-hô-va sẽ chiến tranh cùng dân A-ma-léc """ +EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Leadership lessons
Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])


## Possible translation difficulties
### Order of events
The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).

### Verse 11
[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.

### God and Yahweh
For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.

### Kinship: Father-in-law
Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]])


### Participant reference
Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). "Exodus 18 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Leadership Lessons +Giê-trô đã dạy Môi-se một bài học lãnh đạo quan trọng trong chương này. Nhiều học giả nhìn vào chương này cho những bài học về lãnh đạo quan trọng. Môi-se đã giao phó một số trách nhiệm của ông cho những người tin kính khác hầu cho ông sẽ không bị hao mòn bởi mọi đòi hỏi được đưa ra từ ông. NHỮNG KHÓ KHĂN VỀ DỊCH THUẬT CÓ THỂ XẢY RA +Thứ tự các sự kiện +Thời điểm của các biến cố trong [ câu 2 ] không rõ ràng và dù thời điểm của chúng ra sao, có thể khó dịch. Câu hỏi là: Việc Giê - trô "" dẫn "" Sê - phô - ra có liên quan đến biến cố Môi - se sai nàng trở lại với ông vào một thời điểm không được đề cập đến khác không, hoặc việc Giê - trô "" dẫn "" có liên quan đến việc ông đến gặp Môi - se trong [ câu 5 ] không. Câu 11 +[ Câu 11 ] Rất khó hiểu trong nguyên bản và cần phải giải thích. Đức Chúa Trời và Yahweh +Trong chương này, Đức Chúa Trời, được gọi là Giê-hô-va, chủ yếu được gọi là Đức Chúa Trời bằng danh xưng của Ngài như thường thấy trong phần còn lại của sách. Các bản dịch không nên gợi ý rằng họ không phải là những hữu thể khác biệt. Họ hàng: Cha vợ +Giê - trô là cha vợ của Môi - se. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể phân biệt điều đó với cha vợ của người nữ. Nếu vậy, xin lưu ý trong các câu 1 - 2, 5 - 8, 12, 14 - 15, 17, 24 và 27. Tham khảo +Trong chương này, Giê - trô thường được gọi đơn giản là cha vợ của Môi - se. Ông cũng được nêu tên rõ ràng nhiều lần khác thường ( thường thì có nhiều đại từ ám chỉ ông hơn ) . Điều này có thể nhấn mạnh đến mối quan hệ gia đình và địa vị ( hoặc địa vị được tôn trọng ) của ông. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể cần phải sử dụng sự thay đổi cách ông được đề cập đến để tự nhiên hoặc để truyền đạt ý nghĩa tương tự về mối quan hệ gia đình và uy quyền ( hoặc địa vị được tôn trọng ) ." +EXO 18 1 nl86 figs-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law ông gia của Môi-se This refers to the father of the wife of Moses. Some languages may have a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s. Note also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-kinship]]) Điều này ám chỉ đến cha vợ của Môi-se. Một số ngôn ngữ có thể dùng từ khác để nói về cha vợ hoặc bố chồng của một người đàn ông so với người đàn bà. Cũng hãy lưu ý trong các câu: 2, 5 - 8, 12, 14 - 15, 17, 24 và 27. +EXO 18 2 zw6h וַ 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife Giê-trô ông gia Môi-se đã nhận lại Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah. Ý nghĩa khả dĩ là ( 1 ) Giê - trô dẫn Sê - phô - ra đến Môi - se, hoặc ( 2 ) trước đó Giê - trô chào đón sự trở lại của Sê - phô - ra. +EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי 1 after he had sent her home sau khi ông cho bà về nhà This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Đây là điều Môi-se đã làm trước đó. Ý nghĩa đầy đủ của câu này có thể được làm sáng tỏ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Sau khi Môi - se cho nàng về nhà với cha """ +EXO 18 3 khs1 וְ 1 and her two sons cùng hai con trai của bà This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro…took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons. "Đây là phần kết của câu bắt đầu bằng mấy chữ "" Giê-trô... chiếm Sê-phô-ra "" trong [ câu 2 ] . Ý nghĩa khả dĩ là: ( 1 ) Giê-trô lấy Sê-phô-ra và hai con trai nàng đem dâng cho Môi-se, hay ( 2 ) trước đó Giê-trô đã chào đón sự trở lại của Sê-phô-ra và hai con trai nàng." +EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom là Ghẹt-sôn This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) "Ðây là con trai của Môi-se và Sê-phô-ra, tên hai người có nghĩa là "" khách lạ "" ." +EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer là Ê-li-ê-xe This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) "Đây là con trai của Môi-se và Sê-phô-ra, tên của họ có nghĩa là "" Đức Chúa Trời là Đấng giúp đỡ tôi "" ." +EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵ 1 Pharaoh’s sword khỏi gươm của Pha-ra-ôn This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này đại diện cho việc bị Pha-ra-ôn hoặc quân đội của Pha-ra-ôn giết chết. Dịch cách khác: "" Khỏi bị Pha - ra - ôn giết "" hoặc "" khỏi bị quân đội của Pha - ra - ôn giết """ +EXO 18 5 203e וּ 1 where he was camped hai con trai “with his sons” """ Với các con trai mình """ +EXO 18 7 s5p2 translate-symaction וַ 1 bowed down, and kissed him sấp mình xuống These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) Những hành động biểu tượng này là cách bình thường mà người ta tỏ ra rất tôn trọng và sùng bái trong nền văn hóa đó. +EXO 18 8 rkq2 figs-metonymy עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 for Israel’s sake về ... vì cớ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên The word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Từ "" Y-sơ-ra-ên "" đại diện cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Một bản dịch khác: "" Để giúp dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 18 8 a1ra figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ 1 all the hardships that had come to them Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi - se viết về sự gian khổ xảy ra cho họ như thể họ gặp phải sự gian khổ. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Tất cả những gian khổ đã xảy ra cho họ "" hoặc "" Họ đã trải qua nhiều gian khổ như thế nào "" ." +EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִ 1 the hand of the Egyptians khỏi tay của người Ai Cập The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Bàn tay tượng trưng cho sức mạnh của ai đó để làm điều gì đó. Dịch cách khác: "" Sức mạnh của người Ê - díp - tô "" hoặc "" từ những gì người Ê - díp - tô đã làm cho họ """ +EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִ 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh khỏi tay người Ai Cập và khỏi tay của The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Bàn tay tượng trưng cho sức mạnh của ai đó để làm điều gì đó. Dịch thay thế: "" Từ quyền lực của người Ai Cập và từ quyền lực của Pha-ra-ôn … từ quyền lực của người Ai Cập "" hay "" Từ những gì người Ai Cập và Pha-ra-ôn đã làm cho anh em … từ những gì người Ai Cập đã làm cho anh em """ +EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַ 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh vì ... thì Thiên Chúa đã giải cứu dân Ngài **Because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did” """ Vì việc ấy "" có lẽ ám chỉ việc Đức Giê-hô-va giải cứu Y-sơ-ra-ên. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Vì những gì Ngài đã làm """ +EXO 18 11 ljj6 אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵי 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh khi người Ai Cập đối xử ngạo mạn với người Y-sơ-ra-ên The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bring judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Tham khảo tự nhiên nhất cho "" họ "" là "" các thần "" , những người, có lẽ thông qua các đại diện của họ ( Pharaoh và người Ai Cập ) , đã chiến đấu chống lại Yahweh và áp bức dân Israel. Điều này có liên hệ đến [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 12 ] khi Đức Giê - hô - va tuyên bố Ngài sẽ phán xét các thần của xứ Ê - díp - tô. Có lẽ bạn cần giải thích rõ về điều này. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ kiêu hãnh chống lại Đức Giê - hô - va bằng cách áp bức dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִ 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh trước mặt Thiên Chúa Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây, "" mặt "" theo nghĩa bóng tiêu biểu cho sự hiện diện của Đức Chúa Trời. Trong trường hợp này, rất có thể đây là một sự kiện thờ phượng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Trước mặt Đức Chúa Trời """ +EXO 18 13 4plh writing-newevent וַ 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Vào ngày hôm sau A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) Một khung cảnh mới bắt đầu ở đây, có thể cần được đánh dấu theo một cách nào đó trong ngôn ngữ của bạn. +EXO 18 13 ano2 translate-symaction וַ 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Môi-se ngồi xuống xét xử Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) "Ngồi là biểu tượng của việc có một vị trí quyền lực. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Môi - se ngồi làm quan xét """ +EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַ 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh “all day” """ Trọn ngày """ +EXO 18 14 bax5 figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ 1 What is this that you are doing with the people? Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Giê-trô dùng câu hỏi này để cho Môi-se thấy rằng điều ông đang làm là không tốt. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Các ngươi không nên làm tất cả những điều này cho dân sự! """ +EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Sao Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone, and all the people position themselves next to you from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Giê-trô dùng câu hỏi này để cho Môi-se thấy rằng ông đang làm quá nhiều. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi không nên ngồi một mình, và cả dân sự ngồi cạnh ngươi từ sáng đến chiều! """ +EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְ 1 you sit alone con ... lại ngồi một mình The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Từ "" ngồi "" ở đây là một hoán dụ của từ "" quan tòa. "" +Các thẩm phán sẽ ngồi trong khi họ lắng nghe những lời phàn nàn của mọi người. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi xét đoán một mình "" hay "" Ngươi là người duy nhất xét đoán dân sự """ +EXO 18 14 tiqs figs-explicit נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖י 1 you sit alone lại đứng quanh con The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Dân sự đến gần Môi - se để ông có cơ hội nghe lời cầu xin của họ. Nếu muốn rõ ràng hơn, bạn có thể nói điều đó một cách rõ ràng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Cầu xin """ +EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out sẽ đuối sức “You will surely make yourself very tired” """ Các ngươi chắc sẽ rất mệt - nhọc """ +EXO 18 18 h91b figs-metaphor כָבֵ֤ד מִמְּ 1 This burden is too heavy for you quá lớn đối với con Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Giê-trô nói tới công việc khó nhọc mà Môi-se đang làm như thể đó là một gánh nặng thuộc thể mà Môi-se đang mang. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là "" việc khó quá cho anh em """ +EXO 18 19 pug7 אִיעָ֣צְ 1 you advice Cha sẽ cho con lời khuyên “I will guide you” or “I will instruct you” """ Ta sẽ hướng dẫn ngươi "" hay "" Ta sẽ hướng dẫn ngươi """ +EXO 18 19 v8i9 figs-metaphor וִ 1 God will be with you và Thiên Chúa sẽ ở cùng con Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Giê-trô nói về việc Đức Chúa Trời giúp đỡ Môi-se như thể Đức Chúa Trời sẽ ở cùng Môi-se. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Đức Chúa Trời sẽ giúp đỡ bạn "" hay "" Đức Chúa Trời sẽ ban cho bạn sự khôn ngoan """ +EXO 18 19 w4r8 figs-metaphor וְ 1 you bring their disputes to him và con trình Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Giê-trô nói tới việc Môise nói cho Đức Chúa Trời biết về những tranh chấp của họ như thể họ là một việc mà Môise đang đem đến với Đức Chúa Trời. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Và bạn nói với Đức Chúa Trời về những tranh chấp của họ "" hoặc và "" bạn nói với Đức Chúa Trời về những gì họ đang tranh cãi """ +EXO 18 20 w3vf figs-metaphor וְ 1 You must show them the way to walk Con phải chỉ cho họ Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Jethro nói về việc sống hay cư xử như bước đi. Có thể dịch là: "" Bạn phải cho họ thấy cách sống "" hoặc "" Bạn phải cho họ thấy cách cư xử """ +EXO 18 21 p5ap וְ 1 Furthermore, you must choose con phải chọn “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out” """ Còn như các ngươi, hãy tìm - kiếm "" hoặc "" các ngươi cũng phải tìm - kiếm """ +EXO 18 21 n936 figs-metaphor וְ 1 You must put them over people Con phải đặt họ Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Giê-trô nói tới việc ban cho họ thẩm quyền trên dân sự giống như đặt họ cai trị dân sự. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Ngươi phải cho họ quyền cai trị người khác """ +EXO 18 21 8vv7 writing-pronouns וְ 1 You must put them over people Con phải đặt họ Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is placing the good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) "Ở đây, "" họ "" ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Môi-se đang đặt những người tốt chịu trách nhiệm về các nhóm dân Israel. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Và các ngươi phải lập những người này lên cai trị dân Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens cai trị làm lãnh đạo chịu trách nhiệm ngàn người trăm người năm mươi người và mười người Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) "Những ý nghĩa khả dĩ là ( 1 ) những con số này đại diện cho số lượng người chính xác trong mỗi nhóm. Bản Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Những người lãnh đạo phụ trách những nhóm 1.000 người, những nhóm 100 người, những nhóm 50 người, và những nhóm 10 người "" hoặc ( 2 ) những con số này không chính xác, nhưng tượng trưng cho những nhóm người với nhiều kích cỡ khác nhau. Bản Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Những người lãnh đạo phụ trách những nhóm rất nhỏ, những nhóm nhỏ, những nhóm lớn, và những nhóm rất lớn """ +EXO 18 22 y5n2 figs-metaphor כָּל־הַ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Giê-trô nói đến việc nói với Môi-se về những trường hợp khó khăn như là đem đến cho ông những trường hợp khó khăn. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Những trường hợp khó khăn họ sẽ nói cho bạn biết "" hoặc "" Khi có những trường hợp khó khăn, họ sẽ nói cho bạn biết về họ để bạn có thể xét đoán họ """ +EXO 18 22 vnvh וְ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Như vậy việc sẽ dễ dàng cho con This is a command. Alternate translation: “Make your work less” or “Lessen your work” "Đây là một mệnh lệnh. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Làm cho công việc của bạn ít lại "" hoặc "" Làm cho công việc của bạn ít lại """ +EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Như vậy việc sẽ dễ dàng cho con họ sẽ mang gánh nặng cùng với con Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Giê-trô nói tới công việc khó nhọc mà họ sẽ làm như thể đó là việc mà họ sẽ mang vác và làm nhẹ bớt cho Môi-se bằng cách giúp đỡ ông. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Hãy làm giảm bớt công việc của bạn bằng cách để họ làm việc khó nhọc với bạn "" hoặc "" Hãy làm cho công việc của bạn dễ dàng hơn bằng cách để họ giúp bạn làm công việc khó nhọc """ +EXO 18 23 wyq4 וְ 1 endure thì con sẽ có thể trụ được “then you will not wear yourself out” """ Vậy thì các ngươi sẽ chẳng hề mỏi mệt """ +EXO 18 23 bt5p 1 endure Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony” "Ở đây, được "" vào chỗ của mình "" có thể có nghĩa là lều nhà của mỗi người hoặc nó có thể có nghĩa là cả nhóm được đến đất hứa. Nếu bạn không thể để nó mơ hồ thì tốt nhất nên biểu thị điều gì đó như là "" sự hòa hợp trong trại "" . Dịch giả: "" Tất cả những người này sẽ sống trong sự hòa hợp """ +EXO 18 25 n2ws figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ 1 heads over the people làm đầu Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se viết về những người lãnh đạo của dân sự như thể họ là đầu của một thân thể. Cách dịch khác: "" Những người lãnh đạo trên dân sự """ +EXO 18 25 tb18 figs-explicit אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙ 1 capable men What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Khả năng nào của họ có thể được nói rõ ràng. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Những người có khả năng lãnh đạo "" hoặc "" Những người có khả năng xét đoán """ +EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens các lãnh đạo chịu trách nhiệm một ngàn một trăm năm mươi và mười người Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) "Những ý nghĩa khả dĩ là ( 1 ) những con số này đại diện cho số lượng người chính xác trong mỗi nhóm. Bản Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Những người lãnh đạo phụ trách những nhóm 1.000 người, những nhóm 100 người, những nhóm 50 người, và những nhóm 10 người "" hoặc ( 2 ) những con số này không chính xác, nhưng tượng trưng cho những nhóm người với nhiều kích cỡ khác nhau. Bản Dịch Luân Phiên: "" Những người lãnh đạo phụ trách những nhóm rất nhỏ, những nhóm nhỏ, những nhóm lớn, và những nhóm rất lớn "" Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 18: 21 ] ." +EXO 18 26 abx4 וְ 1 judged the people in normal circumstances Họ xét xử “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” """ Họ xét đoán dân sự hầu hết thời gian "" hoặc "" họ xét đoán dân sự trong mọi hoàn cảnh thường xuyên """ +EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַ 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Tác giả viết về việc nói cho Môise về những trường hợp khó khăn như là đem đến cho ông những trường hợp khó khăn. Bản Diễn ý dịch: "" Họ nói với Môi - se về những trường hợp khó khăn "" hoặc "" Khi có những trường hợp khó khăn, họ nói với Môi - se về những trường hợp đó để ông đoán xét họ """ +EXO 18 26 ve8h הַ 1 the small cases những việc nhỏ “easy case” """ Vụ án dễ dàng """ +EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 "# Exodus 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “A kingdom of priests”
The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Revealing the Law
The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which show the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])" "Exodus 19 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +"" Một nước thầy tế lễ "" +Chức năng của các thầy tế lễ là cầu thay cho dân sự. Người Lê-vi là những thầy tế lễ duy nhất trong Y-sơ-ra-ên; đây là một hình ảnh ẩn dụ chỉ ra rằng đất nước phải cầu thay cho cả thế giới nói chung. Họ cũng phải thánh khiết, hoặc được biệt riêng ra khỏi phần còn lại của thế gian. Bày tỏ luật pháp +Những sự kiện trong chương này liên quan đến việc chuẩn bị cho dân sự nhận lãnh luật pháp Môi-se. Dân sự trải qua mọi điều này để chuẩn bị chính mình cho luật pháp, điều này cho thấy tầm quan trọng lớn lao của sự kiện này đối với Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-hebrewmonths 1 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month…on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là họ đã đến đồng vắng vào ngày đầu tiên của tháng giống như họ đã rời Ai Cập vào ngày đầu tiên của tháng. Ngày đầu tiên của tháng thứ ba theo lịch Do Thái vào khoảng giữa tháng 5 theo lịch Tây. Một bản dịch khác: "" Tháng thứ ba … vào ngày đầu tiên của tháng """ +EXO 19 1 xw7p 1 had gone out from “had left” """ Đã ra đi """ +EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names 1 Rephidim This is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là một khu vực trên rìa đồng vắng Si-nai, nơi dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đã đóng trại. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch tên này nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 17: 1 ] . +EXO 19 3 s2qt figs-metonymy 1 the house of Jacob The word “house” here represents Jacob’s family and descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Chữ "" nhà "" ở đây tiêu biểu cho gia đình và con cháu của Giacốp. Một bản dịch khác: "" Dòng dõi của Gia - cốp """ +EXO 19 3 f4qw 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel The phrase “the people of Israel” explains what “the house of Jacob” means. "Nhóm từ "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên "" giải thích "" nhà Gia-cốp "" nghĩa là gì." +EXO 19 4 z9i6 figs-you 1 You have seen The word **you** here refers to the Israelites. Yahweh is telling Moses what to tell the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Chữ "" các ngươi "" ở đây ám chỉ dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. Yahweh đang bảo Môi-se những gì phải nói với dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 19 4 b7ph figs-metaphor 1 I carried you on eagles’ wings God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về việc chăm sóc dân sự Ngài trong khi họ đi lại như thể Ngài là một con chim ưng và mang họ trên đôi cánh Ngài. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ta đã giúp ngươi đi như con đại bàng mang con cái trên cánh """ +EXO 19 5 th35 1 obediently listen to my voice Obediently can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “listen to my voice and obey me” "Ngoan ngoãn có thể được diễn tả như một động từ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Hãy lắng nghe tiếng ta và vâng lời ta """ +EXO 19 5 c767 figs-metonymy 1 my voice God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “what I say” or “my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Tiếng phán của Đức Chúa Trời tiêu biểu cho điều Ngài phán. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Điều tôi nói "" hoặc "" Lời tôi nói """ +EXO 19 5 fh8e 1 keep my covenant “do what my covenant requires you to do” """ Hãy làm điều giao ước ta đòi hỏi ngươi làm """ +EXO 19 5 ifv6 1 special possession “treasure” """ Kho tàng """ +EXO 19 6 gm9s figs-metaphor 1 a kingdom of priests God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “a kingdom of people who are like priests” or “a kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về dân sự Ngài như thể họ là những thầy tế lễ. Cách dịch khác: "" Một vương quốc gồm những người giống như thầy tế lễ "" hoặc "" một vương quốc gồm những người làm những gì thầy tế lễ làm """ +EXO 19 7 c5tq figs-metaphor 1 set before them all these words The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. AT “told them all these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Tác giả viết về việc Môi-se nói với dân sự những điều như thể ông đang đặt những lời nói trước mặt họ. Tại "" nói với họ mọi lời ấy """ +EXO 19 7 zqk1 1 all these words that Yahweh had commanded him “all that Yahweh had commanded him” """ Mọi điều Ðức Giê hô va đã phán dặn """ +EXO 19 8 ljf5 figs-go 1 Moses came to report Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nơi Môi-se đi đến có thể được nói rõ ràng. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Môi - se trở lên núi để báo cáo """ +EXO 19 8 rwx6 figs-metonymy 1 the people’s words The word “words” refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Từ "" lời "" ám chỉ những gì dân chúng đã nói. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Những gì người ta nói """ +EXO 19 10 ie7y 1 you must set them apart to me This probably means “tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “tell them to purify themselves for me.” "Điều này có lẽ có nghĩa là "" bảo họ hãy dâng mình cho ta "" hoặc "" bảo họ hãy thanh tẩy chính mình cho ta "" ." +EXO 19 10 j891 1 their garments “their clothes” or “what they are wearing” """ Quần áo của họ "" hay "" những gì họ đang mặc """ +EXO 19 11 d6tm figs-you 1 Be ready This was a command to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) Đây là một mạng lệnh cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 19 12 lg7u 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 19 12 d48p 1 set boundaries “make a boundary.” This was either a mark or some kind of barrier. """ Thiết lập một ranh giới. "" +Đây có thể là một dấu hiệu hoặc một loại rào cản nào đó." +EXO 19 12 kis1 figs-activepassive 1 Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to death This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được nói với một hình thức hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ngươi phải giết bất cứ ai đụng đến núi "" hoặc "" Ngươi phải giết bất cứ ai đụng đến núi """ +EXO 19 12 ibe7 1 Whoever touches “Any person who touches” or “Anyone who touches” """ Bất cứ người nào đụng đến "" hay "" bất cứ người nào đụng đến """ +EXO 19 13 l9ak 1 such a person “a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain” """ Một người làm như thế "" hay "" một người đụng đến núi """ +EXO 19 13 k35k figs-activepassive 1 he must certainly be stoned or shot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Ngươi phải ném đá hoặc bắn hắn """ +EXO 19 13 vw19 1 shot This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot. Điều này nói đến việc bị giết bởi một người bắn tên từ một cây cung hoặc bắn đá từ một súng cao su. +EXO 19 13 ng41 1 a long blast “a long, loud sound” """ Một tiếng dài, lớn """ +EXO 19 15 bw2p figs-euphemism 1 do not go near your wives This is a polite way of talking about sleeping with their wives. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) "Đây là cách nói lịch sự về việc ngủ với vợ của họ. Một cách dịch khác: "" Đừng ngủ với vợ """ +EXO 19 16 fvt8 1 All the people…trembled “All the people…shook with fear” """ Tất cả mọi người … run lên vì sợ … """ +EXO 19 18 m1b5 1 Yahweh descended “Yahweh came down” """ Đức Giê-hô-va ngự xuống """ +EXO 19 18 a8p7 1 like the smoke of a furnace This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” "Điều này cho thấy rằng đó là một lượng khói rất lớn. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Như khói từ một ngọn lửa rất lớn """ +EXO 19 18 np1s translate-unknown 1 furnace an oven that can be made extremely hot (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Một cái lò có thể được làm cực kỳ nóng +EXO 19 19 m8ae 1 grew louder and louder “continued to become louder and louder” """ Càng ngày càng lớn """ +EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy 1 in a voice The word “voice” here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Từ "" tiếng nói "" ở đây ám chỉ một âm thanh mà Đức Chúa Trời tạo ra. Có thể có ý nghĩa là ( 1 ) "" bằng cách nói lớn tiếng như sấm "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" bằng cách nói "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" bằng cách khiến cho sấm vang rền """ +EXO 19 20 v7mh 1 he summoned Moses “he commanded Moses to come up” """ Ngài bèn truyền cho Môi - se lên """ +EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor 1 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về việc đi ngang qua ranh giới đó như thể họ có thể phá vỡ một rào cản và đi xuyên qua nó. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" đặt giới hạn "" trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 19: 12 ] . Dịch cách khác: "" Không được đi qua ranh giới "" hoặc "" Không được đi qua ranh giới """ +EXO 19 24 w8lx 1 get down “go down” """ Đi xuống """ +EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor 1 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “go beyond the boundary” or “go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về việc đi ngang qua ranh giới đó như thể họ có thể phá vỡ một rào cản và đi xuyên qua nó. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 19: 21 ] . Cách dịch khác là: "" Vượt qua ranh giới "" hoặc "" Đi qua hàng rào """ +EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant
Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]]) "Exodus 20 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +The instruction recorded in this chapter are often known as the "" Ten Commandments. "" +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Giao ước +Sự thành tín trong giao ước của Đức Giê-hô-va giờ đây dựa trên giao ước mà Ngài đã lập với Áp-ra-ham cũng như giao ước mà Ngài đang lập với Môi-se." +EXO 20 2 qg71 1 house of slavery “place where you were slaves” """ Nơi các ngươi đã làm nô lệ """ +EXO 20 3 r9h3 1 You must have no other gods before me “You must not worship any other gods but me” """ Ngươi chớ thờ thần nào khác ngoài ta """ +EXO 20 4 rkn1 1 nor the likeness “and you must not make the likeness” """ Các ngươi chớ làm giống cho người ta """ +EXO 20 5 ka3i 1 You must not bow down to them or worship them The word “them” refers to carved figures or idols. "Chữ "" chúng nó "" ám chỉ những hình chạm trổ hay những thần tượng." +EXO 20 5 r6zh 1 jealous God wants his people to worship only him. Đức Chúa Trời muốn dân sự Ngài thờ phượng chỉ một mình Ngài. +EXO 20 5 w4cs 1 punish the ancestors’ wickedness by bringing punishment on the descendants God will punish people for the sin of their parents. Đức Chúa Trời sẽ trừng phạt con người vì tội lỗi của cha mẹ họ. +EXO 20 5 s2ia translate-ordinal 1 to the third and the fourth generation “to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Đến thế hệ thứ 3 và thứ 4. "" +Điều này đề cập đến những người cháu và chắt. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ngay cả đối với cháu ngoại và chắt ngoại" +EXO 20 6 u9nc figs-abstractnouns 1 I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I faithfully love thousands of those who love me” or “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Danh từ trừu tượng "" sự trung tín "" có thể được gọi là "" sự trung tín "" hoặc "" sự trung tín "" . Một bản dịch khác: "" Tôi thành tín yêu thương hàng ngàn người yêu thương tôi "" hoặc "" Tôi thành tín với giao ước với hàng ngàn người yêu thương tôi """ +EXO 20 6 yw38 figs-explicit 1 to thousands of those who love me The word “thousands” is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) "Từ "" ngàn "" là một hoán dụ cho một con số quá nhiều để đếm. Một bản dịch khác: "" Đời đời cho những người yêu mến tôi """ +EXO 20 7 t3k2 1 take the name of Yahweh your God “use the name of Yahweh your God” """ Hãy lấy danh Giê-hô-va Đức Chúa Trời ngươi mà làm chơi """ +EXO 20 7 gcz2 1 in vain “carelessly” or “without proper respect” """ Cẩu thả "" hoặc "" thiếu tôn trọng """ +EXO 20 7 sl6g figs-doublenegatives 1 I will not hold guiltless This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” or “I will certainly punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Số âm kép này có thể được coi là một số dương. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Tôi chắc chắn sẽ xem mình có tội "" hoặc "" Tôi chắc chắn sẽ trừng phạt """ +EXO 20 8 kwn7 1 set it apart “set it apart for a special purpose” """ Để riêng ra nhằm mục đích đặc biệt """ +EXO 20 9 sad1 1 do all your work “do all your usual duties” """ Hãy làm hết bổn phận thường ngày của con """ +EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Các thành thường có tường bao quanh để ngăn chặn kẻ thù, và các cửa để người ta ra vào. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Bên trong cộng đồng "" hoặc "" Bên trong thành phố """ +EXO 20 11 vw1f translate-ordinal 1 on the seventh day “on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Vào ngày thứ Bảy. "" +Ở đây "" thứ bảy "" là số thứ tự của "" 7 "" ." +EXO 20 11 s8ds 1 blessed the Sabbath day Possible meanings are that (1) God caused the Sabbath day to produce good results, or (2) God said that the Sabbath day was good. Ý nghĩa khả dĩ là ( 1 ) Chúa khiến ngày Sa-bát sinh ra kết quả tốt, hoặc ( 2 ) Chúa cho rằng ngày Sa-bát là tốt. +EXO 20 14 wyv9 1 You must not commit adultery “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse” """ Bạn không được quan hệ tình dục với ai khác ngoài người phối ngẫu """ +EXO 20 16 zix8 1 must not give false testimony “must not speak a false report” or “must not tell lies about someone” """ Không được nói dối "" hoặc "" Không được nói dối về ai đó """ +EXO 20 17 vt9t 1 must not covet “must not strongly want to have” or “must not want to take” """ Phải không mạnh muốn có "" hoặc "" phải không muốn lấy """ +EXO 20 18 swq3 1 voice of the trumpet “sound of the trumpet” """ Tiếng kèn thổi """ +EXO 20 18 nm52 1 the mountain smoking “smoke coming from the mountain” """ Khói từ núi bay lên """ +EXO 20 18 lmt5 1 they trembled “they shook with fear” """ Họ run rẩy vì sợ hãi """ +EXO 20 18 h53m 1 stood far off “stood far away” or “stood at a distance” """ Đứng xa xa "" hay "" đứng ở một khoảng cách """ +EXO 20 20 slb8 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin “so that you will honor him and not sin” """ Để các ngươi tôn kính Ngài, không phạm tội """ +EXO 20 21 lts1 1 Moses approached “Moses went closer to” """ Môi-se bèn lại gần """ +EXO 20 22 tq2f 1 This is what you must tell the Israelites “Tell the Israelites this” """ Hãy nói cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 20 22 r6jh 1 You yourselves have seen that I have talked with you from heaven “You have heard me speak to you from heaven” """ Các ngươi đã nghe Ta từ trên trời phán cùng các ngươi """ +EXO 20 23 hi91 1 You will not make for yourselves other gods alongside me “You must not make idols as other gods instead of me” """ Ngươi chớ làm thần tượng như các thần khác thay vì ta """ +EXO 20 23 qm44 1 gods of silver or gods of gold “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold” """ Thần bằng bạc hoặc bằng vàng "" hoặc "" thần tượng bằng bạc hoặc bằng vàng """ +EXO 20 24 pf1i 1 earthen altar an altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay Một bàn thờ làm bằng vật liệu từ đất, như đá, đất hoặc đất sét +EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy 1 cause my name to be honored Here “name” is a metonym for God’s being. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to honor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Ở đây "" danh "" là một hoán dụ cho bản thể của Đức Chúa Trời. Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Xin Chúa chọn tôn vinh con """ +EXO 20 26 qm1b 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” """ Đừng xây những bậc đến gần bàn thờ, song hãy bước lên trên """ +EXO 20 26 h2qd 1 your nakedness “your private parts” """ Chỗ kín - đáo của anh em """ +EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant with Moses
Although the covenant Yahweh made with Moses began in the previous chapter, it formally begins with the statement, “Now these are the decrees that you must set before them.” The law of Moses was a major part of this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Slavery
This passage does not condone slavery as an acceptable practice. However, it does impose some restrictions on the practice.

### Justice in society
The rules and law of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) "Exodus 21 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Giao ước với Môi-se +Dầu giao ước mà Đức Giê-hô-va đã lập với Môi-se đã bắt đầu trong chương trước, nhưng nó chính thức bắt đầu với lời tuyên bố: "" Bây giờ, đây là những mạng lệnh mà ngươi phải đặt ra trước mặt họ "" . Luật pháp Môi-se là một phần quan trọng của giao ước này. SỰ NÔ LỆ +Phân đoạn này không xem nhẹ việc làm nô lệ như một hành động được chấp nhận. Tuy nhiên, nó áp đặt một số hạn chế đối với thực hành. CÔNG LÝ TRONG XÃ HỘI +Luật lệ và quy định của Chương này không phải lúc nào cũng được mọi xã hội tuân thủ. Y-sơ-ra-ên là tuyển dân của Đức Chúa Trời và được đòi hỏi phải sống theo một cách đặc biệt. Những luật này liên quan đến việc tạo ra một xã hội công bình và một dân tộc thánh khiết." +EXO 21 1 b3g4 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 21 1 hhf7 1 you must set before them “you must give them” or “you must tell them” """ Bạn phải cho họ "" hay "" bạn phải nói với họ """ +EXO 21 2 di5z 1 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va cho Môi-se biết luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 21 3 ln3r figs-explicit 1 If he came by himself, he must go free by himself What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Chúng ta có thể nói rõ "" một mình "" có nghĩa gì. Một số ngôn ngữ đòi hỏi phải nói rõ điều kiện thêm vào, đó là người chồng kết hôn khi còn là nô lệ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Nếu người chồng trở thành nô lệ trong khi không có vợ, và nếu người chồng kết hôn trong khi còn là nô lệ, người chủ chỉ cần trả tự do cho người chồng "" ." +EXO 21 3 pfn3 1 by himself “alone” or “without a wife” """ Một mình "" hay "" không có vợ """ +EXO 21 3 e467 1 if he is married “if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man” """ Nếu ngài lấy vợ khi trở thành nô lệ "" hoặc "" nếu ngài đến như một người có gia đình """ +EXO 21 5 yj8x 1 plainly says “clearly says” """ Rõ ràng nói rằng """ +EXO 21 5 jqh4 1 I will not go out free “I do not want my master to set me free” """ Tôi không muốn chủ tôi buông tha tôi """ +EXO 21 6 z8x1 1 bore his ear through “put a hole in his ear” """ Đặt một lỗ trên tai nó """ +EXO 21 6 xpd3 1 awl a pointed tool used to make a hole Một dụng cụ nhọn được sử dụng để tạo một lỗ +EXO 21 6 k6ev 1 for life “until the end of his life” or “until he dies” """ Cho đến cuối đời "" hoặc "" cho đến khi Ngài chịu chết """ +EXO 21 8 p8se 1 has designated “has chosen” """ Đã chọn """ +EXO 21 8 t2zf figs-activepassive 1 he must let her be bought back This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Người phải để cho cha nàng mua nàng lại """ +EXO 21 8 bi4y 1 has no right to sell “has no authority to sell” """ Không có phép bán """ +EXO 21 8 h7f7 1 he has treated her deceitfully “he has deceived her” """ Hắn lừa dối nàng """ +EXO 21 9 w99z 1 designates her as a wife for his son “decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife” """ Quyết định rằng nàng là người sẽ làm vợ của con trai mình """ +EXO 21 10 rxk4 figs-doublenegatives 1 he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng tích cực. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này như sau: "" Người chồng phải cho người vợ cả cùng một thức ăn, quần áo và những quyền hôn nhân mà nàng đã có trước đây """ +EXO 21 10 q2gt 1 must not diminish her food “must not take away her food” or “must not give her less food” """ Không được đem đồ ăn đi "" hoặc "" Không được cho cô ấy ít đồ ăn """ +EXO 21 10 np9b figs-euphemism 1 or her marital rights This includes things that a husband must do for his wife, including sleeping with her. Alternate translation: “and he must continue to sleep with her as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) "Điều này bao gồm những điều mà một người chồng phải làm cho vợ mình, kể cả việc ngủ với nàng. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Và người phải tiếp tục ngủ với nàng như trước """ +EXO 21 12 gks4 1 strikes a man “hits a man” or “attacks a man” """ Đánh một người "" hay "" tấn công một người """ +EXO 21 12 su6b figs-activepassive 1 that person must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Có thể dịch là: "" Ngươi phải hành quyết người đó "" hoặc "" Ngươi phải giết người đó """ +EXO 21 13 h4ka 1 did not do it with premeditation “did not plan to do it” or “did not do it on purpose” """ Không có ý định làm điều đó "" hoặc "" không cố ý làm """ +EXO 21 13 gme9 figs-explicit 1 I will fix a place to where he can flee The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Mục đích của việc chọn địa điểm có thể được nói rõ ràng ở đây. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Tôi sẽ chọn một nơi mà anh ấy có thể chạy trốn để được an toàn """ +EXO 21 14 st5h 1 according to a cunning plan “after thinking carefully about it” """ Sau khi đã suy nghĩ kỹ về việc đó """ +EXO 21 14 abx6 1 must take him The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor. "Từ ngữ "" kẻ "" ám chỉ kẻ đã giết người lân cận mình." +EXO 21 14 bcc6 figs-activepassive 1 so that he may die This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Hầu cho các ngươi có thể giết Ngài """ +EXO 21 15 y3hd figs-activepassive 1 Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Nếu ai đánh cha hay mẹ mình, chắc chắn bạn phải xử tử người đó "" hoặc "" Chắc chắn bạn phải giết bất cứ ai đánh cha hay mẹ mình """ +EXO 21 15 qh2j 1 must surely “must certainly” """ Chắc chắn phải """ +EXO 21 16 iu81 figs-activepassive 1 that kidnapper must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch thay thế: "" Bạn phải giết kẻ bắt cóc """ +EXO 21 17 h8qf figs-activepassive 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ngươi phải giết bất cứ ai rủa sả cha hoặc mẹ mình """ +EXO 21 18 hk3c figs-activepassive 1 is confined to his bed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “cannot get out of bed” or “has to stay in bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Không thể ra khỏi giường "" hoặc "" Phải nằm trên giường """ +EXO 21 19 c7rv 1 he recovers “he gets better” """ Ngài khá hơn """ +EXO 21 19 fa8t 1 staff This is a stick that can be leaned on for support while walking. Đây là một cây gậy có thể dựa vào trong khi đi. +EXO 21 19 xg6c figs-explicit 1 the loss of his time This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này ám chỉ đến một tình huống khi một người không thể làm việc để kiếm tiền. Bạn có thể diễn đạt điều này một cách rõ ràng trong bản dịch. Một bản dịch khác: "" Thời gian không thể làm việc """ +EXO 21 19 ws14 1 pay for his complete recovery “pay his medical costs” or “pay for his costs for healing” """ Trả chi phí y tế "" hay "" Trả chi phí chữa bệnh """ +EXO 21 20 te41 1 as a result of the blow “because of the injury” or “because his master hit him” """ Vì bị thương tích "" hoặc "" vì bị chủ đánh """ +EXO 21 20 h4eg figs-activepassive 1 that man must surely be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Ngươi phải trừng phạt người đó """ +EXO 21 21 r65u figs-explicit 1 for he will have suffered the loss of the servant You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Bạn có thể diễn đạt rõ ràng trong bản dịch rằng người đầy tớ có giá trị đối với chủ mình. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vì ông đã mất người đầy tớ có giá trị đối với ông """ +EXO 21 22 a6av 1 she miscarries “her baby dies in her womb” or “her baby is born too soon and dies” """ Đứa bé chết trong bụng mẹ "" hoặc "" đứa bé ra đời quá sớm và chết """ +EXO 21 22 cn4h figs-activepassive 1 the guilty man must surely be fined This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Có thể dịch là: "" Bạn phải phạt người có tội "" hoặc "" Người có tội phải trả tiền phạt "" ." +EXO 21 22 v5ye 1 as the judges determine “what the judges decide” """ Điều các quan xét quyết định """ +EXO 21 23 x2ek figs-explicit 1 you must give a life for a life This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “he must give his life for her life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là nếu cô ấy bị tổn thương, người làm tổn thương cô ấy cũng phải bị tổn thương như vậy. Một cách dịch khác: "" Người ấy phải hy sinh mạng sống mình vì mạng sống của người ấy """ +EXO 21 24 c5bq figs-explicit 1 an eye for an eye This means that if she is hurt, the person who hurt her must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “his eye for her eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là nếu cô ấy bị tổn thương, người làm tổn thương cô ấy cũng phải bị tổn thương như vậy. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Đổi mắt anh ấy để lấy mắt cô ấy """ +EXO 21 26 i8cg 1 If a man Here “man” refers to the owner of a slave. "Ở đây "" con người "" ám chỉ đến người chủ của một nô lệ." +EXO 21 26 bmc1 1 in compensation “as payment.” Compensation is what someone does for another person or gives to another person to make up for what he has caused that person to lose. """ Để trả công. "" +Bồi thường là những gì một người làm cho một người khác hoặc trao cho một người khác để bù đắp lại những gì người đó đã làm cho người đó mất mát." +EXO 21 28 sp6w 1 an ox gores “an ox injures with its horns” """ Con bò đực có sừng làm thương """ +EXO 21 28 qk3u figs-activepassive 1 the ox must surely be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ngươi phải ném đá con bò cho đến chết """ +EXO 21 28 q2gv figs-activepassive 1 its flesh must not be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Anh em không được ăn thịt nó """ +EXO 21 28 d4li figs-activepassive 1 the ox’s owner must be acquitted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must acquit the ox’s owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ngươi phải tha chủ bò """ +EXO 21 29 nzn1 figs-activepassive 1 its owner also must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngươi cũng phải giết chủ nhân của nó """ +EXO 21 30 t5rs figs-explicit 1 If a payment is required for his life If the ox’s owner can pay a fine to save his own life, then he must pay whatever the judges decide. The full meaning of this can be stated clearly. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if the owner of the bull can pay a fine to save his own life, he must pay the full amount that the judges say that he must pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Nếu người chủ bò có thể trả tiền phạt để cứu mạng sống mình, thì người ấy phải trả bất cứ điều gì các quan xét quyết định. Ý nghĩa đầy đủ của điều này có thể được nói rõ ràng. Điều này cũng có thể được nói dưới dạng chủ động. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Nếu người chủ bò có thể trả tiền phạt để cứu mạng mình, thì người ấy phải trả đủ số tiền mà các quan tòa nói là phải trả """ +EXO 21 31 kg25 1 has gored “has injured with its horns” """ Đã bị thương bằng sừng của nó """ +EXO 21 32 qzv3 translate-bmoney 1 thirty shekels of silver “330 grams of silver.” A shekel weighed eleven grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) """ 330 gram bạc. "" +Một shekel nặng mười một gram." +EXO 21 32 wm9a figs-activepassive 1 the ox must be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Bạn phải giết con bò bằng cách ném đá nó """ +EXO 21 33 fd4p 1 opens a pit “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground” """ Đào một cái hố trên mặt đất "" hay "" đào một cái hố trên mặt đất """ +EXO 21 34 b48a figs-explicit 1 repay the loss The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Người chủ phải được trả công cho việc làm mất con vật của mình. Dịch cách khác là: "" Trả công cho người chủ con vật đã chết """ +EXO 21 34 j8qz figs-explicit 1 will become his The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Người nào trả giá cho sự mất mát con vật sẽ trở thành người chủ của con vật đã chết và có thể làm những gì người ấy muốn với nó. Ý nghĩa đầy đủ của câu này có thể được làm sáng tỏ. Một bản khác dịch: "" Sẽ thuộc về chủ nhân của cái hố """ +EXO 21 35 z9ug 1 divide its price “divide the money” or “divide the money they receive” """ Chia tiền "" hay "" chia tiền mà họ nhận được """ +EXO 21 36 fkx2 figs-activepassive 1 if it was known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if people knew” or “if the owner knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Nếu người ta biết "" hoặc "" nếu chủ biết """ +EXO 21 36 v64b 1 a habit of goring in time past “had gored other animals before” """ Đã húc những con vật khác trước đây """ +EXO 21 36 ix8h figs-explicit 1 its owner has not kept it in This means that the owner did not keep his ox securely inside a fence. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “its owner did not keep it inside a fence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là người chủ không giữ con bò của mình an toàn bên trong một hàng rào. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Một bản dịch khác: "" Người chủ không giữ con bò bên trong hàng rào """ +EXO 21 36 dcv2 figs-explicit 1 he must surely pay ox for ox The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Người chủ của con bò bị giết phải giao một con bò cho người bị mất con bò của mình. Điều này có thể được nêu rõ trong bản dịch. Bản Diễn ý dịch: "" Người chủ của con bò bị giết chắc chắn phải giao một con bò sống cho người chủ của con bò bị chết """ +EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. In this chapter, the purpose of these laws often focuses on minimizing the people’s desire for vengeance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]]) "Exodus 22 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Justice in Society +Những luật lệ và luật lệ của chương này không nhằm được mọi xã hội tuân thủ. Y-sơ-ra-ên là tuyển dân của Đức Chúa Trời và được đòi hỏi phải sống theo một cách đặc biệt. Những luật này liên quan đến việc tạo ra một xã hội công bình và một dân tộc thánh khiết. Trong chương này, mục đích của những luật này thường tập trung vào việc giảm thiểu ý muốn trả thù của dân sự." +EXO 22 1 syx5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive 1 If a thief is found This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Nếu ai tìm thấy kẻ trộm """ +EXO 22 2 e98x 1 breaking in “using force to come into a house” """ Dùng sức - mạnh mà vào nhà """ +EXO 22 2 gt5f figs-activepassive 1 if he is struck so that he dies This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nếu ai đánh kẻ trộm để nó chết """ +EXO 22 2 fq57 1 no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account “no one will be guilty of murdering him” """ Chẳng ai có tội vì đã giết Ngài """ +EXO 22 3 vym5 1 if the sun has risen before he breaks in “if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise” """ Nếu trời sáng trước khi Ngài thức dậy "" hay "" Nếu Ngài thức dậy và trời đã sáng rồi """ +EXO 22 3 nl2i 1 guilt for murder will attach to the person who kills him “the person who kills him will be guilty of murder” """ Kẻ nào giết Ngài sẽ phạm tội giết người """ +EXO 22 3 f4w4 1 make restitution “pay for what he stole” """ Phải trả giá về điều mình đã ăn cắp """ +EXO 22 3 c5yl figs-activepassive 1 he must be sold for his theft This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được nêu trong một hình thức hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Bạn phải bán người như một nô lệ để trả giá cho những gì người đã ăn cắp """ +EXO 22 4 k926 figs-activepassive 1 If the stolen animal is found alive in his possession This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Nếu họ thấy anh ta vẫn còn con vật sống mà anh ta đã ăn cắp """ +EXO 22 4 g5kg 1 pay back double pay two animals for every animal that he took Trả hai con vật cho mỗi con vật mà ông đã lấy +EXO 22 5 j24t 1 If a man grazes his livestock “If a man lets his animals eat plants” """ Nếu loài người cho phép súc - vật ăn cây - cối """ +EXO 22 5 ty82 1 it grazes “it eats plants” """ Nó ăn thực vật """ +EXO 22 5 jrb3 1 he must make restitution “he must pay back the owner of that field” """ Người ấy phải trả lại cho chủ cánh đồng ấy """ +EXO 22 6 x6aj 1 If a fire breaks out and spreads in thorns “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns” """ Nếu người nào châm lửa, lan tràn trong bụi gai """ +EXO 22 6 i4ma 1 spreads in thorns “moves along the ground through dry plants” """ Di chuyển trên mặt đất qua những cây khô """ +EXO 22 6 u1pa 1 stacked grain This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. “bundled grain” or “harvested grain” "Hạt này đã được cắt và bó lại. "" Bó lúa "" hay "" gặt lúa """ +EXO 22 6 r2cf 1 standing grain This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested. Đây là loại hạt chưa được cắt, nhưng nó đã sẵn sàng để được thu hoạch. +EXO 22 6 w6ku 1 a field is consumed “fire consumes a field” or “fire destroys a field” """ Lửa thiêu - nuốt một đám ruộng "" hay "" lửa thiêu - hủy một đám ruộng """ +EXO 22 6 j398 1 must surely make restitution “must certainly pay for the grain that the fire destroyed” """ Phải trả tiền lúa mì đã bị lửa thiêu - hủy """ +EXO 22 7 jw3v 1 for safe keeping “to watch over it” or “to keep it safe” """ Chăm sóc nó "" hay "" giữ nó an toàn """ +EXO 22 7 na9h figs-activepassive 1 if it is stolen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Nếu ai đó đánh cắp nó """ +EXO 22 7 z7zu 1 thief someone who steals something Ai đó đánh cắp thứ gì đó +EXO 22 7 x2sh figs-activepassive 1 if the thief is found This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Nếu ngươi gặp kẻ trộm """ +EXO 22 8 lwg5 1 come before the judges to see whether “come before the judges so that they can find out if” """ Hãy đến trước mặt các quan xét, hầu cho họ tra xét """ +EXO 22 8 f774 figs-idiom 1 has put his own hand on his neighbor’s property This is an idiom. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ. Nếu quý vị có cách nói điều này trong ngôn ngữ của mình, quý vị có thể dùng nó ở đây. Bản dịch khác: "" Đã ăn cắp tài sản của người lân cận """ +EXO 22 9 p7ab 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges The judges must listen to both people who claim that item belongs to them and the judges will decide who is guilty. Các quan tòa phải nghe cả hai người tuyên bố vật đó thuộc về họ và các quan tòa sẽ quyết định ai là người có tội. +EXO 22 11 gl7t figs-activepassive 1 an oath to Yahweh must be taken by them both Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Chỉ có người bị buộc tội ăn cắp con vật mới phải tuyên thệ. Người chủ của con thú bị mất phải chấp nhận lời thề đã được tuyên thệ. Điều này có thể được nói dưới hình thức tích cực. Một bản dịch khác: "" Người chăm sóc con vật phải thề trước mặt Đức Giê - hô - va và người chủ phải chấp nhận lời thề đó "" ." +EXO 22 12 yw3w figs-activepassive 1 But if it was stolen from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Nhưng nếu ai đó đánh cắp con vật """ +EXO 22 13 b313 figs-activepassive 1 If an animal was torn in pieces This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Nhưng nếu một con thú dữ xé xác con thú ra từng mảnh """ +EXO 22 13 pc6i figs-activepassive 1 He will not have to pay for what was torn This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will not have to pay for the animal that the wild beast destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Người sẽ không phải trả giá cho con thú mà con thú đã hủy diệt """ +EXO 22 14 h8yw 1 must surely make restitution “must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal” """ Phải trả cho chủ một con vật khác "" hoặc "" Phải trả cho chủ con vật ấy """ +EXO 22 15 g3zw figs-activepassive 1 if the animal was hired This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Nếu ai đó thuê con vật """ +EXO 22 15 r792 figs-explicit 1 it will be paid for by its hiring fee The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Người mượn con vật sẽ không phải trả cho chủ nó bất cứ thứ gì nhiều hơn tiền thuê hay phí thuê. Phí này sẽ trả cho sự mất mát của thú vật. Điều này có thể được nêu rõ trong bản dịch. Một bản dịch khác: "" Số tiền mà ai đó trả để thuê con vật sẽ được bù đắp cho việc mất con vật """ +EXO 22 15 f9w9 1 hiring fee “rental fee” or “money paid to rent the animal” """ Tiền thuê "" hay "" tiền thuê động vật """ +EXO 22 16 a8s8 1 a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged “a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him” """ Người nam thuyết phục một người nữ đồng trinh chưa hứa gả rằng nàng muốn ngủ với người """ +EXO 22 16 th2m 1 not engaged “not promised to be married” """ Chưa hứa nguyện cưới gả """ +EXO 22 16 g24h figs-euphemism 1 if he lies with her Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) "Nói dối ai đó là cách nói giảm nói tránh của việc quan hệ tình dục. Dịch cách khác: "" Nếu anh ta quan hệ tình dục với cô ấy """ +EXO 22 16 x33y 1 bride wealth “dowry” or “bride price” """ Của hồi môn "" hay "" sính lễ """ +EXO 22 17 y2xz 1 him, he These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin. Những đại từ này nhắc lại về người đã quyến rũ Đức Mẹ Đồng Trinh. +EXO 22 19 y3qy figs-euphemism 1 Whoever lies with an animal This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) "Đây là một uyển ngữ. Một cách dịch khác: "" Ai có quan hệ tình dục với một con vật """ +EXO 22 20 n4nh figs-activepassive 1 Yahweh must be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Đức Giê-hô-va ôi, Ngài phải hủy diệt hoàn toàn """ +EXO 22 21 kr35 1 wrong a foreigner “mistreat a foreigner” or “cheat a foreigner” """ Ngược đãi người nước ngoài "" hoặc "" Lừa đảo người nước ngoài """ +EXO 22 22 djh3 figs-doublenegatives 1 You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng tích cực. Một bản dịch khác: "" Anh em phải đối xử công bằng với mọi góa phụ và trẻ mồ côi """ +EXO 22 22 v3i8 1 widow “woman whose husband has died” """ Đàn - bà có chồng đã qua đời """ +EXO 22 22 l2ih 1 fatherless child “orphan” or “child with no parents” """ Mồ côi "" hay "" Con không cha không mẹ """ +EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed “with the sword” is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Bị giết "" bằng lưỡi gươm "" là một hoán dụ có nghĩa là một người sẽ chết cách dữ dội, hoặc có lẽ chiến đấu trong một cuộc chiến. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ngươi sẽ chết một cách hung bạo """ +EXO 22 25 v5je 1 a moneylender “one who lends money” """ Kẻ cho người ta vay tiền """ +EXO 22 25 g3ry 1 charge him interest “charge him extra money for borrowing” or “charge him extra money for the loan” """ Đòi thêm tiền vay "" hay "" đòi thêm tiền vay """ +EXO 22 26 vsk2 1 garment in pledge “coat as collateral” or “coat as a guarantee to repay the loan” """ Mặc như là tài sản thế chấp "" hoặc "" mặc như là một bảo lãnh để trả nợ vay """ +EXO 22 27 wi2m 1 only covering “only coat” or “only garment to keep him warm” """ áo - xống "" hoặc "" áo - xống để sưởi - ấm """ +EXO 22 27 x7zb figs-rquestion 1 What else can he sleep in? This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Câu hỏi này thêm phần nhấn mạnh. Bạn có thể dịch nó là một lời tuyên bố mạnh mẽ. Dịch cách khác: "" Người sẽ không có gì để mặc khi ngủ! """ +EXO 22 28 eel2 1 You must not blaspheme me, God “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God” """ Chớ xúc phạm đến Chúa "" hoặc "" Chớ nói ác về Chúa """ +EXO 22 28 tdj6 1 nor curse a ruler “and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler” """ Cũng đừng cầu xin Đức Chúa Trời giáng họa cho kẻ cai trị mình """ +EXO 22 29 p8nk figs-doublenegatives 1 You must not hold back offerings This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng tích cực. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Các ngươi phải dâng tất cả lễ vật của mình """ +EXO 22 29 m4yq 1 give to me the firstborn of your sons “dedicate your firstborn sons to me” """ Hãy dâng các con đầu lòng cho Ta """ +EXO 22 30 cya6 1 do the same with “dedicate to me the firstborn of” """ Hãy dâng cho ta đứa con đầu lòng """ +EXO 22 30 j345 translate-numbers 1 For seven days This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “For 7 days after they are born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) "Điều này có thể được viết như một con số. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Trong 7 ngày sau khi chúng được sinh ra """ +EXO 22 30 m4wq translate-numbers 1 the eighth day This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) "Điều này có thể được viết như một con số. Bản dịch khác: "" Ngày thứ 8 """ +EXO 22 30 l9vh 1 give them to me “dedicate them to me” """ Hãy dâng chúng cho ta """ +EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Justice in society
The rules and laws of this chapter are not intended to be followed by every society. Israel was God’s chosen nation and was required to live in a special way. These laws concerned creating a just society and a holy nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Celebrations of feasts and festivals
The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them. "Exodus 23 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Justice in Society +Những luật lệ và luật lệ của chương này không nhằm được mọi xã hội tuân thủ. Y-sơ-ra-ên là tuyển dân của Đức Chúa Trời và được đòi hỏi phải sống theo một cách đặc biệt. Những luật này liên quan đến việc tạo ra một xã hội công bình và một dân tộc thánh khiết. Cử hành lễ hội +Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên phải cử hành một số lễ hội. Đây là một phần của Luật Pháp Môi - se và một số luật được mô tả trong đoạn này. Mục đích của họ là thờ phượng Đức Giê - hô - va và nhớ những điều lớn lao mà Ngài đã làm cho họ." +EXO 23 1 we1y 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 1 y1a3 1 dishonest witness This is the same as a lying or false witness. Điều nầy cũng giống như một lời làm chứng dối hay giả dối. +EXO 23 2 nqz9 1 nor may you bear witness “and you also must not speak” """ Cũng đừng nói chi hết """ +EXO 23 2 z6ej figs-metaphor 1 siding with the crowd This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked over and stood with that group. Alternate translation: “doing what the crowd wants” or “agreeing with the majority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đây là một phép ẩn dụ mô tả một người đồng ý với một nhóm người như thể anh ta thực sự bước tới và đứng cùng nhóm người đó. Dịch thay thế là: "" Làm những gì đám đông muốn "" hoặc "" đồng ý với đa số """ +EXO 23 2 tnv2 1 pervert justice do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling LÀM ĐIỀU TRÁI PHÁP LUẬT HOẶC HÀNH VI VÔ LUÂN DẪN ĐẾN PHÁN QUYẾT BẤT CÔNG PHÁP LUẬT HOẶC HÀNH VI VÔ LUÂN DẪN ĐẾN PHÁN QUYẾT BẤT CÔNG +EXO 23 4 faf4 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 6 gr9g 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 6 z2al 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters” """ Chớ xử bất công với người nghèo trong việc tư pháp """ +EXO 23 6 vh76 1 lawsuit Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides. Ở đây, điều này ám chỉ bất cứ vấn đề nào mà một tòa án quyết định. +EXO 23 7 mf4w 1 I will not acquit the wicked “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say of wicked people that they are innocent” """ Tôi sẽ chẳng thấy kẻ ác là vô tội "" hoặc "" Tôi sẽ chẳng nói kẻ ác là vô tội """ +EXO 23 8 gh3v figs-personification 1 bribe blinds…perverts Here a “bribe” is described as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “bribe discredits…undermines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Ở đây một "" của hối lộ "" được mô tả như thể là của một người. Dịch thay thế: "" Hối lộ làm mất uy tín. . . phá hoại """ +EXO 23 9 mzu9 1 the life of a foreigner “the kind of life a stranger lives in a foreign land” """ Đời sống của một người lạ sống ở xứ lạ """ +EXO 23 10 usn5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 10 rt7h 1 its produce “the food its plants produce” """ Lương - thực thực - vật - liệu """ +EXO 23 11 vr1l 1 unplowed uncultivated, untilled Không được trồng trọt, bừa bãi +EXO 23 11 b5q6 1 fallow in its natural state, not used for to grow food In its natural state, not used for to Grow food +EXO 23 11 s4wv figs-explicit 1 so that the poor among your people may eat The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Người nghèo có thể ăn bất cứ loại thức ăn nào tự nó mọc được trên cánh đồng không được trồng trọt. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Một bản dịch khác: "" Như vậy những người nghèo trong dân sự của Chúa có thể thu hoạch và ăn bất cứ loại thực phẩm nào tự mọc được trên cánh đồng đó """ +EXO 23 12 v36j 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 12 ij92 1 your ox and your donkey “your work animals” """ Các loài thú đồng """ +EXO 23 12 gpu1 figs-activepassive 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “any foreigner may rest and regain his strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Bất cứ người ngoại quốc nào cũng có thể nghỉ ngơi và lấy lại sức """ +EXO 23 13 ldn8 1 Pay attention to “Do” or “Obey” """ Làm "" hay "" vâng phục """ +EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy 1 mention the names of other gods This represents praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này tượng trưng cho việc cầu nguyện với các thần khác. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Cầu nguyện với các thần khác """ +EXO 23 14 kp1j 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths 1 Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của tháng đầu tiên của lịch Do Thái. Aviv là vào cuối tháng 3 và đầu tháng 4 theo lịch phương Tây. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 13: 4 ] . +EXO 23 15 tx1v figs-doublenegatives 1 not appear before me empty-handed Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Ở đây câu nói giảm được dùng để nhấn mạnh rằng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải đem một lễ vật thích hợp đến dâng cho Yahweh. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Hãy đến cùng Ta mà không dâng một của lễ thích hợp nào "" hoặc "" Hãy luôn đem đến cho Ta một của lễ """ +EXO 23 16 tnz1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 16 z4k4 1 You must observe “You must honor” or “You must celebrate” """ Bạn phải tôn vinh "" hay "" Bạn phải ăn mừng """ +EXO 23 16 pnx4 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. Lễ hội này kỷ niệm mùa gặt cuối cùng của tất cả các vụ mùa trong năm. +EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-explicit 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here to “appear” means to gather for worship. Alternate translation: “All the men must gather to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Ở đây để "" hiện ra "" có nghĩa là tụ họp lại để thờ phượng. Dịch cách khác: "" Mọi người phải nhóm lại để thờ phượng Chúa Giê-hô-va """ +EXO 23 18 rqs4 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 18 qgx1 1 fat from the sacrifices The fat was burned as an offering to Yahweh and was never eaten. Mỡ đó đã bị thiêu, dâng cho Ðức Giê hô va, và người ta không bao giờ ăn. +EXO 23 19 h3gs 1 the choicest firstfruits “the best and first produce of the harvest” """ Hoa lợi đầu mùa và tốt nhất """ +EXO 23 19 u7bk 1 You must not boil a young goat in its mother’s milk This was a magical fertility practice among the Canaanites, which the Israelites were not permitted to participate in. Đây là một tập tục màu mỡ kỳ diệu giữa vòng dân Ca-na-an, là điều mà dân Y-sơ-ra-ên không được phép dự phần vào. +EXO 23 20 e5sr 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 21 pm7x 1 Be attentive to him “Listen to him” """ Hãy nghe lời Ngài """ +EXO 23 21 p5y3 1 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon “If you provoke him, he will not pardon” """ Nếu con chọc giận hắn, hắn sẽ không tha thứ đâu """ +EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy 1 My name is on him Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây "" danh "" ám chỉ về uy quyền của Đức Chúa Trời. Một cách dịch khác: "" Ngài có uy quyền của tôi """ +EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here “voice” represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “If you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây "" tiếng nói "" tiêu biểu cho những gì thiên sứ nói. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Nếu anh em cẩn thận vâng theo lời Ngài """ +EXO 23 22 y9bm figs-parallelism 1 an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) Hai cụm từ này có cùng ý nghĩa và được dùng để nhấn mạnh. +EXO 23 23 ap6k 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 24 a1d5 figs-explicit 1 You must not…do as they do The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not…live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên không được sống như những người thờ các thần khác. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Các ngươi không được … sống như những người thờ lạy các thần đó """ +EXO 23 25 t3ir figs-merism 1 he will bless your bread and water This is a merism that means food and drink. Alternate translation: “he will bless your food and drink” or “he will bless you by giving you food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) "Đây là một merism có nghĩa là thức ăn và thức uống. Dịch cách khác: "" Ngài sẽ ban phước cho thức ăn và thức uống của bạn "" hoặc "" Ngài sẽ ban phước cho bạn bằng cách cho bạn thức ăn và thức uống """ +EXO 23 25 ydl4 figs-123person 1 he will bless…I will remove Yahweh switched between the first and third pronoun to refer to himself. Here both “he” and “I” refer to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Giê-hô-va chuyển từ đại từ thứ nhất sang đại từ thứ ba để chỉ về chính Ngài. Ở đây, cả "" Ngài "" và "" Ta "" đều chỉ về Yahweh." +EXO 23 26 i9uj 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 26 q4gz figs-doublenegatives 1 No woman will be barren or will miscarry her young in your land This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every woman will be able to become pregnant and give birth to healthy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng tích cực. Một bản dịch khác: "" Mọi phụ nữ đều có thể mang thai và sinh ra những đứa con khỏe mạnh """ +EXO 23 26 i1r9 1 miscarry to have a pregnancy end early and unexpectedly Để có một kết thúc mang thai sớm và bất ngờ +EXO 23 28 cg7i 1 hornets a flying insect that can sting people and cause pain Một con côn trùng bay có thể chích người và gây đau đớn +EXO 23 29 i9aq 1 or the land would become abandoned “because no one would be living in the land” """ Vì chẳng ai ở trong xứ nữa """ +EXO 23 30 zyl3 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán với Môi-se về luật pháp của Ngài cho dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Điều này có nghĩa là thờ phượng các thần khác sẽ dẫn dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đến sự hủy diệt chắc chắn như thể họ là một con thú bị mắc vào bẫy của một thợ săn. +EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Moses’ covenant
The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### God’s holiness
Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) "Exodus 24 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Giao ước của Môi-se +Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên hứa vâng theo giao ước mà Yahweh đã lập với Môi-se. Những ơn phước liên tục của họ tùy thuộc vào sự vâng phục của họ đối với giao ước này. SỰ THÁNH KHIẾT CỦA ĐỨC CHÚA TRỜI +Bởi vì Yahweh là thánh trọn vẹn, nên chỉ có thể đến gần Ngài theo một cách nhất định. Bởi vì điều này, chỉ có Môi-se được phép đến gần Đức Giê-hô-va. Ấy cũng vì cớ đó mà Ðức Giê hô va được mô tả như một đám lửa hừng." +EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đó là tên đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những danh xưng này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 23 ] . +EXO 24 1 nm3t translate-numbers 1 seventy of Israel’s elders “70 of Israel’s elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 70 Trưởng lão Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom 1 with one voice This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ có nghĩa là dân chúng hoàn toàn đồng ý. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Cùng nhau "" hoặc "" đồng ý """ +EXO 24 4 h7gg 1 foot of the mountain “base of the mountain” or “bottom of the mountain” """ Chân núi "" hay "" đáy núi """ +EXO 24 6 l5ia 1 Moses took half of the blood and put it into basins Moses collected half of the blood in basins in order to splash it on the people in [Exodus 24:8](../24/08.md). This would confirm the people’s participation in the covenant between the people of Israel and God. Môi-se đã thu thập một nửa huyết trong các chậu hầu làm cho huyết ấy văng ra trên dân sự ở [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 24: 8 ] . Điều này sẽ xác nhận sự dự phần của dân sự trong giao ước giữa dân Y-sơ-ra-ên và Đức Chúa Trời. +EXO 24 6 f7dh 1 he sprinkled the other half onto the altar Here the altar represents God. This would confirm God’s participation in the covenant between God and the people of Israel. Tại đây bàn thờ tượng trưng cho Đức Chúa Trời. Điều này sẽ xác nhận sự dự phần của Đức Chúa Trời trong giao ước giữa Đức Chúa Trời và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 24 7 axt9 figs-activepassive 1 We will be obedient This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Chúng tôi sẽ vâng phục mọi sự """ +EXO 24 8 h9ff figs-explicit 1 Then Moses took the blood This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Then Moses took the blood that was in the bowls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này ám chỉ huyết mà Môi-se đã bỏ vào trong những cái bát. Điều này có thể được nói rõ ràng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Môi - se lấy huyết đựng trong những cái bát """ +EXO 24 9 uz7y translate-names 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đó là tên đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những danh xưng này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 23 ] . +EXO 24 10 ic4s figs-personification 1 Under his feet This speaks of God as if he had human feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) This speaks of God as if he had human feet. +EXO 24 10 je5k 1 a pavement made of sapphire stone “a pavement made of blue stones called sapphires” """ Một vỉa hè làm bằng những viên đá xanh ngọc bích """ +EXO 24 10 q8sn 1 pavement a hard surface for walking or riding Một bề mặt cứng để đi bộ hay cưỡi ngựa +EXO 24 10 pm87 translate-unknown 1 sapphire stone This is a gemstone that is blue in color. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là một viên đá quý có màu xanh dương. +EXO 24 10 zd6u figs-simile 1 as clear as the sky itself This is a simile. Alternate translation: “as clear as the sky is when there are no clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Đây là một sự so sánh. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Khi trời quang đãng như không có mây """ +EXO 24 11 jds6 figs-metonymy 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là Đức Chúa Trời không làm hại những người lãnh đạo. Dịch cách khác: "" Đức Chúa Trời không làm hại những người lãnh đạo Y-sơ-ra-ên """ +EXO 24 12 dx4f figs-explicit 1 tablets of stone and the law and commandments God had written the law and commandments on the tablets of stone. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “two stone slabs on which I have written all the laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Đức Chúa Trời đã viết luật pháp và điều răn trên bảng đá. Điều này có thể được nói rõ ràng. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Hai bảng đá mà tôi đã viết tất cả luật pháp trên đó """ +EXO 24 13 gv5e 1 with his assistant Joshua “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him” """ Với Giô - suê là người giúp - đỡ "" hoặc "" với Giô - suê là người giúp - đỡ """ +EXO 24 14 qiy4 1 wait for us “wait for Joshua and me” """ Hãy đợi Giô - suê và ta """ +EXO 24 14 uc7r translate-names 1 Hur Hur was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Hur là một người bạn của Moses và Aaron. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch danh này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 17: 10 ] . +EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of God’s presence. Alternate translation: “The brilliant light showing God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đây là ánh sáng rực rỡ của sự hiện diện Đức Chúa Trời. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ánh sáng rực rỡ cho thấy sự hiện diện của Đức Chúa Trời """ +EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là sự vinh quang của Đức Giê-hô-va rất lớn và dường như cháy sáng rực rỡ như một ngọn lửa. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Giống như một ngọn lửa lớn đang cháy """ +EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Mắt họ tượng trưng cho sự thấy, và sự thấy tượng trưng cho tư tưởng hoặc nhận định của họ về sự thấy. Dịch khác: "" Cho dân Y - sơ - ra - ên """ +EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers 1 forty days and forty nights “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 40 ngày và 40 đêm """ +EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) "Exodus 25 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Chương này đưa ra những chỉ dẫn cụ thể liên quan đến việc xây dựng một đền tạm, nơi Môi-se sẽ gặp Đức Giê-hô-va và hòm giao ước được cất giữ. Cuối cùng, nơi này sẽ trở thành đền tạm. Nó phải được xem là một nơi rất thánh." +EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Alternate translation: “who wants to give an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Đây là một thành ngữ chỉ ra ao ước của một người muốn dâng một của dâng. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ai muốn dâng hiến """ +EXO 25 2 k78q figs-you 1 You must receive The word **you** refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Chữ "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se và những người lãnh đạo." +EXO 25 3 s2ls 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 4 c1qn 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. "Ý nghĩa có thể có là ( 1 ) "" vật liệu nhuộm xanh, tím, đỏ điều "" , có lẽ là sợi len, hoặc ( 2 ) "" thuốc nhuộm xanh, tím, đỏ điều "" để nhuộm vải lanh." +EXO 25 4 c958 1 scarlet bright red Đỏ tươi +EXO 25 6 i6gp translate-unknown 1 spices dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Cây khô mà người ta xay thành bột và cho vào dầu hay thức ăn để cho nó có mùi hay hương vị ngon lành +EXO 25 7 mg4f translate-unknown 1 onyx a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Một viên đá quý có nhiều lớp màu trắng và đen, đỏ hoặc nâu. +EXO 25 7 aks5 figs-activepassive 1 precious stones to be set This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “precious stones for someone to set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Những viên đá quý để người ta sắp đặt """ +EXO 25 7 c3hk 1 precious stones “valuable gems” or “treasured gems” """ Đá quí "" hay "" bửu - thạch """ +EXO 25 8 d3vm 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 9 w4sc 1 tabernacle Here this word means the same thing as the word “sanctuary” in verse 8. "Ở đây từ này có nghĩa tương tự như từ "" nơi thánh "" trong câu 8." +EXO 25 9 c9qe figs-you 1 You must make it Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" là số nhiều và chỉ về Môi-se và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 25 9 m1np figs-you 1 show you in the plans “show you in the design” or “show you in the pattern.” Here **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) """ Show you in the design "" or "" show you in the pattern. "" +Ở đây "" các ngươi "" là số ít và ám chỉ đến Môi-se." +EXO 25 10 n7j1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 10 cs23 translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…almost 69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Một cubit bằng 46 cm. Cách dịch khác là: "" 2,5 cu - đê … 1,5 cu - đê "" hoặc "" 115 centimét … gần 69 centimét """ +EXO 25 12 e59p 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 12 wbq8 1 cast four rings of gold Casting was a process in which gold was melted, poured into a mold that was in the shape of a ring, and then allowed to harden. Đúc là một quá trình trong đó vàng được nấu chảy, đổ vào khuôn có hình dạng một chiếc nhẫn, và sau đó để cho cứng lại. +EXO 25 14 f2kz 1 in order to carry the ark “so that you can carry the ark” """ Để ngươi có thể mang chiếc rương """ +EXO 25 15 k67p 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 17 c675 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. +EXO 25 17 ast8 translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…a cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Một cubit bằng 46 cm. Cách dịch khác là: "" 2,5 cu - đê … 1,5 cu - đê "" hoặc "" 115 centimét … 69 centimét """ +EXO 25 18 hfw6 1 hammered gold “beaten gold” """ Vàng Đánh Giát """ +EXO 25 19 rgn8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 19 j38e 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 25 19 b4l9 figs-activepassive 1 They must be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ngươi phải làm ra chúng """ +EXO 25 21 lm1p figs-you 1 You must put Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 25 22 hl6e 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 25 22 zu9u figs-you 1 It is at the ark that I will meet with you “I will meet with you at the ark.” In 25:22 the word **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) """ Tôi sẽ gặp anh ở The Ark. "" +Trong 25: 22, từ "" ngươi "" là số ít và đề cập đến Môi-se." +EXO 25 22 wq9w 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 25 23 b11v 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 23 t312 translate-bdistance 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits…1 cubit…1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters…46 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Một cubit bằng 46 cm. Cách dịch thay thế: "" 2 Cu - đê … 1 Cu - đê … 1,5 Cu - đê "" hoặc "" 92 centimét … 46 centimét … 69 centimét """ +EXO 25 25 b6j8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 25 awi7 1 one handbreadth wide a measurement of 7 to 8 centimeters Đo từ 7 đến 8 cm +EXO 25 25 bit8 1 frame for it “frame for the table” """ Đóng khung cho cái bàn """ +EXO 25 26 y64j 1 feet were “legs are” """ Chân là """ +EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-activepassive 1 The rings must be attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must attach the rings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch luân phiên: "" Bạn phải gắn những chiếc nhẫn """ +EXO 25 27 q5w8 1 in order to carry “so you can carry” """ Để các ngươi có thể mang """ +EXO 25 28 d7jz 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive 1 so that the table may be carried with them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hầu cho anh em có thể mang cái bàn theo """ +EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that you may use them to pour out drink offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hầu cho các ngươi có thể dùng làm lễ quán """ +EXO 25 30 uth7 1 bread of the presence This bread represented the presence of God. Bánh này tượng trưng cho sự hiện diện của Đức Chúa Trời. +EXO 25 31 kc3q 1 hammered gold “beaten gold.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). """ Vàng đánh giát. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 18 ] ." +EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive 1 The lampstand is to be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Làm chân đèn """ +EXO 25 31 fq45 figs-activepassive 1 Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers are to be all made of one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers all of one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hãy làm những cái chén, những cái đế có lá và những bông hoa, tất cả cùng một bộ với chân đèn """ +EXO 25 33 nag2 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. Yahweh đang mô tả chân đèn ( [ Exodus 25: 31 - 32 ] ( . / 31.MD ) ) . +EXO 25 33 i7bh 1 almond blossoms white or pink flowers that have five petals Hoa trắng hoặc hồng có 5 cánh +EXO 25 34 ji3x 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. Yahweh đang mô tả chân đèn ( [ Exodus 25: 31 - 32 ] ( . / 31.MD ) ) . +EXO 25 35 lg8l 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. Yahweh đang mô tả chân đèn ( [ Exodus 25: 31 - 32 ] ( . / 31.MD ) ) . +EXO 25 35 n5ed figs-activepassive 1 made as one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must make them as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Anh em phải làm chúng thành một khối với chân đèn """ +EXO 25 36 z9wy 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Yahweh is describing the lampstand ([Exodus 25:31-32](./31.md)). Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. Yahweh đang mô tả chân đèn ( [ Exodus 25: 31 - 32 ] ( . / 31.MD ) ) . +EXO 25 37 m2i7 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 25 37 dfn6 1 for them to give light from it “so they shine light from it” """ Nhờ đó họ chiếu sáng """ +EXO 25 38 l5w8 figs-activepassive 1 The tongs and their trays must be made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make the tongs and their trays of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Hãy làm những cái kẹp và khay bằng vàng ròng """ +EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight 1 one talent A talent weighs about thirty-three kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) Một tài năng nặng khoảng ba mươi ba kilôgam. +EXO 25 39 ff8n 1 its accessories the tongs and the trays Kẹp gắp và khay +EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive 1 you are being shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ta sẽ chỉ cho ngươi trên núi """ +EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) "Exodus 26 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +Chương này là một sự tiếp nối của tư liệu trong chương trước. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Lễ Lều Tạm +Chương này đưa ra những chỉ dẫn cụ thể liên quan đến việc xây dựng một đền tạm, nơi Môi-se sẽ gặp Đức Giê-hô-va và hòm giao ước được cất giữ. Cuối cùng, nơi này sẽ trở thành đền tạm. Nó phải được xem là một nơi rất thánh." +EXO 26 1 hen6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)). Yahweh tiếp tục nói cho Môise biết những gì dân sự phải làm ( [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 25: 1 ] ) . +EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Đức Giê-hô-va đang phán cùng Môi-se, vì vậy từ "" ngươi "" là số ít. Đức Giê-hô-va có lẽ đã mong đợi Môi-se sẽ bảo ai đó khác làm công việc thực tế, nhưng Môi-se sẽ là người chịu trách nhiệm nhìn thấy rằng công việc được thực hiện một cách đúng đắn. "" Hãy bảo thợ làm bánh làm ra """ +EXO 26 1 iww4 1 curtains These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. Đây là những phần lớn, nặng nề của tấm vải dệt được sử dụng để làm thành những bức tường bao và ngăn cách của đền tạm. +EXO 26 1 xvs7 1 scarlet wool wool dyed a deep red color Len nhuộm màu đỏ đậm +EXO 26 1 n2vm 1 craftsman a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand Một người có kỹ năng làm ra những đồ vật đẹp bằng tay +EXO 26 2 dkr6 translate-bdistance 1 twenty-eight cubits…four cubits “28 cubits…4 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 28 cubit … 4 cubit. "" +Một cubit bằng 46 cm." +EXO 26 3 ba6w figs-activepassive 1 Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Sew five curtains together to make one set, and sew the other five curtains together to make another set” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Khâu năm bức màn lại với nhau để tạo thành một bộ, và may năm bức màn khác lại với nhau để tạo thành một bộ khác """ +EXO 26 4 ghz8 1 one set “one set of five curtains” """ Một bộ năm bức màn """ +EXO 26 4 zxx4 1 the second set “the second set of five curtains” """ Năm tấm màn thứ hai """ +EXO 26 6 sns4 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together. Các móc gài khớp vào các vòng ( các câu 4 và 5 ) để giữ các bức màn lại với nhau. +EXO 26 7 k2mi 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 26 7 t7t3 translate-numbers 1 eleven “11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 11 """ +EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers 1 thirty…four “30…4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 30 … 4 """ +EXO 26 8 v7i1 translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 26 10 j8yn 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 26 10 etf7 1 loops See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:4](./04.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những điều nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 4 ] ( . / 04.MD ) . +EXO 26 11 cq36 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md). Các móc gài khớp vào các móc để giữ các tấm rèm lại với nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 6 ] ( . / 06.MD ) . +EXO 26 12 x5p7 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 26 13 k4ci translate-bdistance 1 cubit A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 26 14 kii8 1 a covering of ram skins dyed red, and another covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch các cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 5 ] . +EXO 26 14 yz3v 1 dyed red “colored red” """ Màu đỏ """ +EXO 26 15 p38r 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 26 15 y85l 1 frames This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood. Điều này đề cập đến các khung hoặc bảng mà họ đã làm bằng cách nối với nhau những miếng gỗ nhỏ hơn. +EXO 26 16 k4b7 translate-numbers 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits “10 cubits…1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 10 cubit … 1.5 cubit """ +EXO 26 19 s45x 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 26 19 c9id 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. Đây là những khối bạc có một khe trong đó để giữ những tấm bảng. +EXO 26 19 mm1h 1 pedestals The silver bases kept the wooden board off the ground. Các đế bằng bạc giữ cho tấm ván gỗ khỏi chạm đất. +EXO 26 19 lg39 figs-activepassive 1 There must be two bases This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Put two bases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Đặt hai nền tảng """ +EXO 26 21 gag1 figs-explicit 1 and so on This means that what was said about the first two boards should be done for the rest of the boards. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the boards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là những gì đã nói về hai tấm bảng đầu tiên nên được thực hiện cho phần còn lại của tấm bảng. Điều này có thể được nêu rõ trong bản dịch. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Và hai cơ sở cho mỗi tấm bảng còn lại """ +EXO 26 22 nw4c 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 26 24 k1ec figs-activepassive 1 These frames must be separate at the bottom, but joined at the top This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Separate these frames at the bottom, but join them at the top” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch thay thế: "" Tách các khung ở dưới, nhưng nối chúng ở phía trên """ +EXO 26 25 p2wu 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Đây là những khối bạc có một khe trong đó để giữ khung tại chỗ. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 19 ] . +EXO 26 25 q8xh 1 in all “total” """ Tổng cộng """ +EXO 26 25 yr6d figs-explicit 1 and so on This means that what was said about the first two frames should be done for the rest of the frames. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). Alternate translation: “and two bases for each of the rest of the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Điều này có nghĩa là những gì đã nói về hai khung hình đầu tiên nên được thực hiện cho phần còn lại của các khung hình. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 21 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Và hai cơ sở cho mỗi khung hình còn lại """ +EXO 26 26 c95e 1 General Information: Yahweh continue to tell Moses how the tabernacle was to be built. Ðức Giê hô va lại phán cùng Môi se rằng: Đền tạm phải dựng lên như thế nào? +EXO 26 26 fc8p 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. Đây là những thanh xà ngang giúp ổn định cấu trúc. +EXO 26 27 rn67 1 the back side of the tabernacle to the west The front was on the east side of the tabernacle. Mặt trước nằm về phía đông của đền tạm. +EXO 26 29 x8ny 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle must be constructed. Ðức Giê hô va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi se về cách xây cất đền tạm. +EXO 26 29 ji1j 1 for them to serve as holders for the crossbars “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars” """ Mà sẽ giữ các thanh chéo "" hoặc "" Bởi vì họ sẽ giữ các thanh chéo """ +EXO 26 29 nq3m 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). Đây là những thanh xà ngang giúp ổn định cấu trúc. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 26 ] . +EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive 1 you were shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Mà tôi đã cho anh em xem trên ngọn núi này """ +EXO 26 31 yqi6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how the tabernacle is to be constructed. Ðức Giê hô va lại phán cùng Môi se phải dựng đền tạm như thế nào. +EXO 26 31 uc7w figs-you 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Đức Giê-hô-va đang phán cùng Môi-se, vì vậy từ "" ngươi "" là số ít. Đức Giê-hô-va có lẽ đã mong đợi Môi-se sẽ bảo ai đó khác làm công việc thực tế, nhưng Môi-se sẽ là người chịu trách nhiệm nhìn thấy rằng công việc được thực hiện một cách đúng đắn. "" Hãy bảo một người thợ làm ra nó. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 1 ] ." +EXO 26 33 p2yq 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](./06.md). Các móc gài khớp vào các móc để giữ các tấm rèm lại với nhau. Hãy xem cách dịch những câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 6 ] ( / 06.MD ) . +EXO 26 33 d3gm figs-explicit 1 you must bring in the ark of the testimony The ark of the testimony is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “you must bring in the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Hòm bảng chứng là rương chứa các điều răn. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngươi phải đem hòm chứa các điều răn vào """ +EXO 26 33 jc47 figs-activepassive 1 The curtain is to separate the holy place This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The curtain will separate the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Bức màn sẽ ngăn cách nơi thánh """ +EXO 26 34 v7t1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 26 34 mli8 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 26 34 b9m2 1 on the ark of the testimony “on the chest that contains the commandments” """ Trên rương có ghi các điều răn """ +EXO 26 35 lv9e figs-explicit 1 The table must be on the north side This is the table that holds the bread that represents the presence of God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Place the table for the bread of God’s presence on the north side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Đây là bàn đựng bánh mì tượng trưng cho sự hiện diện của Đức Chúa Trời. Điều này có thể được nói dưới dạng chủ động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hãy đặt bàn để bánh trước mặt Đức Chúa Trời ở phía bắc """ +EXO 26 36 h3s1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how to construct the tabernacle. Ðức Giê hô va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi se cách dựng đền tạm. +EXO 26 36 p5wf 1 a hanging This was a large curtain made of cloth. Đây là một tấm màn lớn làm bằng vải. +EXO 26 36 rr16 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). "Ý nghĩa có thể có là ( 1 ) "" Sợi nhuộm xanh, tím, đỏ điều "" , có lẽ là sợi len, hoặc ( 2 ) "" chỉ tím, tím, đỏ điều "" để nhuộm vải lanh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 4 ] ." +EXO 26 36 f6td 1 fine twined linen “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. """ Vải lanh xoắn tinh xảo. "" +Đây là vải được làm từ những sợi vải lanh mịn mà ai đó xoắn lại với nhau để làm thành một sợi mạnh hơn." +EXO 26 36 r2fy 1 an embroiderer “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” """ Một người thêu thùa "" hoặc "" một người thêu thùa """ +EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The tent of meeting
This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the ark would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) "Exodus 27 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +Chương này là một sự tiếp nối của tư liệu trong chương trước. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Lễ Lều Tạm +Chương này đưa ra những chỉ dẫn cụ thể liên quan đến việc xây dựng một đền tạm, nơi Môi-se sẽ gặp Đức Giê-hô-va và hòm giao ước được cất giữ. Cuối cùng, nơi này sẽ trở thành đền tạm. Nó phải được xem là một nơi rất thánh." +EXO 27 1 hj65 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)). Yahweh tiếp tục nói cho Môise biết những gì dân sự phải làm ( [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 25: 1 ] ) . +EXO 27 1 qj4j translate-bdistance 1 five cubits long and five cubits wide “2.2 meters long on each side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) """ Dài 2,2 mét mỗi bên """ +EXO 27 1 hbg9 translate-bdistance 1 The altar must be square and three cubits high “The altar must be square and 1.3 meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) """ Bàn thờ phải vuông và cao 1,3 mét """ +EXO 27 1 s8qy translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 27 2 lr23 1 You must make extensions of its four corners shaped like ox horns “You must make projections that look like ox horns on its four corners” """ Các ngươi hãy làm những vật giống như sừng bò đực ở bốn góc """ +EXO 27 2 lek3 figs-activepassive 1 The horns will be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must make the horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Ngươi phải làm sừng """ +EXO 27 2 y4r2 1 must cover them “must cover the altar and horns” """ Phải che bàn thờ và sừng """ +EXO 27 3 qn79 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 27 3 m4wm 1 basins bowls Tô +EXO 27 3 z5ax 1 firepans These were pans that held hot coals from the altar. Đây là những cái chảo chứa than nóng từ bàn thờ. +EXO 27 3 j5zt 1 utensils These were any instrument, vessel, or tool that served a useful purpose. Đây là bất kỳ công cụ, bình hay dụng cụ nào phục vụ cho mục đích hữu ích. +EXO 27 4 fp9m 1 You must make a grate for the altar, a network of bronze “You must make a bronze grate for the altar” """ Ngươi phải làm một cái nắp thi ân bằng đồng cho bàn thờ """ +EXO 27 4 hsq3 1 grate a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning Một cái khung của thanh gỗ bắt chéo cho việc giữ gỗ khi đốt +EXO 27 5 v6n4 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people need to do. Đức Giêhôva tiếp tục nói cho Môise biết những gì dân sự cần phải làm. +EXO 27 5 c5em figs-explicit 1 You must put the grate under the ledge of the altar The grate was placed inside the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must put the grate under the rim of the altar, on the inside of the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Vỉ lò được đặt bên trong bàn thờ. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngươi phải đặt vỉ lò dưới mép bàn thờ, bên trong bàn thờ """ +EXO 27 5 xc2t 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Đây là một cái khung của những thanh gỗ bắt chéo cho việc giữ gỗ khi đốt. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 4 ] . +EXO 27 6 wki4 figs-explicit 1 You must make poles for the altar These poles were used for carrying the altar. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “You must make poles for carrying the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Những cây sào này được dùng để khiêng bàn thờ. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngươi phải làm đòn để khiêng bàn thờ """ +EXO 27 7 fb3t 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people should do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết điều dân sự nên làm. +EXO 27 7 b3yx figs-activepassive 1 The poles must be put into the rings, and the poles must be on the two sides of the altar, to carry it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must put the poles into the rings and place them on each side of the altar to carry it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngươi phải xỏ đòn vào những khoen và đặt chúng ở mỗi bên bàn thờ để khiêng """ +EXO 27 8 xj8e 1 planks a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board Một miếng gỗ dài, phẳng, dày hơn một tấm bảng. +EXO 27 8 t5ey figs-activepassive 1 you were shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that I have shown to you here on this mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Mà tôi đã cho anh em xem trên ngọn núi này """ +EXO 27 9 y45x figs-activepassive 1 There must be hangings…courtyard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must place hangings…courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch thay thế: "" Ngươi phải đặt các tấm trướng … Sân trong """ +EXO 27 9 id4k 1 hangings of fine twined linen A “hanging” was a large curtain made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md) "Một "" bức màn "" là một bức màn lớn làm bằng vải. Hãy xem cách dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 36 ]" +EXO 27 9 v748 1 fine twined linen “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread """ Vải lanh xoắn tinh xảo. "" +Đây là vải được làm từ những sợi vải lanh mịn mà ai đó xoắn lại với nhau để làm thành một sợi mạnh hơn." +EXO 27 9 ce9a translate-bdistance 1 one hundred cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “44 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) "Một cubit bằng 46 cm. Dịch là: "" 44 mét """ +EXO 27 10 sfg8 figs-activepassive 1 There must also be hooks…posts This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must also attach hooks…posts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch thay thế: "" Bạn cũng phải gắn móc … bài """ +EXO 27 10 k7rb 1 posts a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support Một mảnh gỗ chắc chắn đặt thẳng đứng và được sử dụng như một hỗ trợ +EXO 27 11 n95e 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 27 11 gjg5 1 there must be hangings one hundred cubits long See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:9](./09.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ ngữ tương tự trong [ Exodus 27: 9 ] ( . / 09.MD ) . +EXO 27 11 x52h 1 there must be hangings This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make hangings” "Điều này có thể được phát biểu như một mệnh lệnh. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ngươi phải treo cổ """ +EXO 27 11 nr77 1 with twenty posts, twenty bronze bases, hooks attached to the posts, and silver rods See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 27:10](./10.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ ngữ tương tự trong [ Exodus 27: 10 ] ( . / 10.MD ) . +EXO 27 12 p4u4 1 there must be a curtain This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “you must make a curtain” "Điều này có thể được phát biểu như một mệnh lệnh. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ngươi phải làm một cái màn """ +EXO 27 12 elw4 1 There must be ten posts This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make ten posts” "Điều này có thể được phát biểu như một mệnh lệnh. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Bạn phải làm mười bài """ +EXO 27 13 w2sg 1 The courtyard must also be fifty cubits long This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Make the courtyard fifty cubits long” "Điều này có thể được phát biểu như một mệnh lệnh. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hãy làm cho sân trong dài năm mươi cu - đê """ +EXO 27 14 mzn5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 27 14 vy7r 1 The hangings These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Đây là những tấm rèm lớn làm bằng vải. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 36 ] . +EXO 27 14 z8n2 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). Đây là những miếng gỗ chắc chắn đặt thẳng đứng và được sử dụng làm cột chống. Hãy xem cách dịch những câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 10 ] . +EXO 27 14 gz7s 1 bases These were metal blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Đây là những khối kim loại có một khe ở giữa để giữ những tấm bảng. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 19 ] . +EXO 27 14 u8nm translate-bdistance 1 fifteen cubits about seven meters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Khoảng bảy mét +EXO 27 16 wv46 1 The courtyard gate must be a curtain twenty cubits long This could be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “You must make a curtain twenty cubits long to be the courtyard gate” "Điều này có thể được phát biểu như một mệnh lệnh. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ngươi phải căng một bức màn dài hai mươi thước để làm cổng hành lang """ +EXO 27 16 h4tw figs-activepassive 1 The curtain must be made…fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must make the curtain…fine twined linen, the work of an embroiderer” or “Embroiderers must make the curtain…fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Họ phải làm bức màn … vải lanh đẹp, công việc của người thêu thùa "" hoặc "" người thêu thùa phải làm bức màn … vải lanh đẹp """ +EXO 27 16 kn9u 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material and fine twined linen Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. "Ý nghĩa có thể có là ( 1 ) "" Sợi nhuộm xanh, tím, đỏ điều "" , có lẽ là sợi len, hoặc ( 2 ) "" chỉ tím, tím, đỏ điều "" để nhuộm vải lanh." +EXO 27 16 g5wi 1 an embroiderer a person who sews designs into cloth Một người khâu thiết kế vào vải +EXO 27 17 wal2 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 27 18 wt7n translate-bdistance 1 one hundred cubits “100 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 100 cubit. "" +Một cubit bằng 46 cm." +EXO 27 18 j1zp 1 fine twined linen hangings “finely twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). """ Vải lanh xoắn tinh xảo. "" +Đây là vải được làm từ những sợi vải lanh mịn mà ai đó xoắn lại với nhau để làm thành một sợi mạnh hơn. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 36 ] ." +EXO 27 19 w5n8 figs-activepassive 1 all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard must be made of bronze This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “make all the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Hãy làm tất cả cọc lều cho đền tạm và hành lang bằng đồng """ +EXO 27 19 bs7c 1 tent pegs sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground Những mảnh gỗ hoặc kim loại sắc nhọn được dùng để bảo vệ các góc lều khỏi mặt đất +EXO 27 20 wn9n 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 27 21 ge7v 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. +EXO 27 21 p7ru 1 ark of testimony This is the chest that contains the sacred slabs of stone on which Yahweh had written his commandments. Nầy là cái rương đựng đá thánh mà Ðức Giê hô va đã chép điều răn của Ngài trên đó. +EXO 27 21 vr7m 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute “I require that the people do this as a lasting statute” """ Tôi yêu cầu người dân làm điều này như một đạo luật lâu dài """ +EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Holy garments
Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) "Exodus 28 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Holy clothes +Vì Đức Giê-hô-va là thánh, chỉ có các thầy tế lễ mới có thể đến gần Ngài, và khi họ đến gần Ngài, họ phải mặc quần áo được may một cách đặc biệt." +EXO 28 1 bsm1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do ([Exodus 25:1](../25/01.md)). Yahweh tiếp tục nói cho Môise biết những gì dân sự phải làm ( [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 25: 1 ] ) . +EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you 1 Call to yourself Here “yourself” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" chính mình "" ám chỉ Môise." +EXO 28 2 tv9h figs-you 1 You must make Here **you** refers to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ dân chúng." +EXO 28 2 t5gy figs-activepassive 1 garments that are set apart to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “garments that you will set apart to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Bộ quần áo mà Chúa sẽ dành riêng cho tôi """ +EXO 28 4 re79 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 4 tr5e 1 a coat of woven work “a coat with a design woven into it” """ Một cái áo tơi thêu thùa """ +EXO 28 4 dz5h 1 turban a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. Một cái khăn trùm đầu cao làm bằng vải quấn quanh đầu nhiều lần. +EXO 28 4 k184 1 sash a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest Một mảnh vải mà người ta mặc quanh eo hoặc ngang ngực +EXO 28 6 yu8u 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 6 u3rx 1 fine-twined linen “finely-twisted linen.” This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). """ Vải lanh mịn xoắn. "" +Đây là loại vải được làm từ những sợi vải lanh mịn mà một người nào đó đã xoắn lại với nhau để làm thành một sợi chỉ mạnh hơn. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 36 ] ." +EXO 28 6 k3bj 1 skillful craftsman a person who can make beautiful objects by hand Một người có thể làm ra những đồ vật đẹp bằng tay +EXO 28 8 w523 figs-activepassive 1 it must be made of one piece This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they must make it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Họ phải làm cho nó nguyên vẹn """ +EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown 1 onyx stones These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là những viên đá quý có nhiều lớp trắng và đen, đỏ hoặc nâu. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 7 ] . +EXO 28 10 at1b 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 11 dv8k 1 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet “In the same way a person engraves on a seal” """ Cũng như một người khắc trên con dấu """ +EXO 28 11 x1xc 1 engraver a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal Một người cắt thành những vật liệu cứng như gỗ, đá hoặc kim loại +EXO 28 11 cm3f 1 signet an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal Một viên đá khắc chữ dùng để đóng dấu vào một con dấu sáp +EXO 28 11 gh2r 1 settings pieces of metal that hold the stone onto the ephod Các mảnh kim loại giữ viên đá trên bộ phận sinh dục +EXO 28 13 hpc7 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 13 pi4x 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Đây là những miếng kim loại giữ mỗi viên đá trên ê-phót. See how you translation this in [ Exodus 28: 11 ] . +EXO 28 14 e746 1 two braided chains of pure gold like cords “two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords” """ Hai dây chuyền vàng ròng bện như dây """ +EXO 28 15 ta6b 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 15 sf8e 1 the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod” """ Một người thợ khéo sẽ làm cho nó giống như ê - phót """ +EXO 28 16 cny4 translate-bdistance 1 span A span is 22 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một sải là 22 cm. +EXO 28 17 spd4 1 General Information: Twelve kinds of stone are listed here. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. Mười hai loại đá được liệt kê ở đây. Các học giả không biết chắc các từ Hê-bơ-rơ nói đến loại đá nào. Một số bản dịch liệt kê các loại đá khác nhau. +EXO 28 17 qp4t translate-unknown 1 precious stones “valuable gems” or “treasured gems.” See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) """ Đá quí "" hay "" đá quí báu "" . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 7 ] ." +EXO 28 17 n1ys translate-unknown 1 ruby…topaz…garnet These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là những viên đá quý. +EXO 28 18 ga1v 1 emerald…diamond These are precious stones. Đây là những viên đá quý. +EXO 28 18 a5rr 1 sapphire This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in [Exodus 24:10](../24/10.md). Đây là một viên đá quý có màu xanh dương. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 24: 10 ] . +EXO 28 19 z17r 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst These are precious stones Đây là những viên đá quý +EXO 28 20 ul2e translate-unknown 1 beryl…jasper These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là những viên đá quý. +EXO 28 20 rgf6 translate-unknown 1 onyx This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là loại đá quí có nhiều lớp trắng và đen, đỏ hoặc nâu. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 7 ] . +EXO 28 20 pw5h figs-activepassive 1 They must be mounted in gold settings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must mount them in gold settings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Bạn phải gắn chúng trong những cài đặt bằng vàng """ +EXO 28 21 d6fa 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 21 x4qn figs-activepassive 1 The stones must be arranged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must arrange the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngươi phải sắp xếp các hòn đá """ +EXO 28 21 z8mw 1 signet ring A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). "Con dấu là một viên đá khắc được sử dụng để đóng một mẫu thiết kế vào một con dấu sáp. Ở đây viên đá được gắn trên một chiếc nhẫn. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" con dấu "" nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 11 ] ." +EXO 28 22 m7yl 1 chains like cords, braided work of pure gold “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). """ Những khoen làm bằng vàng ròng và những dây bện giống như dây bện. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 14 ] ." +EXO 28 25 cd3a 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 25 d8y3 1 braided chains “chains braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). """ Xiềng xích bện như dây thừng. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 14 ] ." +EXO 28 25 a4lc figs-explicit 1 to the two settings These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “to the two settings that enclose the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Đây là hai bối cảnh bao quanh những viên đá. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Bản dịch khác: "" Hai bối cảnh kèm theo các hòn đá """ +EXO 28 27 e385 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 27 vw1w 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). Đây là một chiếc thắt lưng bằng vải được làm từ những sợi vải lanh hẹp mà ai đó xoắn lại với nhau để làm thành một sợi mạnh hơn. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 8 ] . +EXO 28 28 se56 figs-activepassive 1 so that it might be attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may attach it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Hầu cho họ có thể gắn nó vào """ +EXO 28 28 wf9v figs-doublenegatives 1 the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng tích cực. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Tấm giáp ngực sẽ dính liền với cái ê - phót """ +EXO 28 29 k21k 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 29 z1mz 1 he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md). Điều này ám chỉ đến tên của các chi phái được khắc trên mười hai hòn đá giáp ngực như được mô tả trong [ Xuất Hành 28: 17 - 21 ] ( . / 17.MD ) . +EXO 28 29 cc97 1 over his heart “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest” """ Trên lòng A-rôn "" hay "" trên ngực người """ +EXO 28 30 f537 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. Cụm từ thứ hai dường như đề cập đến Urim và Thummim và giải thích mục đích của chúng. +EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-unknown 1 the Urim and the Thummim It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Không rõ chúng là gì. Đó là những vật, có thể là đá, mà thầy tế lễ dùng để xác định phần nào ý muốn của Đức Chúa Trời. +EXO 28 31 jl1d 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 32 x42n 1 This must be the work of a weaver This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe” "Điều này có thể được phát biểu như một mệnh lệnh. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Người thợ dệt phải may cái áo này """ +EXO 28 32 rw96 1 a weaver “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread” """ Một người dệt vải "" hay "" một người tạo vải dùng chỉ """ +EXO 28 33 v7gy 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se những gì dân sự làm. +EXO 28 33 t9re translate-unknown 1 pomegranates A pomegranate is a round fruit with a red outer skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Trái lựu là một quả tròn có lớp da ngoài màu đỏ. +EXO 28 34 kl55 1 a golden bell and a pomegranate This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Cụm từ này được lặp đi lặp lại để cho thấy khuôn mẫu của kiểu mẫu trên áo choàng. +EXO 28 35 de4m figs-activepassive 1 The robe is to be on Aaron when he serves This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear the robe when he serves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" A - rôn phải mặc áo choàng khi hầu việc """ +EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive 1 so that its sound can be heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Để chuông ngân vang """ +EXO 28 35 qtf9 figs-explicit 1 This is so that he does not die It is implied that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nó ngụ ý rằng ông sẽ chết bởi vì ông đã không vâng lời Đức Giê-hô-va. Điều này có thể được nói rõ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Người sẽ không chết vì không vâng theo chỉ thị của ta """ +EXO 28 36 e8qp 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 36 nd2q 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) """ Viết lên đó giống như người ta khắc trên con dấu. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những lời tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 11 ]" +EXO 28 37 qka6 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Đây là một cái khăn trùm đầu cao làm bằng vải quấn quanh đầu nhiều lần. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 28 38 ee65 figs-activepassive 1 It must be on Aaron’s forehead This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must wear it on his forehead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Aaron phải đeo nó trên trán """ +EXO 28 38 u19w figs-activepassive 1 The turban must be always on his forehead This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Aaron must always wear the turban on his forehead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" A-rôn phải luôn luôn đội khăn trên trán """ +EXO 28 39 cp68 1 General Information: God continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Chúa Trời tiếp tục bảo Môise điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 39 t5vj 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Đây là một cái khăn trùm đầu cao làm bằng vải quấn quanh đầu nhiều lần. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 28 39 yi1l 1 sash A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Thắt lưng là một miếng vải trang trí mà một người đeo quanh thắt lưng hoặc ngang ngực. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 28 39 i62z 1 the work of an embroiderer An embroiderer is a person who sews designs into cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Một người thêu thùa là một người khâu các thiết kế vào trong vải. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 36 ] . +EXO 28 40 sc7t 1 General Information: God continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Chúa Trời tiếp tục bảo Môise điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 40 pfs2 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that a person wears around his waist or across his chest. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Thắt lưng là một miếng vải trang trí mà một người đeo quanh thắt lưng hoặc ngang ngực. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 28 40 v2tj 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. Băng quấn đầu là một dải vải hẹp, trang trí được quấn quanh đầu phía trên mắt. +EXO 28 41 xa75 figs-explicit 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother Aaron was the older brother of Moses. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Put these clothes on your older brother Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "A-rôn là anh của Môi-se. Bạn có thể nói rõ điều này trong bản dịch. Bản Diễn ý dịch: "" Hãy mặc quần áo này cho anh A - rôn """ +EXO 28 42 vua7 1 General Information: God continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Chúa Trời tiếp tục bảo Môise điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 28 42 vz62 1 undergarments These are underwear, clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. Đây là quần áo lót, bên dưới lớp quần áo ngoài, bên dưới lớp da. +EXO 28 43 s6n2 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 21 ] . +EXO 28 43 r7y7 1 a permanent law “a law the will not end” """ Một luật - pháp không dứt """ +EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Consecrating priests
This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I will live among the Israelites”
As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. "Exodus 29 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Các thầy tế lễ thánh +Chương này ghi lại quá trình các thầy tế lễ dâng hiến. Các thầy tế lễ phải được biệt riêng ra khỏi phần còn lại của Y-sơ-ra-ên bởi vì Đức Giê-hô-va là thánh. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +"" Ta sẽ sống giữa dân Y-sơ-ra-ên "" +Là Đức Chúa Trời, Yahweh ở khắp mọi nơi và không thể bị giới hạn trong một không gian duy nhất. Cụm từ này chỉ ra rằng Ngài thường xuyên ở trong vòng Y-sơ-ra-ên theo một cách đặc biệt trong khi họ có hòm giao ước." +EXO 29 1 d6gk 1 Now The word “now” marks a change in topic from garments for priests to consecrating priests. "Từ "" bây giờ "" đánh dấu một sự thay đổi trong chủ đề từ quần áo cho các thầy tế lễ đến việc phong chức thầy tế lễ." +EXO 29 1 z78h 1 you must do Here **you** refers to Moses. "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môise." +EXO 29 1 ld5s 1 to set them apart “to set apart Aaron and his sons” """ Để biệt riêng A - rôn và các con trai người """ +EXO 29 1 dq2c 1 serve me Here “me” refers to Yahweh. "Ở đây "" Ta "" ám chỉ Đức Giê-hô-va." +EXO 29 1 cgl2 1 one young bull a male cow Một con bò đực +EXO 29 2 ptm7 figs-activepassive 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also take wafers without yeast and rub them with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Cũng lấy bánh thánh không men và chà dầu lên """ +EXO 29 2 r449 1 bread…cakes…wafers These are different kinds of food made from flour. Đây là những loại thực phẩm khác nhau làm từ bột. +EXO 29 3 u713 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak to Moses Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se +EXO 29 3 gm58 1 You must put them “You must put the bread, cake, and wafer” """ Các ngươi phải để bánh mì, bánh và bánh tráng """ +EXO 29 3 cd6m figs-explicit 1 present them with the bull and the two rams Here “present” means to offer as a sacrifice. The full meaning of this can be translated clearly. Alternate translation: “offer them to me when you sacrifice the bull and the two rams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Ở đây "" dâng "" có nghĩa là dâng như một của tế lễ. Ý nghĩa đầy đủ của từ này có thể được dịch rõ ràng. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Hãy dâng cho ta khi các ngươi dâng con bò tơ và hai con chiên đực """ +EXO 29 4 a6rz 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 21 ] . +EXO 29 5 va8b 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 5 f7u7 1 coat This was a coat with a design woven into it. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Đây là một chiếc áo khoác với một thiết kế đan xen bên trong. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 29 5 pr4i 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). Đây là một chiếc thắt lưng bằng vải được làm từ những sợi vải lanh hẹp mà ai đó xoắn lại với nhau để làm thành một sợi mạnh hơn. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 8 ] . +EXO 29 6 ap2x 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Đây là một cái khăn trùm đầu cao làm bằng vải quấn quanh đầu nhiều lần. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 29 6 y59s 1 holy crown This crown is described in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md) as being engraved with the words “dedicated to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. "Vương miện này được mô tả trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 29: 6 ] được khắc dòng chữ "" Hãy dâng cho Đức Giê - hô - va "" và làm bằng vàng ròng." +EXO 29 8 s53c 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 8 v46k 1 bring his sons “bring Aaron’s sons” """ Hãy dẫn các con trai A-rôn """ +EXO 29 8 jtc7 1 coats These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Đây là những chiếc áo choàng với một thiết kế đan xen bên trong. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 29 9 j3a8 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Thắt lưng là một loại vải trang trí mà người ta đeo quanh eo hoặc ngang ngực. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch chữ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 29 9 bh2d 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md). Băng quấn đầu là một dải vải hẹp, trang trí được quấn quanh đầu phía trên mắt. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 40 ] . +EXO 29 9 r1x4 1 The work of the priesthood “the duty of being priests” """ Bổn phận làm thầy tế lễ """ +EXO 29 9 ze9l figs-explicit 1 will belong to them The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Bổn phận làm thầy tế lễ cũng sẽ thuộc về con cháu của các con trai A-rôn. Bạn có thể nêu rõ điều này trong bản dịch. Một bản khác dịch: "" Sẽ thuộc về họ và dòng dõi họ """ +EXO 29 9 p7m9 1 permanent law “a law the will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). """ Một đạo luật sẽ không bao giờ chấm dứt. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 43 ] ." +EXO 29 10 r782 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 10 p996 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 21 ] . +EXO 29 11 bf2m 1 You must kill the bull The bull offering was to be killed by Moses, not the priests, at the doorway, not inside the tent of meeting. Của lễ bò đực phải bị Môi-se giết chết, chớ không phải các thầy tế lễ, tại cửa vào, chớ không phải trong hội mạc. +EXO 29 11 y6kp figs-explicit 1 kill the bull Since the following verses will tell what to do with the blood from the bull, use a term for “kill” that will imply a method similar to “slitting its throat and catch the blood in a bowl.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Vì những câu Kinh Thánh sau đây sẽ cho biết phải làm gì với huyết của bò đực, nên hãy dùng một từ để chỉ việc "" giết "" . Từ này ngụ ý một phương pháp tương tự như việc "" cắt cổ và hứng máu trong một cái bát "" ." +EXO 29 12 uxh3 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 12 c2ud 1 the horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Đây là những hình chiếu giống như sừng bò đực được gắn vào bốn góc bàn thờ. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 2 ] . +EXO 29 12 xdl5 1 the rest of the blood “the remaining blood” """ Huyết còn lại """ +EXO 29 13 x2c5 1 covers the inner parts “covers the organs” """ Bao phủ các cơ quan """ +EXO 29 13 nsg6 1 liver…kidneys These are organs in the body. Đây là những cơ quan trong cơ thể. +EXO 29 14 eza8 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung “But as for the remaining parts of the bull” """ Nhưng các bộ phận còn lại của con bò """ +EXO 29 16 hd8i 1 You must kill the ram For these consecration sacrifices for the priests, it was Moses, not Aaron or his sons, who had to kill the animals. Vì những của lễ phong chức này cho các thầy tế lễ, chính Môi-se, không phải A-rôn hay các con trai ông, là người phải giết các con sinh tế. +EXO 29 17 w2nb 1 the inner parts “the organs.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). """ Nội tạng. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 29: 13 ] ." +EXO 29 18 s68x 1 on the altar Unlike the bull offering that was burned outside of the tent, the ram was to be burned on the inner altar. Không giống như của lễ bò đực được thiêu bên ngoài trại, con chiên đực phải được thiêu ở bàn thờ bên trong. +EXO 29 19 x3iv 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 20 j6b1 figs-explicit 1 Then you must kill the ram The ram was killed by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by slitting its throat” or “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Con cừu bị giết bằng cách cắt cổ. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Rồi giết con chiên đực bằng cách cắt cổ họng nó "" hoặc "" Rồi giết con chiên đực bằng cách cắt cổ họng nó """ +EXO 29 21 saa8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 21 w1aa figs-activepassive 1 Aaron will then be set apart for me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “By doing this, you will dedicate Aaron to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Khi làm điều này, con sẽ dâng A - rôn cho ta """ +EXO 29 22 gj68 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 22 i3dc 1 inner parts…liver…kidney These refer to organs inside the body. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). Chúng ám chỉ các cơ quan bên trong cơ thể. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 29: 13 ] . +EXO 29 23 td8w 1 Take one loaf…before Yahweh For 29:23 see how you translated similar words in [Exodus 29:2](../29/02.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những lời tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 29: 2 ] . +EXO 29 23 i7vx 1 that is before Yahweh “that you have placed before Yahweh” """ Mà các ngươi đã để trước mặt Ðức Giê hô va """ +EXO 29 24 wv9l 1 General Information: God continues speaking to Moses. Đức Chúa Trời tiếp tục phán với Môi-se. +EXO 29 24 b9bj 1 You must put these Here “these” refers to the parts of the sacrifice mentioned in the previous verses. "Ở đây "" những "" ám chỉ đến những phần của tế lễ được nói đến trong những câu trước." +EXO 29 25 wz3a figs-activepassive 1 it will be an offering made to me by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “burn it as an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Hãy thiêu nó làm lễ vật dâng cho ta """ +EXO 29 26 acx5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 26 bf71 1 ram of dedication “ram that you dedicated” or “ram that you killed” """ Ram mà ngươi đã dâng hiến "" hay "" Ram mà ngươi đã giết """ +EXO 29 26 c21f 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication “the ram that you used to dedicate Aaron” """ Con chiên đực mà ngươi dùng đặng dâng cho A - rôn """ +EXO 29 28 uc2d 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons “This is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people” """ Ấy là điều A-rôn và các con người sẽ nhận lãnh nơi dân sự """ +EXO 29 29 la34 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 29 qru8 figs-activepassive 1 The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him These garments belong to the priesthood and are not just Aaron’s personal clothing. Alternate translation: “Aaron must reserve the holy garments for his sons after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Những trang phục này thuộc về chức tế lễ và không chỉ là trang phục cá nhân của A-rôn. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" A - rôn phải để dành những trang phục thánh cho các con trai ông "" ." +EXO 29 29 i5vz figs-activepassive 1 They are to be anointed in them and ordained to me in them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They must wear the holy garments when you anoint his sons and ordain them to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Họ phải mặc áo thánh khi xức dầu cho các con trai Ngài và phong chức cho Ta """ +EXO 29 30 pe79 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 21 ] . +EXO 29 31 npz1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 31 l3xk 1 the ram for the installation of the priests “the ram you killed when you installed the priests” """ Con chiên đực mà ngươi đã giết khi lập lên các thầy tế lễ """ +EXO 29 31 u9kl figs-explicit 1 in a holy place This is not the same as the holy place outside of the most holy place. This refers to a place within the courtyard. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Đây không giống như Nơi Chí Thánh ở bên ngoài Nơi Chí Thánh. Đây là nơi nằm trong sân. Một bản dịch khác: "" Tại lối vào hội mạc """ +EXO 29 32 dp8h 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 21 ] . +EXO 29 33 qk8i figs-activepassive 1 that were given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you sacrificed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Mà anh em đã hy sinh """ +EXO 29 34 rhp7 figs-activepassive 1 It must not be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Không ai được ăn """ +EXO 29 34 lhi8 figs-activepassive 1 because it has been set apart to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because you have set it apart to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Vì anh em đã biệt riêng nó cho tôi """ +EXO 29 35 c2si 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 35 g9pm 1 In this way, by following all that I have commanded you to do, you must treat Aaron and his sons “I have commanded you to treat Aaron and his sons this way” """ Ta đã biểu ngươi đãi A - rôn cùng các con trai người như vầy """ +EXO 29 37 pq5d 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me “Then the altar will be most holy” """ Bấy giờ bàn - thờ sẽ rất thánh """ +EXO 29 37 qk5h 1 will be set apart to Yahweh “will also be very holy” """ Cũng sẽ rất thánh """ +EXO 29 38 e4r9 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 38 sli9 1 You must regularly offer on the altar every day “You must daily offer on the altar” """ Mỗi ngày phải dâng của - lễ ở trên bàn - thờ """ +EXO 29 40 rt1f 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction 1 a tenth…the fourth part “1/10…1/4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) """ 1 / 10 … 1 / 4 """ +EXO 29 40 bwg1 translate-bvolume 1 ephah An ephah is 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) Một ê-pha là 22 lít. +EXO 29 40 vt6f translate-bvolume 1 hin A hin is 3.7 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) Một hin bằng 3,7 lít. +EXO 29 41 t1tt 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 41 hgt9 figs-activepassive 1 it will be an offering made to me by fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be a burnt offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch: "" Đó sẽ là của - lễ thiêu cho tôi """ +EXO 29 42 j8cg 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). """ Qua tất cả các thế hệ hậu duệ của con. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 14 ] ." +EXO 29 42 h5r7 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 21 ] . +EXO 29 43 f1t6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Sự hiện diện đáng sợ của ta sẽ cung hiến lều trại cho ta """ +EXO 29 45 zcs1 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Atonement
The atonement offered by the priests was very important in the religious life of Israel. In order to offer sacrifices, the priests had to maintain ritual cleanliness by washing themselves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]]) "Exodus 30 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +SỰ CHUỘC TỘI +Sự chuộc tội được các thầy tế lễ dâng lên rất quan trọng trong đời sống tôn giáo của Y-sơ-ra-ên. Để dâng của lễ, các thầy tế lễ phải duy trì sự thanh sạch theo nghi thức bằng cách tự rửa mình." +EXO 30 1 r1f4 1 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses how to build the worship equipment. Đức Giêhôva cho Môise biết cách xây dựng trang thiết bị thờ phượng. +EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you 1 You must make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 30 2 w56e figs-activepassive 1 Its horns must be made These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated “horns” in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Alternate translation: “You must make its horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Đây là những hình chiếu giống như sừng bò đực được gắn vào bốn góc bàn thờ. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" sừng "" nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 2 ] . Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Ngươi phải làm những cái sừng của nó """ +EXO 30 3 d3uu 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 30 3 ddb2 1 the incense altar “an altar to burn incense” """ Một bàn thờ để xông hương """ +EXO 30 4 qyg4 figs-activepassive 1 to be attached to it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which you will attach to the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Mà các ngươi sẽ gắn vào bàn thờ """ +EXO 30 5 r61h 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 30 6 h33c figs-explicit 1 ark of the testimony The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Hòm là rương chứa các điều răn. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 33 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Cái rương chứa điều răn """ +EXO 30 6 e52i 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 30 6 vg6k figs-you 1 where I will meet with you Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môise." +EXO 30 7 l2rl 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 30 8 qm7i 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). """ Qua tất cả các thế hệ hậu duệ của con. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 14 ] ." +EXO 30 9 ckf9 1 But you must offer Though the word **you** is addressed to Moses, the instruction is given specifically to Aaron and his descendants as to when and what they are to offer on the altar of incense. "Mặc dù từ "" ngươi "" được dùng để nói với Môi - se, nhưng lời chỉ dẫn này đặc biệt dành cho A - rôn và con cháu ông về thời gian và những gì họ phải dâng trên bàn thờ hương." +EXO 30 10 ez2s 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 30 10 k6xk 1 horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Đây là những hình chiếu giống như sừng bò đực được gắn vào bốn góc bàn thờ. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 2 ] . +EXO 30 10 san2 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). """ Qua tất cả các thế hệ hậu duệ của con. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 14 ] ." +EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you 1 When you take Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to just Moses or (2) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ý nghĩa khả dĩ là ( 1 ) "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ chỉ chỉ Môi-se hay ( 2 ) "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se và các lãnh tụ của Y-sơ-ra-ên trong các thế hệ tương lai khi họ thực hiện cuộc điều tra dân số." +EXO 30 12 k5p1 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only counted the Israelite men. Những người lãnh đạo chỉ đếm những người Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 30 13 s69s figs-activepassive 1 Everyone who is counted This can be stated in active form. They counted only the men. Alternate translation: “Everyone you count” or “Every man you count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Họ chỉ đếm đàn ông. Dịch cách khác: "" Mọi người anh em đếm "" hoặc "" Mọi người anh em đếm """ +EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bmoney 1 half a shekel of silver “1/2 a shekel of silver.” Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “5.5 grams of silver” or “six grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) """ 1 / 2 siếc - lơ bạc. "" +Các dịch giả có thể dùng một đơn vị đo lường mà người ta hiểu được và một con số tròn: "" 5,5 gam bạc "" hay "" sáu gam bạc """ +EXO 30 13 nfp6 1 according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. Rõ ràng lúc đó có hơn một shekel trọng lượng. Điều này cho biết phải dùng loại nào. +EXO 30 13 id6d translate-unknown 1 twenty gerahs “20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit that people used for measuring how much something very small weighed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 20 gerahs. "" +Gerah là đơn vị mà người ta dùng để đo một vật rất nhỏ nặng bao nhiêu." +EXO 30 14 k4h9 figs-metaphor 1 from twenty years old and up Larger numbers are spoken of as being up or above smaller numbers. Alternate translation: “from twenty years old and more” or “who is twenty years old or older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Các số lớn hơn được nói đến như là số lớn hơn hoặc trên số nhỏ hơn. Dịch thay thế: "" Từ hai mươi tuổi trở lên "" hoặc "" Ai là hai mươi tuổi trở lên """ +EXO 30 15 r7fd 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 30 15 rll6 1 the people Only the men made this offering. Chỉ có những người đàn ông dâng lễ vật này. +EXO 30 15 e8xa translate-bmoney 1 the half shekel Translators may use a unit of measure that people understand and a round number: “the 5.5 grams of silver” or “the 6 grams of silver.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Các dịch giả có thể dùng một đơn vị đo lường mà người ta hiểu được và một con số tròn: "" Các 5,5 gam bạc "" hay "" các 6 gam bạc "" . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều nầy trong [ Xuất Êdíptô ký 3: 13 ] ." +EXO 30 16 z6tn 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives Possible meanings are (1) “It will remind the Israelites to make atonement for their lives” or (2) “It will remind the Israelites that they have made atonement for their lives.” "Ý nghĩa khả dĩ là ( 1 ) "" Nó sẽ nhắc nhở dân Y-sơ-ra-ên làm lễ chuộc tội cho đời sống họ "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Nó sẽ nhắc nhở dân Y-sơ-ra-ên rằng họ đã làm lễ chuộc tội cho đời sống mình "" ." +EXO 30 18 ye18 figs-you 1 You must also make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 30 18 v88y 1 bronze basin “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub” """ Bồn đồng "" hay "" bồn đồng """ +EXO 30 18 bh82 1 a bronze stand This is what the basin would be put on. Đây là cái mà cái chậu sẽ được đặt lên. +EXO 30 18 iq8n 1 a basin for washing This phrase explains what the priests were to use the large bronze basin for. Nhóm từ này giải thích lý do các thầy tế lễ phải sử dụng cái thùng lớn bằng đồng để làm gì. +EXO 30 18 m5li 1 the altar the altar of sacrifice Bàn thờ dâng sinh tế +EXO 30 19 jq26 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 30 19 ivb1 1 water in it “water in the basin” """ Nước trong trũng """ +EXO 30 21 hp35 1 for Aaron and his descendants throughout their people’s generations “for Aaron and all the generations of his descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). """ Cho A-rôn và cho hết thảy dòng dõi người. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 14 ] ." +EXO 30 22 p8n6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 30 23 m9g7 translate-unknown 1 spices dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Cây khô mà người ta xay thành bột và cho vào dầu hay thức ăn để cho nó có mùi hay hương vị dễ chịu. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 6 ] . +EXO 30 23 zq43 translate-numbers 1 five hundred shekels…250 shekels “500 shekels…two hundred and fifty shekels.” A shekel is about 11 grams. Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “5.7 kilograms…11.4 kilograms” or “six kilograms…three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) """ 500 shekel … hai trăm năm mươi shekel. "" +Một shekel là khoảng 11 gram. Các dịch giả có thể sử dụng các đơn vị mà mọi người biết và làm tròn số: "" 5,7 kilôgam … 11,4 kilôgam "" hoặc "" sáu kilôgam … ba kilôgam """ +EXO 30 23 xga2 translate-unknown 1 cinnamon…cane These are sweet spices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là gia vị ngọt. +EXO 30 24 p9jh translate-unknown 1 cassia This is a sweet spice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Đây là một gia vị ngọt ngào. +EXO 30 24 n38f translate-bweight 1 the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) Rõ ràng lúc đó có hơn một shekel trọng lượng. Điều này cho biết phải dùng loại nào. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 13 ] . +EXO 30 24 dv89 translate-bvolume 1 one hin Translators may use units that people know and round numbers: “3.7 liters” or “four liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Dịch giả có thể dùng đơn vị mà người biết và làm tròn số: "" 3.7 lít "" hay "" bốn lít """ +EXO 30 25 juf3 1 with these ingredients “with these items” """ Với những vật này """ +EXO 30 25 k3s5 1 the work of a perfumer Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. Có thể ý nghĩa là ( 1 ) Môi - se phải có một người làm hương liệu hoặc ( 2 ) Môi - se phải tự mình làm công việc này theo cách mà một người làm hương liệu sẽ làm. +EXO 30 25 yv9l 1 a perfumer a person who is skilled in mixing spices and oils Một người có kỹ năng trộn gia vị và dầu +EXO 30 26 f7k5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 30 26 u241 figs-you 1 You must anoint Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môise." +EXO 30 26 d4id figs-explicit 1 ark of the testimony The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Hòm là rương chứa các điều răn. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 33 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Cái rương chứa điều răn """ +EXO 30 28 v5mk 1 the altar for burnt offerings “the altar on which offering were burnt” """ Bàn - thờ có của - lễ thiêu """ +EXO 30 29 a9hr 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 30 29 np7g 1 set them apart This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](./26.md). Điều này ám chỉ những vật được liệt kê nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 26 - 28 ] ( / 26.MD ) . +EXO 30 31 k4s7 1 throughout your people’s generations “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). """ Tất cả các thế hệ con cháu ngươi. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 14 ] ." +EXO 30 32 w4dt 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what Moses must tell the people. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục nói với Môi-se điều Môi-se phải nói với dân sự. +EXO 30 32 rlk4 figs-activepassive 1 It must not be applied to people’s skin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must not put the anointing oil that is dedicated to Yahweh on a person’s skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn ý dịch: "" Ngươi không được đổ dầu xức dâng cho Đức Giê-hô-va lên da người """ +EXO 30 32 v3br 1 with the same formula “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items” """ Có cùng thành phần "" hay "" có cùng mục tiêu """ +EXO 30 33 pa53 figs-metaphor 1 that person must be cut off from his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Ẩn dụ "" cắt đứt "" có ít nhất ba ý nghĩa khả dĩ. Chúng có thể được diễn tả bằng hình thức chủ động: ( 1 ) "" Ta sẽ chẳng còn xem hắn là một trong dân Y-sơ-ra-ên nữa "" ( 2 ) "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải sai hắn đi "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải giết hắn đi "" ." +EXO 30 34 r3j2 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what to do. Yahweh gives the commands only to Moses: all instances of **you** are singular. However, the words “blended by a perfumer” might mean that Moses could have the perfumer take the spices, blend them, grind them, and give them to Moses so Moses could put part of the mixture in front of the ark, as in UST. "Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết phải làm gì. Ðức Giê hô va chỉ truyền các điều răn nầy cho một mình Môi se mà thôi: Các mệnh lệnh nầy chỉ một mình ngươi. Tuy nhiên, những từ "" do một người thợ hòa hương "" có thể có nghĩa là Môi-se có thể nhờ người thợ hòa hương lấy các hương liệu, trộn chúng lại, xay nghiền và đưa cho Môi-se để Môi-se có thể đặt một phần của hỗn hợp đó trước hòm giao ước, như trong Ust." +EXO 30 35 as9y figs-activepassive 1 Make it into the form of incense, blended by a perfumer The phrase with “blended” can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Make it into the form of incense that a perfumer has blended” or “A perfumer must blend it into a kind of incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Cụm từ có "" pha trộn "" có thể được dịch theo hình thức chủ động. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Hãy chế thành hình dạng hương mà người chế tạo nước hoa đã trộn "" hoặc "" người chế tạo nước hoa phải trộn vào một loại hương "" ." +EXO 30 35 y8yj 1 blended by a perfumer Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). Có thể ý nghĩa là ( 1 ) Môi - se phải có một người làm hương liệu hoặc ( 2 ) Môi - se phải tự mình làm công việc này theo cách mà một người làm hương liệu sẽ làm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 25 ] . +EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you 1 You will grind it “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) """ Anh sẽ bóp nát nó. "" +Ở đây "" ngươi "" ám chỉ đến Môi-se." +EXO 30 36 t8y9 figs-you 1 You will regard Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" là số nhiều và chỉ về Môi-se và cả dân sự." +EXO 30 37 z4p5 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 30 37 dq6c 1 you must not make any The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel. "Chữ "" ngươi "" ở đây ám chỉ về dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 30 37 yv1y 1 with the same formula “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md). """ Với cùng những thành phần "" hay "" với cùng những món đồ. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 30: 32 ] ." +EXO 30 37 wh25 1 It must be most holy to you “You must consider it to be most holy” """ Các ngươi hãy xưng nó là rất thánh """ +EXO 30 38 xn6v 1 perfume This is a pleasant smelling liquid a person puts on his or her body. Đây là một chất lỏng có mùi dễ chịu mà một người mặc vào cơ thể của mình. +EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor 1 must be cut off from his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” (2) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:33](../30/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Ẩn dụ "" cắt đứt "" có ít nhất ba ý nghĩa khả dĩ. Chúng có thể được diễn tả bằng hình thức chủ động: ( 1 ) "" Ta sẽ chẳng còn xem hắn là một trong dân Y-sơ-ra-ên nữa "" ( 2 ) "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải sai hắn đi "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải giết hắn đi "" . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 30: 33 ] ." +EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sabbath
As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) "Exodus 31 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +This chapter is the end of Exodus ' Recording of the law of Moses. Các khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Ngày Sa-bát +Như đã mô tả trong chương này, ngày Sa-bát không chỉ là một ngày thờ phượng hay kỷ niệm. Tầm quan trọng của nó vượt xa hơn một cách để giúp người ta được nghỉ ngơi. Đây là một phần quan trọng trong nhân dạng của người Hê - bơ - rơ." +EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-metonymy 1 I have called by name God speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về việc chọn những người cụ thể bằng cách gọi họ bằng tên. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ta đã chọn """ +EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 31 3 ayb9 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his Spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s Spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my Spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ðức Giê hô va phán cùng Bết sa lê ên rằng: Thần của Bết Sa lê ên là cái bình đựng nước, và thần của Ðức Chúa Trời là nước. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Tôi đã ban thần linh tôi cho Bết-sa-lê-ên """ +EXO 31 3 r6i5 figs-abstractnouns 1 for all kinds of craftsmanship The abstract noun “craftsmanship” can be translated as “making crafts” or “making things.” Alternate translation: “for making all kinds of crafts” or “so that he can make all kinds of things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Danh từ trừu tượng "" tay nghề "" có thể được dịch là "" làm đồ thủ công "" hoặc "" làm đồ vật "" . Dịch luân phiên là: "" Làm đủ loại thủ công "" hoặc "" Để Ngài có thể làm đủ thứ """ +EXO 31 6 qk4r 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 31 6 jh61 translate-names 1 Oholiab…Ahisamak These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của những người đàn ông. +EXO 31 6 wcq7 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well” "Đức Chúa Trời nói đến việc làm cho con người có khả năng chế tạo các thứ như thể Ngài đang đặt khả năng đó vào lòng họ. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Ta đã ban sự khôn ngoan cho tất cả những người khôn ngoan "" hoặc "" Ta đã làm cho tất cả những người khôn ngoan có thể làm cho mọi việc trở nên tốt đẹp """ +EXO 31 7 jc78 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). Đây là một tên gọi khác của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 21 ] . +EXO 31 7 m58b figs-explicit 1 ark of the testimony The ark is the chest that contains the commandments. This can be stated clearly in the translation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:33](../26/33.md). Alternate translation: “the chest containing the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Hòm là rương chứa các điều răn. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 33 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Cái rương chứa điều răn """ +EXO 31 7 z5s4 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 31 8 h84n 1 incense altar “altar to burn incense.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md). """ Bàn thờ để xông hương. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 3 ] ." +EXO 31 9 cvl7 1 altar for burnt offerings “altar on which offering were burnt.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:28](../30/28.md). """ Bàn thờ để thiêu của - lễ "" . Hãy xem cách dịch câu này nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 28 ] ." +EXO 31 10 hn88 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 31 11 z1u2 1 These craftsmen “These people who are skilled in making beautiful things” """ Những người thợ khéo nầy làm ra vật tốt """ +EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Chúa nói về việc vâng theo chỉ thị của Ngài về ngày Sa-bát là giữ ngày Sa-bát. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Các ngươi phải chắc chắn vâng theo những chỉ dẫn của Đức Giê-hô-va về ngày Sa-bát """ +EXO 31 13 gw13 1 throughout your people’s generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). """ Qua tất cả các thế hệ hậu duệ của con. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 14 ] ." +EXO 31 13 h75a figs-metaphor 1 who sets you apart for himself God speaks of choosing people to be his as setting them apart for himself. Alternate translation: “who has chosen you to be his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về việc chọn người thuộc về Ngài như là biệt riêng họ cho chính Ngài. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này: "" Đấng đã chọn các ngươi làm dân Ngài "" ." +EXO 31 14 g83p figs-activepassive 1 for it must be treated by you as holy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for you must treat it as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Vì anh em phải xem đó là thánh """ +EXO 31 14 mv4l figs-metaphor 1 Everyone who defiles it God speaks of treating the Sabbath with disrespect as defiling it. Alternate translation: “Everyone who treats the Sabbath with disrespect” or “Everyone who does not obey the laws about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về việc xem nhẹ ngày Sa-bát là làm ô uế nó. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Tất cả những ai bất kính với ngày Sa-bát "" hoặc "" Tất cả những ai không vâng theo luật ngày Sa-bát "" ." +EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive 1 must surely be put to death “must surely be killed.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) """ Chắc chắn phải bị giết. "" +Điều này có thể được nêu trong hình thức hoạt động. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Chắc chắn ngươi phải giết "" hoặc "" Chắc chắn ngươi phải hành quyết """ +EXO 31 14 fz1g figs-metaphor 1 must surely be cut off from his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “Yahweh will no longer consider him to be one of his people” (2) “you must surely send him away” or (3) “you must surely kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Ẩn dụ "" cắt đứt "" có ít nhất ba ý nghĩa khả dĩ. Chúng có thể được diễn đạt dưới dạng chủ động: ( 1 ) "" Yahweh sẽ không còn xem Ngài là một thành viên trong dân sự Ngài "" ( 2 ) "" Chắc chắn ngươi phải đuổi Ngài đi "" hoặc ( 3 ) "" Chắc chắn ngươi phải giết Ngài "" ." +EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers 1 but the seventh day “but day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Nhưng ngày thứ bảy """ +EXO 31 16 iv7a 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what he must tell the people of Israel. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se điều Ngài phải phán cùng dân Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Chúa nói về việc vâng theo chỉ thị của Ngài về ngày Sa-bát là giữ ngày Sa-bát. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Phải vâng theo những chỉ dẫn của Đức Giê-hô-va về ngày Sa-bát """ +EXO 31 16 n7q2 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). """ Họ và tất cả các thế hệ con cháu của họ phải quan sát nó. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu "" trải qua các đời "" trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 42 ] ." +EXO 31 16 yef8 1 lasting covenant “a covenant that will always exist.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). """ Một giao ước sẽ luôn tồn tại. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 43 ] ." +EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive 1 written on by his own hand This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được dịch bằng động từ chủ động. Bản dịch khác dịch: "" Mà Đức Yahweh đã tự tay mình viết ra """ +EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

The events of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen at the same time as the events in chapters 20-31.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Idolatry
The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Exodus 32 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +Các biến cố của chương này xảy ra trong khi Môi-se nói chuyện với Đức Chúa Trời và vì lẽ đó xảy ra cùng một lúc với các biến cố trong các chương 20 - 31. Một số bản dịch đặt mỗi dòng thơ ở xa hơn về bên phải so với phần còn lại của bản văn để dễ đọc hơn. Conlt làm điều này với Thi ca trong 32: 18. Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Thờ hình tượng +Việc đúc tượng bò con bằng vàng được xem là một hình thức thờ hình tượng." +EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây, sự hiểu biết được nói đến như thể nó đang được nhìn thấy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Người ta nhận ra """ +EXO 32 1 k2i1 1 Come, make us an idol The word “come” strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. "Chữ "" hãy đến "" tăng cường sức mạnh của mạng lệnh theo sau nó. Dân sự đang đòi hỏi A - rôn làm một hình tượng cho họ." +EXO 32 1 mrb5 1 go before us “lead us” or “be our leader” """ Dẫn dắt chúng con "" hay "" Lãnh đạo chúng con """ +EXO 32 2 p86s 1 bring them to me The word “them” refers to the golden rings. "Chữ "" chúng nó "" ám chỉ những chiếc nhẫn vàng." +EXO 32 3 ckg2 1 All the people This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Moses’ God as their God. Điều này đề cập đến tất cả những người đã khước từ Môi-se là người lãnh đạo của họ và Đức Chúa Trời của Môi-se là Đức Chúa Trời của họ. +EXO 32 4 uf9e 1 fashioned it with an engraving tool and he made a cast idol in the shape of a calf Aaron melted the gold and poured it into a mold that had the shape of a calf. When the gold became hard, he removed the mold, and the hardened gold had the shape of a calf. A - rôn nấu chảy vàng và đổ nó vào khuôn có hình con Bê. Khi vàng trở nên cứng, ông lấy khuôn ra, và vàng cứng có hình bò con. +EXO 32 5 ztx4 figs-explicit 1 When Aaron saw this You may need to make explicit what he saw. “When Aaron saw what the people did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Bạn có thể cần phải làm rõ những gì ông đã thấy. "" Khi A - rôn thấy dân - sự làm điều đó """ +EXO 32 6 as6u 1 to carouse in wild celebration “to have a wild party.” The people likely behaved in sexually immoral ways at the party. """ Để có một bữa tiệc hoang dã. "" +Rất có thể những người này đã hành động vô luân trong bữa tiệc." +EXO 32 8 eua5 figs-metaphor 1 left the way that I commanded them Here God speaks of the people disobeying what he commanded them as if he had told them to walk on a certain road and they left that road. Alternate translation: “stopped doing what I commanded them to do” or “have stopped obeying what I commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây Đức Chúa Trời nói về việc dân sự bất tuân những gì Ngài truyền dạy họ như thể Ngài đã bảo họ đi trên một con đường nào đó và họ đã rời khỏi con đường đó. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ngưng làm điều ta ra lệnh cho họ làm "" hoặc "" đã ngưng vâng theo điều ta ra lệnh cho họ làm """ +EXO 32 9 bh7c figs-metaphor 1 I have seen this people Here Yahweh compares knowing the people to seeing them. Alternate translation: “I know this people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây Đức Giê-hô-va ví sánh việc biết dân sự với việc nhìn thấy họ. Dịch lệ: "" Ta biết dân nầy """ +EXO 32 9 ffe2 figs-metaphor 1 a stiff-necked people Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had stiff necks. Alternate translation: “a stubborn people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ðức Giê hô va phán về dân sự cứng cổ như cứng cổ. Một cách dịch khác: "" Một dân cứng đầu """ +EXO 32 10 fmk3 1 Now then The word “now” is used here to mark a break in what Yahweh was telling Moses. Here Yahweh tells what he will do to the people. "Từ "" bây giờ "" được sử dụng ở đây để đánh dấu một sự gián đoạn trong những gì Đức Giê-hô-va đã phán cùng Môi-se. Ở đây Đức Giê-hô-va phán những gì Ngài sẽ làm cho dân sự." +EXO 32 10 sd9w figs-metaphor 1 My anger will burn hot against them Yahweh speaks of his anger as if it were a fire that could burn hot. Alternate translation: “My anger towards them will be terrible” or “I am extremely angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ðức Giê hô va nói về sự giận của Ngài như là lửa có thể đốt cháy. Dịch khác: "" Cơn giận của tôi đối với họ sẽ khủng khiếp "" hoặc "" Tôi vô cùng tức giận với họ """ +EXO 32 10 vc2u figs-you 1 from you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Chữ "" ngươi "" ám chỉ đến Môi-se." +EXO 32 11 h62e figs-metaphor 1 why does your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand? Moses used this question to try to persuade Yahweh not to be so angry with his people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not let your anger burn against your people…a mighty hand.” or “Do not be so angry with your people…a mighty hand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se đã sử dụng câu hỏi này để cố gắng thuyết phục Yahweh đừng quá tức giận với dân sự Ngài. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch là một lời tuyên bố. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Xin đừng để cơn giận của Ngài thiêu đốt dân sự Ngài … một bàn tay mạnh mẽ. "" +hoặc "" Xin đừng quá giận dữ với dân ngài … một bàn tay mạnh mẽ. """ +EXO 32 11 t2cv figs-doublet 1 great power…mighty hand These two phrases share similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) Hai cụm từ này có ý nghĩa tương tự và được kết hợp để nhấn mạnh. +EXO 32 11 ph43 figs-metonymy 1 a mighty hand Here the word “hand” refers to the things Yahweh did. Alternate translation: “and the powerful things you did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ở đây từ "" tay "" đề cập đến những việc Đức Giê-hô-va đã làm. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Và những việc quyền năng Ngài đã làm """ +EXO 32 12 k26p 1 General Information: Moses continues to reason with God not to destroy Israel. Môi-se tiếp tục lý luận với Đức Chúa Trời để không hủy diệt Y-sơ-ra-ên. +EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se đã dùng câu hỏi này để cố gắng thuyết phục Đức Chúa Trời đừng hủy diệt dân sự Ngài. Câu hỏi tu từ này có thể được dịch bằng một lời tuyên bố. Bản dịch thay thế: Nếu bạn tiêu diệt dân sự của bạn, người Ai Cập có thể nói, "" Ngài dẫn họ ra … để tiêu diệt họ khỏi mặt đất "" ." +EXO 32 12 kzh7 1 face of the earth “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth” """ Từ mặt đất "" hay "" từ đất """ +EXO 32 12 fns1 1 Turn from your burning anger “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry” """ Đừng nóng giận nữa "" hay "" Đừng nóng giận nữa """ +EXO 32 12 p1df figs-metaphor 1 your burning anger Moses speaks of God’s anger as if it were a fire that was burning. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói tới cơn giận của Đức Chúa Trời như thể đó là một ngọn lửa đang cháy. Một bản dịch khác: "" Cơn giận kinh khiếp của Ngài """ +EXO 32 13 t9sa 1 Call to mind Abraham “Remember Abraham” or “Think about Abraham” """ Hãy nhớ đến Ápraham "" hay "" Hãy nghĩ đến Ápraham """ +EXO 32 13 p8jq 1 you swore “you made an oath” or “you solemnly promised” """ Ngươi đã thề "" hay "" ngươi đã long trọng hứa """ +EXO 32 13 q1g1 figs-metaphor 1 They will inherit it forever God speaks about them possessing the land as if they would inherit it. Alternate translation: “They will possess it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời phán về việc họ sở hữu đất như thể họ sẽ thừa hưởng nó. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ sẽ sở hữu nó mãi mãi """ +EXO 32 15 cx7z 1 tablets of the covenant decrees These are the two stone slabs on which God had engraved his commandments. These are the two stone sLabs on which God had sơ-unksơ-his commandments. +EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-parallelism 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two phrases share similar meanings. The second explains how the tablets were “God’s own work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) "Hai cụm từ này có ý nghĩa tương tự. Cụm từ thứ hai giải thích hai bảng này là "" công việc của Đức Chúa Trời "" như thế nào." +EXO 32 17 cua3 figs-explicit 1 he said to Moses It is assumed that Joshua met Moses while Moses was going back to the camp. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Người ta cho rằng Giô-suê đã gặp Môi-se trong khi Môi-se trở về trại quân. +EXO 32 19 hr2j 1 the tablets “the two stone slabs that Yahweh had written on” """ Hai hòn đá mà Ðức Giê hô va đã viết trên đó """ +EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotations 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people do to him, that he have brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Điều này có thể được nêu là một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này như sau: "" Môi - se hỏi A - rôn rằng dân sự đã làm gì ông khiến họ phạm tội trọng dường ấy "" ." +EXO 32 21 np73 figs-metaphor 1 you have brought such a great sin on them Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “you have caused them to sin so terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về việc khiến dân sự phạm tội như thể tội lỗi là một vật thể và A-rôn đã đặt nó trên họ. Một bản khác dịch câu này là: "" Chúa đã khiến họ phạm tội một cách kinh khủng """ +EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-metaphor 1 Do not let your anger burn hot Aaron spoke of Moses’ anger as if it were a fire that could burn. “Do not be so angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "A - rôn nói về cơn giận của Môi - se như thể một ngọn lửa có thể bùng cháy. "" Đừng giận """ +EXO 32 22 vdy2 figs-metaphor 1 they are set on doing evil Being determined to do evil is spoken of as being set on evil. Alternate translation: “they are determined to do what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Quyết tâm làm điều ác được nói đến như là bị đặt trên điều ác. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Họ quyết tâm làm điều ác """ +EXO 32 23 zn68 1 this Moses People showed disrespect by putting the word “this” before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. "Người ta tỏ ra bất kính bằng cách đặt chữ "" này "" trước danh Ngài, như thể Môi - se là người họ không biết và không thể tin cậy được." +EXO 32 24 yq7s figs-quotations 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Điều này có thể được nêu là một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Dịch lệ: "" Tôi nói với họ rằng ai có vàng hãy cởi nó ra """ +EXO 32 24 b3l5 1 I threw it into the fire, and out came this calf Instead of taking ownership for making the calf, Aaron claims the calf came out of the fire supernaturally. Thay vì chiếm quyền sở hữu để làm ra con bê, Aaron tuyên bố con bê đến từ ngọn lửa siêu nhiên. +EXO 32 25 ck1f 1 were running wild “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves” """ Cư xử hung bạo "" hoặc "" Không kiềm chế được bản thân """ +EXO 32 26 jis7 figs-quotations 1 Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Then Moses stood at the entrance to the camp and said that whoever was on Yahweh’s side should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Điều này có thể được nêu là một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Môi - se đứng trước cửa trại quân và nói rằng ai đứng về phía Đức Giê - hô - va sẽ đến cùng ông "" ." +EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-metaphor 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being on Yahweh’s side. Alternate translation: “Whoever is loyal to Yahweh” or “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi se nói về sự trung thành với Ðức Giê hô va là đứng về phía Ngài. Dịch cách khác: "" Ai trung thành với Đức Giê - hô - va "" hoặc "" ai phụng sự Ngài """ +EXO 32 27 xsl3 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance “go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” """ Hãy đi từ bên này trại đến bên kia, bắt đầu từ một cửa vào trại và đi đến cửa vào ở phía bên kia trại """ +EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers 1 three thousand of the people “3000 of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 3000 người """ +EXO 32 29 jzp1 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This probably means “You have been chosen to serve Yahweh” or “You have become Yahweh’s servants.” "Điều này có thể có nghĩa là "" các ngươi đã được chọn để hầu việc Đức Giê-hô-va "" hoặc "" các ngươi đã trở thành tôi tớ của Đức Giê-hô-va "" ." +EXO 32 29 c6fg figs-explicit 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Việc họ làm điều này trong sự vâng lời Đức Chúa Trời có thể được nói rõ ràng. Bản Diễn ý dịch: "" Vì các ngươi đã vâng lời Đức Giê - hô - va mà giết các con trai và anh em mình """ +EXO 32 30 r5fn 1 You have committed a very great sin They worshiped an idol. Họ đã thờ một thần tượng. +EXO 32 30 yi3e figs-metaphor 1 Perhaps I can make atonement for your sin Moses spoke of persuading God to forgive the people as if he could make atonement for their sin. Alternate translation: “Perhaps I can persuade Yahweh to forgive you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Môi-se nói về việc thuyết phục Đức Chúa Trời tha thứ cho dân sự như thể Ngài có thể làm lễ chuộc tội cho họ. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Có lẽ tôi có thể thuyết phục Đức Giê-hô-va tha thứ cho bạn """ +EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy 1 blot me out of the book The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Chữ "" Ta "" ở đây ám chỉ đến danh của Môi-se. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Xóa tên tôi khỏi sách """ +EXO 32 32 ahb3 figs-explicit 1 the book that you have written What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Những gì Đức Chúa Trời đã viết trong sách này có thể được nói rõ. Một bản dịch khác: "" Sách trong đó Ngài đã ghi tên dân Ngài """ +EXO 32 33 igb4 figs-metonymy 1 that person I will blot out of my book The phrase “that person” represents “that person’s name.” Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Cụm từ "" người đó "" tượng trưng cho "" tên người đó. "" +Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Tôi sẽ xóa tên người đó khỏi sách của tôi """ +EXO 32 33 qwk9 1 my book This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md). Điều này đề cập tới sách Yahweh mà Môi-se đã nói tới trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 32: 32 ] . +EXO 32 34 xn8p 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them On the day that God decides to punish them, it will be clear that it is God who is judging them. Vào ngày mà Đức Chúa Trời quyết định trừng phạt họ, thì sẽ rõ ràng rằng chính Đức Chúa Trời đang phán xét họ. +EXO 32 35 ddg6 1 Yahweh sent a plague on the people This plague may have been a serious illness. Alternate translation: “Yahweh made the people very sick” "Bệnh dịch này có thể là một căn bệnh nghiêm trọng. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Đức Giê-hô-va làm cho dân sự bệnh rất nặng """ +EXO 32 35 wv1v 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made Even though Aaron made the calf, the people were also guilty because they told Aaron to do it. Alternate translation: “they told Aaron to make the calf” "Dù A-rôn đã làm con bò con, dân sự cũng có tội vì họ bảo A-rôn làm điều đó. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Họ bảo A - rôn làm bò con """ +EXO 33 intro g5k3 0 # Exodus 33 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Covenant
While the covenants Yahweh made may not be conditioned upon the obedience of Israel, it is clear that their conquering of the Promised Land was conditioned on their obedience to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]]) "Exodus 33 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Covenant +Trong khi các giao ước mà Đức Giê-hô-va đã lập có thể không dựa trên sự vâng lời của Y-sơ-ra-ên, rõ ràng việc họ chinh phục đất hứa dựa trên sự vâng lời của họ đối với Đức Giê-hô-va." +EXO 33 1 p8xp 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses of his anger. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se về cơn giận của Ngài. +EXO 33 3 yyt4 figs-metonymy 1 that land, which is flowing with milk and honey The land was good for raising livestock and growing crops. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đất tốt cho việc chăn nuôi gia súc và trồng trọt. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 3: 8 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Đất tốt cho việc chăn nuôi gia súc và trồng trọt "" ." +EXO 33 3 y347 1 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of” """ Đầy dẫy "" hay "" với sự dư dật """ +EXO 33 3 ck4m figs-metonymy 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Vì sữa đến từ bò và dê, điều này đại diện cho thực phẩm do gia súc sản xuất. Bản dịch khác: "" Thức ăn từ gia súc """ +EXO 33 3 a4ct figs-metonymy 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Vì mật ong được làm từ hoa, nên nó tượng trưng cho thực phẩm từ cây trồng. Bản dịch khác: "" Thực phẩm từ cây trồng """ +EXO 33 3 ah5t 1 a stubborn people “people who refuse to change” """ Những người không chịu thay đổi """ +EXO 33 4 cf7g 1 jewelry beautiful clothing as well as chains and rings with jewels in them Trang phục đẹp cũng như dây xích và nhẫn có trang sức trong đó +EXO 33 5 rzr5 1 a stubborn people “people who refuse to change.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:3](../33/03.md). """ Những người không chịu thay đổi. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 33: 3 ] ." +EXO 33 9 yt4f figs-metaphor 1 the pillar of cloud The cloud had the shape of a pillar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:22](../13/22.md). Alternate translation: “the cloud shaped like a pillar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đám mây có hình dáng của một cây cột. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 13: 22 ] . Dịch cách khác: "" Đám mây có hình dạng như một cây trụ """ +EXO 33 9 vam7 figs-explicit 1 would come down Where it came down from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “would come down from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Nguồn gốc của nó có thể được nói rõ ràng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Sẽ từ trên trời giáng xuống """ +EXO 33 11 zrb8 figs-metaphor 1 Yahweh would speak to Moses face to face Speaking directly rather than through dreams and visions, is spoken of as if Moses and God saw each other’s faces while they spoke. Alternate translation: “Yahweh would speak directly to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Nói một cách trực tiếp thay vì thông qua những giấc mơ và khải tượng, được nói đến như thể Môi-se và Đức Chúa Trời nhìn thấy mặt nhau trong khi họ nói. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Đức Giê-hô-va sẽ phán trực tiếp với Môi-se """ +EXO 33 11 ika8 1 young man Joshua was old enough to be a soldier, but he was much younger than Moses Giô-suê đủ tuổi để làm một chiến sĩ, nhưng ông trẻ hơn Môi-se rất nhiều +EXO 33 12 unz8 1 See “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” """ Nhìn kìa! "" +hay "" Nghe kìa! "" +hoặc "" Hãy chú ý đến những gì tôi sắp nói với bạn """ +EXO 33 12 w7fs figs-idiom 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Biết tên ai đó tức là biết rõ họ. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ta biết rõ ngươi """ +EXO 33 12 a7jr figs-idiom 1 you have also found favor in my eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “I have evaluated you and approve” or “I am pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" tìm được ân huệ "" là một thành ngữ có nghĩa là được chấp thuận hoặc được Đức Chúa Trời hài lòng với Môi - se. Ở đây "" mắt "" là một hoán dụ nói tới thị giác, và thị giác là một ẩn dụ nói tới sự đánh giá của Đức Chúa Trời. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Ta đã đánh giá ngươi và chấp thuận "" hoặc "" Ta hài lòng với ngươi """ +EXO 33 13 e6vv figs-idiom 1 Now if I have found favor in your eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing God’s evaluation. Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" tìm được ân huệ "" là một thành ngữ có nghĩa là được chấp thuận hoặc được Đức Chúa Trời hài lòng với Môi - se. Ở đây "" mắt "" là một hoán dụ nói tới thị giác, và thị giác là một ẩn dụ nói tới sự đánh giá của Đức Chúa Trời. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Bây giờ nếu anh em hài lòng về tôi "" hoặc "" Bây giờ nếu anh em chấp nhận tôi """ +EXO 33 13 zi7j 1 show me your ways Possible meanings: (1) “show me what you are going to do in the future” or (2) “show me how people can do what pleases you.” "Những ý nghĩa khả dĩ: ( 1 ) "" Hãy cho tôi thấy bạn sẽ làm gì trong tương lai "" hoặc ( 2 ) "" Hãy cho tôi thấy mọi người có thể làm bạn hài lòng như thế nào "" ." +EXO 33 14 gh8q figs-metonymy 1 My own presence will go God’s presence represents himself. Alternate translation: “I will go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Sự hiện diện của Chúa tiêu biểu cho chính Ngài. Dịch lệ: "" Tôi sẽ đi """ +EXO 33 14 hl15 figs-you 1 go with you…give you The word **you** here refers to Moses. It is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Chữ "" ngươi "" ở đây ám chỉ đến Môi-se. Đó là số ít." +EXO 33 14 hc5n 1 I will give you rest “I will let you rest” """ Ta sẽ cho các ngươi được yên nghỉ """ +EXO 33 16 d36k 1 For otherwise “For if your presence does not go with us” """ Nếu sự hiện diện của Chúa không đi với chúng tôi """ +EXO 33 16 tu8e figs-activepassive 1 how will it be known This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: how will people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được diễn tả bằng một hình thức chủ động. Cách dịch thay thế: Làm sao người ta biết được """ +EXO 33 16 cgl8 figs-rquestion 1 how will it be known…people? Moses used this question in order to emphasize that if God does not go with them, no one will know that Moses had found favor in God’s sight. Alternate translation: “no one will know…people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) "Môi-se đã sử dụng câu hỏi này để nhấn mạnh rằng nếu Đức Chúa Trời không đi cùng họ, thì sẽ không ai biết rằng Môi-se đã được ơn trước mặt Đức Chúa Trời. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Không ai sẽ biết … con người. """ +EXO 33 16 u82a 1 Will it not only be if “Will it not only be known if” """ Sẽ chẳng những được biết là nếu """ +EXO 33 17 aln2 figs-you 1 General Information: When Yahweh uses the word **you** in this verse, it is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Khi Đức Giê-hô-va sử dụng từ "" ngươi "" trong câu nầy, thì nó ở số ít và chỉ về Môi-se." +EXO 33 17 ln7y figs-idiom 1 you have found favor in my eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am pleased with you” or “I approve of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" tìm được sự ưu ái "" là một thành ngữ có ý nói rằng Đức Chúa Trời đẹp lòng với Môise. Ở đây "" mắt "" là một hoán dụ nói tới thị giác, và thị giác là một ẩn dụ nói tới sự đánh giá của ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 33: 12 ] . Một cách dịch khác là: "" Ta hài lòng về con "" hoặc "" Ta chấp nhận con """ +EXO 33 17 u2nv figs-idiom 1 I know you by name To know someone by name is to know them well. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “I know you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Biết tên ai đó tức là biết rõ họ. Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 33: 12 ] . Một bản khác dịch câu này là "" Ta biết ngươi """ +EXO 33 19 sx1a figs-metonymy 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you God speaks of walking past Moses so that Moses can see his goodness as if only his goodness would go past Moses. Alternate translation: “I will move past you so that you may see my goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đức Chúa Trời phán về việc đi ngang qua Môi-se để Môi-se có thể nhìn thấy sự tốt lành của Ngài như thể chỉ sự tốt lành của Ngài sẽ đi qua Môi-se. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ta sẽ đi ngang qua ngươi để ngươi thấy lòng nhân từ của Ta """ +EXO 33 21 s4iy 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.” """ Nhìn "" hoặc "" lắng nghe "" hoặc "" chú ý đến những gì tôi sắp nói với bạn "" ." +EXO 33 23 fmu8 1 you will see my back This is because Yahweh will be walking away from Moses. Ấy là vì Đức Giê-hô-va sẽ lìa bỏ Môi-se. +EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive 1 but my face will not be seen This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được diễn đạt dưới dạng chủ động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Nhưng ngươi sẽ không thấy mặt ta """ +EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”
This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) "Exodus 34 General Notes +Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +"" Ngài sẽ giáng hình phạt vì tội tổ phụ trên con cái họ "" +Cụm từ này không có nghĩa là một đứa trẻ nhất thiết bị trừng phạt vì tội lỗi của cha mẹ chúng. Nhiều học giả tin rằng phân đoạn này cho thấy tội lỗi của cha mẹ sẽ có hậu quả ảnh hưởng đến con cái và cháu chắt của họ." +EXO 34 1 s1kv 1 tablets of stone “flat slabs of stone.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md) """ Những phiến đá phẳng. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 18 ]" +EXO 34 3 fk8z 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Bị nhìn thấy đang làm gì đó nghĩa là đang làm điều đó. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Đừng để bất cứ ai ở bất cứ nơi nào trên núi """ +EXO 34 3 x3rx 1 No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.” """ Ngay cả bầy chiên hay bầy gia súc cũng không được phép đến gần núi để ăn "" ." +EXO 34 5 sp7f 1 stood with Moses there “stood with Moses on the mountain” """ Đứng với Môi-se trên núi """ +EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, “name” would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Ý nghĩa khả dĩ là ( 1 ) "" Ông nói lên danh xưng ' Yahweh. ' "" +"" Hoặc ( 2 ) "" Ông tuyên bố Yahweh là ai. "" +Ý nghĩa thứ hai, "" danh "" tiêu biểu cho Đức Chúa Trời là ai." +EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Đức Chúa Trời đang phán về chính Ngài. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Ta là Giê-hô-va Đức Chúa Trời, Ta đầy lòng thương xót và nhân từ "" ." +EXO 34 6 e1k3 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness “always showing covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness” """ Hằng tỏ ra sự thành tín đáng tin cậy của giao ước """ +EXO 34 6 j7we figs-abstractnouns 1 abounding in covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness The abstract nouns “faithfulness” and “trustworthiness” can be stated as “faithful” and “trustworthy.” Alternate translation: “always being faithful to my covenant and always being trustworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Danh từ trừu tượng "" trung tín "" và "" đáng tin cậy "" có thể được gọi là "" trung tín "" và "" đáng tin cậy "" . Bản dịch khác: "" Luôn trung tín với giao ước của ta và luôn đáng tin cậy """ +EXO 34 7 lt2j figs-abstractnouns 1 keeping covenant faithfulness for thousands of generations The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 20:6](../20/06.md). Alternate translation: “faithfully loving thousands of generations” or “faithful to his covenant with thousands of generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) "Danh từ trừu tượng "" sự trung tín "" có thể được gọi là "" sự trung tín "" hoặc "" sự trung tín "" . Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 20: 6 ] . Một bản dịch khác: "" Trung tín yêu thương hàng ngàn thế hệ "" hoặc "" trung thành với giao ước của Ngài với hàng ngàn thế hệ """ +EXO 34 7 q7z8 figs-123person 1 But he will Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “But I will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Đức Giêhôva đang phán về chính mình Ngài. Dịch lệ: "" Nhưng ta sẽ """ +EXO 34 7 x397 figs-123person 1 he will by no means clear the guilty Yahweh is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I will by no means clear the guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) "Đức Giêhôva đang phán về chính mình Ngài. Cách dịch thay thế: "" Ta sẽ không thanh minh cho kẻ có tội """ +EXO 34 7 ts1b 1 will by no means clear the guilty “will certainly not clear the guilty” or “will certainly not say that the guilty are innocent” or “will certainly not free guilty people” """ Chắc chắn sẽ không giải thoát kẻ có tội "" hoặc "" Chắc chắn sẽ không nói rằng kẻ có tội là vô tội "" hoặc "" Chắc chắn sẽ không giải thoát người có tội """ +EXO 34 7 px85 figs-metaphor 1 He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children Punishing people is spoken of as if punishment were an object that someone could bring on people. Alternate translation: “He will punish the children for their fathers’ sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Trừng phạt con người được nói đến như thể trừng phạt là một vật mà ai đó có thể mang đến cho con người. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Ngài sẽ trừng phạt con cái vì tội lỗi của tổ phụ chúng """ +EXO 34 7 c3tb figs-metonymy 1 their children The word “children” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Chữ "" con "" tiêu biểu cho con cháu. Một cách dịch khác: "" Con cháu họ """ +EXO 34 9 mh3a figs-idiom 1 If now I have found favor in your eyes Here “found favor” is an idiom that means be approved of or that God is pleased with Moses. Here “eyes” are a metonym for sight, and sight is a metaphor representing his evaluation. See how you translated this in [Exodus 33:12](../33/12.md). Alternate translation: “Now If you are pleased with me” or “Now if you approve of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" tìm được ân huệ "" là một thành ngữ có nghĩa là được chấp thuận hoặc được Đức Chúa Trời hài lòng với Môi - se. Ở đây "" mắt "" là một hoán dụ nói về tầm nhìn, và tầm nhìn là một ẩn dụ biểu thị cho sự đánh giá của ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 33: 12 ] . Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Bây giờ nếu anh em hài lòng về tôi "" hoặc "" Bây giờ nếu anh em chấp nhận tôi "" ." +EXO 34 9 hw66 figs-doublet 1 our iniquity and our sin The words “iniquity” and “sin” mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) "Những từ "" gian ác "" và "" tội lỗi "" về cơ bản có cùng một nghĩa và được kết hợp để nhấn mạnh. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Mọi tội lỗi của chúng ta """ +EXO 34 9 n6e5 figs-metaphor 1 take us as your inheritance Something that someone possesses forever is spoken of as if it were something that they had inherited. Alternate translation: “take us as the people that you possess forever” or “accept us as the people who belong to you forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Một điều gì đó mà một người sở hữu mãi mãi được nói đến như thể nó là một điều gì đó mà họ đã thừa hưởng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Nhận chúng tôi như những người mà bạn sở hữu mãi mãi "" hoặc "" Nhận chúng tôi như những người thuộc về bạn mãi mãi """ +EXO 34 10 zdq6 figs-you 1 your people Here “your” refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" của ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se." +EXO 34 10 bj1a figs-idiom 1 it is a fearful thing that I am doing with you A fearful thing is a thing that causes people to be afraid. In this case, people will fear God when they see what he does. Alternate translation: “what I do for you will cause people to fear me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) "Một điều sợ hãi là một điều khiến người ta sợ hãi. Trong trường hợp này, người ta sẽ kính sợ Đức Chúa Trời khi họ thấy những gì Ngài làm. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Điều tôi làm cho Ngài sẽ khiến người ta kính sợ tôi """ +EXO 34 10 s7uz figs-you 1 I am doing with you Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) "Ở đây "" các ngươi "" ám chỉ Môi-se và dân Y-sơ-ra-ên." +EXO 34 12 b459 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Here he tells him what Moses and the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. Tại đây Ngài phán cùng ông những gì Môi-se và dân sự phải làm. +EXO 34 12 lxz8 figs-metaphor 1 they will become a trap among you People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a trap. Alternate translation: “they will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Những người cám dỗ người khác phạm tội được nói đến như thể họ là một cái bẫy. Một bản dịch khác dịch: "" Họ sẽ cám dỗ anh em phạm tội """ +EXO 34 14 vmx2 figs-metonymy 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous The word “Jealous” here means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, always guard my honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Từ ngữ "" ghen tương "" ở đây có ý nói rằng Đức Chúa Trời bằng lòng giữ sự tôn vinh của Ngài. Nếu dân sự Ngài thờ phượng các thần khác, Ngài mất sự tôn kính, vì khi dân sự Ngài không tôn kính Ngài, những người khác cũng sẽ không tôn kính Ngài. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va, luôn giữ sự tôn kính ta """ +EXO 34 14 s5sd figs-metonymy 1 whose name is Jealous, The word “name” here represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, who am always jealous” or “I, Yahweh, am always jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Chữ "" danh "" ở đây tiêu biểu cho đặc tính của Đức Chúa Trời. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va, là Đấng hay ghen "" hoặc "" Ta, Đức Giê-hô-va, là Đấng hay ghen "" ." +EXO 34 15 f1e3 1 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to tell Moses how his people are to behave towards outsiders. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết dân sự Ngài phải cư xử với người ngoài như thế nào. +EXO 34 15 gtd8 figs-metaphor 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods God speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. Alternate translation: “for they worship other gods” or “because they worship other gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về những người thờ phượng các thần khác như thể họ là gái mại dâm đi đến với những người nam khác. Dịch cách khác: "" Vì họ thờ phượng các thần khác "" hoặc "" vì họ thờ phượng các thần khác như gái điếm đến với người đàn ông khác """ +EXO 34 15 bj2i figs-explicit 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Hậu quả của việc ăn thức ăn được cúng tế cho thần khác có thể được nói rõ ràng. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ngươi sẽ ăn một số của - lễ hy sinh của Ngài và phạm tội thờ phượng các thần của Ngài "" hoặc "" Ngươi sẽ bán mình cho thần của Ngài bằng cách ăn một số của - lễ hy sinh của Ngài """ +EXO 34 18 s1rr 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 34 18 u5be translate-numbers 1 seven days “7 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 7 ngày """ +EXO 34 18 i5ck translate-hebrewmonths 1 in the month of Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated “Aviv” in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) "Đây là tên của tháng đầu tiên của lịch Do Thái. Aviv là vào cuối tháng 3 và đầu tháng 4 theo lịch phương Tây. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" Aviv "" trong [ Exodus 13: 4 ] ." +EXO 34 19 ly7d 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 34 20 yz8x 1 buy back Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh. "Con trưởng nam cùng lừa đầu lòng đều thuộc về Ðức Giê hô va; Nhưng Ðức Giê hô va không muốn chúng phải dâng cho Ngài. Thay vào đó, dân Y-sơ-ra-ên phải dâng một chiên con thế cho họ. Điều này cho phép dân Y - sơ - ra - ên mua lại lừa và con trai của Đức Giê - hô - va." +EXO 34 20 u2p5 figs-metonymy 1 No one may appear before me empty-handed God speaks of the offering as if the person was to carry it in his hands. Alternate translation: “No one may come to me without an offering” or “Everyone who comes to me must bring me an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Đức Chúa Trời nói về của lễ như thể người đó phải mang nó trong tay mình. Một cách dịch khác: "" Không ai được đến với tôi mà không dâng lễ vật "" hoặc "" Mỗi người đến với tôi phải dâng lễ vật cho tôi """ +EXO 34 21 w9ed 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 34 21 swm8 1 Even at plowing time and in harvest “Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops” """ Dù bạn đang chuẩn bị đất hoặc thu hoạch mùa màng """ +EXO 34 22 d13l 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. The word “Ingathering” means when they harvest their crop. "Lễ hội này còn được gọi là lễ hội che chở hay lễ hội lều tạm. Ý tưởng này đến từ thực hành của những người nông dân sống trong lều tạm, tức túp lều, ở ngoài đồng để canh giữ mùa màng khi chúng chín. Từ "" gặt "" có nghĩa là khi họ thu hoạch mùa màng." +EXO 34 23 zh58 1 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục cho Môi-se biết những gì dân sự phải làm. +EXO 34 25 zx2v 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 34 25 e8v2 figs-explicit 1 the blood of my sacrifice The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Thực tế rằng máu là từ một con vật có thể được nói rõ ràng. Một cách dịch khác: "" Huyết của một con vật mà các ngươi dâng cho Ta """ +EXO 34 25 k2f7 figs-explicit 1 with any yeast The fact that any yeast would be in bread can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “with bread that has yeast in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Thực tế rằng bất kỳ men nào sẽ ở trong bánh mì có thể được nói rõ ràng. Một bản dịch khác: "" Có men trong bánh mì """ +EXO 34 28 mm6l 1 Moses was there “Moses was on the mountain” """ Môi - se ở trên núi """ +EXO 34 28 j9t4 translate-numbers 1 forty days “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 40 ngày """ +EXO 34 28 wt1c 1 for forty days and nights “for forty days, both day and night” """ Trong bốn mươi ngày, cả ngày lẫn đêm """ +EXO 34 28 yun2 1 He wrote “Moses wrote” """ Môise đã viết """ +EXO 34 29 d9zk 1 had become radiant “had started to shine” """ Đã bắt đầu chiếu sáng """ +EXO 34 31 jfb4 1 came up to him “approached him” or “went to him.” They did not go up the mountain. """ Đến gần Ngài "" hoặc "" đi đến cùng Ngài. "" +Họ không đi lên núi." +EXO 34 32 kt23 figs-metaphor 1 all the commands that Yahweh had given him Telling commands is spoken of as if the commands were objects that could be given. Alternate translation: “all the commands that Yahweh had told him” or “everything that Yahweh had commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Việc truyền lệnh được nói đến như thể các lệnh là những đối tượng có thể được đưa ra. Dịch cách khác: "" Tất cả những mạng lệnh mà Đức Giê - hô - va đã cho ông biết "" hoặc "" tất cả những gì Đức Giê - hô - va đã phán dặn """ +EXO 34 34 fzm1 1 he would remove “Moses would remove” """ Môi - se trừ - bỏ """ +EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive 1 what he was commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch sát nghĩa: "" Điều Đức Giê - hô - va đã phán dặn """ +EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sacrifice
All of the people offered sacrifices to Yahweh. This was a form of worship and a sign of repentance from making the golden calf idol. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) "Exodus 35 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Hết thảy dân sự đều dâng tế lễ cho Đức Giê-hô-va. Đây là một hình thức thờ phượng và là một dấu hiệu của sự ăn năn từ việc làm tượng bò vàng." +EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal 1 the seventh day “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) """ Ngày thứ bảy "" hay "" thứ bảy """ +EXO 35 2 zij9 figs-activepassive 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must kill anyone who does work on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Ngươi phải giết bất cứ ai làm việc trong ngày đó """ +EXO 35 4 jdb8 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). Trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 4 - 9, Môi - se bảo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm những điều Đức Giê - hô - va phán dặn ông [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 3 - 7 ] . +EXO 35 5 h5c8 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). Trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 4 - 9, Môi - se bảo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm những điều Đức Giê - hô - va phán dặn ông [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 3 - 7 ] . +EXO 35 5 n2c8 1 Take an offering for Yahweh “Take up a collection for Yahweh” "Hãy quyên tiền cho Ðức Giê hô va """ +EXO 35 5 y2x6 figs-synecdoche 1 all of you who have a willing heart Here “heart” refers to the person bringing the offering. Alternate translation: “everyone who is willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" ám chỉ đến người đem của dâng. Một bản dịch khác dịch là "" Hễ ai sẵn lòng """ +EXO 35 6 r12v 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). Trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 4 - 9, Môi - se bảo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm những điều Đức Giê - hô - va phán dặn ông [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 3 - 7 ] . +EXO 35 7 nmv4 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). Trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 4 - 9, Môi - se bảo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm những điều Đức Giê - hô - va phán dặn ông [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 3 - 7 ] . +EXO 35 7 l5bq 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch các cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 5 ] . +EXO 35 8 ikm4 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). Trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 4 - 9, Môi - se bảo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm những điều Đức Giê - hô - va phán dặn ông [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 3 - 7 ] . +EXO 35 9 f1dd 1 General Information: In Exodus 35:4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to make the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:3-7](../25/03.md). Trong Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 4 - 9, Môi - se bảo dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm những điều Đức Giê - hô - va phán dặn ông [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 3 - 7 ] . +EXO 35 10 c31r 1 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what God commanded them to do. Môise tiếp tục nói cho dân sự biết điều Đức Chúa Trời ra lệnh cho họ phải làm. +EXO 35 10 dc4b 1 Every skilled man “Every man with a skill” """ Mọi người có tài trí """ +EXO 35 11 j5t7 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). Các móc gài khớp vào các móc để giữ các tấm rèm lại với nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 6 ] . +EXO 35 11 syn4 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md). Đây là những vật nặng nằm trên mặt đất và giữ cho vật gắn liền với nó không di chuyển. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 31 ] . +EXO 35 12 rj7s 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 35 13 x3tl 1 They brought “The people of Israel brought” """ Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đã đem """ +EXO 35 13 l641 1 bread of the presence This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). Bánh này tượng trưng cho sự hiện diện của Đức Chúa Trời. Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 30 ] . +EXO 35 16 h116 1 bronze grate This is a frame of crossed bronze bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated “grate” in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). "Đây là khung của những thanh đồng bắt chéo cho việc giữ gỗ khi đốt. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ "" ơn "" nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 4 ] ." +EXO 35 17 h8zl 1 hangings These were large curtains made of cloth. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Đây là những tấm rèm lớn làm bằng vải. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 36 ] . +EXO 35 17 x54f 1 posts These were strong pieces of wood set upright and used as supports. See how you translated these in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). Đây là những miếng gỗ chắc chắn đặt thẳng đứng và được sử dụng làm cột chống. Hãy xem cách dịch những câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 10 ] . +EXO 35 17 xtm8 1 bases These were blocks that had a slot in them to keep the board in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Đây là những khối mà có một khe trong đó để giữ các bảng mạch cố định. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 19 ] . +EXO 35 18 n44r 1 tent pegs sharp pieces of wood or metal used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). Những miếng gỗ hoặc kim loại sắc nhọn được dùng để buộc chặt các góc lều xuống đất. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 19 ] . +EXO 35 19 x1pc 1 finely-woven garments This was clothing made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). Đây là loại quần áo được làm từ những sợi vải lanh hẹp mà ai đó đan xoắn vào nhau để làm thành một sợi chỉ mạnh hơn. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 8 ] . +EXO 35 20 w6rg figs-metonymy 1 all the tribes of Israel This refers to the people in the tribes. Alternate translation: “the people from all the tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) "Điều này ám chỉ đến những người trong các chi phái. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Dân từ tất cả các chi phái Y-sơ-ra-ên "" ." +EXO 35 21 b9wk figs-synecdoche 1 whose heart stirred him up Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" ám chỉ đến con người. Lòng đáp ứng với Đức Chúa Trời được nói đến như thể nó là nước bị khuấy động bởi một cơn bão. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ai đã đáp ứng với Đức Chúa Trời """ +EXO 35 21 be9z figs-synecdoche 1 whom his spirit made willing Here “spirit” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “who was willing” or “who wanted to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây "" thần linh "" ám chỉ đến con người. Một cách dịch khác là: "" Ai muốn "" hoặc "" Ai muốn """ +EXO 35 22 mwx8 figs-synecdoche 1 all who had a willing heart Here “heart” refers to the person. Alternate translation: “everyone who was willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" ám chỉ đến con người. Một bản dịch khác dịch là "" Hễ ai sẵn lòng """ +EXO 35 22 wwp2 1 brooches, earrings, rings, and ornaments These are different kinds of jewelry. Đây là những loại trang sức khác nhau. +EXO 35 23 s3ky 1 Everyone who had…brought them For 35:23 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:4-5](../25/04.md). Vì 35: 23 Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 4 - 5 ] . +EXO 35 25 ebm5 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). "Ý nghĩa có thể có là ( 1 ) "" vật liệu nhuộm xanh, tím, đỏ điều "" , có lẽ là sợi len, hoặc ( 2 ) "" thuốc nhuộm xanh, tím, đỏ điều "" để nhuộm vải lanh. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ tương tự nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 4 ] ." +EXO 35 26 k1gy figs-synecdoche 1 whose hearts stirred them up Here “hearts” refers to the women. The hearts of the women who responded to God are spoken of as if they were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" ám chỉ đến những người nữ. Lòng của những người nữ đáp ứng với Đức Chúa Trời được nói đến như thể họ là nước bị khuấy động bởi một cơn bão. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ai đã đáp ứng với Đức Chúa Trời """ +EXO 35 27 f13n 1 The leaders brought…breastpiece For 35:27 see how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). Vì 35: 27 Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 7 ] . +EXO 35 28 h3a1 1 they brought spices…fragrant incense For 35:28 see how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md) Vì 35: 28 Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 6 ] +EXO 35 29 li5z figs-synecdoche 1 whose heart was willing Here “heart” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “who was willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" ám chỉ đến dân sự. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Ai sẵn lòng """ +EXO 35 30 z1e2 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur, from the tribe of Judah See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch từ này [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 31: 2 ] +EXO 35 31 gse9 figs-metaphor 1 He has filled Bezalel with his Spirit God’s Spirit who gave Bezalel the ability to work is spoken of here as if he was something that filled up Bezalel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Thần của Đức Chúa Trời, Đấng đã ban cho Bezalel khả năng làm việc được nói đến ở đây như thể ông là một điều gì đó đầy dẫy Bezalel. +EXO 35 31 zd74 1 filled Bezalel…craftsmanship See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:3](../31/03.md) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 31: 3 ] +EXO 35 32 r7e3 1 to make artistic designs…bronze See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 31: 4 ] +EXO 35 33 fj6f 1 also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship See how you translated many similar words in [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md) Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 31: 5 ] +EXO 35 34 a1r8 1 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people. Môi-se tiếp tục nói với dân sự. +EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-synecdoche 1 He has put it in his heart to teach Here “heart” refers to Bezalel. The ability to teach is spoken of as if it something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “He gave Bezalel the ability to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" đề cập đến Bezalel. Khả năng giảng dạy được nói đến như thể nó là một cái gì đó có thể được đặt trong một trái tim. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Ngài ban cho Bezalel khả năng dạy dỗ """ +EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Oholiab "" và "" Ahisamak "" là tên của đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những tên này nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 6 ] ." +EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor 1 filled them with skill Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Kỹ năng tạo ra những đồ vật đẹp được nói đến như thể nó là thứ gì đó có thể lấp đầy một con người. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Làm cho chúng thật khéo léo """ +EXO 35 35 me14 1 engravers a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal Một người cắt thành những vật liệu cứng như gỗ, đá hoặc kim loại +EXO 35 35 u7tf 1 embroiderers people who sew designs into cloth Những người khâu thiết kế thành vải +EXO 35 35 r8zk 1 craftsmen people who are skilled in making beautiful objects by hand Những người có kỹ năng làm ra những đồ vật đẹp bằng tay +EXO 35 35 cw3x 1 weavers a person who creates cloth using thread Một người tạo vải dùng chỉ để dệt +EXO 35 35 a6c3 1 artistic designers a person who creates beauty with materials Một người tạo nên vẻ đẹp bằng vật chất +EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tent of meeting
The tent of meeting, or tabernacle, mentioned in previous chapters is constructed in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) "Exodus 36 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Lều tạm của hội chúng +Lều Tạm, hay đền tạm, được đề cập trong các chương trước, được dựng nên trong chương này." +EXO 36 1 ubk2 1 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people. Môi-se tiếp tục nói với dân sự. +EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] . +EXO 36 1 tl5b translate-names 1 Oholiab This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 6 ] . +EXO 36 1 tr3p figs-metaphor 1 to whom Yahweh has given skill and ability Here skill and ability are spoken of as if they are something that Yahweh can place inside a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Ở đây, kỹ năng và khả năng được nói đến như thể chúng là một điều gì đó mà Đức Giê-hô-va có thể đặt vào bên trong một người. +EXO 36 1 mdi4 1 according to all that Yahweh has commanded “just as Yahweh has commanded” """ Y như Đức Giê - hô - va đã phán dặn """ +EXO 36 2 tgn2 translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] . +EXO 36 2 wq6q translate-names 1 Oholiab This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 6 ] . +EXO 36 2 tda7 figs-synecdoche 1 in whose mind Yahweh had given skill Here “mind” refers to the person who was made skillful by Yahweh. Alternate translation: “to whom Yahweh had given skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" nói đến người được Đức Giê-hô-va làm cho trọn lành. Dịch cách khác: "" Đấng mà Đức Giê-hô-va đã ban cho khả năng khéo léo """ +EXO 36 2 yuq8 figs-synecdoche 1 whose heart stirred within him Here “heart” refers to the person. The heart that responded to God is spoken of as if it were water stirred up by a storm. Alternate translation: “who responded to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) "Ở đây "" lòng "" ám chỉ đến con người. Lòng đáp ứng với Đức Chúa Trời được nói đến như thể nó là nước bị khuấy động bởi một cơn bão. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ai đã đáp ứng với Đức Chúa Trời """ +EXO 36 5 tni7 figs-quotations 1 The craftsmen told Moses…commanded us to do.” The can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “The craftsmen told Moses that the people were bringing much more than enough for doing the work that Yahweh has commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "Các có thể được nêu như một trích dẫn gián tiếp. Có thể dịch câu này như sau: "" Những người thợ thủ công nói với Môi - se rằng dân sự đem đến dư dật để làm công việc mà Đức Giê - hô - va đã ra lệnh cho họ làm """ +EXO 36 5 pd95 1 The craftsmen told Moses “The men working on the sanctuary told Moses” """ Những người làm công việc nơi thánh nói với Môi - se """ +EXO 36 8 kw33 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 1 ] . +EXO 36 8 l7ub 1 ten curtains made from fine linen These curtains are sheets of cloth woven and sewed together so that they can hang to form a wall or tent. Những tấm màn này là những tấm vải được dệt và may lại với nhau để chúng có thể được treo thành một bức tường hoặc một cái lều. +EXO 36 8 s2hu translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] . +EXO 36 9 p2mr 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:2](../26/02.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 2 ] . +EXO 36 10 z6sq 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:3](../26/03.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 3 ] . +EXO 36 11 yw91 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:4](../26/04.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 4 ] . +EXO 36 11 qh6e 1 He made Here “he” refers to Bezalel, but it includes all the men working on the sanctuary. "Ở đây "" ông "" đề cập đến Bết-sa-lê-ên, nhưng nó bao gồm tất cả những người làm việc tại nơi thánh." +EXO 36 11 y7vq 1 loops of blue loops of blue cloth Vòng lặp của vải xanh +EXO 36 11 i4ba 1 curtain These were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). Đây là những phần lớn, nặng nề của tấm vải dệt được sử dụng để làm thành những bức tường bao và ngăn cách của đền tạm. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 1 ] . +EXO 36 12 k1qq 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:5](../26/05.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 5 ] . +EXO 36 13 z2zi 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 6 ] . +EXO 36 13 j75x translate-numbers 1 fifty gold clasps “50 gold clasps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 50 CÁI MÓC VÀNG """ +EXO 36 14 m2ac 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:7](../26/07.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 7 ] . +EXO 36 14 us17 translate-numbers 1 made eleven “made 11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Được 11 """ +EXO 36 15 fa6i 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:8](../26/08.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 8 ] . +EXO 36 15 ret8 translate-numbers 1 thirty cubits “30 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) """ 30 cu đê """ +EXO 36 16 wwj6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:9](../26/09.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 9 ] . +EXO 36 17 qt9b 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:10](../26/10.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 10 ] . +EXO 36 17 jm1l translate-numbers 1 fifty loops “50 loops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 50 Vòng Lặp """ +EXO 36 18 mq1j 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:11](../26/11.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 11 ] . +EXO 36 18 a7mn translate-numbers 1 fifty bronze clasps “50 bronze clasps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 50 CÁI MÓC ĐỒNG """ +EXO 36 19 p3ke 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 14 ] . +EXO 36 20 t739 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:15](../26/15.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 15 ] . +EXO 36 21 prx5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:16](../26/16.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 16 ] . +EXO 36 21 gci3 translate-bdistance 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits “10 cubits…1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) """ 10 cubit … 1.5 cubit """ +EXO 36 22 l8yx 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:17](../26/17.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 17 ] . +EXO 36 22 vq4m 1 two wooden pegs for joining A wooden peg is a small piece of wood sticking out beyond the end of the board so it can be secured. Một cái cọc gỗ là một miếng gỗ nhỏ nhô ra ngoài mép của tấm bảng để nó có thể được bảo đảm an toàn. +EXO 36 23 ev65 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:18](../26/18.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 18 ] . +EXO 36 24 ln2x 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 19 ] . +EXO 36 24 u5ue translate-numbers 1 forty silver bases “40 silver bases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 40 Lượng bạc """ +EXO 36 24 yx4b translate-numbers 1 twenty frames “20 frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 20 khung hình """ +EXO 36 25 w2wz 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:20](../26/20.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 20 ] . +EXO 36 26 gbm9 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:21](../26/21.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 21 ] . +EXO 36 26 b9dy 1 and so on There will be two bases under each and every frame. Sẽ có hai căn cứ dưới mỗi và mỗi khung hình. +EXO 36 27 a7js 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:22](../26/22.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 22 ] . +EXO 36 27 m6ue 1 on the west on the side that is on the west Ở phía Tây. +EXO 36 28 hw9c 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:23](../26/23.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 23 ] . +EXO 36 28 ma1f 1 for the back corners for the corners at the rear of the tabernacle Các góc phía sau đền tạm +EXO 36 29 u396 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:24](../26/24.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 24 ] . +EXO 36 30 mu5n 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:25](../26/25.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 25 ] . +EXO 36 30 zls4 translate-numbers 1 sixteen bases in all “16 bases in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 16 Căn cứ trên tất cả """ +EXO 36 30 r252 1 and so on There will be two bases under each and every frame. Sẽ có hai căn cứ dưới mỗi và mỗi khung hình. +EXO 36 31 cf2p 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 26 ] . +EXO 36 32 p4wd 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:27](../26/27.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 27 ] . +EXO 36 32 tc6s 1 to the west on the west side Ở phía Tây. +EXO 36 33 h94y 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:28](../26/28.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 28 ] . +EXO 36 33 lk9f 1 from end to end from one side of the tabernacle to the other side Từ bên này đến bên kia đền tạm +EXO 36 34 i17v 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:29](../26/29.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 29 ] . +EXO 36 35 pfc5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:31](../26/31.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 31 ] . +EXO 36 36 hg2q 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 32 ] . +EXO 36 37 r5ya 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 26: 36 ] . +EXO 36 37 vv61 1 He made Here “he” refers to Bezalel and those working for him. “Bezalel and his men made” "Ở đây "" ông "" đề cập đến Bết-sa-lê-ên và những người làm việc cho ông. "" Bezalel và người của ông đã thực hiện """ +EXO 36 37 neu2 1 a hanging a curtain Một bức màn +EXO 36 38 pr67 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 37 ] . +EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The ark of the covenant
The ark, mentioned in previous chapters, is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) "Exodus 37 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Hòm giao ước +Hòm giao ước, được đề cập trong những chương trước, được dựng nên trong chương này. Có những vật dụng khác của đền tạm cũng được dựng lên trong chương này." +EXO 37 1 byr3 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 10 ] . +EXO 37 1 xz1t translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] . +EXO 37 1 ps6e translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…one cubit and a half A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Một cubit bằng 46 cm. Cách dịch khác là: "" 2,5 cu - đê … 1,5 cu - đê "" hoặc "" 115 centimét … 69 centimét """ +EXO 37 2 kb3s 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 11 ] . +EXO 37 3 pb6v 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 12 ] . +EXO 37 3 ut8d figs-metaphor 1 its four feet These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Bốn miếng gỗ dùng để đỡ hòm giao ước được nói đến như thể chúng là bàn chân của con người hoặc thú vật. +EXO 37 4 nr8y 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:13](../25/13.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 13 ] . +EXO 37 4 n9kr 1 He made Though “he” refers to Bezalel, “he” may include all of the workers who assisted him. "Dù "" ông "" ám chỉ đến Bết - sa - lê - ên, "" ông "" có thể bao gồm tất cả những người giúp đỡ ông." +EXO 37 5 v9j7 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:14](../25/14.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 14 ] . +EXO 37 6 liw8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 37 6 ba8a translate-bdistance 1 two and a half cubits…one and a half cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2.5 cubits…1.5 cubits” or “115 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Một cubit bằng 46 cm. Cách dịch khác là: "" 2,5 cu - đê … 1,5 cu - đê "" hoặc "" 115 centimét … 69 centimét """ +EXO 37 7 nhi3 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 18 ] . +EXO 37 8 g96y 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:19](../25/19.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 19 ] . +EXO 37 8 y13s figs-activepassive 1 They were made as one piece This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made them as one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Ngài làm chúng nên một khối """ +EXO 37 9 e6na 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:20](../25/20.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 20 ] . +EXO 37 9 r7nm figs-personification 1 The cherubim spread out their wings upward and overshadowed Bezalel placed the statues of the cherubim as if they were real cherubim which were spreading their wings and overshadowing the atonement lid. Alternate translation: “They placed the winged creatures so that their wings touched each other and spread out over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) "Bết - sa - lê - ên đặt tượng các chê - ru - bin như thể chúng là các chê - ru - bin thật đang xòe cánh và che khuất nắp của sự chuộc tội. Một bản dịch khác dịch câu này là: "" Chúng đặt các sinh vật có cánh để các cánh của chúng chạm vào nhau và xòe ra "" ." +EXO 37 9 zsq1 1 The cherubim faced one another and looked toward “The faces of the cherubim were towards each other, and they looked toward” """ Hai mặt của hai Chê-ru-bin đối mặt nhau, và họ nhìn về phía """ +EXO 37 10 ktf8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:23](../25/23.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 23 ] . +EXO 37 10 fnt3 translate-bdistance 1 two cubits…one cubit…one and a half cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “2 cubits…1 cubit…1.5 cubits” or “92 centimeters…46 centimeters…69 centimeters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Một cubit bằng 46 cm. Cách dịch thay thế: "" 2 Cu - đê … 1 Cu - đê … 1,5 Cu - đê "" hoặc "" 92 centimét … 46 centimét … 69 centimét """ +EXO 37 11 l2kv 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:24](../25/24.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 24 ] . +EXO 37 12 i1ba 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:25](../25/25.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 25 ] . +EXO 37 12 j4iq translate-bdistance 1 handbreadth This was the width of a man’s hand with fingers spread out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Đây là chiều rộng của bàn tay một người đàn ông với các ngón tay mở rộng ra. +EXO 37 13 b56c 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:26](../25/26.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 26 ] . +EXO 37 13 k69z figs-metaphor 1 the four feet These four pieces of wood that supported the ark are spoken of as if they were human or animal feet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Bốn miếng gỗ dùng để đỡ hòm giao ước được nói đến như thể chúng là bàn chân của con người hoặc thú vật. +EXO 37 14 tc3u 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:27](../25/27.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 27 ] . +EXO 37 14 b3ma figs-activepassive 1 The rings were attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel attached the rings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch thay thế: "" Bezalel gắn những chiếc nhẫn """ +EXO 37 15 zkr8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:28](../25/28.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 28 ] . +EXO 37 16 h598 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:29](../25/29.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 29 ] . +EXO 37 16 ui2r figs-explicit 1 dishes, spoons, the bowls, and pitchers to be used to pour out the offerings It is only the bowls and pitchers that are used to pour out the offerings. Alternate translation: “plates and cups, and also the jars and bowls which the priests will use for pouring out the offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Chỉ có những cái bát và bình được dùng để đổ các của lễ ra. Một bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Những đĩa và chén, các bình và bát mà các thầy tế lễ dùng để đổ của - lễ "" ." +EXO 37 17 edx6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 31 ] . +EXO 37 17 wp6l 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 37 17 s977 figs-activepassive 1 Its cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers were all made of one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the cups, its leafy bases, and its flowers as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Ngài làm những chén, những đế có lá, và những bông hoa thành một khối với chân đèn """ +EXO 37 18 kuh2 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:32](../25/32.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 32 ] . +EXO 37 19 g1y9 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:33](../25/33.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 33 ] . +EXO 37 19 j6vz figs-activepassive 1 three cups made like almond blossoms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he made the 3 cups look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch giả: "" Ngài làm cho 3 chén trông giống như hoa hạnh đào """ +EXO 37 19 cbe6 1 almond blossoms An almond blossom is a white or pink flower with five petals that grows on an almond tree. Một bông hoa hạnh nhân là một bông hoa trắng hoặc hồng với năm cánh phát triển trên một cây hạnh nhân. +EXO 37 20 nl54 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:34](../25/34.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 34 ] . +EXO 37 20 bx63 figs-activepassive 1 there were four cups made like almond blossoms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there were 4 cups which Bezalel made to look like almond blossoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch giả: "" Có 4 chiếc cốc mà Bezalel đã làm để trông giống như hoa hạnh nhân """ +EXO 37 21 x1u5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:35](../25/35.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 35 ] . +EXO 37 21 v3c2 figs-activepassive 1 made as one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which he made as one piece with the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Mà Ngài đã làm như một miếng với chân đèn """ +EXO 37 22 ks9z 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:36](../25/36.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 36 ] . +EXO 37 23 b2jq 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:37-38](../25/37.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những lời này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 37 - 38 ] . +EXO 37 23 r4y1 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 37 23 njx7 1 tongs This is a tool made from two sticks of wood or metal connected at one end and used for picking up objects. Đây là một công cụ được làm từ hai thanh gỗ hoặc kim loại được nối với nhau ở một đầu và được sử dụng để nhặt đồ vật lên. +EXO 37 24 uz5h 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 25:39](../25/39.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 39 ] . +EXO 37 24 arz1 translate-bweight 1 one talent “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) """ 33 Kí lô """ +EXO 37 25 el8w 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:1-2](../30/01.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 1 - 2 ] . +EXO 37 25 li9d 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 37 25 c8mg translate-bdistance 1 cubit A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 37 25 xq8k figs-activepassive 1 Its horns were made as one piece with it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece with the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Nó cùng bàn thờ chụm các sừng lại như một khối """ +EXO 37 26 ep66 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:3](../30/03.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 30: 3 ] . +EXO 37 27 zez2 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:4](../30/04.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 30: 4 ] . +EXO 37 27 d2v9 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 37 27 p89d figs-activepassive 1 to be attached to it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they attached to the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Nơi họ gắn vào bàn thờ """ +EXO 37 28 hw37 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:5](../30/05.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 30: 5 ] . +EXO 37 29 c992 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 30: 25 ] . +EXO 37 29 z685 1 fragrant incense See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 6 ] . +EXO 37 29 akg9 1 the work of a perfumer A perfumer is skilled in mixing spices and oils. Người làm nước hoa có kỹ năng trộn gia vị và dầu. +EXO 38 intro hp86 0 # Exodus 38 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The altar
The altar is constructed in this chapter. There are other furnishings of the tabernacle that are also produced in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])

### Materials
The list of materials being used is intended to give the reader an understanding of the scale of the tabernacle. It should fill the reader with awe concerning the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Exodus 38 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Bàn thờ +Bàn thờ được dựng nên trong chương này. Có những vật dụng khác của đền tạm cũng được dựng lên trong chương này. Vật liệu +Danh sách vật liệu được sử dụng nhằm mục đích giúp người đọc hiểu được quy mô của đền tạm. Nó sẽ khiến người đọc kính sợ trước quyền năng của Đức Giê-hô-va." +EXO 38 1 r81c 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:1](../27/01.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 1 ] . +EXO 38 1 gk19 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 38 1 g5ex translate-bdistance 1 cubits One cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 38 2 g71x 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 2 ] . +EXO 38 2 se9l figs-activepassive 1 The horns were made of one piece This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He made the horns as one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Ngài làm các sừng nên một khối """ +EXO 38 3 v73t 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:3](../27/03.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 3 ] . +EXO 38 4 rx7v 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md) and [Exodus 27:5](../27/05.md). Hãy xem cách dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 4 ] và [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 5 ] . +EXO 38 4 nb1q 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 38 4 g5rb figs-activepassive 1 to be placed under the ledge This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which they placed under the ledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Mà họ đặt dưới cái gờ """ +EXO 38 5 kp6w 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 4 ] . +EXO 38 6 l258 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:6](../27/06.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 6 ] . +EXO 38 6 ihi9 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 38 7 ys63 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:7-8](../27/07.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 7 - 8 ] . +EXO 38 7 wa8g 1 planks a long, flat piece of wood that is thicker than a board Một miếng gỗ dài, phẳng, dày hơn một tấm bảng. +EXO 38 8 tqi9 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 38 8 e6gd 1 large bronze basin with a bronze stand The stand supported the bronze basin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:18](../30/18.md). Bệ đỡ đỡ cái chậu bằng đồng. Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 18 ] . +EXO 38 8 mdx9 figs-explicit 1 He made the basin out of mirrors The bronze came from the mirrors. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “The bronze for the basin came from the mirrors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Màu đồng là từ những tấm gương. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Bản dịch khác: "" Đồng của cái thùng đến từ những tấm gương """ +EXO 38 8 e1wq 1 mirrors A mirror is a piece of polished metal or glass that reflects an image. Một tấm gương là một mảnh kim loại hoặc thủy tinh được đánh bóng phản chiếu một hình ảnh. +EXO 38 9 clk6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:9](../27/09.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 9 ] . +EXO 38 9 j2nq 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 38 9 i24a translate-numbers 1 one hundred “100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 100 """ +EXO 38 9 su7e translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 38 10 nz6q 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:10](../27/10.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 10 ] . +EXO 38 10 x9jn translate-numbers 1 twenty “20” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 20 """ +EXO 38 11 mp6n 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:11](../27/11.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 11 ] . +EXO 38 11 kl3h translate-numbers 1 one hundred…twenty “100…20” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 100 … 20 """ +EXO 38 11 xl4c translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 38 12 g5iz 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:12](../27/12.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 12 ] . +EXO 38 12 vuw5 translate-numbers 1 fifty…ten “50…10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 50 … 10 """ +EXO 38 13 iju3 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:13](../27/13.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 13 ] . +EXO 38 13 fw1k translate-numbers 1 fifty “50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 50 """ +EXO 38 13 jl57 translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 38 14 n1xj 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:14](../27/14.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 14 ] . +EXO 38 14 b85e translate-numbers 1 fifteen…three “15…3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 15... 3 """ +EXO 38 15 dlq7 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:15](../27/15.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 15 ] . +EXO 38 16 s5zf figs-activepassive 1 All the hangings around the courtyard were made of fine linen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made all the hangings around the courtyard with fine linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch thay thế: "" Bết - sa - lê - ên và các người làm công dùng vải gai mịn căng chung quanh hành lang """ +EXO 38 17 s5g5 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 17 ] . +EXO 38 17 r7g6 figs-activepassive 1 The bases for the posts were made of bronze This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Bezalel and the workers made the bases for the posts out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Dịch thay thế: "" Bezalel và các công nhân đã làm các căn cứ cho các vị trí bằng đồng """ +EXO 38 17 va1m figs-activepassive 1 The hooks and rods for the posts were made of silver, and the covering for the tops of the posts was also made of silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the hooks, the rods for the posts, and the covering for the tops of the posts out of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ làm những cái móc, những cái que cho các cột, và tấm phủ cho các đầu cột bằng bạc """ +EXO 38 17 i3bf figs-activepassive 1 All the courtyard posts were covered with silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They covered the courtyard posts with silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Họ phủ bạc lên các cột sân """ +EXO 38 18 hmi5 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16](../27/16.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 16 ] . +EXO 38 18 h4ki translate-numbers 1 twenty…five “20…5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 20 … 5 """ +EXO 38 18 yf6z translate-bdistance 1 cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một cubit bằng 46 cm. +EXO 38 18 trz5 figs-activepassive 1 The curtain was made of This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the curtain out of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Họ đã lấy màn ra """ +EXO 38 19 fjw4 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 17 ] . +EXO 38 19 kqf3 translate-numbers 1 four “4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 4 """ +EXO 38 19 a2ix figs-activepassive 1 The covering for their tops and its rods were made of silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made the covering for the tops of the posts and their rods out of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ lấy bạc bọc ngọn cây cột và que của họ """ +EXO 38 20 ye5c 1 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 27: 19 ] . +EXO 38 20 p55d figs-activepassive 1 All the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard were made of bronze This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They made all of the tent pegs for the tabernacle and courtyard out of bronze” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ làm tất cả cọc lều cho đền tạm và hành lang bằng đồng """ +EXO 38 21 wqi5 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive 1 as it was taken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses instructed the Levites to write down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Mà Môi - se dạy người Lê - vi chép ra """ +EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names 1 Ithamar This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch tên này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 6: 23 ] . +EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur “Bezalel” and “uri” are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Bezalel "" và "" Uri "" là tên của những người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách dịch điều này nơi [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] ." +EXO 38 22 i4ha 1 Yahweh had commanded Moses “everything that Yahweh told Moses to do” """ Mọi điều Đức Giê-hô-va đã dặn biểu Môi-se làm """ +EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) """ Oholiab "" và "" Ahisamak "" là tên của đàn ông. Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 6 ] ." +EXO 38 23 wvw4 1 an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer “as a skilled engraver and embroiderer” """ Là thợ khắc và thêu thùa khéo léo """ +EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive 1 All the gold that was used for the project This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the people used for the project” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Tất cả số vàng mà người ta dùng cho dự án """ +EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-numbers 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “29 talents” or “about 960 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) "Một tài năng nặng khoảng 33 kg. Cách dịch khác là: "" 29 Ta - lâng "" hoặc "" khoảng 960 ki - lô - gam """ +EXO 38 24 tg3f translate-numbers 1 730 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “seven hundred and thirty shekels” or “about 8 kilograms.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) "Một shekel là 11 gram. Một bản khác dịch là "" bảy trăm ba mươi siếc - lơ "" hoặc "" khoảng 8 kilôgam "" ." +EXO 38 24 f6sq translate-bweight 1 measured by the standard of the sanctuary shekel There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) Rõ ràng lúc đó có hơn một shekel trọng lượng. Điều này cho biết phải dùng loại nào. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 30: 13 ] . +EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-numbers 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “100 talents” or “about 330 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) "Một tài năng nặng khoảng 33 kg. Dịch cách khác: "" 100 ta - lâng "" hoặc "" khoảng 330 kilôgam """ +EXO 38 25 gn9f translate-numbers 1 1,775 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” or “about 20 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) "Một shekel là 11 gram. "" Một ngàn bảy trăm bảy mươi lăm siếc - lơ "" hay "" khoảng 20 kilôgam """ +EXO 38 25 egg4 figs-activepassive 1 The silver given by the community This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The silver which the community gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Bạc mà cộng đồng đã cho """ +EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) Một Beka bằng 1 / 2 một shekel. +EXO 38 26 fyy5 translate-bweight 1 half a shekel A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “1/2 a shekel” or “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) "Một shekel là 11 gram. Một bản khác dịch là: "" 1 / 2 một siếc - lơ "" hoặc "" năm gram rưỡi "" hoặc "" 5 1 / 2 gam """ +EXO 38 26 ll8b 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census Every man who was 20 years old or older was included in the census and was required to give half a shekel. Mỗi người đàn ông từ 20 tuổi trở lên được kể vào cuộc điều tra dân số và phải nộp nửa sần. . +EXO 38 26 c69c translate-numbers 1 twenty years old “20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 20 tuổi """ +EXO 38 27 p7r5 translate-bweight 1 One hundred talents of silver were cast A talent is about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “The workers cast 100 talents of silver” or “The workers cast 3,300 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Một tài năng nặng khoảng 33 kg. Một bản khác dịch là: "" Công nhân đúc 100 ta - lâng bạc "" hoặc "" Công nhân đúc 3.300 kilôgam bạc """ +EXO 38 27 n8z7 translate-numbers 1 One hundred talents “100 talents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 100 ta-lâng """ +EXO 38 28 k2fi translate-numbers 1 1,775 shekels “one thousand seven hundred and seventy-five shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ Một ngàn bảy trăm bảy mươi lăm siếc lơ """ +EXO 38 28 ii3y translate-bmoney 1 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) Một shekel là một đơn vị trọng lượng tương đương với khoảng 11 gram. +EXO 38 28 nxf5 translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] . +EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-numbers 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels “70 talents and two thousand four hundred shekels.” This would be about 2,300 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) """ 70 Talent và hai ngàn bốn trăm shekel. "" +Sẽ là khoảng 2300 kilogram." +EXO 38 30 zfk8 1 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew continues to build the tabernacle and furniture. Đội công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục xây dựng đền tạm và đồ đạc. +EXO 38 30 rck7 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Đây là một cái khung của những thanh gỗ bắt chéo cho việc giữ gỗ khi đốt. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 4 ] . +EXO 38 31 bvr9 1 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). Đây là những cái cọc bằng đồng được dùng để cố định các góc lều xuống đất. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 19 ] . +EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The holy clothing
The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) "Exodus 39 General Notes +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Những khái niệm đặc biệt trong chương này +Trang phục thánh đặc biệt được đề cập trong các chương trước được sản xuất trong chương này với những chi tiết kỹ thuật chính xác." +EXO 39 1 s66r 1 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew shifts to making the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên làm áo dài cho thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 1 ys6l 1 they made The word “they” refers to Bezalel, Oholiab, and the other workmen. "Từ "" họ "" đề cập đến Bết - sa - lê - ên, Ô - hô - li - áp và những người khác." +EXO 39 1 h8kg 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses “just as Yahweh told Moses to do” """ Y như Đức Giê-hô-va đã phán dặn Môi-se """ +EXO 39 2 b9mg 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 6 ] . +EXO 39 2 ain4 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 2 p5xy translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] . +EXO 39 4 c7lu 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:7](../28/07.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 7 ] . +EXO 39 4 pq62 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 5 g75w 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 8 ] . +EXO 39 5 wf2i figs-activepassive 1 it was made of one piece with the ephod, made of fine twined linen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they made it as one piece with the ephod with fine twisted linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Họ kết thành một khối với ê - phót và vải lanh mịn xoắn lại """ +EXO 39 5 cc56 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md). """ Y như Ðức Giê hô va đã phán dặn Môi se. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 39: 1 ] ." +EXO 39 6 k7vw 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 9 ] và [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 11 ] . +EXO 39 6 h1bz 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 6 naa8 1 signet This was an engraved stone that was used to stamp a design in a wax seal. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Đây là một viên đá được khắc chìm được sử dụng để đóng một hình vẽ trên dấu sáp. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 11 ] . +EXO 39 6 ajh3 translate-numbers 1 twelve sons “12 sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) """ 12 con trai """ +EXO 39 7 ize6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 12 ] . +EXO 39 7 d24m 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses “just as Yahweh told Moses to do.” See how you translated this phrase in [Exodus 39:1](../39/01.md). """ Y như Ðức Giê hô va đã phán dặn Môi se. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch cụm từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 39: 1 ] ." +EXO 39 8 mlf6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 15 ] . +EXO 39 8 gj9p 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 8 k7b6 1 He made “Bezalel made” or “Bezalel and the workers made” """ Bết - sa - lê - ên đã làm "" hoặc "" Bết - sa - lê - ên và những người làm công """ +EXO 39 9 lkt1 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 16 ] . +EXO 39 9 f4ms translate-bdistance 1 span A span is 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) Một nhịp là 23cm. +EXO 39 10 xzb8 1 General Information: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 10 m54c 1 They set in it “The workers set in the breastpiece” """ Những thợ đó mặc áo giáp """ +EXO 39 10 cmv1 translate-unknown 1 ruby, a topaz, and a garnet Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Một số ngôn ngữ có thể không có từ ngữ cho mỗi loại đá này. Sự kiện quan trọng là chúng có giá trị và khác nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 17 ] . +EXO 39 11 qx96 translate-unknown 1 an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Một số ngôn ngữ có thể không có từ ngữ cho mỗi loại đá này. Sự kiện quan trọng là chúng có giá trị và khác nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 18 ] . +EXO 39 12 kk8t translate-unknown 1 a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Một số ngôn ngữ có thể không có từ ngữ cho mỗi loại đá này. Sự kiện quan trọng là chúng có giá trị và khác nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 19 ] . +EXO 39 13 l9wa translate-unknown 1 a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper Some languages may not have words for each of these stones. The important fact is that they were valuable and different from one another. See how you translated these in [Exodus 28:20](../28/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) Một số ngôn ngữ có thể không có từ ngữ cho mỗi loại đá này. Sự kiện quan trọng là chúng có giá trị và khác nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những từ này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 20 ] . +EXO 39 13 h3bw figs-activepassive 1 The stones were mounted in gold settings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They mounted the stones in gold settings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản diễn ý dịch là: "" Họ gắn những viên đá trong những cài đặt bằng vàng """ +EXO 39 14 z5va 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:21](../28/21.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 21 ] . +EXO 39 14 a9bw 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 14 yby8 figs-activepassive 1 The stones were arranged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers arranged the stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Những người thợ sắp đặt các hòn đá """ +EXO 39 15 byz8 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:22](../28/22.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 22 ] . +EXO 39 16 b8m6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:23-24](../28/23.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 23 - 24 ] . +EXO 39 17 w2s4 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:24](../28/24.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 24 ] . +EXO 39 17 v4i5 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 17 lc2x 1 two braided chains “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). """ Những khoen làm bằng vàng ròng và những dây bện giống như dây bện. "" +Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 14 ] ." +EXO 39 18 bw76 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:25](../28/25.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 25 ] . +EXO 39 19 nd41 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:26](../28/26.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 26 ] . +EXO 39 19 del5 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 20 w8wz 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:27](../28/27.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 27 ] . +EXO 39 20 l1dz 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). Đây là một chiếc thắt lưng bằng vải được làm từ những sợi vải lanh hẹp mà ai đó xoắn lại với nhau để làm thành một sợi mạnh hơn. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 8 ] . +EXO 39 21 zu91 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:28](../28/28.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 28 ] . +EXO 39 21 uq61 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 21 h1yb figs-activepassive 1 so that it might be attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they could attach it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Để họ có thể gắn nó """ +EXO 39 21 scn8 figs-doublenegatives 1 the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod The double negative can be translated as a positive. Alternate translation: “the breastpiece would stay attached to the ephod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) "Cách phủ định kép có thể được dịch là tích cực. Bản dịch khác dịch là: "" Áo giáp sẽ dính với ê-phót """ +EXO 39 22 vdw1 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:31-32](../28/31.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 31 - 32 ] . +EXO 39 22 n25q 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 22 p8nv translate-names 1 Bezalel This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Đây là tên của một người đàn ông. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 31: 2 ] . +EXO 39 23 cyc1 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:32](../28/32.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 32 ] . +EXO 39 24 eak6 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:33](../28/33.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 33 ] . +EXO 39 25 sx9b 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 34 - 35 ] . +EXO 39 25 f8t3 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments as commanded in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md). Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo xống cho các thầy tế lễ như đã được phán dặn trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 34 - 35 ] . +EXO 39 25 x1ww 1 bells of pure gold These were tiny bells. Đây là những cái chuông nhỏ. +EXO 39 26 gtg5 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:34-35](../28/34.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều lời này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 34 - 35 ] . +EXO 39 27 pz63 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:39](../28/39.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ nầy trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 39 ] . +EXO 39 27 rp6p 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments. Đội công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục làm áo thầy tế lễ. +EXO 39 28 um4e 1 turban This is a head covering worn by men made of a long strip of cloth wound around the head. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). Đây là cái đầu được đội bởi những người đàn ông được làm từ một miếng vải dài quấn quanh đầu. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] . +EXO 39 28 jex8 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md). Băng quấn đầu là một dải vải hẹp, trang trí được quấn quanh đầu phía trên mắt. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 40 ] . +EXO 39 28 c4pr figs-explicit 1 undergarments This is clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:42](../28/42.md). Alternate translation: “underwear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Đây là quần áo được mặc bên dưới lớp quần áo bên ngoài, bên cạnh lớp da. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 42 ] . Dịch cách khác: "" Đồ lót """ +EXO 39 29 hn5g 1 sash This is a long piece of cloth worn over the shoulder or around the waist. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md) Đây là một miếng vải dài được mặc trên vai hoặc quanh thắt lưng. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch chữ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 4 ] +EXO 39 30 kq33 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 28: 36 ] . +EXO 39 30 m6jj 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to make the priestly garments.. Đội ngũ công nhân của Bezalel tiếp tục làm quần áo tế lễ... +EXO 39 30 d85k 1 holy crown This was an engraved crown made of pure gold. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:6](../29/06.md). Đây là vương miện chạm khắc làm bằng vàng nguyên chất. Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 29: 6 ] . +EXO 39 31 fml2 1 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:37](../28/37.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch nhiều từ này trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 28: 37 ] . +EXO 39 32 jh64 1 General Information: The Israelites finish making the things Yahweh commanded in [Exodus 35:4-9](../35/04.md) and [Exodus 35:10-12](../35/10.md). Dân Y - sơ - ra - ên làm xong những điều Đức Giê - hô - va đã phán dặn trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 4 - 9 ] và [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 35: 10 - 12 ] . +EXO 39 32 z1z7 figs-doublet 1 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything The “tabernacle” and “tent of meeting” are the same thing. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people of Israel finished all of the work on the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) """ Đền tạm "" và "" Hội mạc "" là một. Điều này có thể nói dưới dạng hoạt động. Một bản dịch khác: "" Vậy dân Y - sơ - ra - ên đã hoàn tất mọi công việc trên đền tạm """ +EXO 39 33 y9ym 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). Các móc gài khớp vào các móc để giữ các tấm rèm lại với nhau. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch những câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 26: 6 ] . +EXO 39 33 b3q3 1 bases These are heavy objects that rest on the ground and keep the object attached to them from moving. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:31](../25/31.md). Đây là những vật nặng nằm trên mặt đất và giữ cho vật gắn liền với nó không di chuyển. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 31 ] . +EXO 39 34 z6r6 1 the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases in this in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). Hãy xem cách bạn dịch các cụm từ tương tự trong việc này [ Xuất Ê-díp-tô Ký 25: 5 ] . +EXO 39 35 i7d9 1 atonement lid This is the lid that sits on top of the ark where the atonement offering was made. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:17](../25/17.md). Đây là nắp đậy trên hòm nơi dâng của lễ chuộc tội. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 17 ] . +EXO 39 36 lvq3 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses. Nhóm công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục trình bày mọi việc họ đã làm cho Môi - se. +EXO 39 36 knn8 1 bread of the presence This bread represented the presence of God. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:30](../25/30.md). Bánh này tượng trưng cho sự hiện diện của Đức Chúa Trời. Hãy xem cách dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 25: 30 ] . +EXO 39 39 e755 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars that held wood while burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). Đây là một cái khung của những thanh ngang được giữ bằng gỗ trong khi đốt. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch câu này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 27: 4 ] . +EXO 39 40 i8lm 1 Connecting Statement: Bezalel’s work crew continues to present all that they made to Moses. Nhóm công việc của Bết - sa - lê - ên tiếp tục trình bày mọi việc họ đã làm cho Môi - se. +EXO 39 40 m3x9 1 They brought “The people of Israel brought” """ Dân Y-sơ-ra-ên đã đem """ +EXO 39 40 ajt4 1 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting These refer to the same place. Những điều này nói đến cùng một chỗ. +EXO 39 42 ct6k 1 Thus the people “And so the people” """ Và vì vậy dân sự """ +EXO 39 43 t26m 1 behold The word “behold” here draws attention to the information that follows. "Từ "" kìa "" ở đây thu hút sự chú ý đến thông tin sau đó." +EXO 39 43 z79s 1 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it “They did it in the way that Yahweh had commanded them” """ Chúng làm y như lời Ðức Giê hô va đã phán dặn """ +EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter is repetitive and should read as a series of instructions. It is repeated as well to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”
This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) "Exodus 40 General Notes +Structure and Formatting +Chương này lặp đi lặp lại và nên đọc như một loạt các huấn thị. Nó cũng được lặp đi lặp lại để cho thấy rằng Môi-se đã vâng theo mọi chi tiết trong mạng lệnh của Đức Giê-hô-va. Những khó khăn khả dĩ khác về dịch thuật trong chương này +"" Sự vinh hiển của Đức Giê-hô-va đầy dẫy đền tạm "" +Cụm từ này cho thấy rằng Đức Giê-hô-va bắt đầu ngự trong đền tạm, giữa vòng Y-sơ-ra-ên, theo một cách đặc biệt." +EXO 40 2 crr5 translate-hebrewmonths 1 the first day of the first month of the new year The new year marks the time when God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) Năm mới đánh dấu thời điểm Đức Chúa Trời giải cứu dân Ngài ra khỏi Ai Cập. Điều này xảy ra vào khoảng giữa tháng 3 theo lịch Tây. +EXO 40 3 iv52 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 40 3 l7fp 1 place the ark of the testimony in it “place the ark of the covenant decrees in the sacred chest” """ Để hòm giao ước trong hòm thánh """ +EXO 40 3 psu3 1 shield the ark with the curtain “put the ark behind the curtain” """ Hãy để hòm giao ước sau bức màn """ +EXO 40 5 n4wx 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 40 5 a4xe 1 ark of the testimony This refers to the “sacred chest.” "Điều này ám chỉ đến "" rương thánh "" ." +EXO 40 8 zfl6 1 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell Moses what the people must do. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán dạy Môi-se những điều dân sự phải làm. +EXO 40 9 ce7i 1 all its furnishings “all the things that are a part of it” """ Mọi sự hiệp lại làm ích """ +EXO 40 12 yiq8 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 40 12 j7ea 1 You are to bring Moses will do these things himself. Môi-se sẽ tự mình làm những việc này. +EXO 40 13 bs4j figs-activepassive 1 that are set apart to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you have set apart to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản Diễn Ý Dịch: "" Mà Chúa đã để riêng cho tôi """ +EXO 40 14 w7yw 1 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. Đức Giê-hô-va tiếp tục phán cùng Môi-se. +EXO 40 15 js17 1 throughout their people’s generations “through all the generations of their descendants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). """ Qua mọi thế hệ con cháu họ. "" +Hãy xem cách bạn dịch một cụm từ tương tự trong [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 12: 14 ] ." +EXO 40 17 r6pc figs-activepassive 1 So the tabernacle was set up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the people set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "Điều này có thể được phát biểu dưới dạng hoạt động. Bản dịch khác: "" Vậy dân sự dựng đền tạm """ +EXO 40 17 gzu5 translate-hebrewmonths 1 the first day of the first month This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. This happens around the middle of March on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 40:2](../40/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) Điều này ám chỉ đúng một năm sau khi Đức Chúa Trời giải cứu dân Ngài ra khỏi Ai Cập. Điều này xảy ra vào khoảng giữa tháng 3 theo lịch Tây. Hãy xem cách bạn dịch điều này [ Xuất Ê - díp - tô Ký 40: 2 ] . +EXO 40 17 wnh8 translate-ordinal 1 in the second year This is the second year after Yahweh brought his people out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) Ấy là năm thứ hai sau khi Ðức Giê hô va rút dân Ngài ra khỏi xứ Ê díp tô. +EXO 40 18 kk4n figs-explicit 1 Moses set up Moses was the leader. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Môi-se là người lãnh đạo. Dân sự giúp ông dựng đền tạm. +EXO 40 18 c6rm 1 posts a strong piece of wood set upright and used as a support Một mảnh gỗ chắc chắn đặt thẳng đứng và được sử dụng như một hỗ trợ +EXO 40 21 l31p 1 He brought Moses was the leader. He had workers helping him. Môi-se là người lãnh đạo. Ông có những người làm công giúp ông. +EXO 40 21 n8r9 1 for it to shield “in front of” """ Trước mặt """ +EXO 40 24 sw1w figs-explicit 1 He put the lampstand into the tent of meeting Moses instructed his workers to move the lampstand. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Moses’ workmen set the lampstand inside the sacred tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Môi-se hướng dẫn những người làm công của ông dời chân đèn. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Một bản dịch khác: "" Những người làm công của Môi - se đặt chân đèn bên trong đền thánh """ +EXO 40 26 i5gg figs-explicit 1 in front of the curtain This curtain separated the holy place from the very holy place. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “in front of the curtain that separated the holy place from the very holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Bức màn này ngăn cách Nơi Chí Thánh với Nơi Rất Thánh. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Bản Diễn Ý dịch: "" Trước bức màn ngăn nơi thánh với nơi rất thánh """ +EXO 40 31 bf9c figs-explicit 1 washed their hands and their feet from the basin They washed with water from the basin. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “washed their hands and their feet with water from the basin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) "Họ rửa ráy bằng nước trong chậu. Điều này có thể được nói rõ trong bản dịch. Một bản dịch khác: "" Rửa tay và chân họ bằng nước trong chậu """ +EXO 40 33 y62k וַ 1 In this way “And so” """ Và thế là … """ +EXO 40 34 ysd8 כָּל־הַ 1 Yahweh’s glory filled “Yahweh’s awesome presence filled” """ Sự hiện diện đáng Kinh của Đức Giê-hô-va đầy dẫy """ +EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive לֵ 1 was taken up from over - **saying, “You shall throw every new-born son into the river, but every daughter you shall let live.”** - A single level direct quote. While this particular instruction is very easy to rephrase as an indirect quote (in English), the use of **saying** in Hebrew suggests that this should be translated as a direct quotation if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) "- "" Và nói rằng, "" Ngươi sẽ ném từng đứa con trai mới sinh xuống sông, nhưng để cho mỗi đứa con gái sống. "" +- Một câu trích dẫn trực tiếp. Trong khi chỉ dẫn cụ thể này rất dễ để diễn đạt lại như một trích dẫn gián tiếp ( trong tiếng Anh ) , việc sử dụng "" nói "" trong tiếng Hebrew gợi ý rằng điều này nên được dịch là một trích dẫn trực tiếp nếu có thể." +EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔ 1 that it was lifted up - **you shall** - These are plural referring to all Pharaoh’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) "- "" Ngươi sẽ "" - Đây là số nhiều đề cập đến tất cả dân sự của Pha-ra-ôn." \ No newline at end of file